Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 7, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

British Virgin Islands   5812   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Roque Saenz Peña 432

B1636FFB Olivos, Buenos Aires, Argentina

(011-54-11) 4711-2000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

National Registered Agents, Inc.

875 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 501

New York, NY 10001

(212) 356-8340

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Maurice Blanco

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

Phone: (212) 450-4000

Fax: (212) 701-5800

 

Marcelo A. Mottesi

Paul E. Denaro

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP

One Chase Manhattan Plaza

New York, NY 10005

Phone: (212) 530-5602

Fax: (212) 822-5602

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨             

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price (1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

Class A shares, no par value

  $50,000,000   $5,730

 

 

(1) Includes shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated October 7, 2011

PROSPECTUS

Class A Shares

LOGO

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

(incorporated in the British Virgin Islands)

 

 

The selling shareholders named in this prospectus are offering a total of              class A shares, no par value, of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. The selling shareholders will receive all of the net proceeds from this offering.

The underwriters may also purchase up to              class A shares from the selling shareholders within 30 days to cover over-allotments, if any. The selling shareholders will receive the net proceeds from any class A shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Our class A shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARCO.” On October 5, 2011, the last sale price of our class A shares as reported by the New York Stock Exchange was $24.09 per class A share.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Investing in our class A shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus.

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                   $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $        $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders

   $        $    

Our class A shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2011.

 

 

 

J.P. Morgan    Morgan Stanley    Citigroup    BofA Merrill Lynch    Itau BBA    Credit Suisse

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2011.


Table of Contents

LOGO

This is an offering by certain selling shareholders of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. and not by McDonald’s Corporation or any of its affiliates.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

The Offering

     10   

Summary Financial and Other Information

     12   

Risk Factors

     18   

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

     34   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Use of Proceeds

     38   

Dividends and Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Exchange Rates

     41   

Market Information

     49   

Selected Financial and Other Information

     50   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     57   

Industry

     103   

Our Relationship with McDonald’s

     110   

Business

     116   

Management

     141   

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     148   

Related Party Transactions

     152   

Description of Share Capital and Memorandum and Articles of Association

     153   

Class A Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     163   

Taxation

     164   

Underwriting

     167   

Expenses of the Offering

     173   

Legal Matters

     174   

Experts

     174   

Enforcement of Judgments

     175   

Where You Can Find More Information

     176   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Arcos Dorados” or the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us” or similar terms refer to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., together with its subsidiaries. All references to the “selling shareholders” refer to DLJ South American Partners L.P., DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC, Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P., CGPE V, L.P. and Gavea Investment AD, L.P. All references in this prospectus to “systemwide” refer only to the system of McDonald’s-branded restaurants operated by us or our franchisees in 20 countries and territories in Latin America and the Caribbean (the “Territories” hereinafter defined) and do not refer to the system of McDonald’s-branded restaurants operated by McDonald’s Corporation, its affiliates or its franchisees (other than us).

 

 

This is an offering by certain selling shareholders of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. and not by McDonald’s Corporation or any of its affiliates. McDonald’s Corporation and its affiliates make no representation or warranty, express or implied, for or in respect of the information contained herein.

 

i


Table of Contents

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the class A shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the class A shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors,” “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our class A shares.

Our Business

Overview

We are the world’s largest McDonald’s franchisee in terms of systemwide sales and number of restaurants, according to McDonald’s, representing 5.1% of McDonald’s global sales in 2010, and we are the largest fast food chain in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of systemwide sales, according to Euromonitor, with a regional market share in terms of sales of 10.4% in 2010, according to Euromonitor. We have the exclusive right to own, operate and grant franchises of McDonald’s restaurants in 20 countries and territories in Latin America and the Caribbean, including Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curaçao, Ecuador, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago (since June 3, 2011), Uruguay, the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas, and Venezuela, which we refer to as the Territories. As of June 30, 2011, we operated or franchised 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants, which represented 6.6% of McDonald’s total franchised restaurants worldwide. In the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, we paid $80.0 million and $64.0 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees). In 2010 and 2009, we paid $141.0 million and $121.9 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees).

We commenced operations on August 3, 2007, as a result of our purchase of McDonald’s operations and real estate in the Territories (except for Trinidad and Tobago), which we refer to collectively as the McDonald’s LatAm business, and the acquisition of McDonald’s franchise rights pursuant to the MFAs, as described below, which, together with the purchase of the McDonald’s LatAm business, we refer to as the Acquisition. We operate McDonald’s-branded restaurants under two different operating formats, those directly operated by us, or Company-operated restaurants, and those operated by franchisees, or franchised restaurants. As of June 30, 2011, of our 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, 1,302 (or 73.7%) were Company-operated restaurants and 465 (or 26.3%) were franchised restaurants. We generate revenues primarily from two sources: sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from franchised restaurants that primarily consist of rental income, which is generally based on the greater of a flat fee or a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants. We own the land for 510 of our restaurants (totaling approximately 1.2 million square meters) and the buildings for all but 12 of our restaurants.

Our business has grown significantly since the Acquisition: we have increased our presence in existing and new markets in the Territories by opening 253 restaurants (185 Company-operated and 68 franchised), 137 McCafé locations, where we sell a variety of customizable beverages, and 478 Dessert Centers, where we sell desserts, since the Acquisition. The McDonald’s brand’s market share of the fast food industry in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of sales has increased from 10.1% in 2007 to 10.4% in 2010 according to Euromonitor. We have increased our total revenues by 15.8% from 2008 to 2010. More recently, our consolidated total revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures”) increased 25.9%, 39.1% and 21.6%, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010, to $1,715.1 million, $49.7 million and $140.2 million, respectively. In addition, our consolidated total revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA increased 13.2%, 32.5% and 12.3%, respectively, in 2010 as compared to 2009, to $3,018.1 million, $106.0 million and $299.1 million, respectively.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We divide our operations into four geographical divisions: Brazil; the Caribbean division, consisting of Aruba, Curaçao, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas; the North Latin America division, or NOLAD, consisting of Costa Rica, Mexico and Panama; and the South Latin America division, or SLAD, consisting of Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. As of June 30, 2011, 35.4% of our restaurants were located in Brazil, 29.7% in SLAD, 26.8% in NOLAD and 8.1% in the Caribbean division. We focus on our customers by managing operations at the local level, including marketing campaigns and special offers, menu management and monitoring customer satisfaction, while leveraging our size by conducting administrative and strategic functions at the divisional or corporate level, as appropriate.

The following table presents certain operating results and data by operating segment:

 

     As of and for the
Six Months Ended June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(1)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Total Revenues

            

Brazil

   $ 892,063      $ 718,520      $ 1,595,571      $ 1,200,742      $ 1,237,208      $ 461,868   

Caribbean division

     132,056        127,385        260,617        244,774        231,734        90,796   

NOLAD

     171,743        141,464        305,017        240,333        232,083        91,932   

SLAD (2)

     519,284        374,442        856,913        979,627        905,817        296,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

            

Brazil

   $ 128,566      $ 99,241      $ 250,606      $ 160,037      $ 144,965      $ 39,800   

Caribbean division

     6,282        9,531        23,556        21,167        22,013        13,099   

NOLAD

     7,868        4,202        15,400        3,918        15,961        10,655   

SLAD (2)

     42,933        32,742        83,998        129,889        138,683        36,530   

Corporate and others

     (45,455     (30,379     (74,446     (48,628     (33,648     (9,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     140,194        115,337        299,114        266,383        287,974        90,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

            

Brazil

     14.4     13.8     15.7     13.3     11.7     8.6

Caribbean division

     4.8        7.5        9.0        8.6        9.5        14.4   

NOLAD

     4.6        3.0        5.0        1.6        6.9        11.6   

SLAD (2)

     8.3        8.7        9.8        13.3        15.3        12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     8.2        8.5        9.9        10.0        11.0        9.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide comparable sales growth(5)(6)

     13.7     —          14.9     5.5     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brazil

     9.7        —          17.5        2.7        —          —     

Caribbean division

     0.9        —          4.7        4.2        —          —     

NOLAD

     8.5        —          9.1        (1.7     —          —     

SLAD

     29.5        —          16.1        12.2        —          —     

 

 

2


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

(1) Data for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes only five months of operations, beginning August 3, 2007, the date on which we commenced operations in the Territories.
(2) Currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and impact the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of our performance that is reviewed by our management. Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning and, accordingly, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA as used by other companies. For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation thereof, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.”
(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(5) Systemwide comparable sales growth refers to the change in our restaurant sales in one period from a comparable period for restaurants that have been open for thirteen months or longer. Systemwide comparable sales growth is provided and analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means it is calculated using the same exchange rate over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from this trend analysis. We believe this constant currency measure provides a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency movements.
(6) Systemwide comparable sales growth is presented on a systemwide basis, which means it includes sales by our Company-operated restaurants and our franchised restaurants. While sales by our franchisees are not recorded as revenues by us, we believe the information is important in understanding our financial performance because these sales are the basis on which we calculate and record franchised revenues and are indicative of the financial health of our franchisee base.

Our Industry

We operate in the quick-service restaurant, or QSR, sub-segment of the fast food segment of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the fast food segment has benefited from the region’s increasing modernization, as people in more densely populated areas adopt lifestyles that increasingly seek convenience, speed and value. According to Euromonitor, fast food segment sales in Latin America and the Caribbean are expected to total an estimated $43.2 billion (nominal value) in 2011. Euromonitor estimates that the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew 69.1% in the period from 2005 to 2010, which is 18 percentage points higher than the growth of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry as a whole, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11.1%, which in turn is significantly higher than the 2.4% compound annual growth rate of the U.S. fast food segment.

Euromonitor estimates that QSRs have captured 59.8% of market share within the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean due to the popularity of standardized menus, the consistency of products and services, cost efficient operating systems, the development of products targeted to meet consumer demands, economies of scale, convenience, speed and value. Euromonitor estimates that the growth of QSRs in Latin America and the

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Caribbean will outpace the growth of the fast food segment generally in the near future, as QSRs tend to be better capitalized and are therefore able to expand through additional restaurant openings and innovation, and as consumers increasingly prefer the convenience and reliability associated with a well-established brand. Euromonitor estimates that the QSR sub-segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew 63.4% during the period from 2005 to 2010.

McDonald’s, Burger King, Subway and KFC have positioned themselves as market leaders within the QSR segment. According to Euromonitor, the McDonald’s brand is the largest in Latin America and the Caribbean with more than three times the sales of Burger King, our closest competitor, in Latin America and the Caribbean and with more sales than our next five competitors combined. In addition to these international brands, strong local brands, such as Habib’s, Bob’s, Servicompras and Giraffa’s, exist in certain key markets.

The chart below indicates the percentage market share held by certain major brands in the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean for 2010:

LOGO

 

Source: Euromonitor

Our Strengths

We believe the following are our competitive strengths:

 

   

Superior Brand and Image . The McDonald’s brand is one of the top ten most widely recognized consumer brands in the world, according to Millward Brown Optimor, and it is one of the most widely recognized consumer brands in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor. In addition, we believe that in Latin America and the Caribbean the McDonald’s brand benefits from an aspirational cachet as a “destination” restaurant with a reputation for safe, fresh and good-tasting food in an attractive setting. With the exclusive right to own, operate and grant franchises of McDonald’s restaurants in 20 countries and territories in Latin America and the Caribbean, we believe we represent an important part of the McDonald’s system. As of June 30, 2011, our 1,767 restaurants represented 6.6% of McDonald’s total franchised restaurants.

 

   

Leading Position in a Region with Favorable Demographics and Economic Conditions . We are the leading fast food chain in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor, with a 10.4% market share,

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

which was more than three times that of our closest competitor, based on systemwide sales in 2010. As a business focused on young adults in the 14 to 35 age range and families with children, our operations have benefited, and we expect to continue to benefit, from our Territories’ population size, younger age profile when compared to more developed markets and improving socio- economic conditions. Based on data from the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, the Territories represented a market of approximately 575.9 million people in 2010, of which approximately 28% are under 14 years old and 46% are under 25 years old. In addition, improvements in macroeconomic conditions in the Territories are leading to a modernization of consumption patterns and increased affordability of our products across socio-economic segments, and we believe we are well placed to capitalize on these trends. For example, according to the Brazilian Ministry of Finance, 29 million Brazilians joined the middle class between 2003 and 2009 and the percentage of the Brazilian population living in poverty decreased by 45.6% during the same period. Moreover, according to Euromonitor, the percentage of households in Brazil with annual disposable incomes of $5,000 or more was greater than that in China and India in 2010.

 

   

Pan-regional Market Leader with Geographical Diversification . As the largest QSR chain in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor, our operations include some of the region’s largest markets such as Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Puerto Rico and Colombia. We believe our diversified market presence reduces our dependence on any one market and helps stabilize the impact of individual countries’ economic cycles on our revenues. Our leading market position and in-depth market knowledge across the Territories also allow us to capitalize on demand for new quick service restaurants in an efficient manner. Furthermore, our long-standing presence in the region has allowed us to build a significant property portfolio with hard-to-replicate locations in key markets across the region that enhance our customers’ experience and ultimately support our brand and market position.

 

   

Operational Excellence Translated into Solid Financial Performance . We employ many of the operating procedures used by McDonald’s prior to the Acquisition. We support our McDonald’s-based training programs with an extensive set of quality controls throughout production, processing and distribution and also in our restaurants, where we monitor restaurant managers’ performance and use ongoing external customer satisfaction opportunity reports that analyze key operating indicators. In addition, we develop long-term relationships with reliable suppliers who comply with McDonald’s rigorous quality standards. These procedures allow us to consistently provide our customers with a high-quality experience in both Company-operated and franchised restaurants across the Territories, thereby allowing us to increase the average check on a constant currency basis as well as the number of transactions per restaurant since the Acquisition.

 

   

Experienced Management Team and Lead Shareholder. Our senior management team is led by Mr. Woods Staton, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and controlling shareholder. Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Staton was the joint venture partner of McDonald’s Corporation in Argentina for over 20 years and was president of McDonald’s South Latin America division from 2004 until the Acquisition. Mr. Staton will not be selling any shares in this offering. Our senior management team is comprised of committed, experienced restaurant industry executives, almost all of whom have worked for McDonald’s and/or with Mr. Staton in non-McDonald’s businesses for over 10 years. Moreover, none of our divisional presidents, vice presidents, chief financial officer, chief operating officer or CEO have left the Company since the Acquisition. The experience of our management team has been a critical component in enhancing operational performance after the Acquisition.

Our Strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to further enhance our profitability, grow our business and expand our leadership in the Latin American and Caribbean QSR market by executing the following strategies:

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

Focus Growth in Selected Countries . We believe we have significant opportunities to increase our presence and market share in those countries that we believe offer the best growth prospects and those that are most economically and financially stable, such as Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Peru. For example, in many of the Territories, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico and Peru, we believe there are opportunities for growth as the ratio of gross domestic product purchase power parity, or GDP PPP, per McDonald’s-branded restaurant, a measure we use to determine penetration, is at least 2.5 times greater than in the United States. As the macroeconomic conditions of the countries in the Territories continue to improve, we believe we will have significant opportunities to expand our business as consumers benefit from expanding purchasing power and higher levels of disposable income, which in turn increase consumer demand for our safe, fresh and good-tasting food, comfortable settings and affordable prices as aspects of food convenience. We expect to continue to open new restaurants opportunistically as we identify attractive markets throughout the Territories. In addition, we have committed to open at least 250 new restaurants throughout the Territories from 2011 to 2013 under our agreement with McDonald’s, and in the first three years since the Acquisition (from August 3, 2007 to December 31, 2010), we exceeded our restaurant opening commitments under our agreement with McDonald’s by 45.0%. We estimate that the cost to comply with our restaurant opening commitments under our MFAs with McDonald’s, as described below, from 2011 to 2013 will be between $100 million and $250 million (not including restaurants we intend to open with the proceeds of the 2016 notes, as further described below), depending on, among other factors, the type and location of restaurants we open. Our expansion strategy seeks to continue capitalizing on the positive economic developments in these markets and the untapped demand to fuel our growth.

 

   

Continue Our Restaurant Reimaging and Brand Extension Program . We are undertaking an extensive restaurant reimaging and brand extension program throughout the Territories. Our efforts focus on remodeling existing restaurants, creating an inviting, contemporary and highly aspirational environment. We seek to obtain compelling returns on investment, and our restaurants that have undergone reimaging have experienced an additional estimated 5.8% increase in sales per restaurant in the last three years over the comparable sales growth experienced by restaurants which have not been reimaged in the same period. As of June 30, 2011, 549, or 31.1%, of our restaurants had been opened or reimaged since the Acquisition. Our brand extension efforts focus on the development of additional McCafé locations and Dessert Centers. The McCafé concept differentiates the McDonald’s brand and attracts new customers from different market segments to our existing restaurants, particularly during breakfast and after lunch. With an average return on investment from McCafé locations of 46.0% in the first half of 2011, the McCafé concept is well-suited for restaurants in large-scale shopping centers and commercial areas. McCafé locations have been a key factor in adding value to our customers’ experience and represented 8.9% of the total transactions and 5.1% of total sales of the restaurants in which they were located in the first half of 2011. Our Dessert Centers are conveniently located to attract customers, thereby serving as important transaction generators and providing an effective method of extending our brand presence to non-traditional areas. Dessert Centers represented 34.1% of our transactions and 11.3% of our total sales in the first half of 2011 and, with a return on investment of 206.8% in the first half of 2011, provide a low-risk investment alternative. From the Acquisition through June 30, 2011, we have opened 137 McCafé locations and 478 Dessert Centers. We believe our restaurant reimaging and brand extension program, which leverages McDonald’s brand relevance and competitive position to generate growth, has been a key source of our growth since the Acquisition.

 

   

Expand Product Offerings and Marketing Initiatives . We are required under our agreement with McDonald’s to spend at least 5% of our sales on advertising and promotional activities. We intend to continue our promotional campaigns, such as our successful Big Pleasures, Small Prices value menu program in Brazil, through which we offer a rotating selection of our existing products at reduced prices, to increase traffic to our restaurants. We will continue to develop innovative and locally tailored product offerings, such as breakfast, bone-in-chicken, low-calorie and low-sodium products, and value items, to increase restaurant traffic and expand our customer base. To support these product offerings, we will

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

sponsor regionally popular sporting events such as the Copa Libertadores soccer tournament and leverage global marketing initiatives led by McDonald’s, such as sponsorship of major sporting events and participation in various movie promotions. We believe these branding events provide a cost-effective manner to increase our market recognition.

 

   

Maintain Our Focus on Cost Savings Related to Operating Efficiencies . We are focused on streamlining our operations further by reducing costs at the corporate and operating level, including expanding our shared service center, which provides centralized administrative services such as payroll, accounts payable and accounts receivable. Additionally, we intend to further develop and increase our use of local suppliers where appropriate to reduce both import and transportation costs and the volatility of our supply costs. We continue to leverage our operating scale by centralizing our marketing and strategic operations, including menu management, Happy Meal promotions and designs, without losing sight of the need to cater to local preferences. We are currently rolling out a new kitchen operating platform in our major markets called Made For You, or MFY, which we believe will allow us to improve product quality and labor productivity and to reduce food waste.

Our History and Relationship with McDonald’s

McDonald’s Corporation has a longstanding history in Latin America and the Caribbean, dating to the opening of its first restaurant in Puerto Rico in 1967. Since then, McDonald’s expanded its presence across the region as consumer markets and opportunities arose, opening its first stores in Brazil in 1979, in Mexico and Venezuela in 1985 and in Argentina in 1986.

We commenced operations on August 3, 2007, as a result of the Acquisition of McDonald’s LatAm business. Woods Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder, was the joint venture partner of McDonald’s Corporation in Argentina for over 20 years prior to the Acquisition and also served as President of McDonald’s South Latin America division from 2004 until the Acquisition. Our senior management team is comprised mostly of executives who had previously worked in McDonald’s LatAm business or with Mr. Staton.

We own our McDonald’s franchise rights pursuant to a Master Franchise Agreement for all of the Territories except Brazil, which we refer to as the MFA, and a separate, but substantially identical, Master Franchise Agreement for Brazil, which we refer to as the Brazilian MFA. We refer to the MFA and the Brazilian MFA, as amended or otherwise modified to date, collectively as the MFAs. The MFAs set forth terms such as the initial 20-year terms of the franchises (our franchise rights for French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique have 10-year terms which we have the option to extend by 10 years), our right to operate and franchise McDonald’s-branded restaurants and the franchise fees payable by us to McDonald’s.

We offer McDonald’s core menu items, including the Big Mac, Happy Meal and Quarter Pounder. Since the Acquisition through June 30, 2011, we have opened 253 new restaurants. We have also undertaken an extensive restaurant reimaging program throughout the Territories, expanded the number of McCafé and Dessert Center locations and focused on adding locally relevant menu items, such as breakfast, bone-in-chicken, low-calorie and low-sodium products, and value items. We have also integrated many of our operations, including our supply chain and distribution functions.

Our Corporate Structure

We were incorporated on December 9, 2010 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited, the prior holding company for the Arcos Dorados business. On December 13, 2010, Arcos Dorados Limited effected a downstream merger into and with us, with us as the surviving entity. Following the merger, we replaced Arcos Dorados Limited in the corporate structure and replicated its governance structure.

We conduct substantially all our business through our indirect, wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary Arcos Dorados B.V. Our majority shareholder is Los Laureles Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company, which is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. Under the MFAs, Los Laureles Ltd. is required to hold at all times at least 51% of our voting interests, which is accomplished through its ownership of 100% of the class B shares of Arcos

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Dorados Holdings Inc., each having five votes per share. Los Laureles Ltd. has established a voting trust with respect to the voting interests in us held by Los Laureles Ltd. and has contributed its interests in Los Laureles Ltd. to a trust whose sole beneficiaries are Mr. Staton and his descendants. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.” Arcos Dorados B.V. owns all the equity interests of LatAm, LLC, the master franchisee, and owns, directly or indirectly, all the equity interests of the subsidiaries operating our restaurants in the Territories.

On April 19, 2011, we completed our initial public offering and listed our class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. In the initial public offering, we sold 9,529,412 class A shares and certain selling shareholders sold 74,977,376 class A shares, including 11,022,624 class A shares sold to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

The following chart shows our corporate structure after giving effect to the contemplated issuance and sale of             class A shares in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

LOGO

 

(1) Los Laureles Ltd. is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.”
(2) Includes operating subsidiaries held directly and, in some cases, indirectly through certain intermediate subsidiaries.

Other than as described above, all of our significant subsidiaries are wholly owned by us, except Arcos Dorados Argentina S.A., of which Mr. Staton owns 0.03%.

Recent Developments

On June 3, 2011, we declared a dividend totaling $12.5 million, which was paid on July 6, 2011 to our registered shareholders as of June 17, 2011.

In October 2009, our subsidiary, Arcos Dorados B.V., issued senior notes for an aggregate principal amount of $450 million that mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest of 7.5% per year, which we refer to as the 2019 notes. On June 13, 2011, Arcos Dorados B.V. exercised its option to redeem on July 18, 2011 a total of $141.4 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes. Following the redemption, a total of $308.6 million of the

 

 

8


Table of Contents

aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes remains outstanding. As a result of the redemption, we incurred a one-time loss of $13.9 million in July 2011, including $2.3 million related to the accelerated amortization of deferred financing costs and $11.6 million related to the redemption of the 2019 notes at a redemption price above the book value of the 2019 notes.

In July 2011, we issued R$400 million aggregate principal amount of notes due 2016 bearing interest of 10.25% per year, payable in U.S. dollars, which we refer to as the 2016 notes. The 2016 notes are denominated in reais , but payment of principal and interest will be made in U.S. dollars. The 2016 notes mature on July 13, 2016. Interest will be paid semi-annually in arrears on January 13 and July 13 of each year, beginning on January 13, 2012. The proceeds from the issuance of the 2016 notes will be used to satisfy a capital expenditure program agreed upon with McDonald’s, including to open at least 100 restaurants and to reimage others, and for general corporate purposes, including the settlement of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and our mirror swaps (as described below).

On July 19, 2011 and July 20, 2011, we settled our cross-currency interest rate swaps and our mirror swaps, paying $95.5 million and collecting $3.9 million, respectively. As a result of these settlements, we recognized a loss amounting to $5.2 million in July of 2011, which includes accrued interest, the monthly effect of the change in the real forward rate curve and the cost of the unwind.

On August 3, 2011, our subsidiary, Arcos Dorados B.V., entered into a committed revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as lender, for $50 million with a maturity date one year from the date of closing thereof. The obligations of Arcos Dorados B.V. under the revolving credit facility are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries on an unconditional basis. This revolving credit facility will permit us to borrow from time to time to cover our working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes.

Finally, on September 13, 2011, we declared a dividend totaling $12.5 million, which was paid on October 5, 2011 to our registered shareholders as of September 27, 2011.

Expectations for Third Quarter 2011 Results

On a constant currency basis, our sales growth for the third quarter of 2011 improved upon the growth we experienced in the first half of the year. As evidence of this trend, we expect our systemwide comparable sales growth in the third quarter of 2011 to be stronger than the growth we experienced in the first half of the year.

Despite this strong operating performance, and in light of certain factors which have affected our results in prior periods and which we have previously reported, we expect our net income for the third quarter of 2011 when compared to the net income for the third quarter of 2010 to be impacted by:

 

   

an increase in compensation expense related to equity grants under our long-term incentive plan (in light of the increase in the current quoted market price of our class A shares (based on a closing price of $23.19 per share as of September 30, 2011, compared to $21.09 as of June 30, 2011)),

 

   

the one-time charges associated with the partial redemption of our 2019 Notes (as further described above), and

 

   

the depreciation of certain local currencies against the U.S. dollar during September 2011, which primarily generated a non-cash charge over certain balance sheet accounts. This depreciation was offset, in part, by gains from certain foreign currency hedging transactions.

We also expect that our effective tax rate for the third quarter of 2011 will be higher than our effective tax rate for the first half of 2011 as a result of several factors, including (i) the partial recovery of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets during the first half of 2011 and (ii) withholding tax and additional expenses of our holding company. For a discussion of the factors we consider in determining our valuation allowance, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Accounting for Income Taxes.”

General Information

Our principal executive offices are located at Roque Saenz Peña 432, Olivos, Buenos Aires, Argentina (B1636 FFB). Our telephone number at this address is +54(11) 4711-2000. Our registered office in the British Virgin Islands is Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, P.O. Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

Investors should contact us for any inquiries through the address and telephone number of our principal executive office. Our principal website is www.arcosdorados.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

This summary highlights information presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our class A shares. You should carefully read this entire prospectus before investing in our class A shares, including “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements.

 

Issuer

   Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Secondary offering

   The selling shareholders are offering              class A shares.

Offering price

   $         per class A share. On October 5, 2011, the last sale price of our class A shares as reported by the New York Stock Exchange was $24.09 per class A share.

Voting rights

   Our class A shares have one vote per share. Our class B shares have five votes per share.

Over-allotment option

   The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              class A shares from the selling shareholders within 30 days of the date of this prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

Listing

   Our class A shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “ARCO.”

Use of proceeds

   The selling shareholders will receive all net proceeds from the sale of the class A shares in this offering. We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of class A shares by the selling shareholders, including any sales pursuant to the over-allotment option.

Conflicts of interest

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, through certain of its affiliates (collectively, “CS”), owns approximately an aggregate of 18% limited partnership interest in DLJ South American Partners L.P., one of the selling shareholders, and a 49% interest in its general partner, DLJ South American Partners LLC (“DLJSAP LLC”). In connection with its interest in DLJSAP LLC, CS has certain consent rights with respect to investment decisions of DLJSAP LLC. DLJSAP LLC is also the managing member of DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC, another selling shareholder. As a result of its interest in DLJSAP LLC, CS co-controls DLJSAP LLC for purposes of FINRA Rule 5121, and at least five percent of the net offering proceeds of this offering will be directed to an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Because Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is an underwriter, the offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. However, no qualified independent underwriter is needed for this offering because this offering qualifies for an exception under FINRA Rule 5121. See “Underwriting—Conflicts of Interest.”

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Share capital before and after offering

   As of the date of this prospectus, our share capital consists of 129,529,412 class A shares and 80,000,000 class B shares.

Dividend policy

   Our board of directors will consider the legal requirements with regard to our net income and retained earnings and our cash flow generation, targeted leverage ratios and debt covenant requirements in determining the amount of dividends to be paid in the future, if any. Dividends may only be paid after having fulfilled our capital expenditures program and after satisfying our indebtedness and liquidity thresholds, in that order. See “Dividends and Dividend Policy” and “Description of Share Capital and Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

Lock-up agreements

   We have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 45-day period following the date of this prospectus. The selling shareholders and certain of our officers and directors have agreed to substantially similar lock-up provisions, subject to certain exceptions.

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our class A shares.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus regarding our common stock does not include shares of common stock to be issued to our executive officers, non-employee directors and other employees under our Equity Incentive Plan. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-Based Compensation” for details of potential common stock outstanding.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to purchase up to              additional class A shares to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global. The summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2007 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from consolidated financial statements audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., which are not included herein.

The summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and the income statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited statements include all normal recurring adjustments that management believes are necessary to fairly present our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 2011.

We were incorporated on December 9, 2010 as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited, the prior holding company for the Arcos Dorados business. On December 13, 2010, Arcos Dorados Limited effected a downstream merger into and with us, with us as the surviving entity. The merger was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interest and the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated operations of Arcos Dorados Limited as if the reorganization structure had existed since Arcos Dorados Limited was incorporated in July 2006. We did not commence operations until the Acquisition on August 3, 2007, consequently, the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2007 only includes five months of operations.

Included below is historical financial information of McDonald’s LatAm business prior to the date of the Acquisition. This financial information presents the combined results of operations and financial condition of McDonald’s LatAm business (as our predecessor business). The summary income statement and balance sheet data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 are derived from the combined financial statements of McDonald’s LatAm business, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP (United States), member firm of Ernst & Young Global, and are not included herein. The summary income statement data for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2007 are derived from the combined financial statements of McDonald’s LatAm business, which have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global, and are not included herein.

We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars and prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This financial information should be read in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

See Note 21 to our annual consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations, which affects the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. In particular, currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and greatly impact the comparability of our results of operations from period to period.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    Arcos Dorados            Predecessor(1)  
    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,            January 1,
2007 to
July 31, 2007
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,

2006
 
    2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)             
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
    (unaudited)                                             

Income Statement Data:

                    

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

  $ 1,643,394      $ 1,307,104      $ 2,894,466      $ 2,536,655      $ 2,480,897      $ 895,429           $ 1,078,194      $ 1,549,783   

Revenues from franchised restaurants

    71,752        54,707        123,652        128,821        125,945        45,910             46,881        63,718   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339             1,125,075        1,613,501   

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

                    

Food and paper

    (580,170     (463,499     (1,023,464     (929,718     (902,305     (332,547          (416,615     (592,644

Payroll and employee benefits

    (327,706     (257,973     (569,084     (491,214     (461,602     (161,871          (196,510     (291,895

Occupancy and other operating expenses

    (442,654     (358,593     (765,777     (667,438     (647,152     (238,765          (307,391     (453,295

Royalty fees

    (79,955     (63,970     (140,973     (121,901     (118,980     (44,878          (40,660     (30,462

Franchised restaurants—occupancy expenses

    (24,393     (19,281     (37,634     (42,327     (42,416     (13,979          (18,491     (27,992

General and administrative expenses

    (164,445     (105,140     (254,165     (189,507     (186,098     (71,898          (78,081     (131,929

Other operating income (expenses), net

    862        (8,122     (22,464     (16,562     (26,095     (6,310          (16,015     (71,459
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    (1,618,461     (1,276,578     (2,813,561     (2,458,667     (2,384,648     (870,248          (1,073,763     (1,599,676
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    96,685        85,233        204,557        206,809        222,194        71,091             51,312        13,825   

Net interest expense

    (20,199     (19,637     (41,613     (52,473     (26,272     (13,978          (33,363     (25,956

Loss from derivative instruments

    (12,225     (7,990     (32,809     (39,935     (2,620     (13,672          —          —     

Foreign currency exchange results(3)

    1,864        (3,110     3,237        (14,098     (74,884     (3,542          —          —     

Other non-operating expenses, net(3)

    (1,183     (1,918     (23,630     (1,240     (1,934     (43          (2,095     (8,654
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    64,942        52,578        109,742        99,063        116,484        39,856             15,854        (20,785

Income tax expense

    (14,946     (16,873     (3,450     (18,709     (12,067     (17,511          (31,922     (26,367
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    49,996        35,705        106,292        80,354        104,417        22,345             (16,068     (47,152

(Less) Plus: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    (271     39        (271     (332     (1,375     (43          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc./Predecessor

    49,725        35,744        106,021        80,022        103,042        22,302             (16,068     (47,152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

                    

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15      $ 0.44      $ 0.33      $ 0.43      $ —             $ —        $ —     

Diluted net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15      $ 0.44      $ 0.33      $ 0.43      $ —             $ —        $ —     

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     Arcos Dorados            Predecessor (1)  
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,            As of
December 31,

2006
 
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007           
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
     (unaudited)                                           

Balance Sheet Data(4):

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 254,404       $ 208,099       $ 167,975       $ 105,982       $ 92,580           $ 102,383   

Total current assets

     526,644         552,355         394,011         380,275         382,801             292,717   

Property and equipment, net

     1,015,671         911,730         785,862         709,667         724,673             1,243,232   

Total non-current assets

     1,346,553         1,231,911         1,088,937         923,488         862,797             1,394,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,873,197         1,784,266         1,482,948         1,303,763         1,245,598             1,687,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Accounts payable

     118,604         186,700         124,560         126,403         125,495             100,041   

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     20,581         17,947         11,046         15,306         216             6,408   

Total current liabilities

     536,564         605,148         396,810         388,357         375,566             292,724   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

     453,841         451,423         454,461         351,870         352,460             19,718   

Total non-current liabilities

     624,717         629,923         632,092         474,654         462,253             135,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,161,281         1,235,071         1,028,902         863,011         837,819             428,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     711,916         549,195         454,046         440,752         407,779             1,259,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     1,873,197         1,784,266         1,482,948         1,303,763         1,245,598             1,687,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Other Data:

            

Total Revenues

            

Brazil

   $ 892,063      $ 718,520      $ 1,595,571      $ 1,200,742      $ 1,237,208      $ 461,868   

Caribbean division

     132,056        127,385        260,617        244,774        231,734        90,796   

NOLAD

     171,743        141,464        305,017        240,333        232,083        91,932   

SLAD(5)

     519,284        374,442        856,913        979,627        905,817        296,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

            

Brazil

   $ 111,629      $ 81,663      $ 208,102      $ 127,291      $ 102,819      $ 23,846   

Caribbean division

     538        3,316        11,189        10,448        12,454        8,602   

NOLAD

     (6,173     (7,127     (16,718     (17,252     (4,863     2,536   

SLAD(5)

     33,710        24,028        66,288        108,261        119,716        29,642   

Corporate and others and purchase price allocation

     (43,019     (16,647     (64,304     (21,939     (7,932     6,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     96,685        85,233        204,557        206,809        222,194        71,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Margin(6)

            

Brazil

     12.5     11.4     13.0     10.6     8.3     5.2

Caribbean division

     0.4        2.6        4.3        4.3        5.4        9.5   

NOLAD

     (3.6     (5.0     (5.5     (7.2     (2.1     2.8   

SLAD(5)

     6.5        6.4        7.7        11.1        13.2        10.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     5.6        6.3        6.8        7.8        8.5        7.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(7)

            

Brazil

   $ 128,566      $ 99,241      $ 250,606      $ 160,037      $ 144,965      $ 39,800   

Caribbean division

     6,282        9,531        23,556        21,167        22,013        13,099   

NOLAD

     7,868        4,202        15,400        3,918        15,961        10,655   

SLAD(5)

     42,933        32,742        83,998        129,889        138,683        36,530   

Corporate and others

     (45,455     (30,379     (74,446     (48,628     (33,648     (9,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     140,194        115,337        299,114        266,383        287,974        90,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(8)

            

Brazil

     14.4     13.8     15.7     13.3     11.7     8.6

Caribbean division

     4.8        7.5        9.0        8.6        9.5        14.4   

NOLAD

     4.6        3.0        5.0        1.6        6.9        11.6   

SLAD(5)

     8.3        8.7        9.8        13.3        15.3        12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     8.2        8.5        9.9        10.0        11.0        9.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents
     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Other Financial Data:

            

Working capital(9)

   $ (9,920   $ —        $ (52,793   $ (2,799   $ (8,082   $ 7,235   

Capital expenditures(10)

     107,432        41,685        176,173        101,166        167,893        45,174   

Other Operating Data:

            

Systemwide comparable sales
growth(11)(12)

     13.7     —          14.9     5.5     —          —     

Brazil

     9.7        —          17.5        2.7        —          —     

Caribbean division

     0.9        —          4.7        4.2        —          —     

NOLAD

     8.5        —          9.1        (1.7     —          —     

SLAD

     29.5        —          16.1        12.2        —          —     

Systemwide average restaurant
sales(12)(13)

   $ 1,269      $ 1,048      $ 2,288      $ 2,147      $ 2,186      $ —     

Systemwide sales growth(12)(14)

     26.4     12.3     10.2     0.9     —          —     

Brazil

     25.7        48.2        34.3        (2.4     —          —     

Caribbean division

     2.2        7.0        3.8        4.6        —          —     

NOLAD

     19.3        22.1        19.2        (12.3     —          —     

SLAD

     40.6        (27.0     (20.2     9.2        —          —     

 

     As of June 30,      As of December 31,  
     2011      2010      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Number of systemwide restaurants

     1,767         1,695         1,755         1,680         1,640         1,593   

Brazil

     625         586         616         578         564         553   

Caribbean division

     144         144         142         145         145         142   

NOLAD

     473         461         476         456         448         427   

SLAD

     525         504         521         501         483         471   

Number of Company-operated restaurants

     1,302         1,243         1,292         1,226         1,155         1,092   

Brazil

     461         435         453         432         426         422   

Caribbean division

     93         93         91         93         89         87   

NOLAD

     307         298         310         289         242         195   

SLAD

     441         417         438         412         398         388   

Number of franchised restaurants

     465         452         463         454         485         501   

Brazil

     164         151         163         146         138         131   

Caribbean division

     51         51         51         52         56         55   

NOLAD

     166         163         166         167         206         232   

SLAD

     84         87         83         89         85         83   

 

(1) The financial data for our predecessor is not directly comparable to our financial data for several reasons, including:

 

   

Predecessor data does not include the effect of the purchase accounting due to the Acquisition, which has reduced the accounting value of our long-lived assets and goodwill and the related depreciation and amortization expense.

 

   

Predecessor data includes royalties that are lower as a percentage of sales than the royalties we are required to pay pursuant to the MFAs.

 

   

Predecessor data does not include general and administrative expenses related to corporate functions.

 

   

Predecessor data does not include interest expense related to our long-term debt which resulted from the partial financing of the Acquisition and the subsequent increase in interest expense resulting from the 2019 notes and the 2016 notes. Predecessor data does include interest expense related to intercompany loans, which we eliminate in consolidation.

 

   

Predecessor data includes foreign exchange results related to intercompany loans within the translation adjustment in the other comprehensive income component of shareholders’ equity, while we generally report these results as a component of our earnings since generally we do not consider intercompany loans to be of a long-term nature.

 

 

16


Table of Contents
(2) Data for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes only five months of operations, beginning August 3, 2007, the date on which we commenced operations in the Territories.
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the seven months ended July 31, 2007, “Other non-operating expenses, net” includes “Foreign currency exchange results.”
(4) For the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, does not reflect the split-off of the Axis business. See “Business—Our Operations—Supply and Distribution.”
(5) Currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and impact the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations.
(6) Operating margin is operating income divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(7) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of our performance that is reviewed by our management. Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning and, accordingly, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA as used by other companies. For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation thereof, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.”
(8) Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(9) Working capital equals current assets minus current liabilities.
(10) Includes property and equipment expenditures and purchase of restaurant businesses.
(11) Systemwide comparable sales growth refers to the change in our restaurant sales in one period from a comparable period for restaurants that have been open for thirteen months or longer. Systemwide comparable sales growth is provided and analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means it is calculated using the same exchange rate over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from this trend analysis. We believe this constant currency measure provides a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency movements.
(12) Systemwide comparable sales growth, systemwide average restaurant sales and systemwide sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis, which means they include sales by our Company-operated restaurants and our franchised restaurants. While sales by our franchisees are not recorded as revenues by us, we believe the information is important in understanding our financial performance because these sales are the basis on which we calculate and record franchised revenues and are indicative of the financial health of our franchisee base.
(13) Systemwide average restaurant sales is calculated by dividing our sales for the relevant period by the arithmetic mean of the number of our restaurants at the beginning and end of such period.
(14) Systemwide sales growth refers to the change in sales by all of our restaurants, whether operated by us or by our franchisees, from one period to another.

 

 

17


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this prospectus before making an investment in our class A shares. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our class A shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.

This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks facing our company or investments in Latin America and the Caribbean described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Certain Factors Relating to Our Business

Our rights to operate and franchise McDonald’s-branded restaurants are dependent on the MFAs, the expiration of which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our rights to operate and franchise McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, and therefore our ability to conduct our business, derive exclusively from the rights granted to us by McDonald’s in the MFAs through 2027. The initial term of the franchise for French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique expires in 2017, which we may extend for an additional 10-year term at our sole discretion. As a result, our ability to continue operating in our current capacity following the initial term of the MFAs is dependent on the renewal of our contractual relationship with McDonald’s.

McDonald’s has the right, in its reasonable business judgment based on our satisfaction of certain criteria set forth in the MFA, to grant us an option to extend the term of the MFAs with respect to all Territories for an additional period of 10 years after the expiration of the initial term of the MFAs upon such terms as McDonald’s may determine. Pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s will determine whether to grant us the option to renew between August 2020 and August 2024. If McDonald’s grants us the option to renew and we elect to exercise the option, then we and McDonald’s will amend the MFAs to reflect the terms of such renewal option, as appropriate. We cannot assure you that McDonald’s will grant us an option to extend the term of the MFAs or that the terms of any renewal option will be acceptable to us, will be similar to those contained in the MFAs or that the terms will not be less favorable to us than those contained in the MFAs.

If McDonald’s elects not to grant us the renewal option or we elect not to exercise the renewal option, we will have a three-year period in which to solicit offers for our business, which offers would be subject to McDonald’s approval. Upon the expiration of the MFAs, McDonald’s has the option to acquire all of the equity interests of our indirectly wholly owned subsidiary LatAm, LLC, the master franchisee of McDonald’s for the Territories except in Brazil, and our wholly owned subsidiary Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., the master franchisee of McDonald’s for Brazil, at their fair market value.

In the event McDonald’s does not exercise its option to acquire LatAm, LLC and Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., the MFAs would expire and we would be required to cease operating McDonald’s-branded restaurants, identifying our business with McDonald’s and using any of McDonald’s intellectual property. Although we would retain our real estate and infrastructure, the MFAs prohibit us from engaging in certain competitive businesses, including Burger King, Subway, KFC or any other QSR business, or duplicating the McDonald’s system at another restaurant or business during the two-year period following the expiration of the MFAs. As the McDonald’s brand and our relationship with McDonald’s are among our primary competitive strengths, the expiration of the MFAs for any of the reasons described above would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our business depends on our relationship with McDonald’s and changes in this relationship may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our rights to operate and franchise McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, and therefore our ability to conduct our business, derive exclusively from the rights granted to us by McDonald’s in the MFAs. As a result, our revenues are dependent on the continued existence of our contractual relationship with McDonald’s.

Pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s has the ability to exercise substantial influence over the conduct of our business. For example, under the MFAs, we are not permitted to operate any other quick service restaurant chains, we must comply with McDonald’s high quality standards, we must own and operate at least 50% of all McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, we must maintain certain guarantees in favor of McDonald’s, including a standby letter of credit (or other similar financial guarantee acceptable to McDonald’s) in an amount of $80.0 million, to secure our payment obligations under the MFAs and related credit documents, we cannot incur debt above certain financial ratios, we cannot transfer the equity interests of our subsidiaries, any significant portion of their assets or any of the real estate properties we own without McDonald’s consent, and McDonald’s has the right to approve the appointment of our chief executive officer and chief operating officer. In addition, the MFAs require us to reinvest a significant amount of money on reimaging our existing restaurants, opening new restaurants and advertising, which plans McDonald’s has the right to approve. We are required under the MFAs to spend $180 million from 2011 through 2013 (i.e., $60 million per year) to satisfy our reinvestment commitments. In addition, we estimate that the cost to comply with our restaurant opening commitments under the MFAs from 2011 to 2013 will be between $100 million and $250 million depending on, among other factors, the type and location of the restaurants we open. These amounts are in addition to our capital expenditure program agreed upon with McDonald’s for the opening and reimaging of restaurants with the proceeds of the 2016 notes. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” We cannot assure you that we will have available the funds necessary to finance these commitments, and their satisfaction may require us to incur additional indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition. Failure to comply with these commitments could constitute a material breach of the MFAs and may lead to a termination by McDonald’s of the MFAs.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, McDonald’s has no obligation to fund our operations. In addition, McDonald’s does not guarantee any of our financial obligations, including trade payables or outstanding indebtedness, and has no obligation to do so.

If the terms of the MFAs excessively restrict our ability to operate our business or if we are unable to satisfy our restaurant opening and reinvestment commitments under the MFAs, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

McDonald’s has the right to acquire all or portions of our business upon the occurrence of certain events and, in the case of a material breach of the MFAs, may acquire our non-public shares or our interests in one or more Territories at 80% of their fair market value.

Pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s has the right to acquire our non-public shares or our interests in one or more Territories upon the occurrence of certain events, including the death or permanent incapacity of our controlling shareholder or a material breach of the MFAs. Following the completion of the offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, in the event McDonald’s were to exercise its right to acquire all of our non-public shares, our public shareholders would own an aggregate of % of our economic interests and % of our voting interests.

McDonald’s has the option to acquire all, but not less than all, of our non-public shares at 100% of their fair market value during the twelve-month period following the eighteenth-month anniversary of the death or permanent incapacity of Mr. Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder. In addition, if there is a material breach that relates to one or more Territories in which there are at least 100 restaurants in operation, McDonald’s has the right either to acquire all of our non-public shares or our interests in our subsidiaries in such Territory or Territories. By contrast, if the initial material breach of the MFAs affects or is attributable to any of the Territories in which

 

19


Table of Contents

there are less than 100 restaurants in operation, McDonald’s only has the right to acquire the equity interests of any of our subsidiaries in the relevant Territory. For example, since we have more than 100 restaurants in Mexico, if a Mexican subsidiary were to materially breach the MFA, McDonald’s would have the right either to acquire our entire business throughout Latin America and the Caribbean or just our Mexican operations, whereas upon a similar breach by our Ecuadorean subsidiary, McDonald’s would only have the right to acquire our interests in our operations in Ecuador.

McDonald’s was granted a perfected security interest in the equity interests of LatAm, LLC, Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda. and certain of their subsidiaries to protect this right. In the event this right is exercised as a result of a material breach of the MFAs, the amount to be paid by McDonald’s would be equal to 80% of the fair market value of the acquired equity interests. If McDonald’s exercises its right to acquire our interests in one or more Territories as a result of a material breach, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent years. The failure to successfully manage this or any future growth may adversely affect our results of operations.

Our business has grown significantly in recent years, largely due to the opening of new restaurants in existing and new markets within the Territories, and also from an increase in comparable store sales. Our total number of restaurant locations has increased from 1,569 at the date of the Acquisition to 1,767 as of June 30, 2011.

Our growth is, to a certain extent, dependent on new restaurant openings. There are many obstacles to opening new restaurants, including determining the availability of desirable locations, securing reliable suppliers, training new personnel and negotiating acceptable lease terms, and, in times of adverse economic conditions, franchisees may be more reluctant to provide the investment required to open new restaurants and may have difficulty obtaining sufficient financing. In addition, our growth in comparable store sales is dependent on continued economic growth in the countries in which we operate as well as our ability to continue to predict and satisfy changing consumer preferences. It is therefore possible that we may not be able to successfully maintain our recent growth rate.

We plan our capital expenditures on an annual basis, taking into account historical information, regional economic trends, restaurant opening and reimaging plans, site availability and the investment requirements of the MFAs in order to maximize our returns on invested capital. The success of our investment plan may, however, be harmed by factors outside our control, such as changes in macroeconomic conditions, changes in demand and construction difficulties that could jeopardize our investment returns and our future results and financial condition.

We depend on oral agreements with third-party suppliers and distributors for the provision of products that are necessary for our operations.

Supply chain management is an important element of our success and a crucial factor in optimizing our profitability. We use McDonald’s centralized supply chain management model, which relies on approved third-party suppliers and distributors for goods, and we generally use several suppliers to satisfy our needs for goods. This system encompasses selecting and developing suppliers of core products—beef, chicken, buns, produce, cheese, dairy mixes, beverages and toppings—who are able to comply with McDonald’s high quality standards, and establishing sustainable relationships with these suppliers. McDonald’s standards include cleanliness, product consistency, timeliness, following internationally recognized manufacturing practices, meeting or exceeding all local food regulations and compliance with our Hazard Analysis Critical Control Plan, a systematic approach to food safety that emphasizes protection within the processing facility, rather than detection, through analysis, inspection and follow-up.

Our 25 largest suppliers account for approximately 80% of our purchases. Very few of our suppliers have entered into written contracts with us as we only have oral agreements with a vast majority of them. Our supplier approval process is thorough and lengthy in order to ensure compliance with McDonald’s high quality standards. We therefore tend to develop strong relationships with approved suppliers and, given our importance to them, have

 

20


Table of Contents

found that oral agreements with them are generally sufficient to ensure a reliable supply of quality products. While we source our supplies from many approved suppliers in Latin America and the Caribbean, thereby reducing our dependence on any one supplier, the informal nature of the majority of our relationships with suppliers means that we may not be assured of long-term or reliable supplies of products from those suppliers.

If our suppliers fail to provide us with products in a timely manner due to unanticipated demand, production or distribution problems or financial distress, if our suppliers decide to terminate their relationship with us or if McDonald’s determines that any product or service offered by an approved supplier is not in compliance with its standards and we are obligated to terminate our relationship with such supplier, we may have difficulty finding replacement suppliers because of the requirement that we only use approved suppliers. As a result, we may face inventory shortages that could negatively affect our operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend, to a certain extent, on the financial condition of our franchisees and their ability to fulfill their obligations under their franchise agreements.

Approximately 26.3% of our restaurants were franchised as of June 30, 2011. Under our franchise agreements, we receive monthly payments which are the greater of a fixed rent or a certain percentage of the franchisee’s gross sales. Franchisees are independent operators over whom we exercise control through the franchise agreements, by owning or leasing the real estate upon which their restaurants are located and through our operating manual that specifies items such as menu choices, permitted advertising, equipment, food handling procedures, product quality and approved suppliers. Our operating results depend to a certain extent on the restaurant profitability and financial viability of our franchisees. The concurrent failure by a significant number of franchisees to meet their financial obligations to us could jeopardize our ability to meet our obligations.

In addition, we are liable for our franchisees’ monthly payment of a continuing franchise fee to McDonald’s, which represents a percentage of those franchised restaurants’ gross sales. To the extent that our franchisees fail to pay this fee in full, we are responsible for any shortfall. As such, the concurrent failure by a significant number of franchisees to pay their continuing franchise fees could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We do not have full operational control over the businesses of our franchisees.

We are dependent on franchisees to maintain McDonald’s quality, service and cleanliness standards, and their failure to do so could materially affect the McDonald’s brand and harm our future growth. Although we exercise significant control over franchisees through the franchise agreements, franchisees have some flexibility in their operations, including the ability to set prices for our products in their restaurants, hire employees and select certain service providers. In addition, it is possible that some franchisees may not operate their restaurants in accordance with our quality, service and cleanliness, health or product standards. Although we take corrective measures if franchisees fail to maintain McDonald’s quality, service and cleanliness standards, we may not be able to identify and rectify problems with sufficient speed and, as a result, our image and operating results may be negatively affected.

Ownership and leasing of a broad portfolio of real estate exposes us to potential losses and liabilities.

As of June 30, 2011, we owned the land for 510 of our 1,767 restaurants and the buildings for all but 12 of our restaurants. The value of these assets could decrease or rental costs could increase due to changes in local demographics, the investment climate and increases in taxes.

The majority of our restaurant locations, or those operated by our franchisees, are subject to long-term leases. We may not be able to renew leases on acceptable terms or at all, in which case we would have to find new locations to lease or be forced to close the restaurants. If we are able to negotiate a new lease at an existing location, we may be subject to a rent increase. In addition, current restaurant locations may become unattractive due to changes in neighborhood demographics or economic conditions, which may result in reduced sales at these locations.

 

21


Table of Contents

The success of our business is dependent on the effectiveness of our marketing strategy.

Market awareness is essential to our continued growth and financial success. Pursuant to the MFAs, we create, develop and coordinate marketing plans and promotional activities throughout the Territories, and franchisees contribute a percentage of their gross sales to our marketing plan. In addition, we are required under the MFAs to spend at least 5% of our sales on advertising and promotional activities. In addition, pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s has the right to review and approve our marketing plans in advance and may request that we cease using the materials or promotional activities at any time if McDonald’s determines that they are detrimental to its brand image. We also participate in global and regional marketing activities undertaken by McDonald’s and pay McDonald’s up to 0.2% of our sales in order to fund such activities. If our advertising programs are not effective, or if our competitors begin spending significantly more on advertising than we do, we may be unable to attract new customers or existing customers may not return to our restaurants and our operating results may be negatively affected.

We use non-committed lines of credit to partially finance our working capital needs.

We use non-committed lines of credit to partially finance our working capital needs. Given the nature of these lines of credit, they could be withdrawn and no longer be available to us, or their terms, including the interest rate, could change to make the terms no longer acceptable to us. The availability of these lines of credit depends on the level of liquidity in financial markets, which can vary based on events outside of our control, including financial or credit crises. Any inability to draw upon our non-committed lines of credit could have an adverse effect on our working capital, financial condition and results of operations.

Covenants and events of default in the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness could limit our ability to undertake certain types of transactions and adversely affect our liquidity.

As of June 30, 2011, we had $573.9 million in total outstanding indebtedness. The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain negative and financial covenants and events of default that may limit our financial flexibility and ability to undertake certain types of transactions. For instance, we are subject to negative covenants that restrict our activities, including restrictions on:

 

   

incurring additional indebtedness;

 

   

paying dividends;

 

   

redeeming, repurchasing or retiring our capital stock;

 

   

making investments;

 

   

creating liens;

 

   

creating limitations on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer property to us;

 

   

engaging in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

engaging in substantially different lines of business;

 

   

selling assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; and

 

   

consolidating, merging or transferring assets.

If we fail to satisfy the covenants set forth in these agreements or another event of default occurs under the agreements, our outstanding indebtedness under the agreements could become immediately due and payable. If our outstanding indebtedness become immediately due and payable and we do not have sufficient cash on hand to pay

 

22


Table of Contents

all amounts due, we could be required to sell assets, to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or to obtain additional financing. Refinancing may not be possible and additional financing may not be available on commercially acceptable terms, or at all.

Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel may affect our growth and results of operations.

We have a strong management team with broad experience in product development, supply chain management, operations, finance, marketing and training. Our significant growth places substantial demands on our management team, and our continued growth could increase those demands. In addition, pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s is entitled to approve the appointment of our chief executive officer and chief operating officer. Our ability to manage future growth will depend on the adequacy of our resources and our ability to continue to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel. Failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also, the success of our operations depends in part on our ability to attract and retain qualified regional and restaurant managers and general staff. If we are unable to recruit and retain our employees, or fail to motivate them to provide quality food and service, our image, operations and growth could be adversely affected.

The resignation, termination, permanent incapacity or death of our CEO could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Due to Mr. Staton’s unique experience and leadership capabilities, it would be difficult to find a suitable successor for him if he were to cease serving as our CEO and Chairman for any reason. In addition, pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s is entitled to approve the appointment of our chief executive officer. If we and McDonald’s have not agreed upon a successor CEO after six months, McDonald’s may designate a temporary CEO in its sole discretion pending our submission of information relating to a further candidate and McDonald’s approval of that candidate. In the event of Mr. Staton’s death or permanent incapacity, McDonald’s has the right to acquire all of our non-public shares during the twelve-month period beginning on the eighteenth-month anniversary of his death or incapacity. A delay in finding a suitable successor CEO could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Labor shortages or increased labor costs could harm our results of operations.

Our operations depend in part on our ability to attract and retain qualified restaurant managers and crew. While the turnover rate varies significantly among categories of employees, due to the nature of our business we traditionally experience a high rate of turnover among our crew and we may not be able to replace departing crew with equally qualified or motivated staff.

As of June 30, 2011, we had 85,240 employees. Controlling labor costs is critical to our results of operations, and we closely monitor those costs. Some of our employees are paid minimum wages; any increases in minimum wages or changes to labor regulations in the Territories could increase our labor costs. For example, a law enacted in November 2010 in Argentina requires companies to pay overtime to all employees (except directors and managers) working on weekends, and a proposed bill in Argentina would require companies to distribute 10 percent of their profits to employees. These or similar regulations, if adopted, may have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Competition for employees could also cause us to pay higher wages.

A failure by McDonald’s to protect its intellectual property rights, including its brand image, could harm our results of operations.

The profitability of our business depends in part on consumers’ perception of the strength of the McDonald’s brand. Under the terms of the MFAs, we are required to assist McDonald’s with protecting its intellectual property rights in the Territories. Nevertheless, any failure by McDonald’s to protect its proprietary rights in the Territories or elsewhere could harm its brand image, which could affect our competitive position and our results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Under the MFAs, we may use, and grant rights to franchisees to use, McDonald’s intellectual property in connection with the development, operation, promotion, marketing and management of our restaurants. McDonald’s has reserved the right to use, or grant licenses to use, its intellectual property in Latin America and the Caribbean for all other purposes, including to sell, promote or license the sale of products using its intellectual property. If we or McDonald’s fail to identify unauthorized filings of McDonald’s trademarks and imitations thereof, and we or McDonald’s do not adequately protect McDonald’s trademarks and copyrights, the infringement of McDonald’s intellectual property rights by others may cause harm to McDonald’s brand image and decrease our sales.

Any tax increase or change in tax legislation may adversely affect our results of operations.

Since we conduct our business in many countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, we are subject to the application of multiple tax laws and multinational tax conventions. Our effective tax rate therefore depends on the effectiveness of our tax planning abilities. Our income tax position and effective tax rate is subject to uncertainty as our income tax position for each year depends on the profitability of Company-operated restaurants and on the profitability of franchised restaurants operated by our franchisees in tax jurisdictions that levy a broad range of income tax rates. It is also dependent on changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the impact of various accounting rules, changes to these rules and tax laws and examinations by various tax authorities. If our actual tax rate differs significantly from our estimated tax rate, this could have a material impact on our financial condition. In addition, any increase in the rates of taxes, such as income taxes, excise taxes, value added taxes, import and export duties, and tariff barriers or enhanced economic protectionism could negatively affect our business. We cannot assure you that any governmental authority in any country in which we operate will not increase taxes or impose new taxes on our products in the future.

Negative resolution of disputes with taxing authorities in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate may negatively affect our business and results of operations.

We and our predecessor company have in the past been engaged in tax disputes with Venezuelan tax authorities that culminated in temporary closures of our restaurants in Venezuela in 2005 and 2008. On October 10, 2008, government tax officials closed all of our 115 restaurants for a period of 48 hours because they believed our record of purchases was not properly organized in chronological order. However, no finding was made that we had improperly paid taxes nor were any fines imposed on us as a result. Subsequent closures or disagreements with Venezuelan tax authorities could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are engaged in several disputes and are currently party to a number of tax proceedings with Brazilian tax authorities and liability for certain of these proceedings was retained by McDonald’s as part of the Acquisition. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be involved in similar disputes or proceedings in the future, in which case we may be solely liable for the defense thereof and any resulting liability. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Litigation and other pressure tactics could expose our business to financial and reputational risk.

Given that we conduct our business in many countries, we may be subject to multi-jurisdictional private and governmental lawsuits, including but not limited to lawsuits relating to labor and employment practices, taxes, trade and business practices, franchising, intellectual property, consumer, real property, landlord tenant, environmental, advertising, nutrition and antitrust matters. In the past, QSR chains, including McDonald’s Corporation, have been subject to class-action lawsuits claiming that their food products and promotional strategies have contributed to the obesity of some customers. We cannot guarantee that we will not be subject to these types of lawsuits in the future. We may also be the target of pressure tactics such as strikes, boycotts and negative publicity from suppliers, distributors, employees, special interest groups and customers that may negatively affect our reputation.

 

24


Table of Contents

Certain Factors Relating to Our Industry

The food services industry is intensely competitive and we may not be able to continue to compete successfully.

Although competitive conditions in the QSR industry vary in each of the countries in which we conduct our operations, we compete with many well-established restaurant companies on price, brand image, quality, sales promotions, new product development and restaurant locations. Since the restaurant industry has few barriers to entry, our competitors are diverse and range from national and international restaurant chains to individual, local restaurant operators. Our largest competitors include Burger King, which as of June 30, 2011 operated 1,165 restaurants throughout Latin America, Yum! Brands, which as of December 31, 2010 operated 496 KFC restaurants and 613 Pizza Hut restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor, and Subway, which as of September 8, 2011, operated more than 1,900 restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean. In Brazil, we also compete with Habib’s, a Brazilian QSR chain that focuses on Middle Eastern food, which as of December 31, 2010 operated 347 restaurants, according to Euromonitor, and Bob’s, a primarily Brazilian QSR chain that focuses on hamburger product offerings, which as of December 31, 2010 operated 440 restaurants. We also face strong competition from street vendors of limited product offerings, including hamburgers, hot dogs, pizzas and other local food items. According to Euromonitor, street vendors are expected to represent 8.1% of the Latin American and Caribbean total eating out segment in 2011. We expect competition to increase as our competitors continue to expand their operations, introduce new products and aggressively market their brands.

If any of our competitors offers products that are better priced or more appealing to the tastes of consumers, increases its number of restaurants, obtains more desirable restaurant locations, provides more attractive financial incentives to management personnel, franchisees or hourly employees or has more effective marketing initiatives than we do in any of the markets in which we operate, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Increases in commodity prices or other operating costs could harm our operating results.

Food and paper costs represented 34% of our total revenues in 2010, and we import approximately 25% of our products in our various markets and 100% of the toys distributed in our restaurants. We rely on, among other commodities, beef, chicken, produce, dairy mixes, beverages and toppings. The cost of food and supplies depends on several factors, including global supply and demand, new product offerings, weather conditions, fluctuations in energy costs and tax incentives, all of which makes us susceptible to substantial price and currency fluctuations and other increased operating costs. Due to the competitive nature of the restaurant industry, we may be unable to pass increased operating costs on to our customers, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Demand for our products may decrease due to changes in consumer preferences or other factors.

Our competitive position depends on our continued ability to offer items that have a strong appeal to consumers. If consumer dining preferences change due to dietary inclinations and our consumers begin to seek out alternative restaurant options, our financial results might be adversely affected. In addition, negative publicity surrounding our products could also materially affect our business and results of operations.

Recently, along with several of our competitors, we have introduced (and expect to continue to introduce) new product offerings to appeal to consumers who seek products that are lower in calories and fat content. Our success in responding to consumer demands depends in part on our ability to anticipate these demands and to introduce new items to address these demands in a timely fashion.

Our business activity may be negatively affected by disruptions, catastrophic events or health pandemics.

Unpredictable events beyond our control, including war, terrorist activities, and natural disasters, could disrupt our operations and those of our franchisees, suppliers or customers, have a negative effect on consumer spending or result in political or economic instability. These events could reduce demand for our products or make it difficult to ensure the regular supply of products through our distribution chain.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, incidents of health pandemics, food-borne illnesses or food tampering could reduce sales in our restaurants. Widespread illnesses such as avian influenza, the H1N1 influenza virus (or swine flu), e-coli, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (or “mad cow” disease), hepatitis A or salmonella could cause customers to avoid meat or fish products. For example, the swine flu outbreak in Argentina and Mexico in 2009 significantly impacted our sales in those countries. Furthermore, our reliance on third-party food suppliers and distributors increases the risk of food-borne illness incidents being caused by third-party food suppliers and distributors who operate outside of our control and/or multiple locations being affected rather than a single restaurant. Media reports of health pandemics or food-borne illnesses found in the general public or in any QSR could dramatically affect restaurant sales in one or several countries in which we operate, or could force us to temporarily close an undetermined number of restaurants. As a restaurant company, we depend on consumer confidence in the quality and safety of our food. Any illness or death related to food that we serve could substantially harm our operations. While we maintain extremely high standards for the quality of our food products and dedicate substantial resources to ensure that these standards are met, the spread of these illnesses is often beyond our control and we cannot assure you that new illnesses resistant to any precautions we may take will not develop in the future.

In addition, our industry has long been subject to the threat of food tampering by suppliers, employees or customers, such as the addition of foreign objects to the food that we sell. Reports, whether true or not, of injuries caused by food tampering have in the past negatively affected the reputations of QSR chains and could affect us in the future. Instances of food tampering, even those occurring solely at competitor restaurants could, by causing negative publicity about the restaurant industry, adversely affect our sales on a local, regional, national or systemwide basis. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of public health concerns or negative publicity could materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Restrictions on promotions and advertisements directed at families with children and regulations regarding the nutritional content of children’s meals may harm McDonald’s brand image and our results of operations.

A significant portion of our business depends on our ability to make our product offerings appealing to families with children. Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Uruguay and Venezuela are considering imposing restrictions on the ways in which we market our products, including proposals restricting our ability to sell toys in conjunction with food. In Brazil, the Federal Department of Justice filed suit in 2009 seeking to enjoin various QSRs, including us, from selling toys. As of the date of this prospectus, this legal proceeding is still pending and the outcome is uncertain. In addition, certain jurisdictions in the United States are considering curtailing or have curtailed food retailers’ ability to sell meals to children including toys if these meals do not meet certain nutritional criteria. Similar restrictions, if imposed in the Territories, may have a negative impact on our results of operations. In general, regulatory developments that adversely impact our ability to promote and advertise our business and communicate effectively with our target customers, including restrictions on the use of licensed characters may have a negative impact on our results of operations.

Environmental laws and regulations may affect our business.

We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, discharges of pollutants into the air and water and the presence, handling, release and disposal of and exposure to, hazardous substances. These laws and regulations provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance. Third parties may also assert personal injury, property damage or other claims against owners or operators of properties associated with release of, or actual or alleged exposure to, hazardous substances at, on or from our properties.

Liability from environmental conditions relating to prior, existing or future restaurants or restaurant sites, including franchised restaurant sites, may have a material adverse effect on us. Moreover, the adoption of new or more stringent environmental laws or regulations could result in a material environmental liability to us.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by legal actions, claims or damaging publicity with respect to our products.

We could be adversely affected by legal actions and claims brought by consumers or regulatory authorities in relation to the quality of our products and eventual health problems or other consequences caused by our products or by any of their ingredients. We could also be affected by legal actions and claims brought against us for products made in a jurisdiction outside the jurisdictions where we are operating. An array of legal actions, claims or damaging publicity may affect our reputation as well as have a material adverse effect on our revenues and businesses.

Certain Factors Relating to Latin America and the Caribbean

Our business is subject to the risks generally associated with international business operations.

We engage in business activities throughout Latin America and the Caribbean. In 2010, 82.3% of our revenues were derived from Brazil, Argentina, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Venezuela. As a result, our business is and will continue to be subject to the risks generally associated with international business operations, including:

 

   

governmental regulations applicable to food services operations;

 

   

changes in social, political and economic conditions;

 

   

transportation delays;

 

   

power and other utility shutdowns or shortages;

 

   

limitations on foreign investment;

 

   

restrictions on currency convertibility and volatility of foreign exchange markets;

 

   

import-export quotas;

 

   

changes in local labor conditions;

 

   

changes in tax and other laws and regulations;

 

   

expropriation and nationalization of our assets in a particular jurisdiction; and

 

   

restrictions on repatriation of dividends or profits.

Some of the Territories have been subject to social and political instability in the past, and interruptions in operations could occur in the future. Our revenues could be adversely affected by any of the foregoing factors.

Changes in governmental policies in the Territories could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Governments throughout Latin America and the Caribbean have exercised, and continue to exercise, significant influence over the economies of their respective countries. Accordingly, the governmental actions, political developments, regulatory and legal changes or administrative practices in the Territories concerning the economy in general and the food services industry in particular could have a significant impact on us. We cannot assure you that changes in the governmental policies of the Territories will not adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

 

27


Table of Contents

An economic downturn in Latin America and the Caribbean could have a significant impact on our operating results.

The success of our business is dependent on discretionary consumer spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, consumer confidence and the availability of discretionary income. Any prolonged economic downturn could result in a decline in discretionary consumer spending. This may reduce the number of consumers who are willing and able to dine in our restaurants, or consumers may make more value-driven and price-sensitive purchasing choices, eschewing our core menu items for our entry level food options. We may also be unable to increase prices of our menu items, which may negatively affect our financial condition.

In addition, a prolonged economic downturn may lead to higher interest rates, significant changes in the rate of inflation or an inability to access capital on acceptable terms. Our suppliers could experience cash flow problems, credit defaults or other financial hardships. If our franchisees cannot adequately access the financial resources required to open new restaurants, this could have a material effect on our growth strategy.

Inflation and government measures to curb inflation, may adversely affect the economies in the countries where we operate, our business and results of operations.

Many of the countries in which we operate have experienced, or are currently experiencing, high rates of inflation. Although inflation rates in many of these countries have been relatively low in the recent past, we cannot assure you that this trend will continue. The measures taken by the governments of these countries to control inflation have often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and retarding economic growth. Inflation, measures to combat inflation and public speculation about possible additional actions have also contributed materially to economic uncertainty in many of these countries and to heightened volatility in their securities markets. Periods of higher inflation may also slow the growth rate of local economies, that could lead to reduced demand for our core products and decreased sales. Inflation is also likely to increase some of our costs and expenses, which we may not be able to fully pass on to our customers, which could adversely affect our operating margins and operating income.

Exchange rate fluctuations against the U.S. dollar in the countries in which we operate could negatively affect our results of operations.

We are exposed to exchange rate risk in relation to the United States dollar. While substantially all of our income is denominated in the local currencies of the countries in which we operate, our supply chain management involves the importation of various products, and some of our imports, as well as some of our capital expenditures, are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, any decrease in the value of the local currencies of the countries in which we operate as compared to the U.S. dollar will increase our costs. In addition, 55% of our outstanding long-term financial debt was denominated in U.S. dollars as of August 31, 2011.

As such, any fluctuation in the value of the U.S. dollar with respect to the various currencies of the countries in which we operate or in U.S. dollar interest rates could adversely impact on our net income, results of operations and financial condition.

Price controls in certain countries have affected and may continue to affect our results of operations.

Certain countries in which we conduct operations have imposed price controls that restrict our ability, and the ability of our franchisees, to adjust the prices of our products. This places downward pressure on the prices at which our products are sold and may limit the growth of our revenue. We cannot assure you that the negative effects of the previously imposed price controls will not continue into the future, or that new controls will not be imposed. Our inability to control the prices of our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

We could be subject to expropriation or nationalization of our assets and government interference with our business in certain countries in which we operate.

We face a risk of expropriation or nationalization of our assets and government interference with our business in several of the countries in which we do business. These risks are particularly acute in Venezuela. The current Venezuelan government has promoted a model of increased state participation in the economy through welfare programs, exchange and price controls and the promotion of state-owned companies. We can provide no assurance that Company-operated or franchised restaurants will not be threatened with expropriation and that our operations will not be transformed into state-owned enterprises. In addition, the Venezuelan government may pass laws, rules or regulations which may directly or indirectly interfere with our ability to operate our business in Venezuela which could result in a material breach of the MFAs, in particular if we are unable to comply with McDonalds’ operations system and standards. A material breach of the MFAs would trigger McDonald’s option to acquire our non-public shares or our interests in Venezuela. See “—Certain Factors Relating to Our Business—McDonald’s has the right to acquire all or portions of our business upon the occurrence of certain events and, in the case of a material breach of the MFAs, may acquire our non-public shares or our interests in one or more Territories at 80% of their fair market value.”

We are subject to significant foreign currency exchange controls in certain countries in which we operate.

Certain Latin American economies have experienced shortages in foreign currency reserves and their respective governments have adopted restrictions on the ability to transfer funds out of the country and convert local currencies into U.S. dollars. This may increase our costs and limit our ability to convert local currency into U.S. dollars and transfer funds out of certain countries. Any shortages or restrictions may impede our ability to convert these currencies into U.S. dollars and to transfer funds, including for the payment of dividends or interest or principal on our outstanding debt. In the event that any of our subsidiaries are unable to transfer funds to us due to currency restrictions, we are responsible for any resulting shortfall.

There are currency restrictions in place in Venezuela that limit our ability to repatriate bolívares fuertes held in Venezuela at the government’s official exchange rate. In Venezuela, the official bolívar fuerte -U.S. dollar exchange rate is established by the Central Bank of Venezuela and the Venezuelan Ministry of Finance, and the acquisition of foreign currency at the official exchange rate by Venezuelan companies to pay foreign debt or dividends is subject to registration with and approval by the relevant Venezuelan authorities. Since January 2010, a two-tiered official exchange rate system has established an exchange rate of 2.60 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar for essential goods and an exchange rate of 4.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar for non-essential goods, subject to registration with, application to and approval by the Comisión de Administración de Divisas , or CADIVI.

These approvals have become more difficult to obtain over time, which led to the development of a bond-based exchange process under which bolívar fuerte -denominated bonds are purchased in Venezuela and then are immediately exchanged outside Venezuela for bonds denominated in U.S. dollars at a specified, and less favorable, parallel market exchange rate.

During 2009, our access to the official exchange rate for purposes of paying for imports was more limited than in 2008 due to an increase in restrictions and a more rigorous approval process. In addition, we historically have not been able to access the official exchange rate for royalty payments, and have instead utilized the parallel exchange market to make our royalty payments, honor other foreign debts and pay intercompany loans. In 2009 and 2008, we exchanged bonds for $37.1 million and $38.0 million, respectively (at an average exchange rate of Bs.F5.19 and Bs.F3.76 per U.S. dollar in 2009 and 2008, respectively) and recorded a loss of $52.5 million and $28.5 million, respectively, in connection with the payment of intercompany loans.

In May 2010, the Central Bank of Venezuela increased its control of this bond-based exchange process and, as a result, bond-based exchanges may solely be conducted by the Central Bank of Venezuela. Consequently, the parallel exchange market in Venezuela ended, limiting companies’ ability to obtain foreign currency other than through foreign currency trades approved by and conducted through CADIVI or the Central Bank of Venezuela through the

 

29


Table of Contents

System for Transactions with Securities in Foreign Currency, which we refer to as SITME. Pursuant to the new system, companies without access to CADIVI can access SITME to convert a maximum cash equivalent of up to $50,000 per day or $350,000 per month of foreign currency at an exchange rate based on the range of prices for the purchase and sale of bonds published daily by the Central Bank of Venezuela. At June 30, 2011, this exchange rate was 5.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. As a result of the foregoing, the acquisition of foreign currency by Venezuelan companies to honor foreign debt, pay dividends or otherwise move capital out of Venezuela is subject to the approval of CADIVI or the Central Bank of Venezuela, and to the availability of foreign currency within the guidelines set forth by Venezuelan National Executive Power for the allocation of foreign currency.

In addition, in 2001 and 2002, Argentina imposed exchange controls and transfer restrictions substantially limiting the ability of companies to make payments abroad. While these restrictions have eased, Argentina may tighten exchange controls or transfer restrictions in the future to prevent capital flight, counter a significant depreciation of the Argentine peso or address other unforeseen circumstances.

In 2010, our subsidiaries in Venezuela and Argentina represented 7.5% and 17.2% of our operating income, respectively. If we are prohibited from transferring funds out of Venezuela and/or Argentina, or if we become subject to similar restrictions in other countries in which we operate, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with or become subject to more onerous government regulations, our business could be adversely affected.

We are subject to various federal, state and municipal laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate, including those related to the food services industry, health and safety standards, marketing and promotional activities, nutritional labeling, zoning and land use, environmental standards and consumer protection. We strive to abide by and maintain compliance with these laws and regulations. The imposition of new laws or regulations, including potential trade barriers, may increase our operating costs or impose restrictions on our operations, which could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

Regulations governing the food services industry have become more restrictive. We cannot assure you that new and stricter standards will not be adopted or become applicable to us, or that stricter interpretations of existing laws and regulations will not occur. Any of these events may require us to spend additional funds to gain compliance with the new rules, if possible, and therefore increase our cost of operation.

Certain Factors Relating to Our Class A Shares and the Offering

Our class A shares have a limited trading history. If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Our class A shares began to trade on the New York Stock Exchange on April 14, 2011, and as a result have a limited trading history. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will maintain an active trading market on the NYSE, or how liquid that market will be in the future. The market price of our class A shares may be volatile and may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

the failure of financial analysts to cover our class A shares after this offering or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow our class A shares or the shares of our competitors;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

future sales of our shares; and

 

   

investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our class A shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

Upon completion of the offering, Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO, will continue to control all matters submitted to a shareholder vote, which will limit your ability to influence corporate activities and may adversely affect the market price of our class A shares.

Upon completion of the offering, Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO, will own or control common stock representing 39.7% and 76.1%, respectively, of our economic and voting interests. As a result, Mr. Staton is and will be able to strongly influence or effectively control the election of our directors, determine the outcome of substantially all actions requiring shareholder approval and shape our corporate and management policies. The MFAs’ requirement that Mr. Staton at all times hold at least 51% of our voting interests likely will have the effect of preventing a change in control of us and discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares. Moreover, this concentration of share ownership may make it difficult for shareholders to replace management and may adversely affect the trading price for our class A shares because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies with controlling shareholders. This concentration of control could be disadvantageous to other shareholders with interests different from those of Mr. Staton and the trading price of our class A shares could be adversely affected. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders” for a more detailed description of our share ownership.

Furthermore, the MFAs contemplate instances where McDonald’s could be entitled to purchase the shares of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. held by Mr. Staton, Gavea Investment AD, L.P., Capital International, Inc. and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates). However, our publicly-held class A shares will not be similarly subject to acquisition by McDonald’s.

Sales of substantial amounts of our class A shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our class A shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our class A shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our class A shares to decline. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities. Under our articles of association, we are authorized to issue up to 420,000,000 class A shares, of which 129,529,412 class A shares will be outstanding following this offering. We have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, or dispose of any shares of our share capital or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our share capital during the 45-day period following the date of this prospectus. The selling shareholders have agreed to substantially similar lock-up provisions, subject to certain exceptions. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our class A shares.

Our recent transformation into a public company may increase our costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

Our recent initial public offering has had a significant transformative effect on us. Historically, our business has operated as a privately owned company, and we expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses as a result of having class A shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange and registered with the SEC. We will also incur costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, increased directors and officers insurance, investor relations, and various other costs of a public company.

 

31


Table of Contents

We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and NYSE. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some management and corporate governance activities more time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. This could have an adverse impact on our ability to recruit and bring on a qualified independent board. We estimate the additional costs we will incur as a public company, including costs associated with corporate governance requirements, will be approximately $3.0 million on an annual basis.

The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of some of our senior management team away from revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our businesses. Any of these effects could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our Class A shares.

Section 303A of the NYSE Listing Rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of their board members be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we will, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements. British Virgin Islands law, the law of our country of incorporation, does not require that a majority of our board to consist of independent directors or the implementation of a nominating and corporate governance committee, and our board may thus not include, or include fewer, independent directors than would be required if we were subject to the NYSE Listing Rule. Since a majority of our board of directors may not consist of independent directors as long as we rely on the foreign private issuer exemption to the NYSE Listing Rule, our board’s approach may, therefore, be different from that of a board with a majority of independent directors, and as a result, the management oversight of our Company may be more limited than if we were subject to the NYSE Listing Rule.

Certain Risks Relating to Investing in a British Virgin Islands Company

We are a British Virgin Islands company and it may be difficult for you to obtain or enforce judgments against us or our executive officers and directors in the United States.

We are incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Most of our assets are located outside the United States. Furthermore, most of our directors and officers and the experts named in this prospectus reside outside the United States, and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, you may find it difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or these persons in U.S. courts, including judgments in actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Likewise, it may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against us or these persons in courts located in jurisdictions outside the United States, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. It may also be difficult for an investor to bring an action in a British Virgin Islands court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us or these persons.

 

32


Table of Contents

As there is no treaty in force on the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters between the United States and the British Virgin Islands, courts in the British Virgin Islands will not automatically recognize and enforce a final judgment rendered by a U.S. court.

Any final and conclusive monetary judgment obtained against us in U.S. courts, for a definite sum, may be treated by the courts of the British Virgin Islands as a cause of action in itself so that no retrial of the issued would be necessary, provided that in respect of the U.S. judgment:

 

   

the U.S. court issuing the judgment had jurisdiction in the matter and we either submitted to such jurisdiction or were resident or carrying on business within such jurisdiction and were duly served with process;

 

   

the judgment given by the U.S. court was not in respect of penalties, taxes, fines or similar fiscal or revenue obligations of ours;

 

   

in obtaining judgment there was no fraud on the part of the person in whose favor judgment was given or on the part of the court;

 

   

recognition or enforcement of the judgment in the British Virgin Islands would not be contrary to public policy; and

 

   

the proceedings pursuant to which judgment were obtained were not contrary to public policy.

Under our articles of association, we indemnify and hold our directors harmless against all claims and suits brought against them, subject to limited exceptions. Under our articles of association, to the extent allowed by law, the rights and obligations among or between us, any of our current or former directors, officers and employees and any current or former shareholder will be governed exclusively by the laws of the British Virgin Islands and subject to the jurisdiction of the British Virgin Islands courts, unless those rights or obligations do not relate to or arise out of their capacities as such. Although there is doubt as to whether U.S. courts would enforce this provision in an action brought in the United States under U.S. securities laws, this provision could make enforcing judgments obtained outside the British Virgin Islands more difficult to enforce against our assets in the British Virgin Islands or jurisdictions that would apply British Virgin Islands law.

You may have more difficulty protecting your interests than you would as a shareholder of a U.S. corporation.

Our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum of association and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law. The rights of our shareholders and the responsibilities of our directors and officers under the British Virgin Islands law are different from those applicable to a corporation incorporated in the United States. There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. issuers. Also, the British Virgin Islands regulations governing the securities of British Virgin Islands companies may not be as extensive as those in effect in the United States, and the British Virgin Islands law and regulations in respect of corporate governance matters may not be as protective of minority shareholders as state corporation laws in the United States. Therefore, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests in connection with actions taken by our directors and officers or our principal shareholders than you would as a shareholder of a corporation incorporated in the United States.

You may not be able to participate in future equity offerings, and you may not receive any value for rights that we may grant.

Under our memorandum and articles of association, existing shareholders are entitled to preemptive subscription rights in the event of capital increases. However, our articles of association also provide that such preemptive subscription rights do not apply to certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) in a bona fide public offering that has been registered with the SEC.

 

33


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

All references to “U.S. dollars,” “dollars,” “U.S.$” or “$” are to the U.S. dollar. All references to “Argentine pesos ” or “ARS$” are to the Argentine peso . All references to “Brazilian reais ” or “R$” are to the Brazilian real . All references to “Mexican pesos ” or “Ps.” are to the Mexican peso . All references to “Venezuelan bolívares ” or “Bs” are to the Venezuelan bolívar , the legal currency in Venezuela. All references to “Venezuelan bolívares fuertes ” or “Bs.F” are to the Venezuelan bolívar fuerte , which is equal to 1,000 bolívares and is subject to conversion as per the Currency Conversion Law. See “Exchange Rates” for information regarding exchange rates for the Argentine, Brazilian, Mexican and Venezuelan currencies since January 1, 2006.

Financial Statements

We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars and prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles and standards generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

The financial information contained in this prospectus includes our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, which have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global, as stated in their report included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, include all normal recurring adjustments that management believes are necessary to fairly present our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 2011.

We were incorporated on December 9, 2010 as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited, the prior holding company for the Arcos Dorados business. On December 13, 2010, Arcos Dorados Limited effected a downstream merger into and with us, with us as the surviving entity. The merger was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interest and the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated operations of Arcos Dorados Limited as if the reorganization structure had existed since Arcos Dorados Limited was incorporated in July 2006.

Our fiscal year ends December 31. References in this prospectus to a fiscal year, such as “fiscal year 2010,” relate to our fiscal year ended on December 31 of that calendar year.

See Note 21 to our annual consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations.

Operating Data

We operate McDonald’s-branded restaurants under two different operating formats: those directly operated by us, or Company-operated restaurants, and those operated by franchisees, or franchised restaurants. As of June 30, 2011, we operated or franchised 1,767 restaurants, of which we operated 1,302 (or 73.7%) and our franchisees operated 465 (or 26.3%). All references to “restaurants” are to our freestanding, food court, in-store and mall store restaurants and do not refer to our McCafé locations or Dessert Centers. Systemwide data represents measures for both our Company-operated restaurants and our franchised restaurants.

We are the majority stakeholder in several joint ventures with third parties that collectively own 24 restaurants. We consider these restaurants to be Company-operated restaurants. We also have granted developmental licenses to 12 restaurants. Developmental licensees own or lease the land and buildings on which their restaurants are located and pay a franchise fee to us in addition to the continuing franchise fee due to McDonald’s. We consider these restaurants to be franchised restaurants.

 

34


Table of Contents

Other Financial Measures

We disclose in this prospectus a financial measure titled Adjusted EBITDA. We use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as our operating income plus depreciation and amortization plus/minus the following losses/gains included within other operating expenses, net and within general and administrative expenses in our statement of income: compensation expense related to an award granted to our CEO, incremental compensation expense related to our 2008 long-term incentive plan, gains from sale of property and equipment, write-off of property and equipment, contract termination losses, impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill, stock-based compensation related to the special awards under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and bonuses granted in connection with our initial public offering.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA facilitates company-to-company operating performance comparisons by backing out potential differences caused by variations such as capital structures (affecting net interest expense and other financial charges), taxation (affecting income tax expense) and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense), which may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to operating performance. In addition, we exclude compensation expense related to the award granted to our CEO due to its special nature; gains from sale of property and equipment not related to our core business; write-offs of property and equipment and impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill that do not result in cash payments; contract termination losses due to its infrequent nature; stock-based compensation related to the special awards under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan; and bonuses granted in connection with our initial public offering due to its special nature. In addition, in 2010 and 2011 we excluded the incremental compensation expense that resulted from the remeasurement of our liability under our 2008 long-term incentive plan because of our decision in 2011 to replace the existing formula for determining the current value of the award with the quoted market price of our shares. Our management believes that disclosure of Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors, financial analysts and the public in their evaluation of our operating performance.

Market Share and Other Information

Market data and certain industry forecast data used in this prospectus were obtained from internal reports and studies, where appropriate, as well as estimates, market research, publicly available information (including information available from the United States Securities and Exchange Commission website) and industry publications, including Euromonitor, Millward Brown Optimor, the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean and the CIA World Factbook. Industry publications generally state that the information they include has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Similarly, internal reports and studies, estimates and market research, which we believe to be reliable and accurately extracted by us for use in this prospectus, have not been independently verified. However, we believe such data is accurate and agree that we are responsible for the accurate extraction of such information from such sources and its correct reproduction in this prospectus.

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Rounding

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

 

35


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “expect,” “should,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate” and “potential,” among others.

Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this prospectus and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to of various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

 

   

general economic, political, demographic and business conditions in Latin America and the Caribbean;

 

   

fluctuations in inflation and exchange rates in Latin America and the Caribbean;

 

   

our ability to implement our growth strategy;

 

   

the success of operating initiatives, including advertising and promotional efforts and new product and concept development by us and our competitors;

 

   

our ability to compete and conduct our business in the future;

 

   

changes in consumer tastes and preferences, including changes resulting from concerns over nutritional or safety aspects of beef, poultry, french fries or other foods or the effects of health pandemics and food-borne illnesses such as “mad cow” disease and avian influenza or “bird flu,” and changes in spending patterns and demographic trends, such as the extent to which consumers eat meals away from home;

 

   

the availability, location and lease terms for restaurant development;

 

   

our intention to focus on our restaurant reimaging plan;

 

   

our franchisees, including their business and financial viability and the timely payment of our franchisees’ obligations due to us and to McDonald’s;

 

   

our ability to comply with the requirements of the MFAs, including McDonald’s standards;

 

   

our decision to own and operate restaurants or to operate under franchise agreements;

 

   

the availability of qualified restaurant personnel for us and for our franchisees, and the ability to retain such personnel;

 

   

changes in commodity costs, labor, supply, fuel, utilities, distribution and other operating costs;

 

   

our ability, if necessary, to secure alternative distribution of supplies of food, equipment and other products to our restaurants at competitive rates and in adequate amounts, and the potential financial impact of any interruptions in such distribution;

 

   

changes in government regulation;

 

   

other factors that may affect our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations; and

 

   

other risk factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

 

36


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling shareholders will receive all net proceeds from the sale of the class A shares in this offering. We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of class A shares by the selling shareholders, including any sales pursuant to the over-allotment option.

 

38


Table of Contents

DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

On March 23, 2011, we declared a dividend of $12.5 million with respect to our results of operations for fiscal year 2010, which was paid in full on April 1, 2011. On June 3, 2011, we declared a dividend of $12.5 million with respect to our results of operations for fiscal year 2010, which was paid in full on July 6, 2011. On September 13, 2011, we declared a dividend totaling $12.5 million, which was paid in full on October 5, 2011 to our registered shareholders as of September 27, 2011. Other than these three dividends, the only other dividend we have declared since the Acquisition is a $40 million dividend with respect to our results of operations for fiscal year 2009, which has been paid in full. Our board of directors will consider the legal requirements with regard to our net income and retained earnings and our cash flow generation, targeted leverage ratios and debt covenant requirements in determining the amount of dividends to be paid, if any. Dividends may only be paid in accordance with the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and Section 57 of the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (as amended) and after having fulfilled our capital expenditures program and after satisfying our indebtedness and liquidity thresholds, in that order. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company. See “Description of Share Capital and Memorandum and Articles of Association.”

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The table below sets forth our capitalization (defined as long-term debt, excluding current portion, and shareholders’ equity) as of June 30, 2011 derived from our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

as adjusted for the issuance on July 13, 2011 of R$400 million aggregate principal amount of the 2016 notes denominated in reais and payable in U.S. dollars, the redemption on July 18, 2011 of $141.4 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes, the settlement of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and mirror swaps, the payment of dividends in the amount of $12.5 million made on July 6, 2011 and the payment of dividends in the amount of $12.5 million expected to be made on October 5, 2011.

Investors should read this table in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2011  
     Actual     As Adjusted  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 254,404      $ 240,861   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

     453,841        568,552   

Shareholders’ equity:

    

420,000,000 class A shares, no par value, authorized and 129,529,412 such shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011

     351,654        351,654   

80,000,000 class B shares, no par value, authorized, issued and outstanding at June 30, 2011

     132,915        132,915   

Additional paid-in capital

     (48     (48

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (70,135     (70,135

Retained earnings

     296,103        266,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. shareholders’ equity

     710,489        681,160   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     1,427        1,427   

Total shareholders’ equity

     711,916        682,587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization(1)

     1,165,757        1,251,139   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Total capitalization consists of long-term debt (excluding current portion) plus total shareholders’ equity.

 

40


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, 82.6% of our total revenues was derived from our restaurants in Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Venezuela. While we maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars, our revenues are conducted in the local currency of the territories in which we operate, and as such may be affected by changes in the local exchange rate to the U.S. dollar.

Argentina

On January 6, 2002, the Argentine federal congress ended ten years of U.S. dollar-Argentine peso parity, eliminating the requirement that the Central Bank of Argentina maintain a certain level of reserves and granting the executive branch the power to set the exchange rate between the Argentine peso and foreign currencies and issue regulations related to the foreign exchange market. As of January 11, 2002, the Argentine peso /U.S. dollar exchange rate floated freely.

Heightened demand for limited U.S. dollars caused the Argentine peso to trade well above the rate of one Argentine peso per one U.S. dollar that had been previously established. Since the economic crisis in Argentina that began in December 2001, the Argentine peso /U.S. dollar exchange rate has fluctuated considerably. In 2002, an executive order was enacted that established a single free foreign exchange market that required all foreign exchange transactions to be carried out at a rate agreed upon between parties in accordance with the requirements of the Central Bank of Argentina. The Argentine peso depreciated 2.3% against the U.S. dollar in 2007, 9.5% in 2008, 10.4% in 2009 and 4.7% in 2010.

For the last few years, the Argentine government has maintained a policy of limited-intervention in the foreign exchange markets, conducting periodic transactions for the purchase or sale of U.S. dollars. We cannot assure you that the Argentine government will maintain its current policies with regard to the Argentine peso or that the Argentine peso will not further depreciate or appreciate significantly in the future.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars expressed in Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar. The average rate is calculated by using the average of Argentina’s Central Bank reported exchange rates on each day during a monthly period and on the last day of each month during an annual period. As of October 5, 2011 the exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars as reported by Argentina’s Central Bank was ARS$4.206 per U.S. dollar.

 

     Period-
End
     Average
for Period
     Low      High  
     (Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar)  
     ARS$      ARS$      ARS$      ARS$  

Year Ended December 31:

           

2006

     3.070         3.078         3.031         3.107   

2007

     3.151         3.120         3.055         3.180   

2008

     3.454         3.162         3.013         3.454   

2009

     3.797         3.729         3.450         3.855   

2010

     3.976         3.912         3.794         3.986   

Quarter Ended:

           

June 30, 2010

     3.932         3.902         3.868         3.933   

September 30, 2010

     3.961         3.942         3.931         3.972   

December 31, 2010

     3.976         3.967         3.792         3.986   

March 31, 2011

     4.052         4.013         3.972         4.052   

June 30, 2011

     4.111         4.082         4.050         4.111   

September 30, 2011

     4.205         4.167         4.111         4.217   

 

41


Table of Contents
     Period-
End
     Average
for Period
     Low      High  
     (Argentine pesos per U.S. dollar)  
     ARS$      ARS$      ARS$      ARS$  

Month Ended:

           

March 31, 2011

     4.052         4.037         4.029         4.052   

April 30, 2011

     4.081         4.066         4.050         4.084   

May 31, 2011

     4.089         4.084         4.079         4.089   

June 30, 2011

     4.111         4.096         4.089         4.111   

July 31, 2011

     4.143         4.128         4.111         4.143   

August 31, 2011

     4.200         4.168         4.146         4.200   

September 30, 2011

     4.205         4.204         4.191         4.217   

October 31, 2011 (through October 5)

     4.206         4.205         4.205         4.206   

Exchange Controls

Prior to December 1989, the Argentine foreign exchange market was subject to exchange controls. From December 1989 until April 1991, Argentina had a freely floating exchange rate for all foreign currency transactions, and the transfer of dividend payments in foreign currency abroad and the repatriation of capital were permitted without prior approval of the Central Bank of Argentina. From April 1, 1991, when the Convertibility Law became effective, until December 2001, when the Central Bank of Argentina decided to close the foreign exchange market, the Argentine currency was freely convertible into U.S. dollars.

In January 2002, the Argentine government imposed a number of monetary and currency exchange control measures through Decree 1570/01, which included restrictions on the free disposition of funds deposited with banks and tight restrictions on transferring funds abroad without the Central Bank of Argentina’s prior authorization subject to specific exceptions for transfers related to foreign trade. As of September 2002, the Argentine government instituted restrictions on capital flows into Argentina, which mainly consisted of the mandatory settlement (i.e., transfer into Argentina and exchange for Argentine pesos ) of the loan proceeds from foreign indebtedness of the non-financial private sector, and a prohibition against the transfer abroad of any funds until 180 days after their entry into the country. Beginning in January 2003, the Central Bank of Argentina has gradually eased these restrictions and expanded the list of transfers of funds abroad that do not require its prior authorization.

In June 2005, the Argentine government issued Decree 616/05, which established additional restrictions over all capital flows that could result in future payment obligations of foreign currency by residents to non-residents. Pursuant to the decree, all private sector indebtedness of physical persons or corporations in Argentina are required to be agreed upon and repaid not prior to 365 days from the date of entry of the funds into Argentina, regardless of the form of repayment. The decree outlines several types of transactions that are exempt from its requirements, including foreign trade financings and primary offerings of debt securities issued pursuant to a public offering and listed on a self-regulated market.

In addition, section 3 of the decree stipulates that all capital inflows within the private sector to the local exchange market due to foreign indebtedness of physical persons or corporations within Argentina (excluding foreign trade financings and primary offerings of debt securities issued pursuant to a public offering and listed on a self-regulated market), as well as all capital inflows of non-residents received by the local exchange market destined for local money holdings, all kinds of financial assets or liabilities of the financial and non-financial private sector (excluding foreign direct investment and primary offerings of debt securities issued pursuant to a public offering and listed on a self-regulated market) and investments in securities issued by the public sector that are acquired in secondary markets, must meet certain requirements described in section 4 of the decree, as outlined below:

 

   

the funds may only be transferred outside the local exchange market after a 365-day period from the date of entry of the funds into Argentina;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

any amounts resulting from the exchange of the funds are to be credited to an account within the Argentine banking system;

 

   

a non-transferable, non-interest-bearing deposit must be maintained for a term of 365 calendar days, in an amount equal to 30% of any inflow of funds to the local foreign exchange market; and

 

   

the deposit shall be in U.S. dollars in any of the financial entities of Argentina and may not be used as collateral or guaranty for any credit transaction. Any breach to the provisions of Decree 616/05 is subject to criminal penalties of the exchange regime.

In addition, on November 16, 2005, the Ministry of Economy and Production issued Resolution 637/05, providing that any inflow of funds to the local exchange market in connection with an initial offering of securities, bonds or certificates issued by a trustee under a trust, whether or not such securities, bonds or certificates are publicly offered and listed in a self-regulated market, shall comply with all requirements provided for section 4 of Decree 616/05 whenever those requirements are applicable to the inflow of funds to the local exchange market in connection with the acquisition of any of the assets under the trust.

Regarding payment by local residents of services rendered to them, there are no restrictions on remittances abroad for payment of services rendered by non-residents (Communication “A” 3826).

Interest Payments. Foreign currency necessary to pay interest on foreign indebtedness may be purchased and transferred abroad:

 

  (a) up to 15 days in advance of the relevant interest payment date and to pay interest accrued within such interest period;

 

  (b) to pay interest accrued during the period between the date of disbursement of the funds abroad and the date of settlement of the disbursed funds through the local foreign exchange market; provided that the amount of foreign currency so purchased is equal to the amount resulting from the difference between the interest accrued on the relevant foreign indebtedness and the earnings derived from the placement of the funds abroad, proof of which must be presented to the Central Bank of Argentina by the debtor; or

 

  (c) to pay interest accrued during the period between the date of disbursement of the funds and the date of settlement of the disbursed funds through the local foreign exchange market; provided that the funds disbursed abroad were credited in correspondent accounts of entities authorized to settle such funds through the local exchange market, within 48 business hours as from the date of their disbursement (Communication “A” 4643).

In order to proceed with remittances abroad for debt interest payments of all types, the entities involved must first verify that the debtor has complied with the reporting requirements imposed under Communication “A” 3602 dated May 7, 2002 and meets all other requirements set forth in Communication “A” 4177, paragraph 4 (as amended).

Principal Repayments. Foreign currency necessary to pay principal on foreign indebtedness owed by the private non-financial sector may be acquired:

 

  (a) within 30 days prior to the stated maturity of the applicable obligation; provided that the funds disbursed under such obligation have remained in Argentina for at least 365 days; or

 

  (b) within the term necessary for performing the payment obligations, in the case of facilities entered into on or after February 11, 2002, when such payment obligations depend on the occurrence of specific conditions set forth in the related contracts, such as a cash flow excess clause or automatic cash reinvestment clause.

 

43


Table of Contents

Principal Prepayments. The foreign currency required to prepay principal on foreign indebtedness may be acquired to make partial or full payments more than 30 days prior to the stated maturity of the relevant obligation, provided that (x) the funds disbursed under the debt facility have remained in Argentina for at least 365 days; (y) the amount in foreign currency to be prepaid does not exceed the current value of the portion of the debt being prepaid or (z) if the prepayment is financed totally or partially with a new cross-border loan or is made as part of a restructuring process with foreign creditors, the terms and conditions of the new financing and the net cash prepayment must not result in an increase in the present value of the debt being refinanced.

Dividends. Additionally, access to the local foreign exchange market is permitted for remittances abroad to pay earnings and dividends in so far as they arise from closed and audited balance sheets (Communication “A” 3859). Pursuant to a temporary regulation currently in place until February 27, 2012, local companies have access to the local exchange market without consent from the Central Bank of Argentina in order to purchase foreign currency in excess of U.S.$2.0 million per calendar month, provided the excess funds are applied within 30 days towards certain specific purposes, one of which is the payment of dividends.

Brazil

On March 4, 2005, the Brazilian Monetary Council issued Resolution No. 3,265, providing for several changes in Brazilian foreign exchange regulation, including the unification of the foreign exchange markets into a single exchange market; the easing of several rules for acquisition of foreign currency by Brazilian residents; and the extension of the term for converting foreign currency derived from Brazilian exports. On May 29, 2008, the Brazilian Monetary Council issued Resolution No. 3,568, which expressly revoked Resolution 3,265 but maintained many of the regulatory aspects concerning the monetary policies already set by the revoked resolution. Resolution No. 3,568 also included in the Brazilian Exchange Market the operations related to receipts, payments and transfers to and from abroad through the use of debit and credit cards, as well as the transactions related to international postal transfers of money, including postal vouchers, and international postal reimbursements.

Resolution 3,568 established that, without prejudice to the duty of identifying customers, operations of foreign currency purchase or sale up to $3,000 or its equivalent in other currencies are not required to submit documentation relating to legal transactions underlying these foreign exchange operations. According to Resolution 3,568, the Central Bank of Brazil may define simplified forms to record operations of foreign currency purchases and sales of up to $3,000 or its equivalent in other currencies.

The Brazilian Monetary Council may issue further regulations in relation to foreign exchange transactions, as well as on payments and transfers of Brazilian currency between Brazilian residents and non-residents (such transfers being commonly known as the international transfer of reais ), including those made through the so-called non-resident accounts.

From 2001 until early 2003, the value of the Brazilian real declined against the U.S. dollar, primarily due to financial and political instability in Brazil and Argentina. According to the Central Bank of Brazil, in 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007, however, the Brazilian real appreciated in relation to the U.S. dollar 8.8%, 13.4%, 9.5% and 20.5%, respectively. In 2008, the Brazilian real depreciated 31.9% in relation to the U.S. dollar, and in 2009 and 2010 the Brazilian real appreciated 34.2% and 4.3%, respectively, in relation to the U.S. dollar.

Although the Central Bank of Brazil has intervened occasionally to control movements in the foreign exchange rates, the exchange market may continue to be volatile as a result of capital movements or other factors, and, therefore, the Brazilian real may substantially decline or appreciate in value in relation to the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period-end exchange rates for the purchase of U.S. dollars expressed in Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar as reported by the Central Bank of Brazil. As of October 5, 2011, the exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars as reported by the Central Bank of Brazil was R$1.846 per U.S. dollar.

 

     Period-End      Average
for Period
     Low      High  
     (Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar)  
     R$      R$      R$      R$  

Year Ended December 31:

           

2006

     2.138         2.215         2.059         2.371   

2007

     1.771         1.944         1.733         2.156   

2008

     2.337         2.030         1.559         2.500   

2009

     1.741         1.994         1.702         2.422   

2010

     1.666         1.759         1.655         1.881   

Quarter Ended:

           

June 30, 2010

     1.802         1.793         1.731         1.881   

September 30, 2010

     1.694         1.749         1.694         1.785   

December 31, 2010

     1.666         1.697         1.655         1.734   

March 31, 2011

     1.629         1.667         1.629         1.691   

June 30, 2011

     1.561         1.596         1.561         1.634   

September 30, 2011

     1.854         1.636         1.535         1.902   

Month Ended:

           

March 31, 2011

     1.629         1.659         1.629         1.676   

April 30, 2011

     1.573         1.587         1.565         1.619   

May 31, 2011

     1.580         1.613         1.575         1.634   

June 30, 2011

     1.561         1.587         1.561         1.611   

July 31, 2011

     1.563         1.562         1.558         1.566   

August 31, 2011

     1.587         1.599         1.565         1.633   

September 30, 2011

     1.854         1.750         1.604         1.902   

October 31, 2011 (through October 5)

     1.846         1.871         1.846         1.886   

Mexico

For the last few years, the Mexican government has maintained a policy of non-intervention in the foreign exchange markets, other than conducting periodic auctions for the purchase of U.S. dollars, and has not had in effect any exchange controls (although these controls have existed and have been in effect in the past). We cannot assure you that the Mexican government will maintain its current policies with regard to the Mexican peso or that the Mexican peso will not further depreciate or appreciate significantly in the future.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high, low, average and period end free-market exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars, expressed in nominal Mexican pesos per U.S. dollar, as reported by the Central Bank of Mexico in the Federal Official Gazette. All amounts are stated in Mexican pesos per U.S. dollar. The annual average rates reflect the average of month-end rates, and monthly average rates reflect the average of daily rates. As of October 5, 2011, the free-market exchange rate for the purchase of U.S. dollars as reported by the Central Bank of Mexico in the Federal Official Gazette as the rate of payment of obligations denominated in non-Mexican currency payable in Mexico was Ps.13.90 per U.S. dollar.

 

45


Table of Contents
     Period-End      Average
for Period
     Low      High  
     (Mexican pesos per U.S. dollar)  
     Ps.      Ps.      Ps.      Ps.  

Year Ended December 31:

           

2006

     10.88         10.92         10.43         11.48   

2007

     10.90         10.94         10.66         11.27   

2008

     13.77         11.14         9.92         13.92   

2009

     13.07         13.50         12.60         15.37   

2010

     12.36         12.64         12.16         13.18   

Quarter Ended:

           

June 30, 2010

     12.84         12.57         12.16         13.18   

September 30, 2010

     12.60         12.80         12.48         13.17   

December 31, 2010

     12.36         12.39         12.21         12.60   

March 31, 2011

     11.97         12.08         11.92         12.38   

June 30, 2011

     11.84         11.74         11.50         11.96   

September 30, 2011

     13.42         12.26         11.57         13.89   

Month Ended:

           

March 31, 2011

     11.97         12.02         11.92         12.12   

April 30, 2011

     11.54         11.76         11.54         11.92   

May 31, 2011

     11.63         11.65         11.50         11.77   

June 30, 2011

     11.84         11.80         11.58         11.96   

July 31, 2011

     11.65         11.68         11.59         11.77   

August 31, 2011

     12.41         12.20         11.68         12.50   

September 30, 2011

     13.42         12.92         12.26         13.90   

October 31, 2011 (through October 5)

     13.90         13.61         13.46         13.90   

Venezuela

Venezuela suspended foreign exchange trading on January 23, 2003 in response to a significant decrease in the amount of foreign currency generated from the sale of oil and an increase in the demand for foreign currency, which produced a decline in Venezuela’s reserves of international currencies. On February 5, 2003, the Venezuelan government adopted a series of exchange agreements, decrees and regulations establishing a new exchange control regime. The Comisión de Administración de Divisas , or CADIVI, administers, manages and controls the new exchange control regime. Purchases and sales of foreign currencies are centralized in the Central Bank of Venezuela. The Ministry of Finance and the Central Bank of Venezuela are responsible for setting the exchange rate with respect to the U.S. dollar and other currencies.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the exchange rates set by the Ministry of Finance and the Central Bank of Venezuela for the purchase and sale of U.S. dollars and the payment of external public debt in U.S. dollars, in each case expressed in nominal Venezuelan bolívares or bolívares fuertes , as applicable, per U.S. dollar.

 

     Purchase      Sale      Payment of
External
Public Debt
 
     (Venezuelan bolívares
per U.S. dollar)
 
Period:    Bs.      Bs.      Bs.  

February 5, 2003 through February 8, 2004

     1,596.00         1,600.00         1,600.00   

February 9, 2004 through March 2, 2005

     1,915.20         1,920.00         1,920.00   

March 3, 2005 through December 31, 2007

     2,144.60         2,150.00         2,150.00   

 

46


Table of Contents
     Purchase      Sale      Payment of
External
Public Debt
 
     (Venezuelan bolívares fuertes
per U.S. dollar)
 
     Bs.F      Bs.F      Bs.F  

January 1, 2008 through January 7, 2010(1)

     2.1446         2.1500         2.1500   

 

     Essential Goods      Non-essential
Goods
 
     (Venezuelan bolívares fuertes
per U.S. dollar)
 
     Bs.F      Bs.F  

January 8, 2010 through December 31, 2010(1)

     2.60         4.30   

 

     Purchase      Sale      Payment of
External
Public Debt
 
     (Venezuelan bolívares fuertes
per U.S. dollar)
 
     Bs.F      Bs.F      Bs.F  

January 1, 2011 through October 5, 2011(1)

     4.2893         4.3000         4.3000   

 

(1) Effective January 1, 2008, the currency of Venezuela was converted to the bolívar fuerte , which represents one thousand bolívares .

The exchange control regime provides that all foreign currency generated through public or private sector operations must be sold to the Central Bank of Venezuela at the established exchange rate. In addition, all foreign currency that enters the country must be registered through banks and financial institutions authorized by CADIVI. If the acquisition of foreign currency by a private sector entity must be approved by CADIVI, the entity must prove, among other things, that its social security contributions and tax payments are up to date. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations.”

These approvals have become more difficult to obtain over time, which led to the development of a bond-based exchange process under which bolívar fuerte -denominated bonds are purchased in Venezuela and then are immediately exchanged outside Venezuela for bonds denominated in U.S. dollars at a specified, and less favorable, parallel market exchange rate.

During 2009, our access to the official exchange rate for purposes of paying for imports was more limited than in 2008 due to an increase in restrictions and a more rigorous approval process. In addition, we historically have not been able to access the official exchange rate for royalty payments, and have instead utilized the parallel exchange market to make our royalty payments, honor other foreign debts and pay intercompany loans. In 2009 and 2008, we exchanged bonds for $37.1 million and $38.0 million, respectively (at an average exchange rate of Bs.F5.19 and Bs.F3.76 per U.S. dollar in 2009 and 2008, respectively) and recorded a loss of $52.5 million and $28.5 million, respectively, in connection with the payment of intercompany loans.

On January 8, 2010, the Venezuelan government announced the devaluation of the bolívar fuerte and the creation of a two-tiered official exchange rate system. The official exchange rate moved from 2.15 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar to 2.60 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar for essential goods and to 4.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar for non-essential goods.

 

47


Table of Contents

On December 30, 2010, the Venezuelan government announced the elimination of the official exchange rate for essential goods. Effective January 1, 2011, each U.S. dollar is valued at 4.2893 bolívares fuertes for purchases and 4.3000 bolívar fuertes for sales. In addition, the exchange rate is set at 4.3000 bolívar fuertes per U.S. dollar for the payment of external public debt.

In May 2010, the Central Bank of Venezuela increased its control of the bond-based exchange process and, as a result, bond-based exchanges may solely be conducted by the Central Bank of Venezuela. Consequently, the parallel exchange market in Venezuela ended, limiting companies’ ability to obtain foreign currency other than through foreign currency trades approved by and conducted through CADIVI or the Central Bank of Venezuela through SITME. Pursuant to the new system, companies without access to CADIVI can access SITME to convert a maximum cash equivalent of up to $50,000 per day or $350,000 per month of foreign currency at an exchange rate based on the range of prices for the purchase and sale of bonds published daily by the Central Bank of Venezuela. At June 30, 2011, this exchange rate was 5.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. As a result of the foregoing, the acquisition of foreign currency by Venezuelan companies to honor foreign debt, pay dividends or otherwise move capital out of Venezuela is subject to the approval of CADIVI or the Central Bank of Venezuela, and to the availability of foreign currency within the guidelines set forth by the Venezuelan National Executive Power for the allocation of foreign currency.

 

48


Table of Contents

MARKET INFORMATION

Our class A shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARCO.”

The following table shows the quarterly range of the high and low per share closing sales price for our class A shares as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.

 

     Low      High  

Year Ended December 31, 2011

     

Second Quarter (since April 14, 2011)

   $ 20.15       $ 24.73   

Third Quarter

     19.95         29.43   

Fourth Quarter (through October 5)

     20.40         24.91   

Month Ended:

     

April 30, 2011

   $ 21.20       $ 24.73   

May 31, 2011

     21.48         23.14   

June 30, 2011

     20.15         23.15   

July 31, 2011

     19.98         23.51   

August 31, 2011

     22.03         27.57   

September 30, 2011

     22.05         29.43   

October 31, 2011 (through October 5)

     20.40         24.91   

As of October 5, 2011, there were approximately 8 class A shareholders of record. We believe the number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of record holders, because a large portion of class A shares is held in “street name” by brokers.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global. The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2007 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from consolidated financial statements audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., which are not included herein.

The selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and the income statement data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These unaudited statements include all normal recurring adjustments that management believes are necessary to fairly present our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended December 31, 2011.

We were incorporated on December 9, 2010 as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited, the prior holding company for the Arcos Dorados business. On December 13, 2010, Arcos Dorados Limited effected a downstream merger into and with us, with us as the surviving entity. The merger was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interest and the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated operations of Arcos Dorados Limited as if the reorganization structure had existed since Arcos Dorados Limited was incorporated in July 2006. We did not commence operations until the Acquisition on August 3, 2007, consequently, the income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2007 only includes five months of operations.

Included below is historical financial information of McDonald’s LatAm business prior to the date of the Acquisition. This financial information presents the combined results of operations and financial condition of McDonald’s LatAm business (as our predecessor business). The selected income statement and balance sheet data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 are derived from the combined financial statements of McDonald’s LatAm business, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP (United States), member firm of Ernst & Young Global, and are not included herein. The summary income statement data for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2007 are derived from the combined financial statements of McDonald’s LatAm business, which have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global, and are not included herein.

We maintain our books and records in U.S. dollars and prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This financial information should be read in conjunction with “Presentation of Financial and Other Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

See Note 21 to our annual consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations, which affects the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. In particular, currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and greatly impact the comparability of our results of operations from period to period.

 

50


Table of Contents

 

    Arcos Dorados            Predecessor(1)  
    For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,            January 1,
2007 to
July 31, 2007
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,

2006
 
    2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)             
    (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
    (unaudited)                                             

Income Statement Data:

                    

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

  $ 1,643,394      $ 1,307,104      $ 2,894,466      $ 2,536,655      $ 2,480,897      $ 895,429           $ 1,078,194      $ 1,549,783   

Revenues from franchised restaurants

    71,752        54,707        123,652        128,821        125,945        45,910             46,881        63,718   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339             1,125,075        1,613,501   

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

                    

Food and paper

    (580,170     (463,499     (1,023,464     (929,718     (902,305     (332,547          (416,615     (592,644

Payroll and employee benefits

    (327,706     (257,973     (569,084     (491,214     (461,602     (161,871          (196,510     (291,895

Occupancy and other operating expenses

    (442,654     (358,593     (765,777     (667,438     (647,152     (238,765          (307,391     (453,295

Royalty fees

    (79,955     (63,970     (140,973     (121,901     (118,980     (44,878          (40,660     (30,462

Franchised restaurants—occupancy expenses

    (24,393     (19,281     (37,634     (42,327     (42,416     (13,979          (18,491     (27,992

General and administrative expenses

    (164,445     (105,140     (254,165     (189,507     (186,098     (71,898          (78,081     (131,929

Other operating income (expenses), net

    862        (8,122     (22,464     (16,562     (26,095     (6,310          (16,015     (71,459
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    (1,618,461     (1,276,578     (2,813,561     (2,458,667     (2,384,648     (870,248          (1,073,763     (1,599,676
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    96,685        85,233        204,557        206,809        222,194        71,091             51,312        13,825   

Net interest expense

    (20,199     (19,637     (41,613     (52,473     (26,272     (13,978          (33,363     (25,956

Loss from derivative instruments

    (12,225     (7,990     (32,809     (39,935     (2,620     (13,672          —          —     

Foreign currency exchange results(3)

    1,864        (3,110     3,237        (14,098     (74,884     (3,542          —          —     

Other non-operating expenses, net(3)

    (1,183     (1,918     (23,630     (1,240     (1,934     (43          (2,095     (8,654
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    64,942        52,578        109,742        99,063        116,484        39,856             15,854        (20,785

Income tax expense

    (14,946     (16,873     (3,450     (18,709     (12,067     (17,511          (31,922     (26,367
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    49,996        35,705        106,292        80,354        104,417        22,345             (16,068     (47,152

(Less) Plus: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

    (271     39        (271     (332     (1,375     (43          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc./Predecessor

    49,725        35,744        106,021        80,022        103,042        22,302             (16,068     (47,152
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

                    

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15      $ 0.44      $ 0.33      $ 0.43      $ —             $ —        $ —     

Diluted net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15      $ 0.44      $ 0.33      $ 0.43      $ —             $ —        $ —     

 

 

51


Table of Contents
     Arcos Dorados          Predecessor(1)  
     As of June 30,      As of December 31,          As of
December 31,

2006
 
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007         
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  
     (unaudited)                                         

Balance Sheet Data(4):

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 254,404       $ 208,099       $ 167,975       $ 105,982       $ 92,580         $ 102,383   

Total current assets

     526,644         552,355         394,011         380,275         382,801           292,717   

Property and equipment, net

     1,015,671         911,730         785,862         709,667         724,673           1,243,232   

Total non-current assets

     1,346,553         1,231,911         1,088,937         923,488         862,797                  1,394,964   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,873,197         1,784,266         1,482,948         1,303,763         1,245,598           1,687,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Accounts payable

     118,604         186,700         124,560         126,403         125,495           100,041   

Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt

     20,581         17,947         11,046         15,306         216           6,408   

Total current liabilities

     536,564         605,148         396,810         388,357         375,566           292,724   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

     453,841         451,423         454,461         351,870         352,460           19,718   

Total non-current liabilities

     624,717         629,923         632,092         474,654         462,253           135,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,161,281         1,235,071         1,028,902         863,011         837,819           428,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     711,916         549,195         454,046         440,752         407,779           1,259,101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     1,873,197         1,784,266         1,482,948         1,303,763         1,245,598           1,687,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Other Data:

            

Total Revenues

            

Brazil

   $ 892,063      $ 718,520      $ 1,595,571      $ 1,200,742      $ 1,237,208      $ 461,868   

Caribbean division

     132,056        127,385        260,617        244,774        231,734        90,796   

NOLAD

     171,743        141,464        305,017        240,333        232,083        91,932   

SLAD(5)

     519,284        374,442        856,913        979,627        905,817        296,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

            

Brazil

   $ 111,629      $ 81,663      $ 208,102      $ 127,291      $ 102,819      $ 23,846   

Caribbean division

     538        3,316        11,189        10,448        12,454        8,602   

NOLAD

     (6,173     (7,127     (16,718     (17,252     (4,863     2,536   

SLAD(5)

     33,710        24,028        66,288        108,261        119,716        29,642   

Corporate and others and purchase price allocation

     (43,019     (16,647     (64,304     (21,939     (7,932     6,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     96,685        85,233        204,557        206,809        222,194        71,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Margin(6)

            

Brazil

     12.5     11.4     13.0     10.6     8.3     5.2

Caribbean division

     0.4        2.6        4.3        4.3        5.4        9.5   

NOLAD

     (3.6     (5.0     (5.5     (7.2     (2.1     2.8   

SLAD(5)

     6.5        6.4        7.7        11.1        13.2        10.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     5.6        6.3        6.8        7.8        8.5        7.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(7)

            

Brazil

   $ 128,566      $ 99,241      $ 250,606      $ 160,037      $ 144,965      $ 39,800   

Caribbean division

     6,282        9,531        23,556        21,167        22,013        13,099   

NOLAD

     7,868        4,202        15,400        3,918        15,961        10,655   

SLAD(5)

     42,933        32,742        83,998        129,889        138,683        36,530   

Corporate and others

     (45,455     (30,379     (74,446     (48,628     (33,648     (9,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     140,194        115,337        299,114        266,383        287,974        90,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(8)

            

Brazil

     14.4     13.8     15.7     13.3     11.7     8.6

Caribbean division

     4.8        7.5        9.0        8.6        9.5        14.4   

NOLAD

     4.6        3.0        5.0        1.6        6.9        11.6   

SLAD(5)

     8.3        8.7        9.8        13.3        15.3        12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     8.2        8.5        9.9        10.0        11.0        9.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents
     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(2)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Other Financial Data:

            

Working capital(9)

   $ (9,920   $ —        $ (52,793   $ (2,799   $ (8,082   $ 7,235   

Capital expenditures(10)

     107,432        41,685        176,173        101,166        167,893        45,174   

Other Operating Data:

            

Systemwide comparable sales growth(11)(12)

     13.7     —          14.9     5.5     —          —     

Brazil

     9.7        —          17.5        2.7        —          —     

Caribbean division

     0.9        —          4.7        4.2        —          —     

NOLAD

     8.5        —          9.1        (1.7     —          —     

SLAD

     29.5        —          16.1        12.2        —          —     

Systemwide average restaurant sales(12)(13)

   $ 1,269      $ 1,048      $ 2,288      $ 2,147      $ 2,186      $ —     

Systemwide sales growth(12)(14)

     26.4     12.3     10.2     0.9     —          —     

Brazil

     25.7        48.2        34.3        (2.4     —          —     

Caribbean division

     2.2        7.0        3.8        4.6        —          —     

NOLAD

     19.3        22.1        19.2        (12.3     —          —     

SLAD

     40.6        (27.0     (20.2     9.2        —          —     
     As of June 30,     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Number of systemwide restaurants

     1,767        1,695        1,755        1,680        1,640        1,593   

Brazil

     625        586        616        578        564        553   

Caribbean division

     144        144        142        145        145        142   

NOLAD

     473        461        476        456        448        427   

SLAD

     525        504        521        501        483        471   

Number of Company-operated restaurants

     1,302        1,243        1,292        1,226        1,155        1,092   

Brazil

     461        435        453        432        426        422   

Caribbean division

     93        93        91        93        89        87   

NOLAD

     307        298        310        289        242        195   

SLAD

     441        417        438        412        398        388   

Number of franchised restaurants

     465        452        463        454        485        501   

Brazil

     164        151        163        146        138        131   

Caribbean division

     51        51        51        52        56        55   

NOLAD

     166        163        166        167        206        232   

SLAD

     84        87        83        89        85        83   

 

(1) The financial data for our predecessor is not directly comparable to our financial data for several reasons, including:

 

   

Predecessor data does not include the effect of the purchase accounting due to the Acquisition, which has reduced the accounting value of our long-lived assets and goodwill and the related depreciation and amortization expense.

 

   

Predecessor data includes royalties that are lower as a percentage of sales than the royalties we are required to pay pursuant to the MFAs.

 

   

Predecessor data does not include general and administrative expenses related to corporate functions.

 

   

Predecessor data does not include interest expense related to our long-term debt which resulted from the partial financing of the Acquisition and the subsequent increase in interest expense resulting from the 2019 notes and the 2016 notes. Predecessor data does include interest expense related to intercompany loans, which we eliminate in consolidation.

 

   

Predecessor data includes foreign exchange results related to intercompany loans within the translation adjustment in the other comprehensive income component of shareholders’ equity, while we generally report these results as a component of our earnings since generally we do not consider intercompany loans to be of a long-term nature.

 

(2) Data for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes only five months of operations, beginning August 3, 2007, the date on which we commenced operations in the Territories.

 

54


Table of Contents
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2006 and the seven months ended July 31, 2007, “Other non-operating expenses, net” includes “Foreign currency exchange results.”
(4) For the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, does not reflect the split-off of the Axis business. See “Business—Our Operations—Supply and Distribution.”
(5) Currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and impact the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations.
(6) Operating margin is operating income divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(7) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of our performance that is reviewed by our management. Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning and, accordingly, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA as used by other companies. For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures.”

Presented below is the reconciliation between net income and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA
Reconciliation

   2011
(unaudited)
    2010
(unaudited)
    2010     2009     2008     2007(2)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 49,725      $ 35,744      $ 106,021      $ 80,022      $ 103,042      $ 22,302   

Plus (Less):

            

Net interest expense

     20,199        19,637        41,613        52,473        26,272        13,978   

Loss from derivative instruments

     12,225        7,990        32,809        39,935        2,620        13,672   

Foreign currency exchange results

     (1,864     3,110        (3,237     14,098        74,884        3,542   

Other non-operating expenses, net

     1,183        1,918        23,630        1,240        1,934        43   

Income tax expense

     14,946        16,873        3,450        18,709        12,067        17,511   

Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     271        (39     271        332        1,375        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     96,685        85,233        204,557        206,809        222,194        71,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus (Less):

            

Items excluded from computation that affect operating income:

            

Depreciation and amortization

     31,123        28,368        60,585        54,169        49,496        18,263   

Compensation expense related to the award rights granted to the CEO

     2,214        2,395        16,392        4,334        11,060        —     

Gains from sale of property and equipment

     (5,103     (1,413     (5,299     (8,465     (4,592     —     

Write-offs of property and equipment

     1,685        754        2,635        9,434        5,144        1,543   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     —          —          4,668        —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation related to the special awards in connection with the initial public offering under the 2011 Plan

     1,682        —          —          —          —          —     

Cash bonus related to the initial public offering

     1,382        —          —          —          —          —     

Incremental compensation expense related to the Arcos Dorados B.V. long-term incentive plan

     10,526        —          15,576        —          —          —     

Contract termination losses

     —          —          —          —          3,606        —     

Impairment of goodwill

     —          —          —          102        1,066        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     140,194        115,337        299,114        266,383        287,974        90,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents
(8) Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(9) Working capital equals current assets minus current liabilities.
(10) Includes property and equipment expenditures and purchase of restaurant businesses.
(11) Systemwide comparable sales growth refers to the change in our restaurant sales in one period from a comparable period for restaurants that have been open for thirteen months or longer. Systemwide comparable sales growth is provided and analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means it is calculated using the same exchange rate over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from this trend analysis. We believe this constant currency measure provides a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency movements.
(12) Systemwide comparable sales growth, systemwide average restaurant sales and systemwide sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis, which means they include sales by our Company-operated restaurants and our franchised restaurants. While sales by our franchisees are not recorded as revenues by us, we believe the information is important in understanding our financial performance because these sales are the basis on which we calculate and record franchised revenues and are indicative of the financial health of our franchisee base.
(13) Systemwide average restaurant sales is calculated by dividing our sales for the relevant period by the arithmetic mean of the number of our restaurants at the beginning and end of such period.
(14) Systemwide sales growth refers to the change in sales by all of our restaurants, whether operated by us or by our franchisees, from one period to another.

 

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with (i) our unaudited consolidated interim financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 and (ii) the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the information presented under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.”

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are the world’s largest McDonald’s franchisee in terms of systemwide sales and number of restaurants, according to McDonald’s, representing 5.1% of McDonald’s global sales in 2010, and we are the largest fast food chain in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of systemwide sales, according to Euromonitor, with a regional market share in terms of sales of 10.4% in 2010, according to Euromonitor. We have the exclusive right to own, operate and grant franchises of McDonald’s restaurants in 20 countries and territories in Latin America and the Caribbean, including Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curaçao, Ecuador, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago (since June 3, 2011), Uruguay, the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas, and Venezuela, which we refer to as the Territories. As of June 30, 2011, we operated or franchised 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants, which represented 6.6% of McDonald’s total franchised restaurants worldwide. In the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, we paid $80.0 million and $64.0 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees). In 2010 and 2009, we paid $141.0 million and $121.9 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees).

We received exclusive master franchising rights from McDonald’s for the Territories on August 3, 2007 when we acquired the operations of McDonald’s in the Territories (except for Trinidad and Tobago) and entered into MFAs, under which we directly operate or franchise McDonald’s restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean. As of June 30, 2011, of our 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, 1,302 (or 73.7%) were Company-operated restaurants and 465 (or 26.3%) were franchised restaurants. Under our conventional franchise arrangements, franchisees provide a portion of the required capital by initially investing in the equipment, signs, seating and décor of their restaurant businesses, and by reinvesting in the business over time. We typically own or secure long-term leases for the land and building for both Company-operated and franchised restaurant sites. The average term remaining on our long-term leases was approximately 7.5 years as of June 30, 2011. This maintains long-term occupancy rights, helps control related costs and assists in alignment of our goals with those of franchisees.

We divide our operations into four geographical divisions: Brazil; the Caribbean division, consisting of Aruba, Curaçao, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas; the North Latin America division, or NOLAD, consisting of Costa Rica, Mexico and Panama; and the South Latin America division, or SLAD, consisting of Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. As of June 30, 2011, 35.4% of our restaurants were located in Brazil, 29.7% in SLAD, 26.8% in NOLAD and 8.1% in the Caribbean division. We focus on our customers by managing operations at the local level, including marketing campaigns and special offers, menu management and monitoring customer satisfaction, while leveraging our size by conducting administrative and strategic functions at the divisional or corporate level, as appropriate.

We are required to report information about operating segments in our financial statements in accordance with ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker(s) in deciding how to allocate resources

 

57


Table of Contents

and assess performance. We have determined that our reportable segments are those that are based on our method of internal reporting, and we manage our business and operations through our four geographical divisions (Brazil, the Caribbean division, NOLAD and SLAD). The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those for the Company on a consolidated basis.

Principal Income Statement Line Items

Revenues

We generate revenues primarily from two sources: sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenue from franchised restaurants, which primarily consists of rental income, typically based on the greater of a flat fee or a percentage of sales reported by our franchised restaurants. This rent, along with occupancy and operating rights, is stipulated in our franchise agreements. These agreements typically have a 20-year term but may be shorter if necessary to mirror the term of the real estate lease. In the six months ended June 30, 2011, sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from franchised restaurants represented 95.8% and 4.2% of our total revenues, respectively. In 2010, sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from franchised restaurants represented 95.9% and 4.1% of our total revenues, respectively. In 2009, sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from franchised restaurants represented 95.2% and 4.8% of our total revenues, respectively.

Operating Costs & Expenses

Our sales are heavily influenced by brand advertising, menu selection and initiatives to improve restaurant operations. Sales are also affected by the timing of restaurant openings and closures. We do not record sales from our franchised restaurants as revenues.

Company-operated restaurants incur four types of operating costs and expenses:

 

   

food and paper costs, which represent the costs of the products that we sell to customers in Company-operated restaurants;

 

   

payroll and employee benefit costs, which represent the wages paid to Company-operated restaurant managers and crew, as well as the costs of benefits and training, and which tend to increase as we increase sales, but at a lower rate than sales growth;

 

   

occupancy and other operating expenses, which represent all other direct costs of our Company-operated restaurants, including advertising and promotional expenses, the costs of outside rent, which are tied to sales and therefore increase as we increase our sales, building and leasehold improvement depreciation (for restaurant properties owned by us), depreciation on equipment, repairs and maintenance, insurance, restaurant operating supplies and utilities; and

 

   

royalty fees, representing the continuing franchise fees we pay to McDonald’s pursuant to the MFAs, which are determined as a percentage of gross product sales.

Although our costs increase as we increase our sales, they generally increase at a lower rate than sales growth, leading to a direct improvement in restaurant profitability.

Franchised restaurant occupancy expenses include, as applicable, the costs of depreciating and maintaining the land and buildings upon which franchised restaurants are situated or the cost of leasing that property. A significant portion of our leases establish that rent payments are based on the greater of a flat fee or a specified percentage of the restaurant’s sales.

We promote the McDonald’s brand and our products by advertising in all of the Territories. Pursuant to the MFAs, we are required to spend at least 5% of our gross sales on advertisement and promotion activities annually. These activities are guided by our overall marketing plan, which identifies the key strategic platforms that we leverage to drive sales. Our franchisees are generally required to pay us 5% of their gross sales to cover advertising expenditures related to their restaurants. We account for these payments as a deduction to our advertising expenses.

 

58


Table of Contents

As a result, our advertising expenses only reflect the expenditures related to Company-operated restaurants. Advertising expenses are recorded within the “Occupancy and other operating expenses” line item in our consolidated income statement. The only exception to this policy is in Mexico, where both we and our franchisees contribute funds to a cooperative that is responsible for advertisement and promotion activities for Mexico.

General and administrative expenses include the costs of overhead, including salaries and facilities, travel expenses, depreciation of office equipment, situated buildings and vehicles, amortization of intangible assets, occupancy costs, professional services and the cost of field management for Company-operated and franchised restaurants.

Other operating expenses, net, include gains and losses on asset dispositions, impairment charges, rental income and depreciation expenses of excess properties, results and depreciation from distribution centers, the equity awards granted to our CEO and other miscellaneous items.

Other Line Items

Net interest expense primarily includes interest expense on our short-term and long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs. Loss from derivative instruments relates to the negative change in the fair market value of our derivative instruments, which are used to help mitigate some of our foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Foreign currency exchange results relate to the impact of remeasuring monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than our functional currencies. See “—Foreign Currency Translation.”

Other non-operating expenses, net primarily include charitable donations not related to our operations, asset taxes we are required to pay in certain countries and other non-operating charges.

Income tax expense includes both current and deferred income taxes. Current income taxes represents the amount accrued during the period to be paid to the tax authorities while deferred income taxes represent the earnings impact of the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities that are recognized in our balance sheet for future income tax consequences.

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests relate to the participation of non-controlling interests in the net income of certain subsidiaries that collectively own 24 restaurants.

Key Business Measures

We track our results of operations and manage our business by using three key business measures: comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth. In addition, we use Adjusted EBITDA to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.” Systemwide results are driven primarily by our Company-operated restaurants, as 73.7% of our systemwide restaurants are Company-operated as of June 30, 2011. Systemwide data represents measures for both Company-operated and franchised restaurants. While sales by franchisees are not recorded as revenues by us, management believes the information is important in understanding our financial performance because these sales are the basis on which we calculate and record franchised restaurant revenues and are indicative of the financial health of our franchisee base. Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis.

Comparable Sales

Comparable sales is a key performance indicator used within the retail industry and is indicative of the success of our initiatives as well as local economic, competitive and consumer trends. Comparable sales are driven by changes in traffic and average check, which is affected by changes in pricing and product mix. Increases or decreases in comparable sales represent the percent change in sales from the prior year for all restaurants in operation for at least thirteen months, including those temporarily closed. Some of the reasons restaurants may close temporarily include reimaging or remodeling, rebuilding, road construction and natural disasters. With respect to

 

59


Table of Contents

restaurants where there are changes in ownership, primarily changes from being franchised restaurants to becoming Company-operated restaurants, all previous months’ sales are reclassified according to the new ownership category when reporting comparable sales. As a result, there will be discrepancies between the sales figures used to calculate comparable sales and our results of operations. We report on a calendar basis, and therefore the comparability of the same month, quarter and year with the corresponding period of the prior year is impacted by the mix of days. The number of weekdays, weekend days and timing of holidays in a period can impact comparable sales positively or negatively. We refer to these impacts as calendar shift/trading day adjustments. These impacts vary geographically due to consumer spending patterns and have the greatest effect on monthly comparable sales while annual impacts are typically minimal. In 2008, there was an additional full day of sales due to the leap year.

We calculate and analyze comparable sales and average check in our divisions and systemwide on a constant currency basis, which means they are calculated using the same exchange rate in the applicable division or systemwide, as applicable, over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from the analysis. We believe these constant currency measures provide a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency fluctuations.

Company-operated comparable sales growth refers to comparable sales growth for Company-operated restaurants and franchised comparable sales growth refers to comparable sales growth for franchised restaurants. We believe comparable sales growth is a key indicator of our performance, as influenced by our strategic initiatives and those of our competitors.

Average Restaurant Sales

Average restaurant sales, or ARS, is an important measure of the financial performance of our systemwide restaurants and changes in the overall direction and trends of sales. ARS is calculated by dividing the sales for the relevant period by the arithmetic mean of the number of restaurants at the beginning and end of such period. ARS is influenced mostly by comparable sales performance and restaurant openings and closures. As ARS is provided in nominal terms, it is affected by movements in foreign currency exchange rates.

Sales Growth

Sales growth refers to the change in sales by all restaurants, whether operated by us or by franchisees, from one period to another. We present sales growth both in nominal terms and on a constant currency basis, which means the latter is calculated using the same exchange rate over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from the analysis.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of our foreign operating subsidiaries are translated in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements. Except for our Venezuelan operations as from January 1, 2010, the functional currencies of our foreign operating subsidiaries are the local currencies of the countries in which we conduct our operations. Therefore, the assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are included in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. We record foreign currency exchange results related to monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than our functional currencies in our consolidated income statement.

Effective January 1, 2010, Venezuela is considered to be highly inflationary. Under U.S. GAAP, an economy is considered to be highly inflationary when its three-year cumulative rate of inflation meets or exceeds 100%. Under the highly inflationary basis of accounting, the financial statements of our Venezuelan subsidiaries are remeasured as if their functional currency were our reporting currency (U.S. dollars), with remeasurement gains and losses recognized in earnings, rather than in the cumulative translation adjustment component of other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity.

 

60


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Comparability of Results

Seasonality

Our sales and revenues are generally greater in the second half of the year than in the first half. Although the impact on our results of operations is relatively small, this impact is due to increased consumption of our products during the winter and summer holiday seasons, affecting July and December, respectively.

Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations

We have operations in Venezuela, including 138 restaurants as of December 31, 2010, which represented 6.1%, 7.5%, 1.7% and 6.1% of our total revenues, operating income, net income and Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, for 2010 and 17.3%, 35.1%, 9.2% and 29.6% of our total revenues, operating income, net income and Adjusted EBITDA, respectively, for 2009. These decreases are due in large part to Venezuelan currency controls and related accounting changes. As a result, our results of operations have been and may continue to be significantly impacted by operations in Venezuela. See “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Latin America and the Caribbean—We are subject to significant foreign currency exchange controls in certain countries in which we operate” and “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Latin America and the Caribbean—Exchange rate fluctuations against the U.S. dollar in the countries in which we operate could negatively affect our results of operations.”

The table below presents historical summarized financial and other information of our operations in Venezuela for each of the periods presented and also summarized financial and other information in constant currency for 2010, which means the results of operations for that period have been calculated using a constant exchange rate (2.15 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar) to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from the trend analysis. We believe this presentation using constant currency provides a more meaningful analysis of our results of operations for Venezuela by identifying the underlying business trends, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency translation for financial reporting purposes. See Note 21 to our annual consolidated financial statements for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations, which affects the comparability of our results of operations during the years and periods presented herein.

 

     For Six Months
Ended June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2010      2009     2008     2007(1)  
     (in nominal terms)     (in constant
currency)
    (in nominal terms)  

Income statement data:

               

Total revenues

   $ 121,899      $ 72,185      $ 498,478      $ 184,657       $ 460,160      $ 393,845      $ 126,020   

Operating income

     5,283        4,988        39,258        15,385         72,496        90,886        26,577   

Foreign currency exchange results

     (925     (985     (2,043     26         (52,533 )(2)      (28,482 )(2)      (15,059 )(2) 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

     3,696        1,275        1,651        1,781         7,325        24,897        284   

Other Data:

               

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

     5,686        5,471        46,707        18,169         78,915        97,206        29,134   

 

(1) Data for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes only five months of operations, beginning August 3, 2007, the date on which we commenced operations in the Territories.
(2) These losses were mainly due to the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate at which we purchased U.S. dollars in Venezuela and the official foreign currency exchange rate used for financial statement reporting purposes.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of our performance that is reviewed by our management. Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning and, accordingly, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA as used by other companies. For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures.”

 

61


Table of Contents

The table below shows the reconciliation between net income and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     For the
Six Months Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended December 31,  

Venezuela Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

   2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 3,696      $ (1,275   $ 1,781      $ 7,325      $ 24,897      $ 284   

Plus (Less):

            

Net interest expense

     1,073        1,004        2,318        2,046        2,292        2,773   

Foreign currency exchange results

     925        985        (26     52,533        28,482        15,059   

Other non-operating expenses (income), net

     4        53        (4,132     1        (11     —     

Income tax expense

     (415     4,221        15,444        10,591        35,226        8,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     5,283        4,988        15,385        72,496        90,886        26,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus (Less):

            

Items excluded from computation that affect operating income:

            

Depreciation and amortization

     1,977        1,589        3,562        8,713        6,322        2,556   

Gains from sale of property and equipment

     (1,576     (1,106     (778     (6,245     —          —     

Write-offs of property and equipment

     2        —          —          3,951        (2     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     5,686        5,471        18,169        78,915        97,206        29,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounting Changes Relating to Our Venezuelan Operations

There are currency restrictions in place in Venezuela that limit our ability to repatriate bolívares fuertes held in Venezuela. These funds remain freely available for use in Venezuela. In Venezuela, the official bolívar fuerte -U.S. dollar exchange rate is established by the Central Bank of Venezuela and the Venezuelan Ministry of Finance, and the acquisition of foreign currency at the official exchange rate by Venezuelan companies to pay foreign debt or dividends is subject to registration with and approval by the relevant Venezuelan authorities. See “Exchange Rates—Venezuela.”

As a consequence of the currency controls described above, effective December 31, 2009, we changed our accounting treatment for Venezuela regarding the exchange rate used for purposes of translation. In accordance with ASC Topic 830, we use the exchange rate applicable for purposes of dividend remittances to translate foreign currency financial statements, except when unusual circumstances exist. Prior to December 31, 2009, we had concluded that the existence of the parallel market in Venezuela did not constitute unusual circumstances which justified the use of an exchange rate other than the official exchange rate for purposes of foreign currency translation. Therefore, the official exchange rate of 2.15 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar was used to translate the operations of our Venezuelan subsidiaries for 2009 and 2008. As conditions in Venezuela changed during 2009, we reassessed the appropriateness of use of the official exchange rate for translation purposes. As a result, effective December 31, 2009, we changed the translation rate from the official exchange rate of 2.15 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar at December 31, 2009 to the parallel market exchange rate of 5.97 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. This change resulted in a $76.4 million charge recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

In addition, effective January 1, 2010, Venezuela is considered to be highly inflationary, and as such, the financial statements of our Venezuelan subsidiaries are remeasured as if their functional currency were the reporting currency (U.S. dollars). As a result, remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in earnings rather than in the cumulative translation adjustment, component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity. In 2010, since we had access to and used the parallel exchange market to acquire U.S. dollars, we used the parallel market exchange rate to measure transactions denominated in local currency and convert them to the U.S. dollar functional

 

62


Table of Contents

currency during the period from January 1, 2010 through May 31, 2010 at an average exchange rate of 6.96 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. The last available quotation of the parallel market rate before the system was cancelled was 8.10 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. Effective June 1, 2010 the Company started to use the exchange rate of 5.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar to measure transactions denominated in local currency.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses as well as related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments based on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under varying assumptions or conditions.

We consider an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

   

the nature of the estimates or assumptions is material due to the levels of subjectivity and judgment necessary to account for highly uncertain matters or the susceptibility of such matters to change; and

 

   

the impact of the estimates and assumptions on our financial condition or operating performance is material.

We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following encompass a higher degree of judgment and/or complexity:

Depreciation of Property and Equipment

Accounting for property and equipment involves the use of estimates for determining the useful lives of the assets over which they are to be depreciated. We believe that the estimates we make to determine an asset’s useful life are critical accounting estimates because they require our management to make estimates about technological evolution and competitive uses of assets. We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over their useful lives based on management’s estimates of the period over which these assets will generate revenue (not to exceed the lease term plus renewal options for leased property). The useful lives are estimated based on historical experience with similar assets, taking into account anticipated technological or other changes. We periodically review these lives relative to physical factors, economic considerations and industry trends. If there are changes in the planned use of property and equipment, or if technological changes occur more rapidly than anticipated, the useful lives assigned to these assets may need to be shortened, resulting in the recognition of increased depreciation and amortization expense or write-offs in future periods. No significant changes to useful lives have been recorded in the past. A significant change in the facts and circumstances that we relied upon in making our estimates may have a material impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We review goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter. In assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets and goodwill, we consider changes in economic conditions and make assumptions regarding, among other factors, estimated future cash flows by market and by restaurant, discount rates by country and the fair value of the assets. Estimates of future cash flows are highly subjective judgments based on our experience and knowledge of our operations. These estimates can be significantly impacted by many factors, including changes in global and local business and economic conditions, operating costs, inflation, competition, and consumer and demographic trends. A key assumption impacting estimated future cash flows is the estimated change in comparable sales. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we performed impairment testing of our long-lived assets in Mexico, Puerto Rico and Peru considering the operating losses incurred in recent periods in these markets, which was an indicator of potential impairment. As a result of this analysis, no impairment was recorded for our operations in Puerto Rico and Peru since our estimates of undiscounted future cash flows for each

 

63


Table of Contents

restaurant in these markets or fair market value exceeded its carrying value. Regarding Mexico, we recorded an impairment charge associated with certain restaurants because our estimated undiscounted future cash flows for these restaurants were insufficient to cover their carrying value. The impairment charge totaling $4.7 million was measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the restaurants over their fair value, determined by estimating market value. No impairments were recognized during fiscal years 2009 and 2008, except for the recognition of an impairment of goodwill amounting to $1.1 million in fiscal year 2008 related to the acquisition of a non-controlling interest. If our estimates or underlying assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges.

Share-Based Compensation

We have share-based compensation plans outstanding pursuant to which we granted liability awards to: (a) certain employees under a long-term incentive plan, and (b) the CEO. The accrued liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. Effective December 31, 2010, we changed the method of measuring our liability awards from the intrinsic value method to a fair value method using the Black-Scholes model. At December 31, 2010, we considered the estimated initial public offering price per class A share ($16.50) in determining the fair value of the awards because in 2011 our Board of Directors decided that on a going forward basis the fair value would be based on that price instead of the formulas that had previously been used to value such awards. Beginning on April 14, 2011, the date of our initial public offering, we have considered the quoted market price per class A share in determining the fair value of the awards.

Accounting for our share-based compensation plans involves the use of estimates for determining: (a) the number of units that will vest based on the estimated completion of the requisite service period and the performance requirement (the latter only for the award granted to the CEO), and (b) the assumptions required by the closed-form pricing model (expected volatility, dividend yield, risk-free interest rate and expected term). As there was no market information about our shares that had been available for a reasonable period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on a historical one-year implied volatility of comparable Latin American companies, calculated as the standard deviation of the logarithms of daily price returns, annualized by the square root of the number of days. All of these assumptions significantly impact the estimated fair value of the awards. We use historical data and estimates to determine these assumptions, and if these assumptions change significantly in the future, our operating results and financial condition could be significantly impacted. See Note 16 to our annual consolidated financial statements and Note 8 to our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

In March 2011, we adopted our Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, to attract and retain the most highly qualified and capable professionals and to promote the success of our business through an annual award program. The 2011 Plan permits grants of awards relating to our class A shares, including awards in the form of share (also referred to as stock) options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, performance awards and other share-based awards as will be determined by our Board of Directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan is 5,238,235 class A shares, equal to 2.5% of our total outstanding class A and class B shares immediately following our initial public offering on April 14, 2011. We made grants for 2011 to certain of our executive officers and other employees on April 14, 2011, the first trading day of our class A shares on the NYSE. The grants included 231,458 restricted share units and 833,387 stock options that will vest as follows: 40% on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on each of the following three anniversaries. In addition, on April 14, 2011, we granted special awards of restricted share units and stock options to certain of our executive officers and other employees under the 2011 Plan. The special grant included 782,138 restricted share units and 1,046,459 stock options that will vest one-third on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. With respect to all of the grants made on April 14, 2011, each stock option represents the right to acquire one class A share at a strike price of $21.20 (the closing price on the date of grant), while each restricted share unit represents the right to receive one class A share, when vested. See Note 8 to our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

In light of the recent increase in the quoted market price of our class A shares, we expect that general and administrative expenses resulting from our share-based compensation plans will increase in the third quarter of 2011.

 

64


Table of Contents

Accounting for Income Taxes

We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of our deferred assets will not be realized. Our valuation allowance as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $220.2 million and $298.8 million, respectively. We have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. This assessment is carried out on the basis of internal projections, which are updated to reflect our most recent operating trends, such as expiration date for tax losses carryforward. Because of the imprecision inherent in any forward-looking data, the further into the future our estimates cover, the less objectively verifiable they become. Therefore, we apply judgment to define the period of time to include projected future income to support the future realization of the tax benefit of an existing deductible temporary difference or carryforward and whether there is sufficient evidence to support the projections at a more-likely-than-not level for this period of time. Determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary often requires an extensive analysis of positive (e.g., a history of accurately projecting income) and negative evidence (e.g., historic operating losses) regarding realization of the deferred tax assets and inherent in that, an assessment of the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. During 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized a gain for the change in the valuation allowance amounting to $91.4 million, $30.0 million and $42.5 million, respectively, due to improvements in projected taxable income and a relative increase of positive evidence as compared to negative evidence due to the reversal of trends of historic operating losses in some markets. If these estimates and assumptions change in the future, we may be required to adjust the valuation allowance. This could result in a charge to, or an increase in, income in the period this determination is made.

Provision for Contingencies

We have certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving labor, tax and other matters. Accounting for contingencies involves the use of estimates for determining the probability of each contingency and the estimated amount to settle the obligation, including related costs. We accrue liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and the costs can be reasonably estimated. The accruals are based on all the information available at the issuance date of the financial statements, including our estimates of the outcomes of these matters and our lawyers’ experience in contesting, litigating and settling familiar matters. If we are unable to reliably measure the obligation, no provision is recorded and information is then presented in the notes to our consolidated annual financial statements. As the scope of the liabilities becomes better defined, there may be changes in the estimates of future costs. Because of the inherent uncertainties in this estimation, actual expenditures may be different from the originally estimated amount recognized.

Results of Operations

We have based the following discussion on our consolidated financial statements. You should read it along with these financial statements, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to them.

In a number of places in this prospectus, in order to analyze changes in our business from period to period, we present our results of operations and financial condition on a constant currency basis, which isolates the effects of foreign exchange rates on our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, we have isolated the effects of appreciation and depreciation of local currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar because we believe that doing so is useful in understanding the development of our business. For these purposes, we eliminate the effect of movements in the exchange rates by converting the balances for both periods being compared from their local currencies to the U.S. dollar using the same exchange rate.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2011 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2010

Set forth below are our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

65


Table of Contents
     For the Six Months Ended June 30,     %
Increase
 
     2011     2010     (Decrease)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

   $ 1,643,394      $ 1,307,104        25.7

Revenues from franchised restaurants

     71,752        54,707        31.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,715,146        1,361,811        25.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

      

Food and paper

     (580,170     (463,499     25.2   

Payroll and employee benefits

     (327,706     (257,973     27.0   

Occupancy and other operating expenses

     (442,654     (358,593     23.4   

Royalty fees

     (79,955     (63,970     25.0   

Franchised restaurants – occupancy expenses

     (24,393     (19,281     26.5   

General and administrative expenses

     (164,445     (105,140     56.4   

Other operating income (expenses), net

     862        (8,122     (110.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     (1,618,461     (1,276,578     26.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     96,685        85,233        13.4   

Net interest expense

     (20,199     (19,637     2.9   

Loss from derivative instruments

     (12,225     (7,990     53.0   

Foreign currency exchange results

     1,864        (3,110     (159.9

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (1,183     (1,918     (38.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     64,942        52,578        23.5   

Income tax expense

     (14,946     (16,873     (11.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     49,996        35,705        40.0   

(Less) Plus: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (271     39        (794.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

     49,725        35,744        39.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Set forth below is a summary of changes to our systemwide, Company-operated and franchised restaurant portfolios for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

Systemwide Restaurants

   For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Systemwide restaurants at beginning of period

     1,755        1,680   

Restaurant openings

     21        18   

Restaurant closings

     (9     (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide restaurants at end of period

     1,767        1,695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated Restaurants

   For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Company-operated restaurants at beginning of period

     1,292        1,226   

Restaurant openings

     17        11   

Restaurant closings

     (8     (2

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     1        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated restaurants at end of period

     1,302        1,243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Franchised Restaurants

   For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Franchised restaurants at beginning of period

     463        454   

Restaurant openings

     4        7   

Restaurant closings

     (1     (1

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     (1     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchised restaurants at end of period

     465        452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes two refranchisings of Company-operated restaurants in 2011.

Key Business Measures

We track our results of operations and manage our business by using three key business measures: comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth. Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis.

Comparable Sales

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30, 2011
 

Arcos Dorados

  

Systemwide comparable sales growth

     13.7

Company-operated comparable sales growth

     13.3   

Franchised comparable sales growth

     15.0   

Systemwide Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     9.7

Caribbean division

     0.9   

NOLAD

     8.5   

SLAD

     29.5   

Company-operated Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     8.7

Caribbean division

     0.7   

NOLAD

     8.1   

SLAD

     27.9   

Franchised Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     12.6

Caribbean division

     1.2   

NOLAD

     9.2   

SLAD

     37.2   

Our comparable sales growth on a systemwide basis for the six months ended June 30, 2011, was mainly driven by the increase in average check, which represented 74% of the increase in comparable sales, and was supported by consumer spending caused by the continued improvement in macroeconomic conditions in almost all of the Territories. Average check growth resulted primarily from our successful promotional campaigns, a shift in product mix in NOLAD and price increases in line with or above inflation in Brazil and some SLAD markets. An increase in traffic caused 26% of the increase in comparable sales and was mainly driven by the increase in consumer spending in most SLAD territories and our successful value menu program in Brazil.

 

67


Table of Contents

Average Restaurant Sales

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011      2010  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Systemwide average restaurant sales

   $ 1,269       $ 1,048   

Company-operated average restaurant sales

     1,267         1,059   

Franchised average restaurant sales

     1,275         1,017   

Our ARS for the six months ended June 30, 2011 improved because of comparable sales growth of 13.7% and the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar.

Sales Growth

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011  
     (in nominal terms)     (in constant
currency)
 

Brazil

     25.7     14.0

Caribbean division

     2.2        0.8   

NOLAD

     19.3        13.1   

SLAD

     40.6        32.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

     26.4        17.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In nominal terms, sales growth increased during the six months ended June 30, 2011 due to comparable sales growth of 13.7%, the positive impact of the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar and the net addition of 87 restaurants systemwide since January 1, 2010. We had 1,302 Company-operated restaurants and 465 franchised restaurants as of June 30, 2011, compared to 1,243 Company-operated restaurants and 452 franchised restaurants as of June 30, 2010.

Revenues

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,      % Increase  
     2011      2010      (Decrease)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)         

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 854,804       $ 690,052         23.9

Caribbean division

     124,902         121,348         2.9   

NOLAD

     162,465         133,432         21.8   

SLAD

     501,223         362,272         38.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,643,394         1,307,104         25.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 37,259       $ 28,468         30.9

Caribbean division

     7,154         6,037         18.5   

NOLAD.

     9,278         8,032         15.5   

SLAD

     18,061         12,170         48.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     71,752         54,707         31.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

        

Brazil

   $ 892,063       $ 718,520         24.2

Caribbean division

     132,056         127,385         3.7   

NOLAD

     171,743         141,464         21.4   

SLAD

     519,284         374,442         38.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,715,146         1,361,811         25.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

Total sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $336.3 million, or 25.7%, from $1,307.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $1,643.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011. The 13.3% growth in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales, 77% of which resulted from a higher average check and the rest of which resulted from increased traffic, caused sales to increase by $173.5 million. In addition, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $110.7 million as a result of the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar and by $52.0 million as a result of 63 net restaurant openings and the conversion of 13 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010.

In Brazil, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $164.8 million, or 23.9%, to $854.8 million. The main causes of this growth were the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar and the 8.7% growth in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales, which represent $79.5 million and $59.9 million of the increase, respectively. Average check growth represented 63% of comparable sales growth and the rest resulted from increased traffic. Average check growth resulted primarily from price increases in line with inflation during the twelve months ended June 30, 2011 while the increase in traffic was primarily driven by our Big Pleasures, Small Prices value menu program. Twenty-eight net restaurant openings and the conversion of one franchised restaurant into a Company-operated restaurant since January 1, 2010 contributed $25.4 million to the increase in sales in Brazil.

In the Caribbean division, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $3.6 million, or 2.9%, to $124.9 million. The main driver of this growth was the appreciation of the euro, which is the local currency in various Territories in the Caribbean, against the U.S. dollar, which caused sales to increase by $2.4 million. Company-operated restaurants comparable sales increased 0.7% and contributed $0.9 million of the sales increase. Increased traffic was the driver of comparable sales growth and resulted from our successful Big Pleasures, Small Prices value menu program in Guadeloupe and Martinique. This was partially offset by a decrease in the average check due to changes in product mix.

In NOLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $29.0 million, or 21.8%, to $162.5 million. This growth was mainly explained by comparable sales growth of 8.1%, which caused sales to increase by $10.8 million. Average check growth, which represented 99% of comparable sales increase, resulted primarily from changes in product mix in Mexico and Costa Rica. In addition, 12 net restaurant openings and the conversion of six franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010 resulted in a sales increase of $9.5 million. On top of that, the appreciation of local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica contributed $8.7 million to the increase in division sales.

In SLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $139.0 million, or 38.4%, to $501.2 million. The 27.9% growth in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales, 84% of which resulted from a higher average check and the rest of which resulted from increased traffic, caused sales to increase by $102.0 million. The average check increased due to price increases in line with or above inflation, mainly in Venezuela, Argentina and Colombia. Traffic growth was caused primarily by improved macroeconomic conditions in most of the territories and successful promotional campaigns such as Big Pleasures, Small Prices. In addition, the appreciation of most currencies in the region against the U.S. dollar contributed $20.1 million to the increase in sales. On top of that, the opening of 23 Company-operated restaurants and the conversion of 6 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010 resulted in sales increase of $16.9 million.

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

Our total revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $17.0 million, or 31.2%, from $54.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $71.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011. The main contributors to this increase were comparable sales growth of 15.0% and the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar, which resulted in an increase in revenues of $8.6 million and $6.2 million, respectively. In addition, the net opening of 24 franchised restaurants since January 1, 2010, which was partially offset by the conversion of 13 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants during the same period, caused revenues from franchised restaurants to increase $1.2 million. Increased rental income, as most of our franchise agreements provide for rent increases when sales increase, resulted in increased revenues from franchised restaurants of $1.0 million.

 

69


Table of Contents

In Brazil, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $8.8 million, or 30.9%, to $37.3 million primarily as a result of comparable sales growth of 12.6% and the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar, which explained $3.6 million and $3.5 million of the increase, respectively. In addition, 19 net franchised restaurant openings, which were partly offset by the conversion of one franchised restaurant into a Company operated-restaurant, since January 1, 2010, contributed $1.7 million of the increase.

In the Caribbean division, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $1.1 million, or 18.5%, to $7.2 million. This increase is mainly explained by a retroactive rent adjustment.

In NOLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $1.2 million, or 15.5%, to $9.3 million. This growth was a result of the 9.2% increase in comparable sales and the appreciation of the Mexican peso against the U.S. dollar, which caused revenues from franchised restaurants to increase $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

In SLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $5.9 million, or 48.4%, to $18.1 million. This growth resulted from a comparable sales growth of 37.2% and the appreciation of most currencies in the region against the U.S. dollar, which explained $4.3 million and $2.3 million of the increase, respectively. Revenues were negatively impacted by the conversion of six franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants partly offset by one franchised restaurant openings since January 1, 2010, which represented a decrease in revenues of $0.4 million.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Food and Paper

Our total food and paper costs increased by $116.7 million, or 25.2%, to $580.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 0.2 percentage points to 35.3% because we were able to increase prices at a rate similar to that at which our food and paper costs increased, despite pressure on commodity prices. In addition, the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar helped to contain food and paper costs as a percentage of total sales by Company-operated restaurants, as approximately 25% of our food and paper raw materials and 100% of our Happy Meal toys are imported and paid for in U.S. dollars while our revenues are generated in local currencies.

In Brazil, food and paper costs increased by $46.5 million, or 20.1%, to $278.1 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.0 percentage points to 32.5%, primarily as a result of the appreciation of the Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar and our ability to increase prices at a higher rate than that at which our food and paper costs increased.

In the Caribbean division, food and paper costs increased by $1.8 million, or 4.4%, to $41.9 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 0.5 percentage points to 33.5% mainly as a consequence of the increased weight of promotional items within the product mix, and cost increases higher than the increase in our average check in Puerto Rico.

In NOLAD, food and paper costs increased by $12.1 million, or 21.5%, to $68.4 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 0.1 percentage point to 42.1%.

In SLAD, food and paper costs increased by $56.5 million, or 41.8%, to $191.7 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 0.9 percentage points to 38.3%,

 

70


Table of Contents

mostly as a result of the devaluation of the official exchange rate for essential goods (from 2.15 to 4.30 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar) at which some of our raw materials are imported in Venezuela.

Payroll and Employee Benefits

Our total payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $69.7 million, or 27.0%, to $327.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.2 percentage points to 19.9%. This increase is mostly attributable to wage increases that outpaced our sales growth in several markets, which offset both the positive impact of sales growth on the fixed portion of our payroll costs and increased operational efficiency. Wages increased mostly due to government-mandated minimum wage increases and labor union pressures in our major Territories.

In Brazil, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $35.5 million, or 27.5%, to $164.4 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.6 percentage points to 19.2% because we increased both the hourly rate for our night crew to improve staffing levels during that shift and the number of crew employees due to the expansion plans we have in that market. In addition, government-mandated minimum wage increases contributed to the increase in payroll and employee benefits expenses.

In the Caribbean division, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $1.5 million, or 4.3%, to $35.5 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.4 percentage points to 28.4% due to increases in the number of extra hours worked by the crew and a 2% increase in the minimum wage during the six months ended in June 30, 2011 due to a general collective agreement in Guadaloupe and Martinique.

In NOLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $4.7 million, or 21.8%, to $26.4 million, in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs remained unchanged at 16.3%.

In SLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $28.0 million, or 38.3%, to $101.3 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits remained unchanged at 20.2% when compared to the same period in 2010.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Our total occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $84.1 million, or 23.4%, to $442.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 0.5 percentage points to 26.9% mainly because sales volumes increased while a portion of these expenses remained fixed.

In Brazil, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $40.0 million, or 20.1%, to $238.9 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 0.9 percentage points to 28.0% mainly because sales volumes increased while a portion of these expenses remained fixed.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $2.3 million, or 7.4%, to $33.8 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 1.1 percentage points to 27.0% as a result of higher utility and maintenance expenses, mainly in Puerto Rico.

In NOLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $8.2 million, or 18.0%, to $54.1 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 1.1 percentage points to 33.3% mainly as a consequence of efficiencies in utility and maintenance expenses in Mexico.

 

71


Table of Contents

In SLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $35.0 million, or 36.4%, to $131.0 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 0.4 percentage points to 26.1% due to efficiencies in utility and maintenance expenses in several of SLAD´s territories.

Royalty Fees

Our total royalty fees increased by $16.0 million, or 25.0%, to $80.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, in line with the increase in our sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In Brazil, royalty fees increased by $7.5 million, or 22.1%, to $41.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In the Caribbean division, royalty fees increased by $0.2 million, or 3.0%, to $6.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In NOLAD, royalty fees increased by $1.4 million, or 22.1%, to $7.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In SLAD, royalty fees increased by $6.9 million, or 39.1%, to $24.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

Franchised Restaurants — Occupancy Expenses

Occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $5.1 million, or 26.5%, to $24.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants. In addition, in the six months ended June 30, 2011, we recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts in Puerto Rico. This increase was partially offset by the conversion of 13 franchised restaurants, primarily in Mexico, into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010, which resulted in decreased rent expenses for leased properties.

In Brazil, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $2.7 million, or 24.5%, to $13.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $1.2 million, or 71.7%, to $2.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This is explained by the abovementioned allowance for doubtful accounts in Puerto Rico.

In NOLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $0.5 million, or 9.5%, to $5.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily from increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants. This was partially offset by the conversion of six franchised restaurants in Mexico into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010.

In SLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $0.9 million, or 27.6%, to $4.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This resulted from increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants, which was partially offset by the conversion of six franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since January 1, 2010.

 

72


Table of Contents

Set forth below are the margins for our franchised restaurants in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. The margin for our franchised restaurants is expressed as a percentage and is equal to the difference between revenues from franchised restaurants and occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants, divided by revenues from franchised restaurants.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2011     2010  

Brazil

     63.8     61.9

Caribbean Division

     59.7        72.2   

NOLAD

     41.7        38.5   

SLAD

     76.2        72.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     66.0        64.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $59.3 million, or 56.4%, to $164.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010. This increase was a consequence of higher payroll expenses as a result of higher stock-based compensation expenses of $16.8 million related to our long term incentive program, salary increases and the hiring of employees to fill new positions in expectation of continued growth and higher travel and professional services expenses due to our ongoing systems integration and shared service center implementation throughout the region. In addition, the appreciation of most local currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar contributed to the increase.

In Brazil, general and administrative expenses increased by $14.6 million, or 46.1%, to $46.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase resulted primarily from higher payroll costs as a result of salary increases and the hiring of employees to fill new positions, and higher travel and professional services related to tax savings projects. In addition, the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar contributed to the increase.

In the Caribbean division, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.1 million, or 11.3%, to $11.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was mostly due to higher legal and accounting expenses.

In NOLAD, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 6.9%, to $14.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was mostly a consequence of the appreciation of the local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica.

In SLAD, general and administrative expenses increased by $9.7 million, or 39.1%, to $34.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily as a result of higher payroll and travel expenses, mainly in Argentina and Venezuela, countries that have inflation levels above those of the rest of the countries in the region. In addition, the appreciation of some local currencies in the region against the U.S. dollar contributed to the increase.

General and administrative expenses for Corporate and others increased by $33.0 million, or 130.2%, to $58.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was mostly due to higher payroll expenses as a consequence of higher stock-based compensation expenses of $16.8 million related to our long term incentive program and salary increases linked to Argentina’s inflation, as our corporate headquarters is located in Argentina. In addition, we had higher professional services expenses resulting from our ongoing systems integration and shared service center implementation throughout the region.

 

73


Table of Contents

Other Operating Income (Expenses), Net

Other operating income (expenses), net improved by $9.0 million, to a $0.9 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This improvement was primarily attributable to the sales of property and equipment in Brazil and Argentina and the collection of insurance claims in Chile related to the recent earthquake there and in Venezuela.

Operating Income

 

    

 

For the Six Months Ended June 30,

    %
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2011     2010    
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Brazil

   $ 111,629      $ 81,663        36.7

Caribbean division

     538        3,316        (83.8

NOLAD

     (6,173     (7,127     (13.4

SLAD

     33,710        24,028        40.3   

Corporate and others and purchase price allocation

     (43,019     (16,647     158.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     96,685        85,233        13.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income increased by $11.5 million, or 13.4%, to $96.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense increased by $0.6 million, or 2.9%, to $20.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010 mainly due to a decrease in interest income from our investments denominated in local currencies.

Loss from Derivative Instruments

Loss from derivative instruments increased by $4.2 million, or 53.0%, to $12.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period of 2010, primarily as a result of changes in the Brazilian real forward rate curve that had a positive impact in the first half of last year.

Foreign Currency Exchange Results

Foreign currency exchange results improved by $5.0 million, to a $1.9 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. This was a consequence of gains resulting from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Other Non-Operating Expenses, Net

Other non-operating expenses net decreased by $0.7 million to $1.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily because in 2010 we made a donation to Haiti due to the earthquake suffered by that country.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased by $1.9 million, or 11.4%, from $16.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $14.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011. Our consolidated effective tax rate decreased by 9.1 percentage points to 23.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, as a

 

74


Table of Contents

result of (i) a lower effective tax rate expected for fiscal year 2011 when compared to the one expected in 2010 due to tax strategies implemented in Brazil and other countries, and (ii) a partial recovery of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets.

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interests

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests for the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $0.3 million, which was not a significant change from the $0.04 million gain in the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Net Income Attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. increased by $14.0 million, or 39.1%, to $49.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Set forth below are our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. See “––Factors Affecting Comparability of Results––Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations.”

 

    

 

For the Years Ended December 31

    %
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2010     2009    
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

   $ 2,894,466      $ 2,536,655        14.1

Revenues from franchised restaurants

     123,652        128,821        (4.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     3,018,118        2,665,476        13.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

      

Food and paper

     (1,023,464     (929,718     10.1   

Payroll and employee benefits

     (569,084     (491,214     15.9   

Occupancy and other operating expenses

     (765,777     (667,438     14.7   

Royalty fees

     (140,973     (121,901     15.6   

Franchised restaurants – occupancy expenses

     (37,634     (42,327     (11.1

General and administrative expenses

     (254,165     (189,507     34.1   

Other operating expenses, net

     (22,464     (16,562     35.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     (2,813,561     (2,458,667     14.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     204,557        206,809        (1.1

Net interest expense

     (41,613     (52,473     (20.7

Loss from derivative instruments

     (32,809     (39,935     (17.8

Foreign currency exchange results

     3,237        (14,098     (123.0

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (23,630     (1,240     1,805.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     109,742        99,063        10.8   

Income tax expense

     (3,450     (18,709     (81.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     106,292        80,354        32.3   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (271     (332     (18.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

     106,021        80,022        32.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Set forth below is a summary of changes to our systemwide, Company-operated and franchised restaurant portfolios in 2010 and 2009.

 

75


Table of Contents

Systemwide Restaurants

   For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Systemwide restaurants at beginning of period

     1,680        1,640   

Restaurant openings

     85        58   

Restaurant closings

     (10     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide restaurants at end of period

     1,755        1,680   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated Restaurants

   For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Company-operated restaurants at beginning of period

     1,226        1,155   

Restaurant openings

     63        44   

Restaurant closings

     (9     (16

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     12        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated restaurants at end of period

     1,292        1,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchised Restaurants

   For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Franchised restaurants at beginning of period

     454        485   

Restaurant openings

     22        14   

Restaurant closings

     (1     (2

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     (12     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchised restaurants at end of period

     463        454   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes three refranchisings of Company-operated restaurants in 2009.

Key Business Measures

We track our results of operations and manage our business by using three key business measures: comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth. Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis.

Comparable Sales

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 

Arcos Dorados

  

Systemwide comparable sales growth

     14.9

Company-operated comparable sales growth

     14.9   

Franchised comparable sales growth

     14.9   

Systemwide Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     17.5

Caribbean division

     4.7   

NOLAD

     9.1   

SLAD

     16.1   

Company-operated Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     17.0

Caribbean division

     6.1   

NOLAD

     10.4   

SLAD

     15.7   

 

76


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 

Franchised Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     18.8

Caribbean division

     1.5   

NOLAD

     6.7   

SLAD

     17.2   

Our comparable sales growth on a systemwide basis in 2010 was mainly driven by the increases in consumer spending caused by the improved macroeconomic conditions in almost all of the Territories as consumers sought out higher quality food and increased restaurant consumption. Average check growth caused 56% of the increase in comparable sales and resulted primarily from a shift in product mix in Brazil and price increases in line with or above inflation in most of the markets in SLAD. An increase in traffic caused 44% of the increase in comparable sales and was mainly driven by the increase in consumer spending. In addition, in 2009, our sales were negatively affected by certain events such as the swine flu outbreak in Mexico, Argentina and Chile and general strikes in Martinique and Guadeloupe, events that did not recur in 2010.

Average Restaurant Sales

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2010      2009  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Systemwide average restaurant sales

   $ 2,288       $ 2,147   

Company-operated average restaurant sales

     2,299         2,131   

Franchised average restaurant sales

     2,257         2,189   

Our ARS improved in 2010 because of comparable sales growth of 14.9% and the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar. This improvement, however, was more than offset by the change in the exchange rate used for purposes of translating our results of operations in Venezuela. See “—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations.”

Sales Growth

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
     (in nominal terms)     (in constant
currency)
 

Brazil

     34.3     20.6

Caribbean division

     3.8        5.2   

NOLAD

     19.2        12.6   

SLAD

     (20.2     18.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

     10.2        17.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In nominal terms, sales growth increased during 2010 due to comparable sales growth of 14.9%, the net addition of 115 restaurants systemwide since the beginning of 2009 and the positive impact of the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar. This increase, however, was partially offset by the change in the exchange rate used for translating our results of operations in Venezuela. We had 1,292 Company-operated restaurants and 463 franchised restaurants as of December 31, 2010, compared to 1,226 Company-operated restaurants and 454 franchised restaurants as of December 31, 2009.

 

77


Table of Contents

Revenues

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     %
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2010      2009     
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)         

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 1,531,386       $ 1,156,818         32.4

Caribbean division

     248,470         232,583         6.8   

NOLAD

     287,920         224,566         28.2   

SLAD

     826,690         922,688         (10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,894,466         2,536,655         14.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 64,185       $ 43,924         46.1

Caribbean division

     12,147         12,191         (0.4

NOLAD

     17,097         15,767         8.4   

SLAD

     30,223         56,939         (46.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     123,652         128,821         (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

        

Brazil

   $ 1,595,571       $ 1,200,742         32.9

Caribbean division

     260,617         244,774         6.5   

NOLAD

     305,017         240,333         26.9   

SLAD

     856,913         979,627         (12.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,018,118         2,665,476         13.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

Total sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $357.8 million, or 14.1%, from $2,536.7 million in 2009 to $2,894.5 million in 2010. The 14.9% growth in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales, 56% of which resulted from a higher average check and the rest of which resulted from increased traffic, caused sales to increase by $383.8 million. In addition, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $174.8 million as a result of the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar and by $77.0 million as a result of 82 net restaurant openings and the conversion of 55 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009. These increases in sales, however, were offset by the change in the exchange rate used for the translation of our results of operations in Venezuela, which decreased sales by Company-operated restaurants by $277.8 million.

In Brazil, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $374.6 million, or 32.4%, to $1,531.4 million. The main causes of this growth were the 17.0% growth in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales and the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar, which represent $195.7 million and $155.6 million of the increase, respectively. Average check growth represented 69% of comparable sales growth and the rest resulted from increased traffic. Average check growth resulted primarily from a shift in product mix, as in 2010 we did not continue our promotional campaign for ice cream products, which generally have lower prices. The increase in traffic was driven by other promotional campaigns and the extension of operating hours as well as increases in consumer spending as a result of improved macroeconomic conditions. Twenty five net restaurant openings and the conversion of two franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009 contributed $23.3 million to the increase in sales in Brazil.

In the Caribbean division, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $15.9 million, or 6.8%, to $248.5 million. The 6.1% increase in Company-operated restaurants comparable sales contributed $14.3 million of the sales increase. Increased traffic, caused by our successful promotional campaign and the introduction of our breakfast menu in Puerto Rico, represented 66% of comparable sales growth, and the rest resulted from average

 

78


Table of Contents

check growth. In addition, general strikes in Martinique and Guadeloupe negatively impacted our sales in 2009, but did not recur in 2010. Even though we closed two Company-operated restaurants at the end of 2010, the opening of two Company-operated restaurants in 2009 and the conversion of two franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009 increased sales by $6.4 million in 2010. These increases were partially offset by the depreciation of the euro, which is the local currency in various Territories in the Caribbean, against the U.S. dollar, which caused sales to decrease by $4.8 million.

In NOLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $63.4 million, or 28.2%, to $287.9 million. This growth was mainly explained by comparable sales growth of 10.4%, which caused sales in NOLAD to increase by $24.6 million. The increase in comparable sales resulted from increased traffic due to our value menu offerings in 2010 and the swine flu outbreak in April and May 2009 that forced us to partially or completely close most of our restaurants in Mexico for several weeks and had a negative impact on tourism in the country. Average check in NOLAD remained almost unchanged. In addition, 21 net restaurant openings, the conversion of 47 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009 and the appreciation of local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica resulted in sales increases of $21.7 million and $17.0 million, respectively.

In SLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants decreased by $96.0 million, or 10.4%, to $826.7 million, due to the change in the exchange rate used for translating our results of operations in Venezuela. This change caused our results of operations in Venezuela for 2010 to be translated into U.S. dollars at a weighted average rate of 5.80 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar, while our results of operation for 2009 were translated into U.S. dollars using the official exchange rate of 2.15 bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. In constant currencies, SLAD’s sales by Company-operated restaurants grew by $174.8 million, mostly as a result of comparable sales growth of 15.7%, which represented a $149.2 million sales increase. The increase in comparable sales was caused almost equally by a higher average check and by increased traffic. The average check increased due to price increases in line with or above inflation in most of the markets in SLAD. The exception was Venezuela, where we were more conservative with our pricing policy as a consequence of the difficult economic situation. Traffic growth was caused primarily by improved macroeconomic conditions in most of the countries in SLAD, successful promotional campaigns, mainly in Argentina and Colombia, and the swine flu outbreaks in Argentina and Chile in 2009. In addition, sales grew $25.6 million due to the opening of 36 Company-operated restaurants and the conversion of four franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009.

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

Our total revenues from franchised restaurants decreased by $5.2 million, or 4.0%, from $128.8 million in 2009 to $123.7 million in 2010 mostly due to the accounting change affecting the translation of our results of operations in Venezuela. On a constant currency basis, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $23.4 million. The main contributor to this increase was comparable sales growth of 14.9%, which resulted in an increase in revenue of $18.4 million. In addition, increased rental income, as most of our franchise agreements provide for rent increases when sales increase, resulted in increased revenues from franchised restaurants of $3.7 million, respectively. The opening of 33 net franchised restaurants since the beginning of 2009, which was partially offset by the conversion of 55 franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009, caused revenues from franchised restaurants to increase $1.4 million. The reason for this increase was that we opened most of the new franchised restaurants in Brazil while the majority of conversions of franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants occurred in Mexico, and sales per restaurant are higher in Brazil than in Mexico. In 2010, 73% and 27% of revenues from franchised restaurants were earned on the basis of a percentage of sales and on a flat fee basis, respectively, compared to 74% and 26%, respectively, in 2009.

In Brazil, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $20.3 million, or 46.1%, to $64.2 million primarily as a result of comparable sales growth of 18.8% and the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar, which explained $8.3 million and $6.5 million of the increase, respectively. In addition, 27 net franchised restaurants openings since the beginning of 2009 contributed $2.9 million of the increase, while higher sales increased rent by $2.6 million.

In the Caribbean division, revenues from franchised restaurants remained almost unchanged, at $12.1 million in 2010 as compared to $12.2 million in 2009. This is despite the conversion of two franchised restaurants into

 

79


Table of Contents

Company-operated restaurants, which was offset by the increase in comparable sales and by an increase in rent resulting from increased sales. Franchised comparable sales growth was lower than that of Company-operated restaurants because the latter was driven by sales growth in Guadeloupe and Martinique, where there are only Company-operated restaurants.

In NOLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $1.3 million, or 8.4%, to $17.1 million. This growth was caused by the 6.7% increase in comparable sales and by the appreciation of the Mexican peso against the U.S. dollar, which caused revenues from franchised restaurants to increase $0.9 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The increase in comparable sales resulted in an increase in rent of $0.5 million. Revenues were negatively impacted by the conversion of 47 franchised restaurants in Mexico to Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009, which caused revenues from franchised restaurants to decrease by $0.9 million.

In SLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants decreased by $26.7 million, or 46.9%, to $30.2 million due to the accounting change affecting the translation of our results of operations in Venezuela, which caused revenues to decrease by $36.0 million. On a constant currency basis, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $9.3 million, mainly due to a 17.2% increase in comparable sales, which resulted in revenue growth of $9.0 million.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Food and Paper

Our total food and paper costs increased by $93.7 million, or 10.1%, to $1,023.5 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.3 percentage points to 35.4%, mainly as a consequence of the appreciation of most currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar, as approximately 25% of our food and paper raw materials and 100% of our Happy Meal toys are imported and paid for in U.S. dollars while our revenues are generated in local currencies.

In Brazil, food and paper costs increased by $106.8 million, or 26.7%, to $506.6 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.5 percentage points to 33.1%, primarily as a result of the appreciation of the Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar.

In the Caribbean division, food and paper costs increased by $1.7 million, or 2.1%, to $81.4 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.5 percentage points to 32.8% because we were able to increase prices at a higher rate than that at which our food and paper costs increased. In addition, in 2009 we had inventory losses resulting from the general strikes that occurred in Martinique and Guadeloupe, an event that did not recur in 2010.

In NOLAD, food and paper costs increased by $23.2 million, or 24.0%, to $120.1 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.4 percentage points to 41.7% mainly as a consequence of the appreciation of the local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica against the U.S. dollar.

In SLAD, food and paper costs decreased by $35.6 million, or 10.2%, to $312.6 million. On a constant currency basis, food and paper costs increased by $79.4 million, or 22.8%, to $427.6 million largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs remained almost unchanged at 37.8%.

Payroll and Employee Benefits

Our total payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $77.9 million, or 15.9%, to $569.1 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.3 percentage points to 19.7%. This slight increase is mostly attributable to wage increases that outpaced our sales growth in several markets, which offset both the positive impact of sales growth on the fixed portion of our payroll costs and increased operational efficiency. Wages increased mostly due to government-mandated minimum wage increases in several Territories.

 

80


Table of Contents

In Brazil, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $74.3 million, or 34.5%, to $289.7 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.3 percentage points to 18.9% mostly because we increased the hourly rate for our night crew to improve staffing levels during that shift.

In the Caribbean division, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $4.4 million, or 7.0%, to $67.7 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs remained almost unchanged at 27.3%.

In NOLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $8.9 million, or 23.9%, to $46.1 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased 0.6 percentage points to 16.0% driven by increased operational efficiency and the effect of higher sales in Mexico.

In SLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $9.8 million, or 5.6%, to $165.6 million. On a constant currency basis, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $39.5 million, or 22.5%, to $214.8 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 1.0 percentage points to 20.0% as a result of wage increases that outpaced our sales growth, mainly in Argentina and Venezuela.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Our total occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $98.3 million, or 14.7%, to $765.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 0.1 percentage points to 26.5%. This slight increase is mostly attributable to the increased weight of Brazil’s higher-than-average occupancy and other operating expenses as a percentage of sales in our total occupancy and other operating expenses in 2010, as compared to 2009.

In Brazil, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $102.0 million, or 31.9%, to $421.5 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 0.1 percentage points to 27.5% mainly because sales volumes increased while a portion of these expenses remained fixed.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $5.2 million, or 9.0%, to $62.8 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 0.5 percentage points to 25.3% as a result of higher utility expenses, mainly in Puerto Rico.

In NOLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $18.3 million, or 23.5%, to $96.2 million, largely in line with the increase in sales. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 1.3 percentage points to 33.4% mainly because sales volumes increased, while a portion of these expenses remained fixed.

In SLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased by $24.5 million, or 10.4%, to $211.9 million. On a constant currency basis, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $46.3 million, or 19.6%, to $282.7 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses remained unchanged at 25.6%.

Royalty Fees

Our total royalty fees increased by $19.1 million, or 15.6%, to $141.0 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, in line with the increase in our sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In Brazil, royalty fees increased by $19.2 million, or 34.3%, to $75.1 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

 

81


Table of Contents

In the Caribbean division, royalty fees increased by $0.8 million, or 6.8%, to $12.2 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In NOLAD, royalty fees increased by $3.6 million, or 35.1%, to $13.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, royalty fees increased 0.2 percentage points to 4.8% because McDonald’s waived April 2009 royalties in Mexico due to the swine flu outbreak.

In SLAD, royalty fees decreased by $4.5 million, or 10.1%, to $39.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. On a constant currency basis, royalty fees increased by $8.3 million, or 18.8%, to $52.6 million in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

Franchised Restaurants — Occupancy Expenses

Occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants decreased by $4.7 million, or 11.1%, to $37.6 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to the accounting change affecting the translation of our results of operations in Venezuela and the conversion of 55 franchised restaurants, primarily in Mexico, into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009, which resulted in decreased rent expenses for leased properties.

In Brazil, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $4.8 million, or 24.6%, to $24.1 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants remained almost unchanged at $3.5 million in 2010, as compared to 2009.

In NOLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants decreased by $0.6 million, or 6.1%, to $10.0 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to the conversion of 47 franchised restaurants in Mexico into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2009.

In SLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants decreased by $4.0 million, or 34.7%, to $7.6 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. On a constant currency basis, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $4.3 million, or 37.4%, to $16.0 million, primarily due to increased rent expenses for leased properties as a consequence of the increase in sales from franchised restaurants.

Set forth below are the margins for our franchised restaurants in 2010 and 2009. The margin for our franchised restaurants is expressed as a percentage and is equal to the difference between revenues from franchised restaurants and occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants, divided by revenues from franchised restaurants.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Brazil

     62.4     56.0

Caribbean Division

     71.4        70.2   

NOLAD

     41.4        32.4   

SLAD

     74.9        79.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     69.6        67.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $64.7 million, or 34.1%, to $254.2 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase was a consequence of the appreciation of most local currencies in the Territories against the U.S. dollar, increased payroll costs as a result of salary increases and the hiring of employees to fill new corporate positions in expectation of continued growth, and higher travel and professional services expenses. In addition, in 2010 we recorded an incremental compensation expense related to a change in the valuation formula of our 2008 long-term incentive plan of $15.6 million. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements. This increase was partially offset by the accounting change affecting the translation of our results of operations in Venezuela.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

In Brazil, general and administrative expenses increased by $13.7 million, or 22.5%, to $74.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase resulted primarily from the appreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, from higher payroll and travel expenses as a consequence of the hiring of employees to fill new positions. In addition, in 2010 our variable compensation accrual increased in line with our improved results for this division for 2010, as compared to 2009.

In the Caribbean division, general and administrative expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 14.6%, to $20.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase was mostly due to higher payroll and travel expenses as a consequence of the hiring of employees to fill new positions.

In NOLAD, general and administrative expenses increased by $2.7 million, or 11.6%, to $26.4 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase was mostly a consequence of the appreciation of the local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica.

In SLAD, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.8 million, or 1.5%, to $54.0 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. On a constant currency basis, general and administrative expenses increased by $20.3 million, or 37.0%, to $75.1 million primarily as a result of higher payroll, travel and professional expenses mainly in Argentina and Venezuela, countries that have inflation levels above those of the rest of the countries in the region. In addition, in 2010 our variable compensation accrual increased in some countries, because we had better results in 2010, as compared to 2009.

General and administrative expenses for Corporate and others increased by $46.4 million, or 145.9%, to $78.2 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase was mostly due to higher payroll and travel expenses as a consequence of the hiring of employees to fill new corporate positions and salary increases linked to Argentina’s inflation, as our corporate headquarters is located in Argentina. In addition, we had higher professional services expenses resulting from our ongoing systems integration and shared service center implementation throughout the region. In 2010, we recorded an incremental compensation expense related to a change in the valuation formula of our 2008 long-term incentive plan of $15.6 million. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Operating Expenses, Net

Other operating expenses, net increased by $5.9 million, or 35.6%, to $22.5 million in 2010, as compared to 2009. This increase was primarily attributable to a higher compensation expense related to the equity award granted to our CEO for $12.1 million, which was offset partially by lower charges for contingencies and other expenses.

Operating Income

 

    

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

    %
Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2010     2009    
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Brazil

   $ 208,102      $ 127,291        63.5

Caribbean division

     11,189        10,448        7.1   

NOLAD

     (16,718     (17,252     (3.1

SLAD

     66,288        108,261        (38.8

Corporate and others and purchase price allocation

     (64,304     (21,939     193.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     204,557        206,809        (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income decreased by $2.3 million, or 1.1%, to $204.6 million in 2010, as compared to 2009.

 

83


Table of Contents

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense decreased by $10.9 million, or 20.7%, to $41.6 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to a decrease of $4.5 million in the interest expense related to our short-term indebtedness denominated in local currency and an increase of $1.4 million in the interest income on our short-term investments. The decrease in our interest expense resulted from the refinancing of most of our short-term debt with long-term debt.

In October 2009, we issued the 2019 notes in an amount of $450 million at a fixed rate of 7.5% per annum to prepay the amounts outstanding under our credit agreement and certain other short-term debt. Due to the increase in the principal amount and interest rate of our long-term debt, the related interest expense increased by $9.3 million in 2010 as compared to 2009, but this increase was more than offset by the acceleration of the amortization of deferred financing costs of $10.8 million incurred in 2009 in connection with the repayment of the credit agreement. In addition, in 2009 we maintained an interest rate swap in order to hedge our LIBOR exposure under the credit agreement, which generated a loss of $4.6 million in 2009. Due to the prepayment of the credit agreement, we settled the related interest rate swap in October 2009 and had no such interest expense in 2010.

Loss from Derivative Instruments

Loss from derivative instruments decreased by $7.1 million, or 17.8%, to $32.8 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to changes in the fair market value of our cross-currency swaps as a result of changes in the Brazilian reais forward rate curve.

Foreign Currency Exchange Results

Foreign currency exchange results improved by $17.3 million, to a $3.2 million gain in 2010, as compared to 2009. This was a consequence of decreased losses generated by the purchases of U.S. dollars as part of the bond-based exchange process in Venezuela, which was partially offset by decreased gains resulting from the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities.

Other Non-Operating Expenses, Net

Other non-operating expenses, net increased by $22.4 million to $23.6 million in 2010, as compared to 2009, primarily due to an agreement reached with McDonald’s Corporation in connection with the indemnification for certain disputes with Brazilian tax authorities that were included in an amnesty program in 2010, which resulted in a loss of $22.5 million. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense decreased by $15.3 million, or 81.6%, from $18.7 million in 2009 to $3.5 million in 2010, resulting primarily from the reversal of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets mainly in Brazil where the significant improvements in our operations led us to conclude that the valuation allowance was no longer required. As a consequence of this reversal, our consolidated effective tax rate decreased by 15.7 percentage points to 3.1% in 2010, as compared to 2009.

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interests

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests remained almost unchanged at $0.3 million in 2010, as compared to 2009.

Net Income Attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. increased by $26.0 million, or 32.5%, to $106.0 million in 2010, as compared to 2009.

 

84


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

Set forth below are our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,     %
Increase (Decrease)
 
     2009     2008    
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

   $ 2,536,655      $ 2,480,897        2.2

Revenues from franchised restaurants

     128,821        125,945        2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     2,665,476        2,606,842        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company operated restaurant expenses:

      

Food and paper

     (929,718     (902,305     3.0   

Payroll and employee benefits

     (491,214     (461,602     6.4   

Occupancy and other operating expenses

     (667,438     (647,152     3.1   

Royalty fees

     (121,901     (118,980     2.5   

Franchised restaurants – occupancy expenses

     (42,327     (42,416     (0.2

General and administrative expenses

     (189,507     (186,098     1.8   

Other operating expenses, net

     (16,562     (26,095     (36.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     (2,458,667     (2,384,648     3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     206,809        222,194        (6.9

Net interest expense

     (52,473     (26,272     99.7   

Loss from derivative instruments

     (39,935     (2,620     1,424.2   

Foreign currency exchange results

     (14,098     (74,884     (81.2

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (1,240     (1,934     (35.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     99,063        116,484        (15.0

Income tax expense

     (18,709     (12,067     55.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     80,354        104,417        (23.0

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (332     (1,375     (75.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

     80,022        103,042        (22.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Set forth below is a summary of changes to our systemwide, Company-operated and franchised restaurant portfolios in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

Systemwide Restaurants

   For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  

Systemwide restaurants at beginning of period

     1,640        1,593   

Restaurant openings

     58        64   

Restaurant closings

     (18     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide restaurants at end of period

     1,680        1,640   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated Restaurants

   For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  

Company-operated restaurants at beginning of period

     1,155        1,092   

Restaurant openings

     44        43   

Restaurant closings

     (16     (16

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     43        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Company-operated restaurants at end of period

     1,226        1,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Franchised Restaurants

   For the Years  Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  

Franchised restaurants at beginning of period

     485        501   

Restaurant openings

     14        21   

Restaurant closings

     (2     (1

Net conversions of franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants(1)

     (43     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Franchised restaurants at end of period

     454        485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes three refranchisings of Company-operated restaurants in 2009 and one refranchising in 2008.

Key Business Measures

We track our results of operations and manage our business by using three key business measures: comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth. Unless otherwise stated, comparable sales growth, average restaurant sales and sales growth are presented on a systemwide basis.

Comparable Sales

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 

Arcos Dorados

  

Systemwide comparable sales growth

     5.5

Company-operated comparable sales growth

     5.5   

Franchised comparable sales growth

     5.4   

Systemwide Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     2.7

Caribbean division

     4.2   

NOLAD

     (1.7

SLAD

     12.2   

Company-operated Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     2.5

Caribbean division

     4.3   

NOLAD

     —     

SLAD

     11.7   

Franchised Comparable Sales Growth by Division

  

Brazil

     3.3

Caribbean division

     3.9   

NOLAD

     (4.6

SLAD

     13.8   

Our comparable sales growth on a systemwide basis during 2009 was primarily the result of a moderate increase in average check, offset in part by reduced traffic. In some markets, however, comparable sales were negatively affected by even greater decreases in traffic due to particular events, such as the swine flu epidemic in Mexico, Argentina and Chile and the general strikes in Guadeloupe and Martinique.

 

86


Table of Contents

Average Restaurant Sales

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009      2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Systemwide average restaurant sales

   $ 2,147       $ 2,186   

Company-operated average restaurant sales

     2,131         2,208   

Franchised average restaurant sales

     2,189         2,134   

Our ARS deterioration during 2009 was primarily due to the depreciation of most regional local currencies against the U.S. dollar, as full year weighted average exchange rates for 2009 were higher than the ones for 2008. This was partially offset by positive comparable sales growth of 5.5%, which increased for the reasons discussed in the prior paragraph.

Sales Growth

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009
 
     (in nominal
terms)
    (in constant
currency)
 

Brazil

     (2.4 )%      5.1

Caribbean division

     4.6        5.7   

NOLAD

     (12.3     1.8   

SLAD

     9.2        15.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

     0.9        8.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In nominal terms, sales growth showed a slight increase during 2009, as comparable sales growth and 87 net restaurant openings systemwide since the beginning of 2008 offset the depreciation of most local currencies. We had 1,226 Company-operated restaurants and 454 franchised restaurants as of December 31, 2009, compared to 1,155 Company-operated restaurants and 485 franchised restaurants as of December 31, 2008.

Revenues

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,      % Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2009      2008     
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)         

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 1,156,818       $ 1,194,340         (3.1 )% 

Caribbean division

     232,583         220,045         5.7   

NOLAD

     224,566         208,978         7.5   

SLAD

     922,688         857,534         7.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,536,655         2,480,897         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

        

Brazil

   $ 43,924       $ 42,868         2.5

Caribbean division

     12,191         11,689         4.3   

NOLAD.

     15,767         23,105         (31.8

SLAD

     56,939         48,283         17.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     128,821         125,945         2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenues

        

Brazil

   $ 1,200,742       $ 1,237,208         (2.9 )% 

Caribbean division

     244,774         231,734         5.6   

 

87


Table of Contents
     For the Years Ended December 31,      % Increase
(Decrease)
 
     2009      2008     
     (in thousands of U.S.
dollars)
        

NOLAD

     240,333         232,083         3.6   

SLAD

     979,627         905,817         8.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,665,476         2,606,842         2.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales by Company-operated Restaurants

Total sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $55.8 million, or 2.2%, from $2,480.9 million in 2008 to $2,536.7 million in 2009. This growth was the result of an increase of 5.5% in Company-operated comparable sales and 55 net Company-operated restaurant openings and the conversion of 79 franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2008, resulting in sales increases of $139.7 million and $108.2 million, respectively. The comparable sales growth was caused mainly by a 6.8% increase in average check, offset in part by reduced traffic. These increases in sales, however, were offset in large part by the depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar, which decreased sales by $192.1 million.

In Brazil, sales by Company-operated restaurants decreased by $37.5 million, or 3.1%, to $1,156.8 million, primarily as a result of the depreciation of the real , which caused sales to decrease by $89.2 million. This decrease was partially offset by Company-operated comparable sales growth of 2.5% and by eight net Company-operated restaurant openings and the conversion of two franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2008, which resulted in sales increases of $29.6 million and $22.0 million, respectively. Average check growth represented 64% of comparable sales growth, and the rest was caused by increased traffic due to the successful introduction of the Big Pleasures, Small Prices promotion, where we offer a rotating selection of our existing products at reduced prices.

In the Caribbean division, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $12.5 million, or 5.7%, to $232.6 million mostly due to comparable sales increase of 4.3%, which resulted in a sales increase of $9.6 million. The successful “ McCombo del Dia ” (“McCombo of the Day”) promotional campaign and our breakfast menu in Puerto Rico were the main causes of comparable sales growth, which was partially offset by the general strikes that occurred in Martinique and Guadeloupe during February and March of 2009. Average check growth represented 56% of the increase in Company-operated comparable sales. In addition, the opening of four net Company-operated restaurants and the conversion of two franchised restaurants into Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2008 resulted in a sales increase of $6.5 million. The depreciation of the euro against the U.S. dollar resulted in a sales decrease, which decreased sales by $3.6 million.

In NOLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $15.6 million, or 7.5%, to $224.6 million as a result of the conversion of 75 franchised restaurants in Mexico to Company-operated restaurants and 19 net Company-operated restaurant openings. This increase was partially offset by the depreciation of local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica, which caused sales to decrease by $33.0 million. In spite of a positive change in Costa Rica and Panama, NOLAD’s comparable sales were unchanged due to the swine flu outbreak in Mexico, resulting in lower traffic due to the total or partial closing of most of our restaurants for several weeks in April and May of 2009. In addition, the Mexican economy was heavily impacted by the recession in the U.S., and its recovery lagged that of the rest of the Territories. The 1.2% decrease in traffic was offset by an equal increase in average check.

In SLAD, sales by Company-operated restaurants increased by $65.2 million, or 7.6%, to $922.7 million due primarily to a comparable sales increase of 11.7% and 24 net Company-operated restaurant openings since the beginning of 2008, which caused sales growth of $100.3 million and $31.2 million, respectively. Comparable sales growth came from Argentina, Venezuela and Colombia, where we were able to increase average check at the same rate as, or higher than, inflation due to the strength and appeal of our brand and was partially reduced by the negative impact on traffic of the swine flu in Argentina and Chile in 2009. In 2009, average check grew 17.2%, but traffic decreased 4.7%. The increase in sales in SLAD was offset in party by the depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar, which caused sales to decrease by $66.4 million.

 

88


Table of Contents

Revenues from Franchised Restaurants

Our total revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $2.9 million, or 2.3%, from $125.9 in 2008 to $128.8 million in 2009 mostly as a consequence of comparable sales growth of 5.4% and rent increases resulting from the increase in sales and the elimination of rent reliefs in 2009. These two factors caused revenue increases of $7.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar and the conversion of 79 franchised restaurants to Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2008 resulted in revenue decreases of $7.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. In 2009, 25% and 75% of revenues from franchised restaurants were earned on a flat fee basis and on the basis of a percentage of sales, respectively, compared to 26% and 74%, respectively, in 2008.

In Brazil, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $1.1 million, or 2.5%, to $43.9 million as a result of 17 net franchised restaurant openings since the beginning of 2008, comparable sales growth of 3.3% and rent increases due to increased sales, resulting in revenue growth of $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $1.3 million, respectively. This revenue growth was partially offset by the depreciation of the real , which caused revenues to decrease by $3.4 million.

In the Caribbean division, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $0.5 million, or 4.3%, to $12.2 million as a result of the 3.9% growth in comparable sales and an increase in rent due to increased sales.

In NOLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants decreased by $7.3 million, or 31.8%, to $15.8 million mostly due to the conversion of 75 franchised restaurants in Mexico to Company-operated restaurants since the beginning of 2008 and the 4.6% decrease in comparable sales from franchised restaurants, which together decreased revenues by $3.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively. In addition, the depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar in Mexico and in Costa Rica resulted in a decrease in revenues of $2.9 million.

In SLAD, revenues from franchised restaurants increased by $8.7 million, or 17.9%, to $56.9 million due to 13.8% growth in comparable sales, rent increases due to the increase in sales and the elimination of rent reliefs and six net franchised restaurant openings, which resulted in revenue increases of $6.5 million, $2.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. This increase was partially offset by the depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar, which decreased revenues by $1.1 million.

Operating Costs and Expenses

Food and Paper

Our total food and paper costs increased by $27.4 million, or 3.0%, to $929.7 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 0.3 percentage points to 36.7%.

In Brazil, food and paper costs decreased by $27.2 million, or 6.4%, to $399.8 million. As a percentage of Brazil’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs decreased 1.2 percentage points to 34.6% due to a reduction in the price of beef and operating efficiencies, which offset the effect of the depreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar on the cost of imported food and paper products.

In the Caribbean division, food and paper costs increased by $5.5 million, or 7.3%, to $79.7 million largely in line with sales increases. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 0.5 percentage points to 34.3% mainly because of inventory losses in Guadeloupe and Martinique during the general strikes.

In NOLAD, food and paper costs increased by $11.9 million, or 14.0%, to $96.9 million, due to the depreciation of the local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 2.5 percentage points to 43.2% mainly as a consequence of our promotional strategy implemented in Mexico to maintain sales volume through a product mix with lower percentage margins.

 

89


Table of Contents

In SLAD, food and paper costs increased by $29.1 million, or 9.1%, to $348.2 million. As a percentage of the SLAD division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, food and paper costs increased 0.5 percentage points to 37.7%, primarily because of the increase in the number of items in Venezuela that we were not able to purchase at the official exchange rate and, to a lesser extent, the depreciation of most of this division’s local currencies.

Payroll and Employee Benefits

Our total payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $29.6 million, or 6.4%, to $491.2 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.8 percentage points to 19.4%. This increase can be mostly attributed to wage inflation in several markets that was higher than our sales growth, and to a decrease in traffic caused by one-time events such as the swine flu epidemic in Mexico, Argentina and Chile and general strikes in Guadeloupe and Martinique.

In Brazil, payroll and employee benefits costs decreased by $1.8 million, or 0.8%, to $215.4 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 0.4 percentage points to 18.6% mostly because wages increased slightly more than our average prices.

In the Caribbean division, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $5.8 million, or 10.1%, to $63.3 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 1.1 percentage points to 27.2% mainly due to minimum wage increases in Puerto Rico and wage increases granted to employees in Guadeloupe and Martinique after the general strike.

In NOLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $5.1 million, or 16.0%, to $37.2 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs increased 1.2 percentage points to 16.6%. Even though traffic decreased due to the swine flu epidemic in Mexico, we maintained fully staffed restaurants. In addition, to improve service quality, we increased the number of crew employees in the last quarter of 2008.

In SLAD, payroll and employee benefits costs increased by $20.5 million, or 13.3%, to $175.3 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, payroll and employee benefits costs Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses increased 0.9 percentage points to 19.0% as wage increases outpaced our sales growth and there were certain changes in labor regulations in several markets that increased labor costs.

Occupancy and Other Operating Expenses

Our total occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $20.3 million, or 3.1%, to $667.4 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, largely in line with our increase in sales. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 0.2 percentage points to 26.3%.

In Brazil, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased by $24.1 million, or 7.0%, to $319.5 million. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 1.2 percentage points to 27.6%, mainly as a result of a decrease in the use of operating supplies and advertising.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 2.3%, to $57.6 million. As a percentage of our total sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses decreased 0.8 percentage points to 24.8%, mainly as a result of a decrease in advertising and a reduction in energy costs in Puerto Rico.

In NOLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $10.1 million, or 14.9%, to $77.9 million, largely due to higher advertising and maintenance expenses. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 2.2 percentage points to 34.7% as a result of lower sales volumes due to the swine flu epidemic in Mexico and the increase in expenses described above.

In SLAD, occupancy and other operating expenses increased by $29.0 million, or 14.0%, to $236.4 million, largely due to higher maintenance and repair and outside services expenses due to the effect of local currency

 

90


Table of Contents

depreciation on the imported portion of these expenses. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, occupancy and other operating expenses increased 1.4 percentage points to 25.6%. This increase was mainly the result of the cost increases described above, which outpaced our sales growth.

Royalty Fees

Our total royalty fees increased by $2.9 million, or 2.5%, to $121.9 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in our sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In Brazil, royalty fees decreased by $1.1 million, or 2.0%, to $55.9 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the decrease in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In the Caribbean division, royalty fees increased by $0.6 million, or 5.8%, to $11.4 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

In NOLAD, royalty fees increased by $0.3 million, or 3.0%, to $10.2 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. As a percentage of the division’s sales by Company-operated restaurants, royalty fees decreased 0.2 percentage points to 4.6% because McDonald’s waived April 2009 royalties in Mexico due to the swine flu outbreak.

In SLAD, royalty fees increased by $3.1 million, or 7.6%, to $44.3 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in sales by Company-operated restaurants.

Franchised Restaurants—Occupancy Expenses

Occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants in 2009, at $42.3 million, were essentially unchanged from those in 2008.

In Brazil, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $0.4 million, or 2.2%, to $19.3 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in revenues from franchised restaurants.

In the Caribbean division, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $0.1 million, or 4.3%, to $3.6 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in revenues from franchised restaurants.

In NOLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants decreased by $4.1 million, or 27.9%, to $10.7 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, as a result of the conversion of 75 franchised restaurants in Mexico to Company-operated restaurants from January 2008 to December 31, 2009.

In SLAD, occupancy expenses from franchised restaurants increased by $1.5 million, or 14.7%, to $11.6 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, in line with the increase in revenues from franchised restaurants.

Set forth below are the margins for our franchised restaurants for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008  

Brazil

     56.0     55.8

Caribbean Division

     70.2        70.1   

NOLAD

     32.4        36.0   

SLAD

     79.6        79.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     67.1        66.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.4 million, or 1.8%, to $189.5 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. This increase was a consequence of higher payroll costs and the hiring of new corporate staff in order to meet the additional demands of our expected growth, which offset the positive effect of the depreciation of most local currencies.

 

91


Table of Contents

In Brazil, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 2.2%, to $61.1 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. This increase was primarily due to higher payroll costs as a result of increased variable compensation accrual, and was partially offset by the depreciation of the real against the U.S. dollar.

In the Caribbean division, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 7.6%, to $18.1 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. This increase was mostly due to higher payroll expenses.

In NOLAD, general and administrative expenses decreased by $2.2 million, or 8.5%, to $23.7 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. This decrease was mostly a consequence of the depreciation of local currencies in Mexico and Costa Rica.

In SLAD, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.9 million, or 3.5%, to $54.8 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, primarily as a result of higher payroll costs driven by salary increases linked to Argentina’s and Venezuela’s inflation. This was partially offset by the depreciation of local currencies against the U.S. dollar in most of SLAD’s countries.

General and administrative expenses in Corporate and others increased by $1.1 million, or 3.2%, to $36.1 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. This increase was mostly a consequence of the hiring of new corporate staff in order to meet the additional demands of our expected growth.

Other Operating Expenses, Net

Other operating expenses, net decreased by $9.5 million, or 36.5%, to $16.6 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to higher gains from property and equipment sales and lower compensation expense related to the equity award to our CEO in 2009, partially offset by a higher amount of write-offs of property and equipment. In addition, in 2008 we made a one-time severance payment to a supplier.

Operating Income

 

     For the Years ended December 31,        
     2009     2008     % Increase (Decrease)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)        

Brazil

   $ 127,291      $ 102,819        23.8

Caribbean division

     10,448        12,454        (16.1

NOLAD

     (17,252     (4,863     254.8   

SLAD

     108,261        119,716        (9.6

Corporate and others and purchase price allocation

     (21,939     (7,932     176.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     206,809        222,194        (6.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income decreased by $15.4 million, or 6.9%, to $206.8 million in 2009, as compared to 2008.

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense increased by $26.2 million, or 99.7%, to $52.5 million in year 2009, as compared to 2008.

In October 2009, we issued the 2019 notes in an amount of $450 million at a fixed rate of 7.5% per annum to prepay the amounts outstanding under the credit agreement and certain other short-term debt. The increase in the amount of net interest expense is primarily due to the a higher amount of interest on our long-term debt ($8.3 million) and to an increase in the amount of short-term indebtedness denominated in local currency maintained by us during most part of the year, until it was mostly prepaid with the bond issuance ($8.0 million).

Due to the prepayment of the credit agreement, we accelerated the amortization of the deferred financing costs incurred in connection with the credit agreement ($5.9 million increase with respect to 2008) and had to settle the related interest rate swap, which generated a loss of $4.6 million in 2009.

 

92


Table of Contents

In addition, in accordance with our risk management policy and in order to mitigate our foreign exchange risk in Venezuela, in October 2009 one of our Venezuelan subsidiaries issued short-term commercial paper for Bs.F. 40 million at a fixed rate of 19.5%.

Loss from Derivative Instruments

Loss on derivative instruments increased by $37.3 million to $39.9 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, primarily due to changes in the fair market value of our cross-currency swaps as a result of changes in the Brazilian reais forward rate curve.

Foreign Currency Exchange Results

Foreign currency exchange results improved by $60.8 million, or 81.2%, to a loss of $14.1 million in 2009, as compared to 2008. The effect of exchange rate fluctuations on foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities represented a $84.8 million increase from a loss of $46.4 million in 2008 to a gain of $38.4 in 2009, primarily due to the appreciation of most regional currencies as of December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by the $24.0 million increase in the losses generated by the difference between the foreign currency exchange rate at which we purchased U.S. dollars in Venezuela and the official foreign currency exchange rate used for financial statement reporting purposes.

Other Non-Operating Expenses, Net

Other non-operating expenses, net decreased by $0.7 million, or 35.9%, to $1.2 for 2009, as compared to 2008.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased by $6.6 million, or 55.0%, from $12.1 million in 2008 to $18.7 million in 2009, due to a lesser deferred income tax benefit of $1.4 million and a higher current income tax expense of $5.3 million in 2009 compared to 2008. Our consolidated effective tax rate increased by 8.5 percentage points to 18.9% in 2009 compared to 2008 primarily due to a decreased recovery of our valuation allowance related to our deferred tax assets.

Net Income Attributable to Non-controlling Interests

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests decreased $1.0 million, or 75.9%, to $0.3 million in 2009, as compared to 2008.

Net Income Attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

As a result of the foregoing, net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. decreased by $23.0 million, or 22.3%, to $80.0 million in 2009, as compared to 2008.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our financial condition and liquidity is and will continue to be influenced by a variety of factors, including:

 

   

our ability to generate cash flows from our operations;

 

   

the level of our outstanding indebtedness and the interest we are obligated to pay on this indebtedness;

 

   

changes in exchange rates which will impact our generation of cash flows from operations when measured in U.S. dollars; and

 

   

our capital expenditure requirements.

 

93


Table of Contents

Overview

Net cash provided by operations was $60.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, compared to $30.1 million in the same period in 2010. Net cash used in investing activities amounted to $102.2 million, compared to $40.9 million in the same period of 2010, as a result of the acceleration of our capital expenditures program. Cash provided by financing activities increased by $98.1 million, from an outflow of $13.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 to an inflow of $84.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011. This was a consequence of the issuance of class A shares in connection with the initial public offering for $152.3 million, and was partially compensated by the split-off of the Axis business which caused an outflow of $35.4 million, increased net payments of derivative instruments of $11.6 million and lower collection of collateral deposits of $10.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011.

For 2010, net cash provided by operations was $263.9 million, compared to $148.0 million for 2009. We accelerated our capital expenditures program, investing $81.9 million more than in 2009. Cash used in financing activities increased by $75.7 million, from $24.4 million provided by financing activities in 2009 to a use of $51.3 million in 2010, mainly because of the inflow of $446.1 million in 2009 from the issuance of the 2019 notes, which was used partially to repay our credit agreement for $350.0 million, and because of the dividends that we paid to our shareholders of $33.4 million in 2010, which were partially offset by the reimbursement in 2010 of the collateral deposit made in 2009 for $25.0 million.

For 2009, net cash provided by operations was $148.0 million, compared to $198.4 million for 2008. Our investment program was reduced by $55.8 million in 2009, to $96.4 million, as a response to the decreased cash generation. Cash from financing activities increased by $39.2 million, from a use of $14.8 million for 2008, to a source of $24.4 million for 2009. This was mainly attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of the 2019 notes, after the repayment of the credit agreement, and was partially offset by higher payments related to other financing activities and the repayment of certain short-term debt.

At June 30, 2011, our total financial debt was $573.9 million, consisting of $15.4 million in short-term debt (of which $10.8 million is denominated in bolívares fuertes ), $459.0 million in long-term debt (of which $446.8 million was related to the 2019 notes, including the original issue discount), and $99.5 million related to the fair market value of our derivative instruments primarily consisting of our Brazilian reais cross-currency swaps.

At December 31, 2010, our total financial debt was $564.0 million, consisting of $11.7 million in short-term debt (of which $11.1 million is denominated in bolívares fuertes ), $457.6 million in long-term debt (of which $446.6 million was related to the 2019 notes, including the original issue discount), and $94.7 million related to the fair market value of our derivative instruments primarily consisting of our Brazilian reais cross-currency swaps.

At December 31, 2009, our total financial debt was $551.5 million, consisting of $6.7 million in short-term debt denominated in bolívares fuertes (Bs.F 40 million), $458.8 million in long-term debt (of which $446.2 million was related to the 2019 notes, including the original issue discount), and $86.0 million related to the fair market value of our derivative instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents was $254.4 million at June 30, 2011, $208.1 million at December 31, 2010 and $168.0 million at December 31, 2009.

 

94


Table of Contents

Comparative Cash Flows

The following table sets forth our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Six Months  Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 60,885      $ 30,073      $ 263,876      $ 148,022      $ 198,363   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (102,215     (40,882     (178,224     (96,370     (152,166

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     84,624        (13,504     (51,287     24,372        (14,809

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     3,011        483        5,759        (14,031     (17,986
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     46,305        (23,830     40,124        61,993        13,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

 

     For the Six Months  Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2010      2009      2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 49,725      $ 35,744      $ 106,021       $ 80,022       $ 103,042   

Non-cash charges and credits

     57,738        34,289        99,196         45,555         69,343   

Changes in working capital items

     (46,578     (39,960     58,659         22,445         25,978   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     60,885        30,073        263,876         148,022         198,363   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $60.9 million, compared to $30.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010. The $30.8 million increase is mainly attributable to a higher operating income adjusted for non-cash charges (depreciation and amortization and accrued compensation expense).

In 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $263.9 million, compared to $148.0 million in 2009. The $115.9 million increase is mainly attributable to a higher operating income adjusted for non-cash charges (depreciation and amortization and accrued compensation expense), lower losses incurred in the acquisition of U.S. dollars in Venezuela, decreased income tax paid and higher working capital generation, which factors were partially offset by a higher amount of interest paid.

In 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $148.0 million, compared to $198.4 million in 2008. The $50.3 million decrease is attributable to a lower operating income, excluding depreciation and amortization, increased interest and income tax paid, increased losses incurred in the acquisition of U.S. dollars in Venezuela and lower working capital generation.

Investing Activities

New restaurant investments are primarily concentrated in markets with opportunities for long-term growth and returns on investment above a pre-defined threshold that is significantly above our cost of capital. Average development costs vary widely by market depending on the types of restaurants built and the real estate and construction costs within each market and are affected by foreign currency fluctuations. These costs, which include land, buildings and equipment, are managed through the use of optimally sized restaurants, construction and design efficiencies and the leveraging of best practices.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following table presents our cash used in investing activities by type:

 

     For the Six Months  Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Property and equipment expenditures

   $ (104,341   $ (40,827   $ (175,669   $ (90,105   $ (148,894

Purchases of restaurant businesses

     (3,091     (858     (504     (11,061     (18,999

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     5,638        2,314        6,215        12,368        5,230   

Collection of receivable with McDonald’s Corporation

     —          —          —          —          15,015   

Others, net

     (421     (1,511     (8,266     (7,572     (4,518
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (102,215     (40,882     (178,224     (96,370     (152,166
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents our property and equipment expenditures by type:

 

     For the Six Months  Ended
June 30,
     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011      2010      2010      2009      2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

New restaurants

   $ 37,287       $ 14,462       $ 69,448       $ 38,226       $ 38,410   

Existing restaurants

     40,729         17,933         68,140         29,523         85,218   

Other(1)

     26,325         8,432         38,081         22,356         25,266   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment expenditures

     104,341         40,827         175,669         90,105         148,894   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily corporate equipment and other office related expenditures.

For the six months ended June 30, 2011, net cash used in investing activities was $102.2 million, compared to $40.9 million for the same period in 2010. This $61.3 million increase was primarily attributable to the acceleration of our investment program.

Property and equipment expenditures increased by $63.5 million, from $40.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $104.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in property and equipment expenditures resulted from increased investment in new restaurants, reinvestment in existing ones and increased corporate equipment and other office expenditures. Property and equipment expenditures, including the reimaging of existing restaurants and the opening of McCafé locations and Dessert Centers, reflected our commitment to increasing sales. In the six months ended June 30, 2011, we opened 21 restaurants and closed 9 restaurants.

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment increased by $3.3 million to $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily as a consequence of sales of properties and equipment, mainly in Brazil and Argentina. In addition, in the first half of 2011 we used $3.1 million to purchase three franchised restaurants.

In 2010, net cash used in investing activities was $178.2 million, compared to $96.4 million in 2009. This $81.9 million increase was primarily attributable to the increase of our investment program.

Property and equipment expenditures increased by $85.6 million, from $90.1 million in 2009 to $175.7 million in 2010. The increase in property and equipment expenditures was primarily due to higher investment in new restaurants and reinvestment in existing ones. Property and equipment expenditures reflected our commitment to growing sales, including through the reimaging of existing restaurants and the opening of McCafé locations and Dessert Centers. In this period, we opened 85 restaurants, including 47 in the fourth quarter, and closed 10 restaurants.

In 2009, net cash used in investing activities was $96.4 million, compared to $152.2 million in 2008. This $55.8 million decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease of our capital expenditures program to adapt to the lower

 

96


Table of Contents

cash generation resulting from prevailing economic conditions. In addition, during 2008 we collected a receivable of $15.0 million from McDonald’s related to the amount paid in excess of the final purchase price for the Acquisition.

In 2009, property and equipment expenditures decreased by $58.8 million, from $148.9 million in 2008 to $90.1 million in 2009, as a consequence of the decrease in our investment program. Proceeds from sales of property and equipment increased by $7.1 million to $12.4 million in 2009, as compared to 2008, primarily as a consequence of sales of equipment to franchisees, mainly in Venezuela. In addition, we used $11.1 million to purchase 39 franchised restaurants. In this period, we opened 58 restaurants and closed 18 restaurants.

In 2008, we had property and equipment expenditures amounting to $148.9 million. Property and equipment expenditures reflected our commitment to growing sales from existing restaurants, including reinvestment initiatives such as reimaging and the opening of McCafé locations and Dessert Centers. In addition, we acquired 34 franchised restaurants in Mexico and one franchised restaurant in Brazil for $19.0 million and we acquired the minority interests in our subsidiaries located in Ecuador and Peru for $3.6 million. As previously stated, in 2008, we collected $15.0 million of a receivable from McDonald’s related to the amount paid in excess of the final purchase price for the Acquisition. In 2008, we opened 61 restaurants and closed 17 restaurants.

Financing Activities

 

     For the Six Months  Ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Issuance of the 2019 notes

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 446,112      $ —     

Repayment of the credit agreement

     —          —          —          (350,000     —     

Payment of deferred financing costs

     —          —          —          (10,826     (8,712

Net payments of derivative instruments

     (25,893     (14,319     (37,815     (30,167     (3,567

Net short-term borrowings

     2,421        (237     3,805        (2,539     14,286   

Collateral deposits

     15,000        25,000        25,000        (25,000     (15,000

Split-off of Axis business

     (35,425     —          —          —          —     

Issuance of class A shares in connection with the initial public offering

     152,281        —          —          —          —     

Distribution of dividends to our shareholders

     (19,100     (20,000     (33,400     —          —     

Other financing activities

     (4,660     (3,948     (8,877     (3,208     (1,816
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     84,624        (13,504     (51,287     24,372        (14,809
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $84.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, compared to $13.5 million used for the six months ended June 30, 2010. The $98.1 million increase in the amount of cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable the issuance of class A shares in connection with the initial public offering, and was partially offset by the split-off of the Axis business for $35.4 million, increased net payments of derivative instruments for $11.6 million and lower collection of collateral deposits for $10.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities was $51.3 million in 2010, compared to $24.4 million provided by financing activities in 2009. The $75.7 million increase in the amount of cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to net inflows totaling $96.1 million in 2009 from the issuance of the 2019 notes and the repayment of the credit agreement as well as the payment of dividends to our shareholders in 2010 of $33.4 million. The increase in the amount of cash used in financing activities was partially offset by the reimbursement in 2010 of the collateral deposit made in 2009 for $25.0 million.

 

97


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.4 million in 2009, compared to a use of $14.8 million in 2008. The $39.2 million increase in the amount of cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the proceeds from the issuance of the 2019 notes, after repaying amounts due under the credit agreement, of $96.1 million, partially offset by higher payments related to our swap agreements of $26.6 million, higher collateral deposits of $10.0 million and repayment of $2.5 million of short-term debt in 2009 compared to short-term borrowings of $14.3 million in 2008.

Revolving Credit Facility

On August 3, 2011, our subsidiary, Arcos Dorados B.V., entered into a committed revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as lender, for $50 million with a maturity date one year from the date of closing thereof. The obligations of Arcos Dorados B.V. under the revolving credit facility are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries on an unconditional basis. This revolving credit facility will permit us to borrow from time to time to cover our working capital needs and for other lawful general corporate purposes.

Each loan made to Arcos Dorados B.V. under the revolving credit facility will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 2.50%. Interest on each loan will be payable on the date of any prepayment, at maturity and on a quarterly basis, beginning with the date that is three calendar months following the date the loan is made.

The revolving credit facility includes customary covenants including, among others, restrictions on the ability of Arcos Dorados B.V., the guarantors and certain material subsidiaries to: (i) incur liens, (ii) enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation; (iii) sell, assign, lease or transfer all or substantially all of the borrower’s or guarantor’s business or property; (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates; (v) engage in substantially different lines of business; (vi) permit the consolidated net indebtedness to EBITDA ratio to be greater than 2.50 to 1 on the last day of any fiscal quarter of the borrower; and (vii) engage in transactions that violate certain anti-terrorism laws.

The revolving credit facility provides for customary events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the lender to terminate its obligation to provide loans under the revolving credit facility and/or to declare all sums outstanding under the loan documents immediately due and payable.

2016 Notes

In July 2011, we issued R$400 million aggregate principal amount of notes due 2016 bearing interest of 10.25% per year, payable in U.S. dollars, which we refer to as the 2016 notes. The 2016 notes are denominated in reais , but payment of principal and interest will be made in U.S. dollars. The 2016 notes mature on July 13, 2016. Interest will be paid semi-annually in arrears on January 13 and July 13 of each year, beginning on January 13, 2012. The proceeds from the issuance of the 2016 notes will be used to satisfy a capital expenditure program agreed upon with McDonald’s, including to open at least 100 restaurants and to reimage others, and for general corporate purposes, including the settlement of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and our mirror swaps (as described in “Summary—Recent Developments”).

The 2016 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by certain of our subsidiaries. The 2016 notes and guarantees (i) are senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness; (ii) will be effectively junior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of our assets securing that indebtedness; and (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors.

The indenture governing the 2016 notes limits our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, (i) create liens; (ii) enter into sale and lease-back transactions; and (iii) consolidate, merge or transfer assets. These covenants are subject to important qualifications and exceptions. The indenture governing the 2016 notes also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal, premium, if any, and interest on all of the then-outstanding 2016 notes to be due and payable immediately.

We may issue additional 2016 notes from time to time pursuant to the indenture governing the 2016 notes.

 

98


Table of Contents

2019 Notes

In October 2009, our subsidiary, Arcos Dorados B.V., issued senior notes for an aggregate principal amount of $450 million under an indenture dated October 1, 2009, which we refer to as the 2019 notes. The 2019 notes mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest of 7.5% per year. Interest is paid semiannually on April 1 and October 1. The gross proceeds from this issuance were principally used to repay indebtedness under our credit agreement and certain of our other short-term debt.

The 2019 notes are redeemable at the option of Arcos Dorados B.V. at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture. On June 13, 2011, Arcos Dorados B.V. exercised its option to redeem on July 18, 2011 a total of $141.4 million aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes at a redemption price of 107.5% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest from April 1, 2011 to the redemption date. Following the redemption, a total of $308.6 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes remains outstanding. As a result of the redemption, we incurred a one-time loss of $13.9 million in July 2011, including $2.3 million related to the accelerated amortization of deferred financing costs and $11.6 million related to the redemption of the 2019 notes at a redemption price above the book value of the 2019 notes.

The 2019 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the majority of our subsidiaries. The 2019 notes rank equally with all of our unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and are effectively junior to all of our secured indebtedness. The indenture governing the 2019 notes imposes certain restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, including some restrictions on our ability to: (i) incur additional indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock; (iii) make investments; (iv) create liens; (v) create limitations on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer property to the us; (vi) engage in transactions with affiliates; (vii) sell assets including the capital stock of the subsidiaries; and (viii) consolidate, merge or transfer assets. These covenants are subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. The indenture governing the 2019 notes also provides for events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal, premium, if any, and interest on all then outstanding 2019 notes to be due and payable immediately.

We may issue additional notes from time to time pursuant to the indenture governing the 2019 notes.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table presents information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010.

 

     Payment Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      2011      2012      2013      2014      2015      Thereafter  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars)  

Capital lease obligations(1)

   $ 2,961       $ 601       $ 481       $ 481       $ 481       $ 481       $ 436   

Operating lease obligations

     718,188         105,968         91,916         85,754         78,534         68,803         287,213   

Contractual purchase obligations

     2,326         2,326         —           —           —           —           —     

2019 notes(1)(2)

     753,750         33,750         33,750         33,750         33,750         33,750         585,000   

Other long-term borrowings(1)(3)

     9,323         6,219         2,358         387         341         18         —     

Derivative instruments(4)

     98,599         41,156         29,216         27,305         922         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,585,147         190,020         157,721         147,677         114,028         103,052         872,649   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest payments.
(2) Does not reflect the redemption on July 18, 2011 of $141.4 million of the aggregate principal amount of the 2019 notes. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities—2019 Notes” above.

 

99


Table of Contents
(3) Does not reflect the issuance on July 13, 2011 of R$400 million aggregate principal amount of the 2016 notes denominated in reais and payable in U.S. dollars. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities—2016 Notes” above.
(4) Does not reflect the settlement of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and mirror swaps. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk” below.

The table set forth above excludes projected payments on our restaurant opening and reinvestment plans pursuant to the MFAs in respect of which we do not yet have any contractual commitments.

Other Matters

Impact of Inflation

We believe that our results of operations are not materially impacted by moderate changes in the inflation rate. Inflation and changing commodity prices did not have a material impact on our operations in 2008, 2009 or 2010, nor in the reported interim periods. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect Latin American and Caribbean economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

We do not have significant research and development activities because we rely primarily on McDonald’s research and development. McDonald’s operates research and development facilities in the United States, Europe and Asia, and independent suppliers also conduct research activities that benefit McDonald’s and us. Nevertheless, we have developed certain menu items, such as bone-in-chicken, Pão de Queijo (in Brazil), McBurrito a la Mexicana (in Mexico) and dessert items, to better tailor our product offerings to local tastes and to provide our customers with additional food options.

Trend Information

Our business and results of operations have recently experienced the following trends, which we expect will continue in the near term:

 

   

Social upward mobility in Latin America and the Caribbean : Our sales have benefited, and we expect to continue to benefit, from our Territories’ population size, younger age profile when compared to more developed markets and improving socio-economic conditions. This has led to a modernization of consumption patterns and increased affordability of our products across socio-economic segments, leading to greater demand for our products.

 

   

Decline in free time : More single-parent and dual-earner households have increased the demand for the convenience offered by eating out and takeout food.

 

   

Product offerings : Our beverage, dessert, breakfast, low-calorie and low-sodium products, and value menu item offerings have been popular among customers and have allowed us to increase traffic while at the same time allowing us to focus on our revenue management strategy.

 

   

Increased competition in some markets : The popularity of the QSR concept in markets such as Puerto Rico and Mexico has attracted new competitors. Even though we have been able to maintain or even increase market share in these markets, we have seen a reduction in pricing flexibility and have had to increase the focus of our marketing efforts on value offerings in order to drive traffic.

 

   

Inflationary environment : Over the last few years, we have been able through our revenue management strategy to mitigate cost increase tied to inflation. However, inflation has been, and will continue to be, an important factor affecting our results of operations, specifically impacting our food and paper costs, occupancy and other operating expenses, and general administrative expenses.

 

   

Increased general and administrative costs to support future growth: Our business has been growing at a very rapid pace, and we have experienced increasing general and administrative expenses in order to

 

100


Table of Contents
 

support and prepare for our future growth (both operationally and as a public company). However, we expect that general and administrative expenses as a percentage of total sales will begin to decrease in the medium term as our recent and planned investments begin to generate revenues.

 

   

Increased volatility of foreign exchange rates: Our results of operations have been impacted by increased volatility in foreign exchange rates in many of the Territories. We expect that foreign exchange rates will continue to be an important factor affecting our foreign currency exchange results and the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity and, consequently, our results of operations and financial condition.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Risk Management

In the ordinary course of our business activities, we are exposed to various market risks that are beyond our control, including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and the price of our primary supplies, and which may have an adverse effect on the value of our financial assets and liabilities, future cash flows and profit. As a result of these market risks, we could suffer a loss due to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates and the price of commodities in the international markets. Our policy with respect to these market risks is to assess the potential of experiencing losses and the consolidated impact thereof, and to mitigate these market risks. We are not currently exposed to significant interest rate risk because most of our long-term debt is at fixed interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk primarily in connection with the fluctuation in the value of the local currencies of the countries in which we operate, primarily the Brazilian real , Mexican peso and Argentine peso , against the U.S. dollar. We generate revenues and cash from our operations in local currencies while a significant portion of our long-term debt is denominated in U.S. dollars. An adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates would therefore affect the generation of cash flow from operations in U.S. dollars, which could negatively impact our ability to pay amounts owed in U.S. dollars.

To help mitigate some of this foreign currency exchange rate risk, we have entered into derivatives contracts, including cross-currency swap agreements and forward agreements, to hedge the U.S. dollar to the Brazilian real . As of December 31, 2010, the notional amounts were $200 million and amortize throughout the life of the agreements and ultimately mature on November 10, 2013. These agreements are carried at fair market value in our consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. Following the issuance of the 2019 notes and the prepayment of the credit agreement, we entered into a series of derivative transactions to restructure the existing cross currency obligations mentioned above to match our new payment obligations under the 2019 notes.

In July and August 2011, in connection with the issuance of the 2016 notes, we settled our cross-currency interest rate swaps, mirror swaps and forward agreements. We continue to hold our coupon-only bond swaps, which mature on October 2014.

Under the resulting structure, 45% of the principal amount of our long-term debt is denominated in reais and 55% is denominated in U.S. dollars, while 81% of our coupon payments are denominated in and/or converted into reais and the remaining coupon payments are in U.S. dollars.

Revenues from our restaurants are denominated in local currency. Moreover, our continuing franchise fee payments to McDonald’s pursuant to the MFAs must be in U.S. dollars, payable on the seventh day subsequent to each month-end. As such, in the intervening period we are subject to significant foreign exchange risk. In particular, in the case of Venezuela, there are currency restrictions in place that limit our ability to repatriate bolívares fuertes

 

101


Table of Contents

held in Venezuela at the government’s official exchange rate. See “—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations.”

While substantially all our income is denominated in the local currencies of the countries in which we operate, our supply chain management involves the importation of various products, and some of our imports are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to imports. We have entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2011 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Chile. See Note 12 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements and Note 7 to our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements. In addition, we attempt to minimize this risk also by entering into annual and semi-annual pricing arrangements with our main suppliers.

We are also exposed to foreign exchange risk related to U.S. dollar-denominated intercompany debt held by certain of our operating subsidiaries with our holding companies and to foreign currency-denominated intercompany debt held by our holding companies with certain subsidiaries. Although these intercompany balances are eliminated through consolidation, an adverse change in exchange rates could have a significant impact on our results through the recognition of foreign currency exchange losses in our consolidated income statement.

A decrease of 10% in the value of the Brazilian real against the U.S. dollar would result in a foreign exchange loss of $7.0 million over our currently outstanding foreign-denominated debt of $70.2 million as of June 30, 2011.

A decrease of 10% in the value of the Argentine peso against the U.S. dollar would result in a foreign exchange loss of $3.7 million over our currently outstanding foreign-denominated debt of $36.9 million as of June 30, 2011.

A decrease of 10% in the value of the Chilean peso against the U.S. dollar would result in a foreign exchange loss of $0.7 million over our currently outstanding foreign-denominated debt of $6.9 million as of June 30, 2011.

An increase of 10% in the value of the euro against the U.S. dollar would result in a foreign exchange loss of $2.1 million over our currently outstanding foreign-denominated debt of $21.3 million as of June 30, 2011.

Fluctuations in the value of the Mexican peso against the U.S. dollar would not result in foreign exchange gain or loss since our Mexican subsidiaries did not have any outstanding foreign-denominated debt as of June 30, 2011.

Commodity Price Risk

We purchase our primary supplies, including beef, chicken, buns, produce, cheese, dairy mixes and toppings pursuant to oral agreements with our approved suppliers at prices that are derived from international market prices. We therefore carry market risk exposure to changes in commodity prices that have a direct impact on our costs. We do not enter into futures or options contracts to protect ourselves against changes in commodity prices, although we may do so in the future. We attempt to minimize this risk by entering into annual and semi-annual pricing arrangements with our main suppliers. This allows us to provide cost predictability while avoiding the costs related to the use of derivative instruments, which we may not be able to pass on to our customers due to the competitive nature of the QSR industry.

 

102


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

The Latin American and Caribbean Food Service Industry

The Latin American and Caribbean food service industry offers a wide variety of away-from-home eating options at commercial food and drink establishments. Most of these establishments remain independent, family-owned businesses, but food contractors and international companies have rapidly been gaining market share. According to Euromonitor, the total food service industry in Latin America and the Caribbean is expected to be worth approximately $253.7 billion in sales in 2011.

The Latin American and Caribbean food service industry can be divided into two segments: (i) the competitive eating out segment, which, according to Euromonitor, is expected to be worth an estimated $173.5 billion in sales in 2011, and (ii) the remaining eating out segment, which includes cafes and bars (other than specialty coffee shops) and is expected to be worth an estimated $80.2 billion in sales in 2011, according to Euromonitor. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the remaining eating out segment is dominated by small, local food service providers who independently own and operate cafes and bars, according to Euromonitor. However, multinationals such as Starbucks and our McCafé locations have recently had success in penetrating the specialty coffee market. It is for this reason that we treat specialty coffee shops as part of the competitive eating out segment rather than the remaining eating out segment.

The competitive eating out segment of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry is divided by Euromonitor into six sub-segments: (i) street vendors, stalls and kiosks, which refers to small, mobile, independently owned and operated outdoor food service providers with a limited product offering, (ii) self-service cafeterias, (iii) full-service restaurants serving various cuisines in a formal or a casual setting, (iv) delivery/take-away establishments that do not provide facilities for customers to eat at the restaurant’s premises, (v) specialty coffee shops, such as Starbucks and our McCafé locations, where vendors serve a broad variety of coffee types and related food items such as pastries, baked goods and sandwiches, and (vi) fast food restaurants, which comprises typical QSRs and other restaurants, with faster service and more affordable prices than other competitive eating out sub-segments. The fast food sub-segment includes most internationally recognized QSR brands, such as McDonald’s, Burger King, Pizza Hut and KFC. Under Euromonitor market segmentation criteria, we are part of the fast food sub-segment and, correspondingly, the Latin American and Caribbean competitive eating out segment. According to Euromonitor, during the period from 2005 to 2010, the Latin American and Caribbean competitive eating out segment grew by 54.2%, and Euromonitor estimates it will grow at a compound annual growth rate of 12.1% over the next five years.

The fast food segment of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry can be further divided into two sub-segments: (i) QSRs, which generally provide customers with a standardized menu and rapidly prepared food items and (ii) other fast food restaurants. QSR restaurants are categorized into those that focus primarily on burger products, such as us, Burger King and Bob’s (in Brazil), chicken products such as KFC, bakery products such as Dunkin’ Donuts, Latin American and Tex-Mex food products such as Tortas Locas (in Mexico), Asian products such as Jin Jin (in Brazil) and Teriyaki Sam (in Mexico), fish products such as Sushi Ito (in Mexico) and Vivenda do Camarão (in Brazil), pizza products such as Pizza Hut, and Middle Eastern products such as Habib’s (in Brazil). “Other fast food” restaurants include the remaining types of fast food restaurants focusing on other types of products, such as ice cream, and convenience stores such as Servicompras (in Argentina).

 

103


Table of Contents

Below is a chart showing the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry broken down by segment and showing the expected value of each segment and sub-segment by sales (in millions of U.S. dollars) for 2011 as well as the percentage share of each sub-segment of the fast food market:

LOGO

 

 

Source : Euromonitor Forecast 2011—Current Prices—Fixed 2010 Exchange Rates.

The Latin American and Caribbean Fast Food and Quick Service Restaurant Segments

We operate in the QSR sub-segment of the fast food segment. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the QSR sub-segment has benefited from the region’s increasing modernization, as people in more densely populated areas adopt lifestyles that increasingly seek convenience, quality and value.

Euromonitor estimates that during the period from 2005 to 2010, the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew by 69.1% in nominal terms, compared with 51% growth, in nominal terms, for the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry as a whole. Euromonitor estimates that the fast food segment will be worth approximately $43.2 billion (nominal value) in annual sales in 2011, representing approximately 24.9% of the competitive eating out segment.

Euromonitor estimates that QSRs have captured 59.8% of market share within the fast food segment due to the popularity of standardized menus, the consistency of products and services, cost efficient operating systems, the development of products targeted to meet consumer demands, economies of scale, convenience, speed and value. Euromonitor expects the growth of QSRs to outpace the growth of the fast food segment generally in the near future, as QSRs tend to be better capitalized and are therefore able to expand through additional restaurant openings and innovation, and as consumers increasingly prefer the convenience and reliability associated with a well-established brand.

According to Euromonitor, in comparison to the QSR sub-segment in more developed markets, such as the United States and Europe, the QSR sub-segment in Latin America and the Caribbean has experienced higher growth rates in terms of QSRs per inhabitant from 2005 to 2010. The higher growth rates are primarily driven by rapidly increasing income in lower socioeconomic segments in Latin America and the Caribbean and to faster overall population growth, which combine to increase QSRs’ potential customer base as well as the average check.

We believe the QSR sub-segment in Latin America and the Caribbean offers significant growth opportunities. For example, in many of the Territories, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico and Peru, the ratio of GDP PPP per McDonald’s-branded restaurant is at least 2.5 times greater than in the United States.

 

104


Table of Contents

Euromonitor estimates that the QSR sub-segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew at a rate of 63.4% during the period from 2005 to 2010. We expect that QSRs will increasingly gain market share as chain restaurants are better equipped to meet the increasingly stringent health and safety standards that we believe will be imposed in Latin America and the Caribbean.

Key Fast Food Markets in Latin America and the Caribbean

Within Latin America and the Caribbean, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Venezuela are the primary markets for the fast food segment. According to Euromonitor, from 2011 to 2015, the fast food segment is expected to grow by 73% in Argentina, 60% in Brazil, 31% in Chile, 47% in Colombia, 41% in Mexico, 11% in Puerto Rico and 177% in Venezuela.

Below is a chart showing actual and expected growth the fast food segment in several Latin American and Caribbean countries, in millions of U.S. dollars, from 2007 and forecast through 2011:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Euromonitor, Market Sizes, Historic 2007 and Forecast 2011—Current Prices—Fixed 2010 Exchange Rates.

Fast Food Growth Potential

The potential for growth of the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean is highly correlated to the consumption, purchasing power and disposable income of the general population. This in turn is driven by the absolute gross domestic product, or GDP, per capita in Latin America and the Caribbean. In addition, the measurement of the customer count per million inhabitants and the “average check”—the average amount spent by a customer during a visit—relative to GDP per capita indicates the potential for growth in the fast food segment in the region.

Our financial condition and operational results are influenced by macroeconomic developments in Latin America and the Caribbean. In recent years, macroeconomic conditions in the region have shown improvement in many of the Territories, including growth in GDP, stabilizing currency exchange rates, increase of foreign investment, expanding purchasing power and higher levels of disposable income.

The table below sets forth real GDP growth, real GDP per capita growth, inflation, unemployment, country risk premium, U.S. dollar exchange rate, and sovereign ratings for the periods and countries and territories indicated.

 

105


Table of Contents
     Argentina     Brazil     Mexico     Puerto Rico     Venezuela  

Real GDP growth (Year-over-year)

          

2007

     8.7     5.7     3.3     (1.4 )%      8.4

2008

     6.8        5.1        1.3        (1.4     4.8   

2009

     0.9        (0.2     (6.5     (2.4     (3.1

2010

     9.2        7.5        5.5        (1.9     (1.4

GDP per capita growth (Year-over-year)

          

2007

     7.6     4.1     2.2     (1.8 )%      6.6

2008

     6.0        3.5        0.2        (1.7     3.7   

2009

     (0.1     (1.1     (7.4     (2.7     (4.7

2010

     N/A        6.5        4.5        (2.3     (3.4

Inflation

          

2007

     8.5     4.5     3.8     5.2     22.5

2008

     7.2        5.9        6.5        6.4        30.9   

2009

     6.2        4.9        5.3        2.8        28.6   

2010

     10.9        5.9        4.4        1.0        27.2   

Unemployment

          

2007

     7.5     7.5     3.4     10.4     6.2

2008

     7.3        6.8        4.3        11.0        6.1   

2009

     8.7        8.1        5.5        13.4        7.9   

2010

     7.8        6.7        5.4        16.1        8.5   

Country risk premium(1)

          

2007

     404.9        131.0        66.1        —          354.4   

2008

     1,433.6        221.1        191.9        —          1,013.8   

2009

     1,988.8        236.3        255.8        —          1,499.6   

2010

     841.4        147.7        144.0        —          1,005.5   

End of period U.S. dollar exchange rate

          

2007

     3.15        1.78        10.90        —          2.15   

2008

     3.45        2.31        13.67        —          2.15   

2009

     3.80        1.74        13.06        —          2.15   

2010

     4.02        1.69        12.38        —          4.30   

Sovereign rating(2)

     B3/B        Baa2/BBB-/BBB        Baa1/BBB        —          B2/BB-   

 

(1) Average for the period of the Credit Default Swap for each country’s 10 year domestic sovereign bond.
(2) Sovereign credit rating for long-term debt in foreign currency.

 

Sources : Bloomberg, Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics, Central Bank of Argentina, Central Bank of Brazil, Central Bank of Mexico, Central Bank of Venezuela, Global Insight, National Institute of Statistics and Census of Argentina, National Institute of Statistics and Geography of Mexico and National Statistics Institute of Spain.

According to the CIA World Factbook, for 2010, GDP per capita was estimated to be $14,700 in Argentina, $10,900 in Brazil, $13,800 in Mexico, $16,300 in Puerto Rico and $12,600 in Venezuela. The differential in the GDP per capita leads to a difference in the average check and the customer count per million inhabitants. For example, in 2010, according to Euromonitor, the total fast food industry in Brazil, where GDP per capita is $11,000, was worth approximately $22 billion in sales and had 5.5 billion transactions, whereas in 2010 the total fast food industry in the United States, where GDP per capita is $47,500, was worth approximately $184 billion in sales and had 34.4 billion transactions. Accordingly, the average fast food check and fast food customer count per million inhabitants in Brazil were $4.00 and 28.8 million, respectively, whereas the average check and customer count per million inhabitants in the United States were $5.34 and 111.5 million, respectively, according to Euromonitor.

QSR Customer Profile and Behavior

The population demographics in Latin America and the Caribbean favor the QSR segment. The region’s demographics are heavily weighted towards young adults and families with children, the principal target customers of QSRs. In addition, as countries in Latin America and the Caribbean experience improving macroeconomic conditions, consumers benefit from expanding purchasing power, greater consumer financing and higher levels of

 

106


Table of Contents

disposable income, which serve to increase consumer demand for food convenience. We believe that the McDonald’s brand in Latin America and the Caribbean benefits from an aspirational cachet as a “destination” restaurant with a reputation for safe, fresh and good-tasting food in an attractive setting. The confluence of these favorable factors throughout the region, including growth in our target demographic market, offers an opportunity for profitable growth and the ability to serve an ever-increasing number of customers.

Major QSR Brands in Latin America and the Caribbean

McDonald’s, Burger King, Subway and KFC have positioned themselves as market leaders within the QSR sub-segment. According to Euromonitor, the McDonald’s brand is the largest with more than three times the sales of Burger King, our closest competitor, in Latin America and the Caribbean and with more sales than its next five competitors combined. In addition to these international brands, strong local brands, such as Habib’s, Bob’s, Servicompras and Giraffa’s, exist in certain key markets.

The chart below indicates the percentage market share held by certain major brands in the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean for 2010:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Euromonitor

McDonald’s

McDonald’s is the world’s largest global food service retailer, as measured by systemwide sales, according to Euromonitor. As of December 31, 2010, McDonald’s owned or franchised 32,737 restaurants in 117 countries. Of the total number of McDonald’s restaurants globally, 6,399 were company-owned restaurants and 26,338 were franchised restaurants.

McDonald’s opened its first restaurant in Latin America and the Caribbean in 1967, in Puerto Rico. As of June 30, 2011, there were 1,893 McDonald’s-branded restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean, of which 1,767 were owned or franchised by us. Out of these 1,767 restaurants, 1,302 were Company-operated restaurants and 465 were franchised restaurants. The other 126 McDonald’s-branded restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean not operated or franchised by us correspond to developmental licensees who owned those restaurants prior to the Acquisition.

 

107


Table of Contents

Burger King

Burger King is one of the world’s largest fast food hamburger restaurants, as measured by number of restaurants and systemwide sales. According to Burger King, as of June 30, 2011, there were more than 12,300 Burger King owned or franchised restaurants in 78 countries and territories. Of these restaurants, approximately 10% were company-owned and approximately 90% were franchised.

With 1,165 Burger King restaurants throughout Latin America as of June 30, 2011, Burger King is McDonald’s largest competitor. Burger King reported revenues in Latin America of $61.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to $54.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Burger King opened its first international franchise restaurant in the region in 1963, in Puerto Rico, and its strong presence in Latin America and the Caribbean is primarily concentrated in Mexico, with a total of 414 restaurants as of December 31, 2010. Burger King was acquired by an affiliate of 3G Capital Partners Ltd., an investment firm based in New York City, in October 2010. According to Brazilian news sources, Burger King has plans to invest up to R$900 million in its operations in Brazil in the next five years in association with Brazilian private equity firm Vinci Partners.

KFC

KFC is owned by YUM! Brands, the world’s largest quick service restaurant company as measured by number of system units. Through its five brands, KFC, Pizza Hut, Taco Bell, Long John Silver and A&W, YUM! Brands develops, operates, franchises and licenses a worldwide system of restaurants. According to Yum! Brands, Yum! Brands had nearly 38,000 units in more than 110 countries and territories as of June 11, 2011, including key Latin American and Caribbean markets such as Mexico, Puerto Rico and Chile. YUM! Brands’ strongest brand in Latin America and the Caribbean is KFC, of which there were 496 restaurants in the region as of December 31, 2010 according to Euromonitor.

Subway

According to Subway, there are over 35,203 Subway locations in 98 countries worldwide. As of September 8, 2011, there were more than 1,900 Subway restaurants in Latin America and the Caribbean. All Subway restaurants are operated by franchisees. Only one company-owned restaurant exists as a testing facility.

Subway focuses on three key markets in Latin America and the Caribbean: Brazil, Mexico and Puerto Rico. As of September 8, 2011, there were 670 Subway restaurants in Brazil, 524 restaurants in Mexico and 207 restaurants in Puerto Rico.

Local Competitors

Although the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean is dominated by large multinational brands, there are important local competitors.

There are two local QSR chains based in Brazil that are significant in terms of sales volume within Latin America: Habib’s and Bob’s. Unlike in other Latin American and Caribbean markets, these strong local brands compete effectively with multinational QSRs. Habib’s is a local QSR chain that focuses on Middle Eastern food. According to Euromonitor, as of December 31, 2010, Habib’s was the largest local QSR operator in Brazil, with 347 restaurants and an estimated $706.0 million in sales for 2010.

Bob’s, formally called BFFC do Brasil, focuses on the burger product line and is the second-largest local QSR chain in Brazil. According to Euromonitor, as of December 31, 2010, Bob’s had 440 restaurants in Brazil and five in Chile and $391.3 million in sales for 2010. In 2007, Bob’s began operating KFC restaurants in Rio de Janeiro as a Yum! Brands franchisee and, in 2008, Bob’s began operating as a franchisee of Pizza Hut, another Yum! Brands restaurant. Bob’s also entered into an agreement with Doggis, a leading hot dog QSR chain in Chile, whereby Bob’s operates Doggis franchised hot-dog stores in Brazil while Doggis develops Bob’s brand in Chile. In addition to Habib’s and Bob’s, Alsea is a publicly traded multi-brand franchisee. As of June 30, 2011, Alsea operated 199

 

108


Table of Contents

Burger King franchises, 601 Domino’s Pizza franchises and 378 Starbucks franchises in Mexico, Argentina, Chile, Colombia and Brazil.

We compete with smaller local chains in several of our key markets. In Venezuela, we compete with Arturo’s, and in Central America we compete with Pollo Campero, both of which are restaurant chains that specialize in chicken products. In Argentina, we compete with Mostaza, a hamburger and sandwich chain, and convenience stores such as Servicompras. In Colombia, we compete with Hamburguesas El Corral, a hamburger chain, and in Mexico we compete with Sanborns, a chain of department stores with in-store restaurants, and VIPS, a full-service restaurant chain.

 

109


Table of Contents

OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH MCDONALD’S

We received exclusive master franchising rights from McDonald’s for the Territories on August 3, 2007 when Mr. Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder, Gavea Investment AD, L.P. and investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc. and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates) purchased McDonald’s LatAm business for $698.1 million (including $18.7 million of acquisition costs) and entered into the MFAs. Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Staton had been the joint venture partner of McDonald’s Corporation in Argentina for over 20 years and had served as President of McDonald’s South Latin America division since 2004.

McDonald’s has a longstanding presence in Latin America and the Caribbean dating to the opening of its first restaurant in Puerto Rico in 1967. Since then, McDonald’s expanded its footprint across the region as consumer markets and opportunities arose, opening its first restaurants in Brazil in 1979, in Mexico and Venezuela in 1985 and in Argentina in 1986.

We hold our McDonald’s franchise rights pursuant to the MFA for all of the Territories except Brazil, executed on August 3, 2007, as amended and restated on November 10, 2008 and as further amended on August 31, 2010 and June 3, 2011, entered into by us, our wholly owned subsidiary Arcos Dorados Coöperatieve U.A., Arcos Dorados B.V. (or these two entities together with us collectively, the Owner Entities), LatAm, LLC, or the Master Franchisee, certain subsidiaries of the Master Franchisee, Los Laureles, Ltd. and McDonald’s. On August 3, 2007, our subsidiary Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., or the Brazilian Master Franchisee, and McDonald’s entered into the separate, but substantially identical, Brazilian MFA, which was amended and restated on November 10, 2008.

The MFAs

The MFAs set forth McDonald’s and our rights and obligations in respect of the ownership and operation of the McDonald’s-branded restaurants located in the Territories. The MFAs do not include the following Latin American and Caribbean countries and territories, among others: Anguilla, Antigua and Barbuda, the Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bolivia, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Cuba, Dominica, Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Grenada, Guatemala, Guiana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Montserrat, Nicaragua, Paraguay, Suriname, St. Barthélemy, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Lucia, St. Maarten, St. Vincent and the Grenadines, Turks & Caicos Islands and the U.S. Virgin Islands, with the exception of St. Croix and St. Thomas.

The material provisions of the MFAs are set forth below.

Term

The initial term of the franchise granted pursuant to the MFAs is 20 years for all of the Territories other than French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique. After the expiration of the initial term, McDonald’s may grant us an option to extend the term of the MFAs with respect to all Territories for an additional period of 10 years. The initial term of the franchise for French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique is 10 years. We have the right to extend the term of the MFA with respect to French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique for an additional term of 10 years.

Our Right to Own and Operate McDonald’s-Branded Restaurants

Under the MFAs, in the Territories, we have the exclusive right to (i) own and operate, directly or indirectly, McDonald’s restaurants, (ii) license and grant franchises with respect to McDonald’s-branded restaurants, (iii) adopt and use, and to grant the right and license to franchisees to adopt and use, the McDonald’s operations system in our restaurants, (iv) advertise to the public that we are a franchisee of McDonald’s, and (v) to use, and to sublicense to our franchisees the right to use the McDonald’s intellectual property solely in connection with the development, ownership, operation, promotion and management of our restaurants, and to engage in related advertising, promotion and marketing programs and activities.

Under the MFAs, McDonald’s cannot grant the rights described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the preceding paragraph to any other person while the MFAs are in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, McDonald’s has reserved, with respect to the McDonald’s restaurants located in the Territories, all rights not specifically granted to

 

110


Table of Contents

us, including the right, directly or indirectly, to (i) use and sublicense the McDonald’s intellectual property for all other purposes and means of distribution, (ii) sell, promote or license the sale of products or services under the intellectual property and (iii) use the intellectual property in connection with all other activities not prohibited by the MFAs.

In addition, under the MFAs, McDonald’s provides us with know-how and new developments, techniques and improvements in the areas of restaurant management, food preparation and service, and operations manuals that contain the standards and procedures necessary for the successful operation of McDonald’s-branded restaurants.

Franchise Fees

Under the MFAs, we are responsible for the payment to McDonald’s of initial franchise fees, continuing franchise fees and transfer fees.

The initial franchise fee is payable upon the opening of a new restaurant and the extension of the term of any existing franchise agreement. For Company-operated restaurants, the initial fee is based on the term remaining under the MFAs for the country in which the restaurant is located. For franchised restaurants, we receive an initial fee from the franchisee based on the term of the franchise agreement (generally 20 years), and pay 50% of this fee to McDonald’s.

The continuing franchise fee is paid, with respect to each calendar month, to McDonald’s in an amount generally equal to 7% of the U.S. dollar equivalent of the gross sales, as defined therein, of each of the McDonald’s restaurants in the Territories for that calendar month, minus, as applicable, a brand building adjustment. During the first 10 years of the MFAs, the brand building adjustment is 2% of the gross sales, for a net continuing franchise fee payment of 5% of the gross sales. During years 11 through 15 of the MFAs, the brand building adjustment will be 1% of the gross sales, for a net continuing franchise fee payment of 6%; and the brand building adjustment will be 0% thereafter, for a net continuing franchise fee payment of 7% of the gross sales. We are responsible for collecting the continuing franchise fee from our franchisees and must pay that amount to McDonald’s. In the event that a franchisee does not pay the full amount of the fee or any of our subsidiaries are unable to transfer funds to us due to currency restrictions or otherwise, we are responsible for any resulting shortfall. See “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Our Business—Our financial condition and results of operations depend, to a certain extent, on the financial condition of our franchisees and their ability to fulfill their obligations under their franchise agreements” and “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Latin America and the Caribbean—We are subject to significant foreign currency controls in certain countries in which we operate.”

In the event of a voluntary or involuntary transfer of any of the McDonald’s restaurants located in the Territories to a person other than a subsidiary of ours or an affiliate of one of our franchisees, we must charge a transfer fee of not less than $10,000, and must pay to McDonald’s an amount equal to 50% of the fee charged.

All payments to McDonald’s must be made in U.S. dollars, but are based on local currency exchange rates at the time of payment.

Material Breach

A material breach under the MFAs would occur if we, or our subsidiaries that are a party to the MFAs, materially breached any of the representations or warranties or obligations (not cured within 30 days after receipt of notice thereof from McDonald’s) relating to or otherwise in connection with any aspect of the master franchise business, the franchised restaurants or any other matter in or affecting any one or more Territories. The following events, among others, constitute a material breach under the MFAs: our non-compliance with anti-terrorism or anti-corruption policies and procedures required by applicable law; our bankruptcy, insolvency, voluntary filing or filing by any other person of a petition in commercial insolvency; our conviction or that of our subsidiaries, or of our or our subsidiaries’ agents or employees for a crime or offense that is punishable by incarceration for more than one year or a felony, or a crime or offense or the indictment on charges thereof that, in the determination of McDonald’s, is likely to adversely affect the reputation of such person, any franchised restaurant or McDonald’s; the entry of any judgment against us or our subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000 that is not duly paid or otherwise discharged within

 

111


Table of Contents

30 days (unless such judgment is being contested on appeal in good faith); our failure to achieve (a) at least 80% of the targeted openings during any one calendar year of any restaurant opening plan; or (b) at least 90% of the targeted openings during the three-calendar year term of any restaurant opening plan; and our failure to comply with at least 80% of the funding requirements of any reinvestment plan with respect to any Territory for a period of one year.

Business of the Company and the Other Owner Entities

In addition to the payment of franchise fees described above, we and the other Owner Entities are subject to a variety of obligations and restrictions under the MFAs.

Under the MFAs, we cannot, directly or indirectly, enter into any other QSR business or any business other than the operation of McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories. Neither we nor any of the other Owner Entities can engage in a business other than holding, directly or indirectly, our equity interests. In addition, neither we nor any of the other Owner Entities can engage in any activity or participate in any business that competes with McDonald’s business.

Under the MFAs, Los Laureles Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder, is required to own not less than 40% of our economic interests and 51% of our voting interests. The MFAs do provide an exception for any dilution following an initial public offering, so long as such dilution does not cause Los Laureles Ltd. to be diluted below 30% of our economic interests. This exception enables Los Laureles, Ltd. to own only 38.2% of our issued and outstanding share capital, which is the amount it owns as of the date of this prospectus. Also, under the MFAs, we are required to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests of our subsidiaries and cannot enter into any partnership, joint venture or similar arrangement without McDonald’s consent. In addition, at least 50% of all McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories must be Company-operated restaurants.

Real Estate

Under the MFAs, we must own or lease the real estate property where all of our Company-operated restaurants are located. We cannot transfer or encumber any of the real estate properties that we own without McDonald’s consent. Due to the geographic and commercial importance of certain restaurants, we may not sell certain “iconic” properties without the prior written consent of McDonald’s. For certain of these selected properties, we have already perfected a first priority lien in favor of McDonald’s.

Under the MFAs, no more than 50% of the total number of restaurants in each Territory, and no more than 10% of the total number of restaurants in all the Territories, can be located on real estate property that is owned, held or leased by our franchisees.

In addition, the MFA lists 25 restaurants, including some of our most valuable properties, that we are prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring without McDonald’s consent.

Transfer of Equity Interests or Significant Assets

Under the MFAs, neither we nor any of the other Owner Entities can transfer or pledge the equity interests of any of our subsidiaries, or any significant portion of our assets, without McDonald’s consent.

Operational Control

Under the MFAs, McDonald’s is entitled to approve the appointment of our chief executive officer and our chief operating officer.

In the event that McDonald’s modifies its standards applicable to technology and related equipment, we must purchase any new or modified technology, software, hardware or equipment necessary to comply with the modified standards.

 

112


Table of Contents

Restaurant Opening Plan and Reinvestment Plan

Under the MFAs, we are required to agree with McDonald’s on a restaurant opening plan and a reinvestment plan for each three-year period during the term of the MFAs. The restaurant opening plan specifies the number and type of new restaurants to be opened in the Territories during the applicable three-year period, while the reinvestment plan specifies the amount we must spend reimaging or upgrading restaurants during the applicable three-year period. Prior to the expiration of the then-applicable three-year period we must agree with McDonald’s on a subsequent restaurant opening plan and reinvestment plan. Under the initial restaurant opening plan, we were required to open 43 restaurants in the period from the Acquisition to the end of 2008, 54 restaurants in 2009 and 63 restaurants in 2010. As of December 31, 2010, we had met our commitments under the restaurant opening plan, having opened 232 restaurants since the Acquisition. Under the initial reinvestment plan, we were required to reinvest $45.6 million from August 2007 to July 2008, $47.4 million from August 2008 to July 2009 and $49.6 million from August 2009 to July 2010 reimaging and upgrading our restaurants. As of December 31, 2010, we had satisfied our commitments under the reinvestment plan.

As part of the reinvestment plan with respect to the next three-year period that commenced on January 1, 2011, we must reinvest an aggregate of at least $60 million per year in the Territories. In addition, we have committed to open no less than 250 new restaurants during the next three-year restaurant opening plan. We estimate that the cost to comply with our restaurant opening commitments under the MFAs from 2011 to 2013 will be between $100 million and $250 million, depending on, among other factors, the type and location of restaurants we open. These amounts are in addition to our capital expenditure program agreed upon with McDonald’s for the opening and reimaging of restaurants with the proceeds of the 2016 notes. See “Summary—Recent Developments.” In the event we are unable to reach an agreement on subsequent plans prior to the expiration of the then-existing plan, the MFAs provide for an automatic increase of 20% in the required amount of reinvestments as compared to the then-existing plan and a number of new restaurants no less than 210 multiplied by a factor that increases each period during the subsequent three-year restaurant opening plan.

Advertising and Promotion Plan

Under the MFAs, we must develop and implement a marketing plan with respect to each Territory that must be approved in advance by McDonald’s. The MFAs require us to spend at least 5% of our gross sales on advertisement and promotion activities. Our advertisement and promotion activities are guided by our overall marketing plan, which identifies the key strategic platforms that we aim to leverage in order to drive sales.

Insurance

Under the MFAs, we are required to acquire and maintain a variety of insurance policies with certain minimum coverage limits, including commercial general liability, workers compensation, “all risk” property and business interruption insurance, among others.

Call Option Right and Security Interest in Equity Interests of the Company

Under the MFAs, McDonald’s has the right, or Call Option, to acquire our non-public shares or our interests in one or more Territories upon: (i) the expiration of the initial term of the MFAs on August 2, 2027 if the initial term is not extended, (ii) the occurrence of a material breach of the MFAs or (iii) during the period of 12 months following the earlier of (x) the 18th month anniversary of the death or permanent incapacity of Mr. Staton or (y) the receipt by McDonald’s of notice from Mr. Staton’s heirs that they have elected to have the period of 12 months commence as of the date specified in the notice. McDonald’s generally has the right either to exercise the Call Option with respect to all of the Territories, or, in its sole discretion, with respect to the Territory or Territories identified by McDonald’s as being affected by such material breach or to which such material breach may be attributable except upon the occurrence of an initial material breach relating to any Territory or Territories in which there are less than 100 restaurants in operation. In such case, McDonald’s only has the right to acquire the equity interests of any of our subsidiaries in the relevant Territory or Territories. As of June 30, 2011, we had more than 100 restaurants in operation in each of Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, Puerto Rico and Venezuela. No other Territory had more than 70 restaurants in operation.

 

113


Table of Contents

If McDonald’s exercises the Call Option upon the occurrence of the events described in clause (i) or (iii) of the preceding paragraph, it must pay a purchase price equal to 100% of the fair market value of our non-public shares. If the Call Option is exercised upon the occurrence of a material breach, however, the purchase price is reduced to 80% of the fair market value of all of our non-public shares or of all of the equity interests of the subsidiaries operating restaurants in the Territory related to such material breach, as applicable. The purchase price paid by McDonald’s upon exercise of the Call Option is, in all events, reduced by the amount of debt and contingencies and increased by the amount of cash attributable to the entity whose equity interests are being acquired pursuant to the Call Option. Following the completion of the offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, in the event McDonald’s were to exercise its right to acquire all of our non-public shares, our public shareholders would own an aggregate of         % of our economic interests and         % of our voting interests.

If McDonald’s exercises the Call Option with respect to any of our subsidiaries (but not all of them) and the amount of debt and contingencies (minus cash) attributable to the equity interests of those subsidiaries is greater than the fair market value of those equity interests, we must, at our election, either (i) assume the debts and contingencies (minus cash) and deliver the equity interests to McDonald’s free of any obligations with respect thereto or (ii) pay to McDonald’s the absolute value of that amount. The fair market value of any of the equity interests is to be determined by internationally recognized investment banks without taking into consideration the debt, contingencies or cash attributable to the equity interests.

In order to secure McDonald’s right to exercise the Call Option, McDonald’s was granted a perfected security interest in the equity interests of the Master Franchisee, the Brazilian Master Franchisee and our subsidiaries other than our subsidiaries organized in Costa Rica, Mexico, French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique. The equity interests of our subsidiaries organized in Costa Rica and Mexico were transferred to a trust for the benefit of McDonald’s. McDonald’s does not have a security interest in the equity interests of our subsidiaries organized in French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique.

The equity interests were transferred to Citibank, N.A., acting as escrow agent. Subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement, upon McDonald’s exercise of the Call Option and its payment of the respective purchase price, the escrow agent must transfer the equity interests, free of any liens or encumbrances, to McDonald’s.

Limitations on Indebtedness

Under the MFAs, we cannot incur any indebtedness secured by the collateral pledged by us and certain of our subsidiaries in connection with the letters of credit or amend or waive any of the terms related to the collateral, without McDonald’s consent. The pledged collateral includes the equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, certain of our rights under certain of the Acquisition documents, franchise document payment rights, and our intercompany debt and notes.

Under the MFAs, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined therein) at least equal to (a) 1.25 from August 31, 2010 through the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011 and (b) 1.50, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 and thereafter; and a leverage ratio (as defined therein) not in excess of (a) 5.0, from August 31, 2010 through the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2011, (b) 4.75 for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011, and (c) 4.25, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 and thereafter. As of June 30, 2011, our fixed charge coverage ratio was 1.68 and our leverage ratio was 3.77.

Letters of Credit

As security for the performance of our obligations under the MFAs, we have obtained (i) an irrevocable standby letter of credit in favor of McDonald’s in an amount of $65.0 million, issued by Credit Suisse acting as issuing bank through its Cayman Island Branch, and (ii) an irrevocable standby letter of credit in favor of McDonald’s in an amount of $15.0 million, issued by Itaú Unibanco S.A. (“Itaú”), acting as issuing bank through its New York Branch. Both letters of credit expire on November 10, 2014, but we will be required by the MFAs to renew these letters of credit or obtain new standby letters of credit in the same amount.

 

114


Table of Contents

The Credit Suisse letter of credit and reimbursement agreement contains a limited number of customary affirmative and negative covenants. These include limitations on (i) any transfer of the MFAs, (ii) amendment or waiver of the MFAs without the consent of the issuing bank, (iii) our leverage ratio, (iv) taking any action to elect to assume the debt of any of our subsidiaries upon McDonald’s exercise of a partial Call Option, (v) our ability to guaranty obligations of our subsidiaries, and (vi) amendments to the credit agreement.

Credit Suisse, as issuing bank, has a security interest in certain of our rights under certain Acquisition documents, franchise document payment rights and our intercompany debt notes. In addition, our subsidiaries (other than those organized in Ecuador, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique and Peru, and certain subsidiaries organized in Argentina, Colombia and Mexico) guaranteed to Credit Suisse the full and prompt payment of our obligations under the Credit Suisse letter of credit and reimbursement agreement.

The letter of credit that we obtained from Itaú on May 9, 2011 effectively replaced the cash collateral that we had previously pledged in favor of McDonald’s in an amount of $15.0 million. The Itaú continuing standby letter of credit agreement contains a limited number of customary affirmative and negative covenants. These include limitations on (i) any transfer of the MFAs, (ii) amendment or waiver of the MFAs without the consent of the issuing bank, (iii) our leverage ratio, (iv) taking any action to elect to assume the debt of any of our subsidiaries upon McDonald’s exercise of a Call Option, and (v) permitting ourselves or any of our subsidiaries to become insolvent.

We delivered a promissory note to Itaú in an amount of $15.0 million evidencing our obligations to Itaú under the continuing standby letter of credit agreement and a guarantee letter from our Brazilian subsidiary guarantying the full and punctual payment when due of our obligations and liabilities to Itaú in respect of the Itaú letter of credit and the continuing standby letter of credit agreement, including without limitation our reimbursement obligations for any payments made by Itaú under the letter of credit.

Termination

The MFAs automatically terminate without the need for any party to it to take any further action if any type of insolvency or similar proceeding in respect of us or any of the other Owner Entities commences.

In the event of the occurrence of certain material breaches, such as if we fail to comply with the reinvestment or restaurant opening plans, McDonald’s has the right to terminate the MFAs.

Upon the termination of the MFAs, McDonald’s has the right to acquire all, but not less than all, of our equity interests at fair market value, which is to be calculated by internationally recognized investment banks selected by us and McDonald’s. The fair market value of our equity interests shall be calculated in U.S. dollars based on the amount that would be received for our equity interests in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing buyer and a willing seller, taking into account the benefits provided by the MFAs.

 

115


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the world’s largest McDonald’s franchisee in terms of systemwide sales and number of restaurants, according to McDonald’s, representing 5.1% of McDonald’s global sales in 2010, and we are the largest fast food chain in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of systemwide sales, according to Euromonitor, with a regional market share in terms of sales of 10.4% in 2010, according to Euromonitor. We have the exclusive right to own, operate and grant franchises of McDonald’s restaurants in the Territories. As of June 30, 2011, we operated or franchised 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants, which represented 6.6% of McDonald’s total franchised restaurants worldwide. In the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, we paid $80.0 million and $64.0 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees). In 2010 and 2009, we paid $141.0 million and $121.9 million, respectively, in royalties to McDonald’s (not including royalties paid on behalf of our franchisees).

We commenced operations on August 3, 2007, as a result of the Acquisition. We operate McDonald’s-branded restaurants under two different operating formats, Company-operated restaurants and franchised restaurants. As of June 30, 2011, of our 1,767 McDonald’s-branded restaurants in the Territories, 1,302 (or 74%) were Company-operated restaurants and 465 (or 26%) were franchised restaurants. We generate revenues primarily from two sources: sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from franchised restaurants that primarily consist of rental income, which is generally based on the greater of a flat fee or a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants. We own the land for 510 of our restaurants (totaling approximately 1.2 million square meters) and the buildings for all but 12 of our restaurants.

Our business has grown significantly since the Acquisition: we have increased our presence in existing and new markets in the Territories by opening 253 restaurants (185 Company-operated and 68 franchised), 137 McCafé locations and 478 Dessert Centers since the Acquisition. The McDonald’s brand’s market share of the fast food industry in Latin America and the Caribbean in terms of sales has increased from 10.1% in 2007 to 10.4% in 2010 according to Euromonitor. We have increased our total revenues by 15.8% from 2008 to 2010. More recently, our consolidated total revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined under “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures”) increased 25.9%, 39.1% and 21.6%, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010, to $1,715.1 million, $49.7 million and $140.2 million, respectively. In addition, our consolidated total revenues, net income and Adjusted EBITDA increased 13.2%, 32.5% and 12.3%, respectively, in 2010 as compared to 2009, to $3,018.1 million, $106.0 million and $299.1 million, respectively.

We divide our operations into four geographical divisions: Brazil; the Caribbean division, consisting of Aruba, Curaçao, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas; NOLAD, consisting of Costa Rica, Mexico and Panama; and SLAD, consisting of Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. As of June 30, 2011, 35.4% of our restaurants were located in Brazil, 29.7% in SLAD, 26.8% in NOLAD and 8.1% in the Caribbean division. We focus on our customers by managing operations at the local level, including marketing campaigns and special offers, menu management and monitoring customer satisfaction, while leveraging our size by conducting administrative and strategic functions at the divisional or corporate level, as appropriate.

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table presents certain operating results and data by operating segment:

 

     As of and for the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007(1)  
     (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages)  
     (unaudited)                          

Total Revenues

            

Brazil

   $ 892,063      $ 718,520      $ 1,595,571      $ 1,200,742      $ 1,237,208      $ 461,868   

Caribbean division

     132,056        127,385        260,617        244,774        231,734        90,796   

NOLAD

     171,743        141,464        305,017        240,333        232,083        91,932   

SLAD (2)

     519,284        374,442        856,913        979,627        905,817        296,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,715,146        1,361,811        3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842        941,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

            

Brazil

   $ 128,566      $ 99,241      $ 250,606      $ 160,037      $ 144,965      $ 39,800   

Caribbean division

     6,282        9,531        23,556        21,167        22,013        13,099   

NOLAD

     7,868        4,202        15,400        3,918        15,961        10,655   

SLAD (2)

     42,933        32,742        83,998        129,889        138,683        36,530   

Corporate and others

     (45,455     (30,379     (74,446     (48,628     (33,648     (9,187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     140,194        115,337        299,114        266,383        287,974        90,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

            

Brazil

     14.4     13.8     15.7     13.3     11.7     8.6

Caribbean division

     4.8        7.5        9.0        8.6        9.5        14.4   

NOLAD

     4.6        3.0        5.0        1.6        6.9        11.6   

SLAD (2)

     8.3        8.7        9.8        13.3        15.3        12.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     8.2        8.5        9.9        10.0        11.0        9.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Systemwide comparable sales
growth(5)(6)

     13.7     —          14.9     5.5     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brazil

     9.7        —          17.5        2.7        —          —     

Caribbean division

     0.9        —          4.7        4.2        —          —     

NOLAD

     8.5        —          9.1        (1.7     —          —     

SLAD

     29.5        —          16.1        12.2        —          —     

LOGO

 

 

(1) Data for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes only five months of operations, beginning August 3, 2007, the date on which we commenced operations in the Territories.
(2) Currency controls in Venezuela and related accounting changes have a significant effect on our results of operations and impact the comparability of our results of operations in 2010 compared to 2009. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting Comparability of Results—Impact of Venezuelan Currency Controls and Related Accounting Changes on Our Results of Operations” for information regarding the translation of the results of our Venezuelan operations.

 

117


Table of Contents
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of our performance that is reviewed by our management. Adjusted EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning and, accordingly, our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to Adjusted EBITDA as used by other companies. For our definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation thereof, see “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Other Financial Measures” and “Selected Financial and Other Information.”
(4) Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues, expressed as a percentage.
(5) Systemwide comparable sales growth refers to the change in our restaurant sales in one period from a comparable period for restaurants that have been open for thirteen months or longer. Systemwide comparable sales growth is provided and analyzed on a constant currency basis, which means it is calculated using the same exchange rate over the periods under comparison to remove the effects of currency fluctuations from this trend analysis. We believe this constant currency measure provides a more meaningful analysis of our business by identifying the underlying business trend, without distortion from the effect of foreign currency movements.
(6) Systemwide comparable sales growth is presented on a systemwide basis, which means it includes sales by our Company-operated restaurants and our franchised restaurants. While sales by our franchisees are not recorded as revenues by us, we believe the information is important in understanding our financial performance because these sales are the basis on which we calculate and record franchised revenues and are indicative of the financial health of our franchisee base.

Our Industry

We operate in the QSR sub-segment of the fast food segment of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry. In Latin America and the Caribbean, the fast food segment has benefited from the region’s increasing modernization, as people in more densely populated areas adopt lifestyles that increasingly seek convenience, speed and value. According to Euromonitor, fast food segment sales in Latin America and the Caribbean are expected to total an estimated $43.2 billion (nominal value) in 2011. Euromonitor estimates that the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew 69.1% in the period from 2005 to 2010, which is 18 percentage points higher than the growth of the Latin American and Caribbean food service industry as a whole, representing a compound annual growth rate of 11.1%, which in turn is significantly higher than the 2.4% compound annual growth rate of the U.S. fast food segment.

Euromonitor estimates that QSRs have captured 59.8% of market share within the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean due to the popularity of standardized menus, the consistency of products and services, cost efficient operating systems, the development of products targeted to meet consumer demands, economies of scale, convenience, speed and value. Euromonitor estimates that the growth of QSRs in Latin America and the Caribbean will outpace the growth of the fast food segment generally in the near future, as QSRs tend to be better capitalized and are therefore able to expand through additional restaurant openings and innovation, and as consumers increasingly prefer the convenience and reliability associated with a well-established brand. Euromonitor estimates that the QSR sub-segment in Latin America and the Caribbean grew 63.4% during the period from 2005 to 2010.

McDonald’s, Burger King, Subway and KFC have positioned themselves as market leaders within the QSR segment. According to Euromonitor, the McDonald’s brand is the largest in Latin America and the Caribbean with more than three times the sales of Burger King, our closest competitor, in Latin America and the Caribbean and with more sales than our next five competitors combined. In addition to these international brands, strong local brands, such as Habib’s, Bob’s, Servicompras and Giraffa’s, exist in certain key markets.

 

118


Table of Contents

The chart below indicates the percentage market share held by certain major brands in the fast food segment in Latin America and the Caribbean for 2010:

 

LOGO

 

 

Source: Euromonitor

Our Strengths

We believe the following are our competitive strengths:

 

   

Superior Brand and Image . The McDonald’s brand is one of the top ten most widely recognized consumer brands in the world, according to Millward Brown Optimor, and it is one of the most widely recognized consumer brands in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor. In addition, we believe that in Latin America and the Caribbean the McDonald’s brand benefits from an aspirational cachet as a “destination” restaurant with a reputation for safe, fresh and good-tasting food in an attractive setting. With the exclusive right to own, operate and grant franchises of McDonald’s restaurants in 20 countries and territories in Latin America and the Caribbean, we believe we represent an important part of the McDonald’s system. As of June 30, 2011, our 1,767 restaurants represented 6.6% of McDonald’s total franchised restaurants.

 

   

Leading Position in a Region with Favorable Demographics and Economic Conditions . We are the leading fast food chain in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor, with a 10.4% market share, which was more than three times that of our closest competitor, based on systemwide sales in 2010. As a business focused on young adults in the 14 to 35 age range and families with children, our operations have benefited, and we expect to continue to benefit, from our Territories’ population size, younger age profile when compared to more developed markets and improving socio-economic conditions. Based on data from the United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, the Territories represented a market of approximately 575.9 million people in 2010, of which approximately 28% are under 14 years old and 46% are under 25 years old. In addition, improvements in macroeconomic conditions in the Territories are leading to a modernization of consumption patterns and increased affordability of our products across socio-economic segments, and we believe we are well placed to capitalize on these trends. For example, according to the Brazilian Ministry of Finance, 29 million Brazilians joined the middle class between 2003 and 2009 and the percentage of the Brazilian population living in poverty decreased by 45.6% during the same period. Moreover, according to Euromonitor, the percentage of households in Brazil with annual disposable incomes of $5,000 or more was greater than that in China and India in 2010.

 

119


Table of Contents
   

Pan-regional Market Leader with Geographical Diversification . As the largest QSR chain in Latin America and the Caribbean, according to Euromonitor, our operations include some of the region’s largest markets such as Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, Puerto Rico and Colombia. We believe our diversified market presence reduces our dependence on any one market and helps stabilize the impact of individual countries’ economic cycles on our revenues. Our leading market position and in-depth market knowledge across the Territories also allow us to capitalize on demand for new quick service restaurants in an efficient manner. Furthermore, our long-standing presence in the region has allowed us to build a significant property portfolio with hard-to-replicate locations in key markets across the region that enhance our customers’ experience and ultimately support our brand and market position.

 

   

Operational Excellence Translated into Solid Financial Performance . We employ many of the operating procedures used by McDonald’s prior to the Acquisition. We support our McDonald’s-based training programs with an extensive set of quality controls throughout production, processing and distribution and also in our restaurants, where we monitor restaurant managers’ performance and use ongoing external customer satisfaction opportunity reports that analyze key operating indicators. In addition, we develop long-term relationships with reliable suppliers who comply with McDonald’s rigorous quality standards. These procedures allow us to consistently provide our customers with a high-quality experience in both Company-operated and franchised restaurants across the Territories, thereby allowing us to increase the average check on a constant currency basis as well as the number of transactions per restaurant since the Acquisition.

 

   

Experienced Management Team and Lead Shareholder . Our senior management team is led by Mr. Woods Staton, our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and controlling shareholder. Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Staton was the joint venture partner of McDonald’s Corporation in Argentina for over 20 years and was president of McDonald’s South Latin America division from 2004 until the Acquisition. Mr. Staton will not be selling any shares in this offering. Our senior management team is comprised of committed, experienced restaurant industry executives, almost all of whom have worked for McDonald’s and/or with Mr. Staton in non-McDonald’s businesses for over 10 years. Moreover, none of our divisional presidents, vice presidents, chief financial officer, chief operating officer or CEO have left the Company since the Acquisition. The experience of our management team has been a critical component in enhancing operational performance after the Acquisition.

Our Strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to further enhance our profitability, grow our business and expand our leadership in the Latin American and Caribbean QSR market by executing the following strategies:

 

   

Focus Growth in Selected Countries . We believe we have significant opportunities to increase our presence and market share in those countries that we believe offer the best growth prospects and those that are most economically and financially stable, such as Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Peru. For example, in many of the Territories, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Mexico and Peru, we believe there are opportunities for growth as the ratio of gross domestic product purchase power parity, or GDP PPP, per McDonald’s-branded restaurant, a measure we use to determine penetration, is at least 2.5 times greater than in the United States. As the macroeconomic conditions of the countries in the Territories continue to improve, we believe we will have significant opportunities to expand our business as consumers benefit from expanding purchasing power and higher levels of disposable income, which in turn increase consumer demand for our safe, fresh and good-tasting food, comfortable settings and affordable prices as aspects of food convenience. We expect to continue to open new restaurants opportunistically as we identify attractive markets throughout the Territories. In addition, we have committed to open at least 250 new restaurants throughout the Territories from 2011 to 2013 under our agreement with McDonald’s, and in the first three years since the Acquisition (from August 3, 2007 to December 31, 2010), we exceeded our restaurant opening commitments under our agreement with McDonald’s by 45.0%. We estimate that the cost to comply with our restaurant opening commitments under the MFAs from 2011 to 2013 will be between $100 million and $250 million (not including restaurants we intend to open with the proceeds of the 2016 notes, as further described in “Summary—Recent Developments”), depending on, among other

 

120


Table of Contents
 

factors, the type and location of restaurants we open. Our expansion strategy seeks to continue capitalizing on the positive economic developments in these markets and the untapped demand to fuel our growth.

 

   

Continue Our Restaurant Reimaging and Brand Extension Program . We are undertaking an extensive restaurant reimaging and brand extension program throughout the Territories. Our efforts focus on remodeling existing restaurants, creating an inviting, contemporary and highly aspirational environment. We seek to obtain compelling returns on investment, and our restaurants that have undergone reimaging have experienced an additional estimated 5.8% increase in sales per restaurant in the last three years over the comparable sales growth experienced by restaurants which have not been reimaged in the same period. As of June 30, 2011, 549, or 31.1%, of our restaurants had been opened or reimaged since the Acquisition. Our brand extension efforts focus on the development of additional McCafé locations and Dessert Centers. The McCafé concept differentiates the McDonald’s brand and attracts new customers from different market segments to our existing restaurants, particularly during breakfast and after lunch. With an average return on investment from McCafé locations of 46.0% in the first half of 2011, the McCafé concept is well-suited for restaurants in large-scale shopping centers and commercial areas. McCafé locations have been a key factor in adding value to our customers’ experience and represented 8.9% of the total transactions and 5.1% of total sales of the restaurants in which they were located in the first half of 2011. Our Dessert Centers are conveniently located to attract customers, thereby serving as important transaction generators and providing an effective method of extending our brand presence to non-traditional areas. Dessert Centers represented 34.1% of our transactions and 11.3% of our total sales in the first half of 2011 and, with a return on investment of 206.8% in the first half of 2011, provide a low-risk investment alternative. From the Acquisition through June 30, 2011, we have opened 137 McCafé locations and 478 Dessert Centers. We believe our restaurant reimaging and brand extension program, which leverages McDonald’s brand relevance and competitive position to generate growth, has been a key source of our growth since the Acquisition.

 

   

Expand Product Offerings and Marketing Initiatives . We are required under our agreement with McDonald’s to spend at least 5% of our sales on advertising and promotional activities. We intend to continue our promotional campaigns, such as our successful Big Pleasures, Small Prices value menu program in Brazil, through which we offer a rotating selection of our existing products at reduced prices, to increase traffic to our restaurants. We will continue to develop innovative and locally tailored product offerings, such as breakfast, bone-in-chicken, low-calorie and low-sodium products, and value items, to increase restaurant traffic and expand our customer base. To support these product offerings, we will sponsor regionally popular sporting events such as the Copa Libertadores soccer tournament and leverage global marketing initiatives led by McDonald’s, such as sponsorship of major sporting events and participation in various movie promotions. We believe these branding events provide a cost-effective manner to increase our market recognition.

 

   

Maintain Our Focus on Cost Savings Related to Operating Efficiencies . We are focused on streamlining our operations further by reducing costs at the corporate and operating level, including expanding our shared service center, which provides centralized administrative services such as payroll, accounts payable and accounts receivable. Additionally, we intend to further develop and increase our use of local suppliers where appropriate to reduce both import and transportation costs and the volatility of our supply costs. We continue to leverage our operating scale by centralizing our marketing and strategic operations, including menu management, Happy Meal promotions and designs, without losing sight of the need to cater to local preferences. We are currently rolling out a new kitchen operating platform in our major markets called MFY, which we believe will allow us to improve product quality and labor productivity and to reduce food waste.

Our History and Relationship with McDonald’s

McDonald’s Corporation has a longstanding history in Latin America and the Caribbean, dating to the opening of its first restaurant in Puerto Rico in 1967. Since then, McDonald’s expanded its presence across the region as consumer markets and opportunities arose, opening its first stores in Brazil in 1979, in Mexico and Venezuela in 1985 and in Argentina in 1986.

 

121


Table of Contents

We commenced operations on August 3, 2007, as a result of the Acquisition of McDonald’s LatAm business. Woods Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder, was the joint venture partner of McDonald’s Corporation in Argentina for over 20 years prior to the Acquisition and also served as President of McDonald’s South Latin America division from 2004 until the Acquisition. Our senior management team is comprised mostly of executives who had previously worked in McDonald’s LatAm business or with Mr. Staton.

We own our McDonald’s franchise rights pursuant to a Master Franchise Agreement for all of the Territories except Brazil, which we refer to as the MFA, and a separate, but substantially identical, Master Franchise Agreement for Brazil, which we refer to as the Brazilian MFA. We refer to the MFA and the Brazilian MFA, as amended or otherwise modified to date, collectively as the MFAs. The MFAs set forth terms such as the initial 20-year terms of the franchises (our franchise rights for French Guiana, Guadeloupe and Martinique have 10-year terms which we have the option to extend by 10 years), our right to operate and franchise McDonald’s-branded restaurants and the franchise fees payable by us to McDonald’s.

We offer McDonald’s core menu items, including the Big Mac, Happy Meal and Quarter Pounder. Since the Acquisition through June 30, 2011, we have opened 253 new restaurants. We have also undertaken an extensive restaurant reimaging program throughout the Territories, expanded the number of McCafé and Dessert Center locations and focused on adding locally relevant menu items, such as breakfast, bone-in-chicken, low-calorie and low-sodium products, and value items. We have also integrated many of our operations, including our supply chain and distribution functions.

Our Corporate Structure

We were incorporated on December 9, 2010 under the laws of the British Virgin Islands as a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited, the prior holding company for the Arcos Dorados business. On December 13, 2010, Arcos Dorados Limited effected a downstream merger into and with us, with us as the surviving entity. Following the merger, we replaced Arcos Dorados Limited in the corporate structure and replicated its governance structure.

We conduct substantially all our business through our indirect, wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary Arcos Dorados B.V. Our majority shareholder is Los Laureles Ltd., a British Virgin Islands company, which is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. Under the MFAs, Los Laureles Ltd. is required to hold at all times at least 51% of our voting interests, which is accomplished through its ownership of 100% of the class B shares of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., each having five votes per share. Los Laureles Ltd. has established a voting trust with respect to the voting interests in us held by Los Laureles Ltd. and has contributed its interests in Los Laureles Ltd. to a trust whose sole beneficiaries are Mr. Staton and his descendants. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.” Arcos Dorados B.V. owns all the equity interests of LatAm, LLC, the master franchisee, and owns, directly or indirectly, all the equity interests of the subsidiaries operating our restaurants in the Territories.

On April 19, 2011, we completed our initial public offering and listed our class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange. In the initial public offering, we sold 9,529,412 class A shares and certain selling shareholders sold 74,977,376 class A shares, including 11,022,624 class A shares sold to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

122


Table of Contents

The following chart shows our corporate structure after giving effect to the contemplated issuance and sale of              class A shares in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

LOGO

 

 

(1) Los Laureles Ltd. is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.”
(2) Includes operating subsidiaries held directly and, in some cases, indirectly through certain intermediate subsidiaries.

Other than as described above, all of our significant subsidiaries are wholly owned by us, except Arcos Dorados Argentina S.A., of which Mr. Staton owns 0.03%.

Our Operations

Company-Operated and Franchised Restaurants

We operate our McDonald’s-branded restaurants under two basic structures: (i) Company-operated restaurants operated by us and (ii) franchised restaurants operated by franchisees. Under both operating alternatives the real estate location may either be owned or leased by us.

We own, fully manage and operate Company-operated restaurants and retain any operating profits generated by such restaurants, after paying operating expenses and the franchise and other fees owed to McDonald’s under the MFAs. In Company-operated restaurants, we assume the capital expenditures for the building and equipment of the restaurant and, if we own the real estate location, for the land as well.

In contrast to Company-operated restaurants, franchised restaurants are operated and managed by the franchisee with technical and operational support from us as master franchisee, including training programs, operations manuals, access to our supply and distribution network and marketing assistance. Under our conventional franchise arrangements, franchisees provide a portion of the capital required by initially investing in the equipment, signs, seating and decor of their restaurants, and by reinvesting in the business over time. We are required by the MFAs to own the real estate or to secure long-term leases for franchised restaurant sites. We subsequently lease or sublease the property to franchisees. This arrangement allows for long-term occupancy of the property and assists in the alignment of our franchisees’ interests with our own.

 

123


Table of Contents

In exchange for the lease and services, franchisees pay a monthly rent to us, based on the greater of a fixed rent or a certain percentage of gross sales. In addition to this monthly rent, we collect the monthly continuing franchise fee, which generally is 5% of the U.S. dollar equivalent of the restaurant’s gross sales, and pay these fees to McDonald’s pursuant to the MFAs. However, if a franchisee fails to pay its monthly continuing franchise fee, we remain liable for payment in full of these fees to McDonald’s. Pursuant to the MFAs, franchisees pay an initial franchise fee in connection with the opening of a new franchised restaurant and a transfer fee upon transfer of a franchised restaurant, both of which are subsequently shared by McDonald’s and us. See “Our Relationship with McDonald’s—Franchise Fees.”

The chart below illustrates the economics for Company-operated restaurants and franchised restaurants in the case of owned and leased real estate:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

In addition, we are the majority stakeholder in several joint ventures that collectively own 24 restaurants, in Argentina, Chile and Colombia. We have also granted developmental licenses to 12 restaurants. Pursuant to the developmental licenses, the developmental licensees own or lease the land and building on which the restaurants are located and pay a franchise fee to us in addition to the continuing franchise fee due to McDonald’s. All of our joint ventures and developmental licenses were in existence at the time of the Acquisition.

Restaurant Categories

We classify our restaurants into one of four categories: (i) freestanding, (ii) food court, (iii) in-store and (iv) mall stores. Freestanding restaurants are the largest type of restaurant, have ample indoor seating and include a drive-through area. Food court restaurants are located in malls and consist primarily of a front counter and kitchen and do not have their own seating area. In-store restaurants are part of a larger building and resemble freestanding restaurants, except for the lack of a drive-through area. Mall stores are located in malls like food court restaurants, but have their own seating areas. As of June 30, 2011, 811 (or 45.9%) of our restaurants were freestanding, 365 (or 20.7%) were food court, 267 (or 15.1%) were in-stores and 320 (or 18.1%) were mall stores. In addition, we have four non-traditional stores, such as food carts. These percentages vary by country, and may shift as opportunities in malls and more densely populated areas become available in some of the Territories.

 

124


Table of Contents

Below are examples of each type of our restaurant categories:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

Returns on investment in each type of restaurant vary significantly due to the different capital expenditures required and their different sales potential; mall stores generally provide the highest return on investment while freestanding restaurants generally provide the lowest. Moreover, returns vary significantly on a country by country basis.

Reimaging

An important component of our development plan is the reimaging of existing restaurants. As of June 30, 2011, we had completed the reimaging of 350 of the 1,569 restaurants we purchased in the Acquisition. Both we and McDonald’s are committed to maintaining an image for our restaurants that creates a contemporary dining experience. Over the last few years, we have invested substantially in the reimaging of our restaurants, and we, pursuant to the MFAs, have committed to a significant reimaging plan. See “Our Relationship with McDonald’s—The MFAs—Restaurant Opening Plan and Reinvestment Plan.” Many of the reimaging projects include the addition of McCafé locations to the restaurant.

Objectives of the reimaging include elevating the customer’s perception of McDonald’s and creating a more sophisticated and highly aspirational environment. We have developed systemwide guidelines for the interior and exterior design of reimaged restaurants. When carrying out a reimaging project, we minimize the impact on the operations and sales of the restaurants by keeping the restaurants open and operating during the renovations and working in specific areas of the location at particular times.

 

125


Table of Contents

Below are images of the exterior of a few of our restaurants that have benefited from reimaging:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

McCafé Locations and Dessert Centers

McCafé locations are stylish, separate areas within restaurants where customers can purchase a variety of customizable beverages, including lattes, cappuccinos, mochas, hot and iced premium coffees and hot chocolate. McCafé locations have been very successful in creating a different customer experience, optimizing the use of our restaurants at all hours of operation and providing a higher profit margin than our regular restaurant operations. We believe the primary benefit of McCafé locations is that they attract new customers by increasing the variety of our product offerings and improving our image. As of June 30, 2011, there were 278 McCafé locations in the Territories, of which 11% were operated by franchisees. Argentina, with 73 locations, has the greatest number of McCafé locations, followed by Brazil, with 67 locations. The first McCafé in Latin America was opened in Argentina in 1999. Pursuant to the MFAs we have the right to add McCafé locations to the premises of our restaurants.

 

126


Table of Contents

Below are images of the interior of two of our McCafé locations:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

In addition to McCafé locations, Dessert Centers have been a very successful brand extension. Dessert Centers operate separately from existing restaurants, but depend on them for supplies and operational support. For example, a mall store restaurant can provide support for several Dessert Centers located in different locations throughout the same mall. At Dessert Centers, customers can purchase a variety of dessert items, including the McFlurry and soft-serve ice cream. Dessert Centers require low capital expenditures and provide returns on investment and operating margins that are significantly higher than our regular restaurant operations. As such, we believe they are an important driver in increasing our market penetration. As of June 30, 2011, there were 1,354 Dessert Centers in the Territories. Dessert Centers are highly successful in Brazil, where we have 753 locations. The first Dessert Center was created in Costa Rica in 1986 and was launched in Brazil in 1990.

 

127


Table of Contents

The following maps sets forth our McCafé locations and Dessert Centers in each of the Territories as of June 30, 2011:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

The McDonald’s Brand

McDonald’s is one of the most well-recognized consumer food service brands in the world with a brand equity that is unparalleled in the restaurant industry, according to Millward Brown Optimor. McDonald’s strong brand equity stems from the dedicated execution of its brand promise and its ability to associate with the local community where it operates. McDonald’s sets the standard in the restaurant industry worldwide for brand stewardship and marketing leadership. In 2010, Millward Brown Optimor’s annual survey of global brand strength ranked the McDonald’s brand as the sixth most valuable brand in the world.

Product Offerings

A crucial part of delivering the brand to clients depends on our product offerings, or more specifically, our menu strategy and management. The key objective of our menu strategy is the development and offering of quality food choices that attract customers back to our restaurants on a regular basis. The elements we utilize to achieve this goal include offering McDonald’s core menu, our product innovation initiatives and our focus on food safety.

Our menus feature three tiers of products: affordable entry-level options, such as our Big Pleasures, Small Prices or “ Combo del Día ” (“Daily Extra Value Meal”) offerings, core menu options, such as the Big Mac, Happy Meal and Quarter Pounder, and premium options, such as Big Tasty or Angus premium hamburgers and chicken sandwiches and low-calorie or low-sodium products that are marketed through common platforms rather than as individual items. These platforms can be based on the type of products, such as beef, chicken, salads or desserts, or on the type of customer targeted, such as the children’s menu.

 

128


Table of Contents

Our core menu is the most important element of our menu strategy and boasts all-time favorite food choices that have global customer acceptance and are what customers repeatedly order at McDonald’s-branded restaurants worldwide.

Product Development

We have been very innovative in our product development in Latin America and the Caribbean. In key countries, our understanding of the local market has enabled us to successfully introduce new items to appeal to local tastes and to provide our customers with additional food options. Our Big Pleasures, Small Prices and bone-in-chicken offerings are examples of our product development efforts, through which we introduce affordable new products every few months. Also, we carefully monitor the sales of our products and are able to quickly modify them if sales begin to lag. For instance, although we always offer the McFlurry dessert product, we include in this product platform a promotional topping that is offered for a limited period of time. When the positive sales impact of the promotional topping begins to wane, we introduce a new promotional topping to maintain the sales momentum.

In 2006, McDonald’s global innovation team introduced a new food preparation platform called the Bridge Operating Platform, or BOP, which combines product innovation with operational efficiency throughout our restaurants. This platform is a significant system enhancement, and it allows for customization of products without compromising the restaurants’ ability to handle a large influx of customers at peak periods. The BOP has now been implemented in all large Latin American and Caribbean markets. In 2011, we began the roll out of MFY, a new kitchen operating platform that we believe will allow for improved product quality, higher labor productivity and reduced food waste.

We work closely with McDonald’s to develop new product offerings and McDonald’s considers our recommendations regarding regional tastes and preferences and works with us to accommodate such tastes and preferences. We continue to benefit from McDonald’s product development efforts following the Acquisition and have access to a library of products developed globally for the McDonald’s system. In addition, we continue to benefit from the Hamburger Universities in the United States and Brazil and the food studio located in Brazil that aims to develop locally relevant products for the region. The Hamburger Universities and the food studio models have been McDonald’s main global source of people and product development. The Hamburger Universities provide restaurant managers, mid-managers and owner/operators with training on best practices in different aspects of the business, like restaurant and people management, sales and accounting, while emphasizing consistent restaurant operations procedures, service, quality and cleanliness. The food studios across the globe have been responsible for some of McDonald’s most innovative food concepts and play a crucial role in developing new menu options that cater to the local tastes.

Product Development Strategy

Value perceptions change significantly between markets and even between areas within a single market. In order to adjust pricing to meet customers’ expectations in each market, we have developed local expertise aimed at understanding the dynamics of the local marketplace and the characteristics of their customers. We also examine trends in the pricing of raw materials, packaging, product related operating costs as well as individual item sales volumes to fully understand profitability by item. These insights feed into the local markets’ menu and pricing strategy as well as the marketing plan that is disseminated to both Company-operated and franchised restaurants. Restaurants may then adjust pricing and/or item offerings as they choose in an attempt to optimize sales, profitability and local preferences. This cycle is part of an overall revenue management philosophy and is part of our business management practices utilized throughout the region.

Advertisement & Promotion

We believe that sales in the QSR sub-segment can be significantly affected by the frequency and quality of our advertising and promotional programs. In particular, we benefit from the strength of McDonald’s global resources, including its global alliances with some of the largest multinational conglomerates and sponsorship of sporting events such as the Olympic Games and the World Cup and participation in various movie promotions, which provides us with important advertising and promotion opportunities.

 

129


Table of Contents

We promote the McDonald’s brand and our products by advertising in all of the Territories. We create, develop and coordinate marketing plans and promotional activities throughout the Territories; however, pursuant to the MFAs, McDonald’s reserves the right to review and approve any advertising materials and related promotional activities and may request that we cease using the materials or promotional activities at any time if McDonald’s determines that they are detrimental to its brand image. We are required under the MFAs to spend at least 5% of our gross sales, and our franchisees generally are required to pay us 5% of their gross sales for the portion of advertising expenditures related to their restaurants, on advertisement and promotion activities. The only exception to this policy is in Mexico, where both we and our franchisees contribute funds to a cooperative that is responsible for advertisement and promotion activities for Mexico.

Our advertisement and promotion activities are guided by our overall marketing plan, which identifies the key strategic platforms that we aim to leverage to drive sales. The advertisement and promotion program is formulated based on the amount of advertisement and promotion support needed for each strategic platform for the year. During 2011, our key strategic platforms include menu relevance, convenience, strengthening the kids and family experience and price segmentation for margin optimization. In terms of menu relevance, we continue to support the breakfast menu that we introduced during 2008 in many of our key markets, such as Brazil, and introduced our premium Angus burger and bone-in-chicken premium products. In terms of convenience, we increased the efficiency of some of our restaurants by including more McCafé locations and Dessert Centers and developing locally relevant menu items, such as breakfast choices and bone-in-chicken product offerings in Colombia, Ecuador, Peru and Venezuela. In terms of pricing, we understand that our customers seek great-tasting food at affordable prices and that their perception of value while at the restaurant is a significant factor in determining overall satisfaction and frequency of visits. Our Big Pleasures, Small Prices and our “ Combo del Día ” programs in Latin America and the Caribbean, which are based on best practices and experience in the United States and Europe, have been successful in addressing a broad range of value expectations in our restaurants without sacrificing restaurant profitability. We continue leveraging these platforms to increase penetration and grow market share.

Through the execution of these initiatives, we work to enhance the McDonald’s experience for customers throughout the Territories, increase our sales and customer counts. We aim to position ourselves as a “forever young” brand by delivering a youthfully energetic, distinctly casual, personally engaging and delightful dining/brand experience.

Regional Operations

The Company is divided into four geographical divisions: Brazil, the Caribbean division, NOLAD and SLAD. Except for Brazil, the divisions are subsequently divided into sub-groups comprised of individual Territories. The presidents of the divisions report directly to our chief operating officer.

 

130


Table of Contents

The following map sets forth the number of our restaurants in each of our operating divisions as of June 30, 2011:

LOGO

 

 

Source: Arcos Dorados

We remain close to customers by managing operations at the local level, including implementing recruiting centers, conducting marketing campaigns and promotions, monitoring consumer perception and managing menu offerings. We conduct administrative and strategic activities at either the divisional level or at our headquarters, as appropriate. We provide services such as accounts payable, accounts receivable and payroll through our centralized shared service center located in Buenos Aires, Argentina. In addition, we have designed standardized crew recruiting manuals and have implemented an online communication platform for crew and managers. These centralized operations help us maintain consistent procedures, quality control and brand management across all of our markets.

 

131


Table of Contents

Set forth below is a summary of our restaurant portfolio as of June 30, 2011:

 

    Ownership     Store Type(1)     Building/Land
(2)
 

Portfolio by Division

  Company-
Operated
    Joint
Venture
    Franchised     Developmental
License
    Total     Freestanding     Food
Court
    In-Store     Mall
Store
    Dessert
Centers
    McCafé
Locations
    Owned     Leased  

Brazil

    461        —          164        —          625        238        168        80        139        753        67        117        508   

Caribbean Division

    93        —          50        1        144        116        2        6        20        8        11        50        93   

NOLAD

    307        —          155        11        473        244        125        51        52        198        56        168        294   

SLAD

    417        24        84        —          525        213        70        130        109        395        144        175        349   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,278        24        453        12        1,767        811        365        267        320        1,354        278        510        1,244   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In addition, we have four non-traditional stores, such as food carts.
(2) Developmental licenses are not included in these figures.

Brazil

Brazil is our largest division in terms of restaurants, with 625 restaurants as of June 30, 2011 and $892.1 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing 35.4% and 52.0% of our total restaurants and revenues, respectively. Our operations in Brazil are based in Sao Paulo and McDonald’s has been present in Brazil since opening its first restaurant in Rio de Janeiro in 1979.

Caribbean Division

The Caribbean division includes eight territories with 144 restaurants as of June 30, 2011 and $132.1 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing 8.1% and 7.7% of our total restaurants and revenues, respectively. Its primary market is Puerto Rico, where the division’s management is based. McDonald’s has been present in Puerto Rico since opening its first restaurant in San Juan in 1967. Puerto Rico represents 77.8% of the Caribbean division’s restaurants and 55.2% of the Caribbean division’s revenues. Puerto Rico is our fifth-largest market in terms of restaurants.

NOLAD

NOLAD includes three countries with 473 restaurants as of June 30, 2011 and $171.7 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing 26.8% and 10.0% of our total restaurants and revenues, respectively. Its primary market is Mexico, where the division’s management is based. McDonald’s has been present in Mexico since opening its first restaurant in Mexico City in 1985. Mexico represents 82.5% of NOLAD’s restaurants and 59.1% of NOLAD’s revenues, and Mexico is our second-largest market in terms of restaurants.

Our operations in Mexico differ from those in our other Territories in that the percentage of franchised restaurants is significantly higher than our systemwide average (37.4% of our restaurants in Mexico are franchised, while 25.6% of our restaurants overall are franchised) because some of McDonald’s previous joint venture partners were converted into franchisees immediately prior to the Acquisition. Since the Acquisition, we have been adjusting our business model in Mexico as several factors had significantly eroded that market’s profitability. Among them was a strategy that had focused on improving profit margins, which improved profitability in the short term but resulted in increased competition and lower traffic. In addition, the Mexican peso ’s significant devaluation in 2008 and 2009 adversely affected the financial condition of certain franchisees that had U.S. dollar-denominated debt to the point where we had to acquire 80 franchised restaurants. Additional negative events such as the global recession of 2009 and the swine flu epidemic, both of which disproportionately impacted Mexico, also temporarily reduced our sales in this market.

SLAD

SLAD includes seven countries with 525 restaurants as of June 30, 2011 and $519.3 million in revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011, representing 29.7% and 30.3% of our total restaurants and revenues, respectively. Its primary markets are Argentina, where the division’s management is based, and Venezuela. McDonald’s has been

 

132


Table of Contents

present in Argentina since opening its first restaurant in Buenos Aires in 1986 and in Venezuela since opening its first restaurant in Caracas in 1985. As of June 30, 2011, Argentina and Venezuela, respectively, represented 36.8% and 26.5% of SLAD’s restaurants and 44.0% and 23.5% of SLAD’s revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Argentina and Venezuela, respectively, are our third- and fourth-largest markets in terms of restaurants.

Our operations in Argentina differ from those in our other Territories in that we own a significant number of restaurants as the majority stakeholder in various joint ventures. All of the joint ventures were in existence at the time of the Acquisition.

Property Operations

As of June 30, 2011, we owned the land for 510 of our 1,767 restaurants (totaling approximately 1.2 million square meters). We owned the buildings for all but 12 of our restaurants, all of which are under developmental licenses, whereby the licensees own or lease the land and buildings on which the restaurants are located. We lease the remaining real estate property where we operate. Accordingly, we are able to charge rent on the real estate that we own and lease to our franchisees. The rental payments generally are based on the greater of a flat fee or a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants. When we lease land, we match the term of our sublease to the term of the franchise. We may charge a higher rent to franchisees than that which we pay on our leases, therefore deriving additional rental income.

The selection, construction and maintenance of restaurant locations and other related real estate assets, which is a key element of our performance, is determined based on an evaluation of expected returns on investment and the most efficient allocation of our capital expenditures. In addition to our restaurant property, we own our corporate headquarters in Buenos Aires, Argentina, corporate offices, a manufacturing and logistics center, and a training center in Sao Paulo, Brazil, and distribution centers in Argentina, Chile, Mexico and Venezuela.

Supply and Distribution

Supply chain management is an important element of our success and a crucial factor in optimizing our profitability. Currently, we have an integrated and centralized supply chain management system that focuses on (i) the highest possible quality and food safety, (ii) competitive market pricing that is predictable and sustainable over time, and (iii) leveraging of local, regional and global sourcing strategies to obtain a competitive advantage. This system consists of the selection and development of suppliers that are able to comply with McDonald’s high quality standards and the establishment of the appropriate type of relationships with these suppliers. These standards, which are based on the highest industry standards like International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, standards, British Retail Consortium, or BRC, standards and others, include cleanliness, product consistency and timeliness, meeting or exceeding all local food regulations and compliance with our Hazard Analysis Critical Control Plan, or HACCP, a systematic approach to food safety that emphasizes protection within the processing facility, rather than detection, through analysis, inspection and follow-up. Due to our supply chain management and high quality standards, we believe our products have a competitive advantage because they have many attributes that make them appealing to our customers. For instance, our McNuggets are made of 100% white meat; our frying oil is 100% free of trans fatty acids; the dairy mix for our sundaes and the McFlurry and our vegetables undergo aseptic processes to rid them of bacteria; and our hamburger patties are made with 100% beef and do not contain additives.

Pursuant to the MFAs, we purchase core products and services, such as beef, chicken, buns, produce, cheese, dairy mixes and toppings, from approved suppliers and distributors who satisfy the above requirements. If McDonald’s determines that any product or service offered by an approved supplier is not in compliance with its standards, it may terminate the supplier’s approved status. Beyond the purchase of core products and services, we have no restrictions on which suppliers or distributors we may use. We have largely continued the supply relationships that McDonald’s had established prior to the Acquisition, and we develop relationships with new suppliers in accordance with McDonald’s Supplier Quality Management System, or SQMS.

Since the process to become an approved supplier is lengthy, expensive and requires proof of compliance with McDonald’s high quality standards, we have found that oral agreements with our approved suppliers generally are sufficient to ensure a reliable supply of quality food products, and we have developed long-term relationships with

 

133


Table of Contents

many of our suppliers. In addition, we enter into written agreements with most of our suppliers regarding the cost of such goods, which can be based on pricing protocols, formula costing, benchmarking or open bidding, as appropriate. Our 25 largest suppliers account for approximately 80% of our supplies, and no single supplier or group of related suppliers account for more than 9% of our total food and paper costs. Among our main suppliers are Marfrig Alimentos S.A., McCain Foods Limited, Coca-Cola Company and Fresh Start Bakeries, Inc.

Our integrated supply chain management optimizes value as we work with suppliers to develop pricing protocols, inventory, planning and product quality. As of June 30, 2011, approximately 25% of the food products used in our restaurants were imported, primarily from countries within Latin America, while the remaining amount were locally sourced. This percentage varies among the Territories; for example, 22% of the products consumed in Mexico are imported, while 19% and 90% of the products consumed in Brazil and the Caribbean division, respectively, are imported. In addition, all of the toys distributed in our restaurants are imported from China. Certain supplies, such as beef, must often be locally sourced due to restrictions on their importation. Combined with the MFAs’ requirement to purchase certain core supplies from approved suppliers, although we maintain contingency plans to back up restaurant supplies, we may not be able to quickly find alternate or additional supplies in the event a supplier is unable to meet our orders. See “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to our Business—We are dependent on oral agreements with third-party suppliers and distributors for the provision of products that are necessary for our operations.” The suppliers send all of their products to distribution centers that are in charge of transportation, warehousing, financial administration, demand and inventory planning and customer service. The distribution centers interact directly with our Company-operated and franchised restaurants.

Until recently we owned and operated some of the distribution centers in the Territories, which operations and related properties we referred to as Axis. Axis operated in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela, and its main third-party customers were Sodexho, Eurest, Sadia, WalMart, Carrefour, Subway and Dairy Queen. We effected a split-off of Axis to our shareholders in March 2011. The split-off was effected through the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 class A shares and 16,753,186 class B shares). As consideration for the redemption, the Company transferred to its shareholders its equity interests in the operating subsidiaries of the Axis business totaling a net book value of $15.4 million and an equity contribution that was made to the Axis holding company amounting to $29.8 million. The split-off of Axis did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Following the split-off, Los Laureles Ltd. acquired the Axis shares held by Gavea Investment AD, L.P. and investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates). We recently entered into a master commercial agreement with Axis on arm’s-length terms so that Axis will continue to provide us with distribution services in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela. We are currently negotiating the local arrangements within these markets. We also expect to enter into a revolving loan agreement with Axis for a total amount of $12.0 million by the end of 2011.

Supply Chain Management and Quality Assurance

All products that we sell meet McDonald’s specifications, including new products and promotions. We work with our supplies to implement key standards testing at each stage of our supply chain, including raw materials, processing and distribution. With respect to raw materials, we verify that produce suppliers undergo verification audits. All protein suppliers also undergo Animal Welfare Policy, “mad cow” disease and HACCP audits. At the processing stage, we implement a supplier quality management system that encourages continuous improvement in each key product category. We conduct seminars annually with all key suppliers on topics such as standards calibration, product sensory evaluation and best practices and all suppliers are audited annually by a third party for compliance with McDonalds’s SQMS. We measure compliance through visits to processing plants, supplier summits, regularly scheduled audits and sensory testing that is achieved through a combination of product, equipment and operational procedures. At the distribution stage, we have implemented the Distribution Quality Management Program, which includes a shelf-life management system, strict temperature controls for receiving and storage of food products, a sophisticated stock recovery program and a quality inspection program.

Our quality testing extends to restaurant operations, where we conduct restaurant improvement and food safety verification processes that allow us to track the implementation of changes in restaurant operations, new products, procedures and equipment. We participate in the restaurant operations improvement process designed by McDonald’s, under which Company-operated and franchised restaurants are visited at least three times in any 21-

 

134


Table of Contents

month cycle to identify system opportunities to continuously improve our operations. Visits are conducted by our operations consultants, who assess restaurants based on food quality, service and cleanliness. We also participate in the worldwide mystery shopper program designed by McDonald’s, where all restaurants are visited twice a month by a third-party vendor who provides us with feedback from a customer perspective. This feedback, called customer satisfaction opportunity reports, is sent to a centralized monitoring system that evaluates key operations indicators. Our multidisciplinary teams, which include members of our Supply Chain and Marketing and Operations teams, work to improve quality and efficiency at the restaurant level throughout the Territories.

Our Competition

We compete with international, national, regional and local retailers of food products. We compete on the basis of price, convenience, service, menu variety and product quality. Our competition in the broadest perspective includes restaurants, quick-service eating establishments, pizza parlors, coffee shops, street vendors, convenience food stores, delicatessens and supermarkets. For more information about our competition, see “Industry.”

Our Customers

We aim to provide our customers with safe, fresh and good-tasting food at a good value and a favorable dining experience in the family friendly environment demanded by our target demographic of young adults and families with children. Our McCafé brand extension has successfully targeted a more adult customer base.

Latin America and the Caribbean present very compelling growth prospects given their improving macroeconomic conditions, expanding buying power of the consumer sector in general and the rapidly growing QSR markets in particular. There is significant potential for disposable income expansion as regional economies grow and consumer financing alternatives expand, which generally results in increased demand for food convenience. The confluence of favorable factors throughout the region, including growth in our target demographic markets, offer an opportunity of profitable growth and the ability to serve an ever-increasing number of customers.

Our Employees

Our employees are a crucial component of our customers’ restaurant service experience. As such, we consistently train our employees to deliver fast and friendly service through a series of training programs.

Our employees can be divided into three different categories: crew, restaurant managers and professional staff. Due to the different tasks of each of these categories of employees, turnover rates differ significantly. Crew turnover is considerably higher than turnover for managers and professional staff.

As of June 30, 2011, we had a total of approximately 85,240 employees throughout the Territories. Of this number, 84% were crew, 14% were restaurant managers and the remainder were professional staff. Approximately 45% of our employees were located in Brazil.

The following table illustrates the distribution of our employees by division and employee category as of June 30, 2011.

 

Division

   Crew      Restaurant
Managers
     Professional
Staff
     Total  

Brazil

     32,222         5,878         491         38,591   

Caribbean division

     4,925         637         162         5,724   

NOLAD

     8,960         1,565         284         10,809   

SLAD

     25,115         4,041         538         29,694   

Corporate and other

     —           —           422         422   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     71,222         12,121         1,897         85,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Restaurant managers are responsible for the daily management of our restaurants. As such, we have a comprehensive training program for them that is focused on customer management practices, food preparation and other operational procedures. Standards are taught and continually reinforced through the use of such training

 

135


Table of Contents

programs. We also use performance measurements on a continual basis, both internally and externally in connection with all our restaurants. Our internal on-site visit restaurant operations improvement process evaluates operational standards, which are compared globally to assure continuous improvement. We also contract third parties, which we refer to as third-party shoppers, to visit our restaurants anonymously and report on our performance. Our external third-party shopper measurements and customer satisfaction opportunity reports help maintain our competitiveness. In addition, Hamburger University provides restaurant managers, mid-managers and owner/operators with training on best practices in different aspects of our business. In 2010, 13,865 people attended different courses or events at Hamburger University in areas such as restaurant and customer management, sales and accounting.

The role performed by our crew is of critical importance in our interactions with our customers. Employee relations are thus key to maintaining the level of motivation and enthusiasm on the part of our crew that help differentiate our restaurants from those of our competitors. In 2010, we led the “ Súper Empresas ” (Super Companies) ranking in Mexico by the Expansión/CNN magazine and the Great Place to Work Institute recognized us as being among the 50 best companies to work for in Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Costa Rica, Panama, Peru and Uruguay. In addition, in 2009 we were recognized as one of the “ 20 Mejores Patronos ” (20 Best Employers) in Puerto Rico by Aon Hewitt, El Nuevo Día , PricewaterhouseCoopers and Gaither International.

Although we have unions in some of our most important markets, including Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, the unions do not have an active role in the restaurants. In these markets, the restaurant industry is unionized by law.

Regulation

We are subject to various multi-jurisdictional federal, regional and local laws in the countries in which we operate affecting the operation of our business, as are our franchisees and suppliers. Each restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, tax, operating, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. Difficulties in obtaining, or the failure to obtain, required licenses or approvals can delay or prevent the opening of a new restaurant in a particular area. Restaurant operations are also subject to federal and local laws governing matters such as wages, working conditions and overtime. We are also subject to tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment and laws regulating foreign investment.

Substantive laws that regulate the franchisor/franchisee relationship presently exist in several of the countries in which we operate, including Brazil. These laws often limit, among other things, the duration and scope of non-competition provisions, the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise and the ability of a franchisor to designate sources of supply and regulate franchise sales communications.

We are also subject to the labor laws applicable in the countries in which we operate. The adoption of new or more stringent labor laws or regulations could result in a material liability to us. For example, a law enacted in November 2010 in Argentina requires companies to pay overtime to all employees (except directors and managers) working on weekends, and a proposed bill in Argentina would require companies to distribute 10 percent of their profits to employees. See “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Our Business—Labor shortages or increased labor costs could harm our results of operations.”

In addition, we may become subject to legislation or regulation seeking to regulate high-fat and/or high-sodium foods, particularly in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Puerto Rico and Venezuela. Moreover, restrictions on advertising by food retailers and QSRs have been proposed in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Uruguay and Venezuela, including proposals to restrict our ability to sell toys in conjunction with food. Certain jurisdictions in the United States are considering curtailing or have curtailed McDonald’s ability to sell children’s meals including toys if these meals do not meet certain nutritional criteria. Similar restrictions, if imposed in the Latin American countries where we do business, may have a negative impact on our results of operations. We will comply with any laws or regulations that may be enacted, and we can provide no assurance of the effect that any possible future laws and regulations will have on our operating results. See “Risk Factors—Certain Factors Relating to Our Industry—Restrictions on promotions and advertisements directed at families with children and regulations regarding the nutritional content of children’s meals may harm McDonald’s brand image and our results of operations.”

 

136


Table of Contents

Environmental Issues

To the best of our knowledge, there are currently no international, federal, state or local environmental laws, rules or regulations that will materially affect our results of operations or our position with respect to our competitors. However, we can provide no assurance of the effect that any possible future environmental laws will have on our operating results.

We conduct surveys with our key suppliers in Latin America and the Caribbean to better manage our impact on the environment. We measure water consumption, energy utilization and waste production and communicate with suppliers in regards to sustainability issues such as resource use, residue disposal, energy consumption and cleaner production. This helps us identify possible actions with our suppliers to reduce our environmental impact and implement best practices across the region.

We also promote several environmentally friendly projects, including paper and waste recycling campaigns. We work with local organizations to turn cooking oil into biodiesel and we have installed solar panels and heaters in several of our restaurants in Mexico. We also participate in projects such as Earth Hour, promoted by the World Wildlife Fund, where our restaurants across the region turn off their lights for an hour to raise awareness about climate change.

Legal Proceedings

Puerto Rican Franchisees

In January 2007, several Puerto Rican franchisees filed a lawsuit against McDonald’s and certain subsidiaries, which we purchased in the Acquisition. The lawsuit was filed before the Puerto Rico Court of First Instance in San Juan, Puerto Rico and originally sought declaratory judgment and damages in the amount of $11 million plus plaintiffs’ attorney fees. In January 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that increased the amount of damages sought to $66.7 million plus plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees. The complaint, as amended, requests that the court declare that the plaintiffs’ respective franchise agreements and contractual relationships with McDonald’s Corporation, which agreements and relationships were assigned or otherwise transferred to us as part of the Acquisition, are governed by the Dealers’ Act of Puerto Rico, or Law 75, a Puerto Rican law that limits the grounds under which a principal may terminate or refuse to renew a distribution contract. The complaint also seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions to restrict us from declining to renew the plaintiffs’ agreements except for just cause, and to prohibit us from opening restaurants or kiosks within a 3-mile radius of a franchisee’s restaurant. In September 2008, we filed a counter-suit requesting the termination of the franchise agreements with these franchisees due to several material breaches. On December 23, 2010, the Commissioner assigned by the Court of First Instance to this case issued a resolution holding that Law 75 applies to the parties’ commercial relationship. On July 20, 2011, the Court of First Instance adopted the Commissioner’s determination with respect to the application of Law 75. This determination is an interlocutory determination that defines the legislation applicable to the franchisee rights and obligations. On August 26, 2011, we appealed the decision of the Court of First Instance by means of a certiorari to the Court of Appeals. We are still in the discovery phase with respect to the evidentiary part of this litigation. If we do not prevail on the non-applicability of Law 75 to the franchise agreements, the franchisees will still need to demonstrate and prove that the franchisor has breached their respective contracts. Therefore, no provision has been recorded regarding this lawsuit because we believe that a final negative resolution has a low probability of occurrence.

In October and November of 2010, two bills were introduced in the Puerto Rico Legislature that seek to regulate franchise agreements. Among other goals, these bills (like Law 75 in the case of distribution agreements) limit the grounds under which a franchisor may terminate or refuse to renew a franchise agreement. The bills are in the early stages of consideration by the Legislature and no hearings or votes have been scheduled.

Retained Lawsuits and Contingent Liabilities

We have certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving labor, tax and other matters. As of June 30, 2011 we maintained a provision

 

137


Table of Contents

for contingencies amounting to $81.9 million ($91.7 million as of December 31, 2010), which is disclosed net of judicial deposits amounting to $29.1 million ($27.4 million as of December 31, 2010) that we were required to make in connection with the proceedings. As of June 30, 2011, the net amount of $52.7 million was disclosed as follows: $0.4 million as a current liability within “Accrued payroll and other liabilities” and $52.3 million as a non-current liability.

The provision for contingencies includes $42.8 million related to Brazilian claims as of June 30, 2011 ($40.4 million as of December 31, 2010). Pursuant to the Acquisition, McDonald’s indemnifies us for specific and limited claims arising from the Puerto Rican franchisee lawsuit and certain Brazilian tax and labor claims. As a result, we have recorded a non-current asset in respect of McDonald’s indemnity in our consolidated balance sheet. See Note 17 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements and Note 9 to our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for details.

Other Proceedings

In addition to the matters described above, we are from time to time subject to certain claims and party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. We believe that we have made adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings and believe that liabilities related to such claims and proceedings should not have, in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in these claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by us; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to our operating results for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of our income for that period.

Insurance

We maintain insurance policies in accordance with the requirements of the MFAs and as appropriate beyond those requirements, to the extent we believe additional coverage is necessary. Our insurance policies include commercial general liability, workers compensation, “all risk” property and business interruption insurance, among others. See “Our Relationship with McDonald’s—Insurance.”

Charitable Activities and Social Initiatives

The McDonald’s brand is enhanced through McDonald’s and our social responsibility, including charitable activities and community involvement. The following discussion summarizes some of McDonald’s and our principal initiatives and contributions:

Employment Experience

We are an important employer in Latin America and the Caribbean. With over 85,000 employees as of June 30, 2011, we are one of the largest employers in Latin America. For many of our employees, we are their first employer. We have been recognized by many independent organizations for being a “great place to work.” In 2009, the Great Place to Work Institute recognized us as being one of the six best companies to work for in Latin America, and we led the “ Súper Empresas ” (Super Companies) ranking by the Expansión/CNN magazine.

We pride ourselves on principles such as integrity, trust, honesty, hospitality and the importance of team work. To that end, we offer extensive training and education opportunities for our employees, and provide a collegial work environment that fosters teamwork and advancement.

 

138


Table of Contents

Community

On McHappy Day, McDonald’s restaurants around the world raise money for various children’s causes, including the Ronald McDonald House Charities Foundation that supports needy children and their families, provides funding for philanthropic non-profit associations and provides educational scholarships and research for youth development. McHappy Day has grown from being a “social marketing” campaign to becoming a community-wide effort. In 2010, McHappy Day was celebrated in all of the Territories, involving over 30,000 community volunteers and our franchisees and suppliers. Our activities this year set two McDonald’s McHappy Day records: largest amount raised by a country (Brazil) and largest amount raised by a single restaurant (Uruguay). In 2010, our McHappy Day activities raised over $11 million, a 9% increase compared to 2009.

We are actively involved with McDonald’s in numerous community development programs. As of June 30, 2011, there were 14 Ronald McDonald House Charities programs in 12 countries in Latin America and the Caribbean, including 12 Ronald McDonald Houses and seven Ronald McDonald Family Rooms in hospitals, which provide “a home away from home” to children undergoing serious medical treatments and their family members, and one Ronald McDonald Care Mobile, which was built specifically for delivering pediatric care services to remote locations.

Nutrition and Well-being

As part of our commitment to offering the best nutrition and quality to our customers, we are dedicated to teaching healthy eating habits and providing reliable information to guide educated nutritional decisions. We participate in several educational, sports and well-being programs throughout Latin America and the Caribbean, promoting our brand and setting an example across the region, including sponsoring walks and races to raise funds and awareness of various health conditions.

We only use products that have passed strict quality and hygiene controls throughout the production chain, inside our restaurants and right up to the moment they are served to our customers. These products are sourced from our carefully selected and monitored supplier network for all McDonald’s restaurants.

Environmental Responsibility

We also have several initiatives that work towards achieving a more sustainable relationship with the environment. As of June 30, 2011, we had opened four ecological restaurants, which are more environmentally responsible and resource-efficient throughout their life-cycle than regular restaurants. In December 2008, we opened the first ecological restaurant in Latin America in Bertioga on the coast of São Paulo, Brazil. This restaurant received Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design, or LEED, certification, in September 2009, becoming the first McDonald’s restaurant in Latin America to be so certified. Due to Costa Rica’s reputation for environmental responsibility, we chose Costa Rica as the site for our second ecological restaurant. Opened in August 2009 in Lindora, Costa Rica, the restaurant was the first of its kind in Central America. In August 2010, we opened our third ecological restaurant in Pilar, Argentina. In July 2011, we re-inaugurated the McDonald’s at Parque Hundido, in Mexico DF as our fourth ecological restaurant. We also remodeled the McDonald’s University in São Paulo, which reopened in April 2011 as an ecological building. This McDonald’s University, one of seven such units in the world, is the corporate training center for employees from all over Latin America and the Caribbean. The know-how accumulated in the construction of these ecological buildings is being used for the development of new McDonald’s restaurants and the reimaging of certain existing ones. Our ecological restaurants have proven to be less expensive in the medium-term, while also being sustainable in the long term.

We employ sustainable waste management and water efficiency and conservation programs. We also employ cutting-edge technology that minimizes our environmental footprint, using clean-energy sources such as solar panels and wind generators, and recycling cooking oil from our restaurants to make bio diesel that fuels some of our supply trucks.

 

139


Table of Contents

Sustainable Supply Chain

We hope to further strengthen our supply chain by developing local initiatives that meet our demand for goods while promoting the well-being and success of the farmers and suppliers we rely on. For example, our Qori Chacra Project offers local farmers in Cuzco, Peru the opportunity to improve their crops by providing training on various methods to improve yield and distribution options. Through this project, we hope to develop a sustainable supply chain, which could ultimately be replicated in other countries with similar needs.

 

140


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of seven members, two of whom are independent directors. In case of a tie vote by the board of directors, the Chairman will have the deciding vote. Our memorandum and articles of association authorize us to have eight members, and the number of authorized members may be increased or decreased by a resolution of shareholders or by a resolution of directors. We are currently recruiting one additional independent director to fill the vacancy on the board of directors.

Pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors is divided into three classes. The members of each class serve staggered, three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of shareholders in the year in which their term expires. There is no distinction in the voting or other powers and authorities of directors of different classes. The classes are currently composed as follows:

 

   

Mr. Staton and Mr. Lemonnier are Class I directors, whose term will expire at the first annual meeting of shareholders following this offering;

 

   

Mr. Hernández-Artigas and Ms. Franqui are Class II directors, whose term will expire at the second annual meeting of shareholders following this offering; and

 

   

Mr. Alonso, Mr. Chu and Mr. Vélez are Class III directors, whose term will expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders following this offering.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors and any directors elected to fill vacancies on the board will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Any director may be removed, but only for cause, by a resolution of shareholders or a resolution of directors. Our directors do not have a retirement age requirement under our memorandum and articles of association.

The following table presents the names of the members of our board of directors.

 

Name

  

Position

   Age  

Woods Staton

   Chairman and CEO      61   

Sergio Alonso

   Chief Operating Officer      48   

Germán Lemonnier

   Chief Financial Officer      49   

Annette Franqui

   Director      48   

Carlos Hernández-Artigas

   Director      47   

Michael Chu

   Director      62   

José Alberto Vélez

   Director      61   

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business addresses for our directors is Roque Saenz Peña 432, Olivos, Buenos Aires, Argentina (B1636 FFB) and Juncal 1408, Oficina 404, CP 11000, Montevideo, Uruguay.

Woods Staton.  Mr. Staton is our CEO and Chairman of the Board and is a member of the Compensation Committee. He was McDonald’s joint venture partner in Argentina for over 20 years and served as the President of SLAD. Mr. Staton is a member of the International Advisory Board of Itaú Unibanco Holding S.A. Mr. Staton is also a member of the founding family and served as the CEO and Chairman of the board of directors of Panamerican Beverages, Inc., or Panamco, which was Coca-Cola’s largest bottler in Latin America.

Sergio Alonso.  Mr. Alonso is our Chief Operating Officer and was, prior to his appointment as such, McDonald’s Divisional President in Brazil. He graduated with a degree in Accounting from Universidad de Buenos Aires in 1986. He began his career at McDonald’s as Accounting Manager and subsequently moved to the

 

141


Table of Contents

operations area, eventually being promoted to Vice President of Operations in 6 years. From 1999 until 2003, Mr. Alonso was involved in the development of the Aroma Café brand in Argentina.

Germán Lemonnier.  Mr. Lemonnier is our Chief Financial Officer and was, prior to his appointment as such, the Chief Financial Officer of SLAD. He graduated with a degree in Accounting from Universidad de Buenos Aires in 1996. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1993, as Accounting Chief of Argentina and after one year was promoted to Accounting Manager. In 1995, Mr. Lemonnier became the Finance & Administration Manager of Argentina and held the positions of Finance & Administration Director and Chief Financial Officer of Argentina from 1997 until his appointment as Chief Financial Officer of SLAD in 2005.

Annette Franqui.  Ms. Franqui has been a member of our board of directors since 2007 and is a member of the Audit Committee. She graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania in 1984 and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business in 1986. She is also a Chartered Financial Analyst. Ms. Franqui began her career in 1986 with J.P. Morgan and joined Goldman Sachs in 1989. In 1994, she returned to J.P. Morgan where she became a Managing Director and the Head of the Latin America Research Department. Ms. Franqui joined Panamco in 2001 as Vice President of Corporate Finance and became the Chief Financial Officer in 2002. She is one of the founding partners of Forrestal Capital and is currently a board member of Wireless WERX International and Grupo Progreso.

Carlos Hernández-Artigas.  Mr. Hernández-Artigas has been a member of our board of directors since 2007 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. He graduated from Universidad Panamericana, Escuela de Derecho in 1987 and University of Texas at Austin, School of Law in 1988. He received an MBA from IPADE in Mexico City in 1996. Mr. Hernández-Artigas worked as a lawyer for several years in Mexico and as a foreign attorney in Dallas, Texas and New York. He served as the General Counsel, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Panamco for ten years. He is one of the founding partners of Forrestal Capital and is currently a board member of several companies, including Wireless WERX International, Axionlog Cord Solutions and Latam LLC.

Michael Chu. Mr. Chu has been an independent member of our board of directors since April 2011 and is a member of our Audit Committee. He graduated with honors from Dartmouth College in 1968 and received an M.B.A. with highest distinction from the Harvard Business School in 1976. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Chu served as an executive and limited partner in the New York office of the private equity fund Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. From 1993 to 2000, Mr. Chu was with ACCION International, a nonprofit corporation dedicated to microfinance, where he served as President and CEO. Mr. Chu currently holds an appointment as Senior Lecturer at the Harvard Business School and is Managing Director and co-founder of the IGNIA Fund, an investment firm dedicated to investing in commercial enterprises serving low-income populations in Latin America. He was a founding partner of, and continues to serve as Senior Advisor to, Pegasus Capital, a private equity firm in Buenos Aires.

José Alberto Vélez. Mr. Vélez has been an independent member of our board of directors since June 2011 and is a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Vélez received a Master of Science in Engineering degree from the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), and a degree in Administrative Engineering from Universidad Nacional de Colombia. Mr. Vélez previously served as the CEO of Suramericana de Seguros, the leading insurance company in Colombia, and also as the CEO of Inversura, a holding company that integrates the leading insurance and social security companies in Colombia. He has been the Chief Executive Officer of Cementos Argos, S.A. since 2003. He is currently also a member of the Boards of Directors of Grupo Suramericana de Inversiones S.A., Bancolombia, Grupo Nutresa and Compañía Colombiana de Inversiones. He also is a member of the Universidad EAFIT Board of Directors and Chairman of CECODES, the Colombian chapter of the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD). In addition, he sits on the Advisory Board of the Council of the Americas based in New York.

Executive Officers

Our executive officers are responsible for the management and representation of our company. We have a strong centralized management team led by Mr. Staton, our CEO and Chairman of the Board, with broad experience in development, revenue, supply chain management, operations, finance, marketing, legal affairs, human resources, communications and training. Most of our executive officers have worked in the food service industry for several

 

142


Table of Contents

years. Many of the members of the management team have a long history with McDonald’s operations in Latin America and with Mr. Staton, and have worked together as a team for many years. Our executive officers were appointed by our board of directors for an indefinite term.

The following table lists our current executive officers:

 

Name

   Position    Initial year of
Appointment
 

Woods Staton

   Chairman and CEO      2007   

Sergio Alonso

   Chief Operating Officer      2007   

Germán Lemonnier

   Chief Financial Officer      2007   

Juan David Bastidas

   Chief Legal Counsel      2010   

José Valledor Rojo

   Divisional President—Brazil      2011   

José Fernandez

   Divisional President—SLAD      2007   

Nino Rotondi

   Divisional President—Caribbean Division      2008   

Roberto Ortiz

   Divisional President—NOLAD      2007   

Marcelo Rabach

   Vice President of Operations Development      2011   

Sebastian Magnasco

   Vice President of Development      2007   

Raul Mandía

   Vice President of Marketing      2007   

Pablo Rodriguez de la Torre

   Vice President of Human Resources      2008   

Flavia Vigio

   Vice President of Communications      2007   

Horacio Sbrolla

   Vice President of Supply Chain      2007   

Marlene Fernandez

   Vice President of Government Relations      2011   

The following is a brief summary of the business experience of our executive officers who are not also directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the current business addresses for our executive officers is Roque Saenz Peña 432, Olivos, Buenos Aires, Argentina (B1636 FFB) and Juncal 1408, Oficina 404, CP 11000, Montevideo, Uruguay.

Juan David Bastidas.  Mr. Bastidas, 43, is our Chief Legal Counsel. He attended Universidad Pontificia Bolivariana in Colombia in 1989, where he received a Law Degree. In 1990, he graduated as a Business Law Specialist from the same university. He received an MBA from New York University in 1994. He has post-graduate studies in International Business (2000) from EAFIT in Colombia and Senior Management (2009) from Universidad de Los Andes in Colombia. Mr. Bastidas worked from 1994 to 1995 as an international operations lawyer for Banco Industrial Colombiano (Bancolombia). He served as General Counsel and Secretary of the board of directors of Interconexión Electrica S.A. E.S.P.–ISA from 1995 to 2010 before joining us in July 2010.

José Valledor Rojo.  Mr. Valledor Rojo, 44, was recently promoted to the position of Divisional President in Brazil, effective August 1, 2011. Prior to his appointment as such, he was Regional Director for the Southern Cone. He joined us in 1990 as an assistant in the accounting department, and four years later he became Manager of that department. In 2005, he became Regional Operations Director, responsible for the markets of Uruguay, Paraguay and Argentina. Two years later, he became Argentina’s General Director while continuing to supervise the market operations in Uruguay, Chile and Paraguay. Mr. Valledor Rojo has a degree in Business Administration and a post-graduate degree from the Instituto de Altos Estudios (IAE) in Buenos Aires, Argentina.

José Fernandez.  Mr. Fernandez, 50, is our Divisional President of the operations in SLAD and was, prior to his appointment as such, the Managing Director of Argentina. He graduated with a degree in Mechanical Engineering from Instituto Tecnológico Buenos Aires in 1985. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1986 as Project Manager and after two years was promoted to Development Manager. He also held the positions of Development Director and Development Vice President before becoming Managing Director for Argentina.

Nino Rotondi.  Mr. Rotondi, 50, is our Divisional President in the Caribbean and was, prior to his appointment as such, McDonald’s Chief Operating Officer in Brazil. He graduated with a degree in Civil Engineering from Metropolitan University, Venezuela in 1983. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1998 and held the positions of Operations Director, Managing Director and President for Venezuela and President for the Andean region.

 

143


Table of Contents

Roberto Ortiz.  Mr. Ortiz, 55, is the Company’s Divisional President in NOLAD. He is experienced in the consumer industry, having served as General Manager in Colombia for Panamco. He graduated with a degree in Economics from San Buenaventura University, Cali, Colombia in 1978. He has over 24 years of experience in the retail industry, beginning his career in 1978 at Coca-Cola de Colombia. In 1993, he was appointed as Operations Vice President and Executive Vice President of Panamco in Colombia.

Marcelo Rabach. Mr. Rabach, 41, is our Vice President of Operations Development, and was, prior to his appointment as such, Divisional President in Brazil since 2008. He graduated with a degree in Business Administration from Universidad Argentina de la Empresa in 2002. He began his career at McDonald’s Argentina in 1990 and has over 17 years of line operations experience, starting as a crew employee and steadily advancing into larger operational roles. From 1999 until his appointment as McDonald’s Chief Operating Officer in Venezuela in 2005, Mr. Rabach was responsible for the operations, real estate, construction, human resources, local store marketing, and training and franchising of a region within Argentina, holding the positions of Operations Manager and Operations Director. He was the Chief Operating Officer in Venezuela from 2005 until 2008.

Sebastian Magnasco.  Mr. Magnasco, 42, is our Vice President of Development and served, prior to his appointment as such, in the same capacity in SLAD. He graduated with a degree in Engineering from Instituto Tecnológico Buenos Aires, in 1990. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1994 and held the positions of Real Estate & Equipment Director of Argentina and IT, Real Estate and Equipment Director of Argentina until his appointment as Vice President of Development of SLAD in 2005.

Raul Mandía.  Mr. Mandía, 49, is our Vice President of Marketing and served, prior to his appointment as such, in the same capacity in SLAD. He graduated with a degree in Accounting from Northern Virginia Community College, Virginia in 1988. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1991 as Finance Manager in Uruguay. In 2000, he became Director of Operations, Learning and Development in the Latin American group of McDonald’s corporate headquarters, and in 2002 he returned to McDonald’s Uruguay as Managing Director until he was appointed as Vice President of Marketing of SLAD in 2005.

Pablo Rodriguez de la Torre.  Mr. Rodriguez, 47, joined the Company in April 2008 as Vice President of Human Resources. Mr. Rodriguez started his professional career in 1985 working for the Argentinean law firm Estudio Costa & Asociados, specializing in labor law after having graduated with a degree in Law from Buenos Aires University in 1988. In 1999, Mr. Rodriguez joined Internet operator UOL International, where he held different senior positions, mainly in Human Resources, dealing with the company’s operations in the major Latin American countries, including assignments in Brazil and Mexico. In 2002, he joined Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide Inc. as Vice President of Human Resources Latin America, based in Miami, where he stayed until joining Arcos Dorados.

Flavia Vigio.  Ms. Vigio, 42, is our Vice President of Communications. She graduated with a degree in Journalism from Pontifícia Universidade Católica in Rio de Janeiro. She is responsible for the areas of Media and Public Relations, Government Relations, Internal Communication, Corporate Citizenship, Customer Relations and Crisis Management for the region. Prior to her appointment as such, she was responsible for communications in Brazil. At the beginning of her career, Flavia spent five years living in Milan, Italy, where she worked as a Public Relations Supervisor at Prima Classe, a leather goods retailer. She began her McDonald’s career as the Internal Communications Manager in Brazil in 2002.

Horacio Sbrolla.  Mr. Sbrolla, 48, is our Vice President of Supply Chain and served, prior to his appointment as such, in the same capacity in SLAD. He graduated with a degree in Industrial Engineering from Instituto Tecnológico Buenos Aires, in 1986. He began his career at McDonald’s in 1988 as Equipment Manager of Argentina. In 2001, he became the Regional Leader for the implementation of the “ERP” solution within all Latin American markets and since 2002 was the Managing Director of Chile until his appointment as Vice President of Supply Chain of SLAD in 2005.

 

144


Table of Contents

Marlene Fernandez . Ms. Fernandez, 49, was recently appointed our Vice President of Government Relations. Prior to joining us in 2009, she served as Executive Director of the Gallup Organization in Latin America and held various governmental positions, including member of Bolivia’s Chamber of Deputies, Bolivian Ambassador to the United States and Permanent Representative to the Organization of American States in Washington, D.C., the European Union and Italy. Ms. Fernandez graduated with a degree in Communications and Public Relations from John F. Kennedy University in Buenos Aires. She holds a Master of Science with a specialization in broadcast journalism from Boston University and has completed doctorate courses at Harvard University in Law and Diplomacy, Strategic Communications, Conflict Resolution and Negotiations in Conflict Areas.

Committees

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three directors: Mr. Chu, Mr. Vélez and Ms. Franqui. Mr. Chu and Mr. Vélez are independent within the meaning of the SEC and NYSE corporate governance rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Chu and Mr. Vélez are “audit committee financial experts” as defined by the SEC. In accordance with our audit committee charter, the U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE listing requirements applicable to foreign private issuers, such as us, we intend to add one additional independent director by April 8, 2012. Ms. Franqui will step down once we appoint another independent director to the audit committee.

The charter of the audit committee states that the purpose of the audit committee is to assist the board of directors in its oversight of:

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements;

 

   

the annual independent audit of our financial statements, the engagement of the independent auditor and the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function; and

 

   

our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Staton, Mr. Hernández-Artigas and Ms. Franqui. Pursuant to its charter, the compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation, evaluating the performance of executives in light of such goals and objectives and recommending compensation based on such evaluation, recommending any long-term incentive component of compensation and approving the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and reporting to the board of directors on our management succession plan and on compensation for directors;

 

   

evaluating our compensation and benefits policies; and

 

   

reporting to the board periodically.

Long-term and Equity Incentive Plans

We implemented a long-term incentive plan in 2008 to reward certain employees for the success of our business. In accordance with this plan, we historically granted phantom equity units, called CADs, annually to certain employees, pursuant to which such employees are entitled to receive, upon vesting, a cash payment equal to the appreciation in the fair value of the award over the base value of the award. In 2011, our Board approved the use of the Company’s market capitalization following our initial public offering as the metric used to determine the Company’s fair market value under this incentive plan in place of the existing formula used to determine the current

 

145


Table of Contents

value of the awards. The CADs vest over a five-year period, subject to continued employment with us, as follows: 40% on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on each of the following three anniversaries. The right is cumulative and, once it has become exercisable, it may be exercised during a quarterly window period in whole or in part until the date of termination, which occurs at the fifth anniversary of the grant date. Any outstanding CADs at the date of termination will be automatically settled by us.

In March 2011, we adopted our Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, to attract and retain the most highly qualified and capable professionals and to promote the success of our business. This plan replaces our 2008 long-term incentive plan discussed above, although the CADs that have already been granted will remain outstanding until their respective termination dates. Like our 2008 long-term incentive plan, the 2011 Plan will be used to reward certain employees for the success of our business through an annual award program. The 2011 Plan permits grants of awards relating to class A shares, including awards in the form of share (also referred to as stock) options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, performance awards and other share-based awards as will be determined by our Board.

Pursuant to the 2011 Plan, on April 14, 2011, the first trading day of our class A shares on the NYSE, we made grants to certain of our executive officers and other employees. The grants included 231,458 restricted share units and 833,387 stock options that will vest as follows: 40% on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on each of the following three anniversaries. In addition, on April 14, 2011, we granted special awards of restricted share units and stock options to certain of our executive officers and other employees under the 2011 Plan. The special grant included 782,138 restricted share units and 1,046,459 stock options that will vest 1/3 on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. With respect to all of the grants made on April 14, 2011, each stock option represents the right to acquire one class A share at a strike price of $21.20 (the closing price on the date of grant), while each restricted share unit represents the right to receive one class A share, when vested.

The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan, including the 2011 awards and the special awards mentioned above, is 5,238,235 class A shares, equal to 2.5% of our total outstanding class A and class B shares immediately following our initial public offering on April 14, 2011.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

General

We estimate that the aggregate annual total cash compensation for our 15 officers will be approximately $11.6 million in 2011. In 2011, our non-executive directors will receive annual compensation of $130,000 each, payable 50% in cash and 50% in stock options. We have not entered into any service contracts with our directors to provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Award Right Granted to our CEO

We entered into an agreement with our CEO in 2008, pursuant to which he was entitled to receive a cash payment equal to 1% of the fair market value of the Company upon the occurrence of certain events, including an initial public offering or a change of control. The vesting period for this award was accelerated upon completion of our initial public offering. As a result of the initial public offering, on April 14, 2011 we settled the award in cash for $34.0 million.

 

146


Table of Contents

Share Ownership by Directors and Officers

The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our shares owned by our directors and officers as of the date of this prospectus. Other than those persons listed below, none of our directors or officers beneficially own any of our shares.

 

Shareholder

   Class A
Shares
     Percentage of
Outstanding
Class A
Shares
    Class B
Shares
     Percentage of
Outstanding
Class B
Shares
    Total
Economic
Interest
    Total Voting
Interest(1)
 

Los Laureles Ltd.(2)(3)

     —           —          80,000,000         100.0     38.2     75.5

Woods Staton(3)

     3,182,424         2.46     —           —          1.5     0.6

Sergio Alonso

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Germán Lemonnier

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Annette Franqui

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Carlos Hernandez

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Juan David Bastidas

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

José Valledor Rojo

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

José Fernandez

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Nino Rotondi

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Roberto Ortiz

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Marcelo Rabach

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Sebastian Magnasco

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Raul Mandía

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Pablo Rodriguez de la Torre

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Flavia Vigio

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Horacio Sbrolla

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

Marlene Fernandez

     *         *        —           —          *        *   

 

* Each of these directors and officers beneficially owns less than 1% of the total number of outstanding class A shares.
(1) Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and class B shares are entitled to five votes per share.
(2) Los Laureles Ltd. is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.”
(3) In addition to the class B shares he beneficially owns through Los Laureles Ltd., Mr. Staton beneficially owns class A shares through direct and indirect ownership. On a combined basis, Mr. Staton is the beneficial owner of an aggregate of 39.7% of our total economic interests and 76.1% of our total voting interests.

 

147


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital consists of 420,000,000 class A shares, no par value per share, and 80,000,000 class B shares, no par value per share. Each of our class A shares entitles its holder to one vote. Each of our class B shares entitles its holder to five votes. Los Laureles Ltd., our controlling shareholder, will, immediately following completion of the offering, own 38.2% of our issued and outstanding share capital, and 75.5% of our voting power by virtue of its ownership of 100% of our class B shares. The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our shares as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Shareholder

   Class A
Shares
     % of
Outstanding
Class A Shares
    Class B
Shares
     % of
Outstanding
Class B
Shares
    Total
Economic
Interest
    Total Voting
Interest(1)
 

Los Laureles Ltd.(2)(3)

     —           —          80,000,000         100.0     38.2     75.5

Woods Staton(3)

     3,182,424         2.5     —           —          1.5     0.6

Gavea Investment AD, L.P.(4)

     19,450,857         15.0     —           —          9.3     3.7

FMR LLC(5)

     19,429,411         15.0     —           —          9.3     3.7

Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P.(6)(7)

     14,696,342         11.3     —           —          7.0     2.8

Scout Capital Management L.L.C., Adam Weiss and James Crichton(8)

     9,450,000         7.3     —           —          4.5     1.8

DLJ South American Partners
L.P.(9)(10)

     6,015,693         4.6     —           —          2.9     1.1

DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC(9)(11)

     3,808,450         2.9     —           —          1.8     0.7

CGPE V, L.P.(6)(12)

     504,616         0.4     —           —          0.2     0.1

Other

     546,666         0.4     —           —          0.3     0.1

Public

     52,444,953         40.5     —           —          25.0     9.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     129,529,412         100.0 %(13)      80,000,000         100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and class B shares are entitled to five votes per share.
(2) The address of Los Laureles Ltd. is 325 Waterfront Drive, Omar Hodge Building, 2nd Floor, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Los Laureles Ltd. is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. Los Laureles Ltd. established a voting trust with respect to the voting interests in us held by Los Laureles Ltd. and has contributed its interests in Los Laureles Ltd. to a trust whose sole beneficiaries are Mr. Staton and his descendants. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders—Los Laureles Ltd.”
(3) In addition to the class B shares he beneficially owns through Los Laureles Ltd., Mr. Staton beneficially owns class A shares through direct and indirect ownership. On a combined basis, Mr. Staton is the beneficial owner of an aggregate of 39.7% of the total economic interests of Arcos Dorados and 76.1% of its total voting interests.
(4) The address of Gavea Investment AD, L.P. is P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Gavea Investment AD, L.P. is managed by its general partner Gavea Investment GP AD Ltd which, in turn, is managed by its sole director, Gávea Investimentos Ltda.
(5) FMR LLC filed with the SEC a Schedule 13G dated May 9, 2011. Based solely on the disclosure set forth in the Schedule 13G, FMR LLC (through its affiliates) has sole dispositive power with respect to 19,429,411 class A shares, sole voting power with respect to 78,700 class A shares and shared dispositive and shared voting power with respect to no shares. FMR LLC’s address is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.
(6) Capital International Private Equity Funds beneficially own 15,200,958 class A shares through their affiliates Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P. and CGPE V, L.P. Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P. and CGPE V, L.P. are investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc., which as of the date of this prospectus indirectly owns 7.2% of the total economic interests of Arcos Dorados and 2.9% of its total voting interests.
(7) The address of Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P. is 6455 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, California 92618.
(8)

Scout Capital Management, L.L.C., Adam Weiss and James Crichton filed with the SEC a Schedule 13G dated May 2, 2011. Based solely on the disclosure set forth in the Schedule 13G, Scout Capital Management, L.L.C., Mr. Weiss and Mr. Crichton have shared dispositive power with respect to 6,733,263 shares, shared voting power with respect to 6,733,263 shares and sole dispositive and sole voting power with respect to no shares. The address of Scout Capital Management,

 

148


Table of Contents
  L.L.C. and Mr. Crichton is 640 Fifth Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10019. The address of Mr. Weiss is 160 Forest Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94301.
(9) DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. beneficially owns 9,824,143 class A shares through its affiliates DLJ South American Partners L.P. and DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC. DLJ South American Partners L.P. and DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC are investment funds controlled by DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates), which as of the date of this prospectus indirectly owns approximately 4.7% of the total economic interests of Arcos Dorados and 1.8% of its total voting interests.
(10) The address of DLJ South American Partners L.P. is 66 Wellington Street West, Suite 4700, Toronto, Ontario M5K 1E6.
(11) The address of DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC is c/o Corporate Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.
(12) The address of CGPE V, L.P. is 6455 Irvine Center Drive, Irvine, California 92618.
(13) Does not sum due to rounding.

The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our shares following the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option:

 

Shareholder

  

Number of
Class A

Shares to be
Sold in the
Offering

     Following the Offering  
      Class A
Shares
     % of
Outstanding
Class A
Shares
    Class B
Shares
     % of
Outstanding
Class B
Shares
    Total
Economic
Interest
    Total Voting
Interest(1)
 

Los Laureles Ltd.

     —           —           —          80,000,000         100.0     38.2     75.5

Woods Staton

     —           3,182,424         2.5     —           —          1.5     0.6

Gavea Investment AD, L.P.

             —           —         

FMR LLC

             —           —         

Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P.

             —           —         

Scout Capital Management L.L.C., Adam Weiss and James Crichton

             —           —         

DLJ South American Partners L.P.

             —           —         

DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC

             —           —         

CGPE V, L.P.

             —           —         

Other

     —           546,666         0.4     —           —          0.3     0.1

Public

                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        129,529,412         100.0     80,000,000         100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and class B shares are entitled to five votes per share.

 

149


Table of Contents

The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our shares following the offering, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option:

 

            Following the Offering, Assuming Full Exercise of the Over-allotment Option  

Shareholder

   Number of
Class A Shares
to be Sold in

the Offering,
Assuming Full
Exercise of the
Over-allotment
Options
     Class A Shares      % of
Outstanding
Class A
Shares
    Class B
Shares
     % of
Outstanding
Class B
Shares
    Total
Economic
Interest
    Total Voting
Interest(1)
 

Los Laureles Ltd.

     —           —           —          80,000,000         100.0     38.2     75.5

Woods Staton

     —           3,182,424         2.5     —           —          1.5     0.6

Gavea Investment AD, L.P.

             —           —         

FMR LLC

                 

Capital International Private Equity Fund V, L.P.

             —           —         

Scout Capital Management L.L.C., Adam Weiss and James Crichton

             —           —         

DLJ South American Partners L.P.

             —           —         

DLJSAP Restco Co-Investments LLC

             —           —         

CGPE V, L.P.

                —         

Other

     —           546,666         0.4     —           —          0.3     0.1

Public

                —         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        129,529,412         100.0     80,000,000         100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and class B shares are entitled to five votes per share.

Los Laureles Ltd.

Los Laureles Ltd. is our controlling shareholder and is beneficially owned by Mr. Staton, our Chairman and CEO. Los Laureles Ltd. currently owns 38.2% of the economic interests of Arcos Dorados and 75.5% of its voting interests. Los Laureles Ltd. has established a voting trust with respect to the voting interests in us held by Los Laureles Ltd. and has contributed its interests in Los Laureles Ltd. to a trust whose sole beneficiaries are Mr. Staton and his descendants. The voting trust exercises the vote of the class B shares through a voting committee which consists of only Mr. Staton. The decision of the voting committee must be approved by Los Laureles (PTC) Limited, a British Virgin Islands company that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Los Laureles Limited. Mr. Station is the sole director of Los Laureles (PTC) Limited. Without the consent of McDonald’s, Mr. Staton may add any one or more of his descendants, certain other relatives, any board member of Arcos Dorados and the chief executive officer, chief operating officer or chief financial officer of Arcos Dorados to the committee.

Following Mr. Staton’s death or during Mr. Staton’s incapacity, the voting committee will consist of (1) certain officers or directors of Arcos Dorados, (2) certain descendants of Mr. Staton or their representatives, and (3) other persons appointed by Los Laureles Ltd., subject to McDonald’s consent if such person is not one of Mr. Staton’s descendants and is not the chief executive officer, chief operating officer or chief financial officer of Arcos Dorados. For the first five years from the date of the execution of the voting trust, the officers and directors of Arcos Dorados on the voting committee will have the tie-breaking vote (if any). Thereafter, Mr. Staton’s descendants will have the tie-breaking vote.

 

150


Table of Contents

Mr. Staton is a leading businessman and investor in Latin America. Prior to the Acquisition, Mr. Staton was McDonald’s joint venture partner in Argentina for over 20 years and served as the President of McDonald’s South Latin America Division. Mr. Staton is also a member of the founding family, and served as an employee and Chairman of the Board, of Panamco. Panamco was Coca-Cola’s largest bottler in Latin America and was, prior to its sale in May 2003, a multi-billion dollar NYSE-listed company.

Mr. Staton’s long-term relationship with McDonald’s and broad experience with major brands uniquely position him to serve as our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder. Moreover, over the course of his career, Mr. Staton has demonstrated the capacity to build strong teams, as evidenced during his 20-year tenure as McDonald’s joint venture partner and employee.

 

151


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Letter of Credit

As security for the performance of our obligations under the MFAs, we obtained an irrevocable standby letter of credit in favor of McDonald’s in an amount of $65.0 million, issued by Credit Suisse acting as issuing bank. Credit Suisse owns 49% of the general partner and is a limited partner of DLJ South American Partners L.L.C., which through its affiliates controls two of the selling shareholders in this offering and which, as of the date of this prospectus, indirectly owns 4.7% and 1.8% of our economic and voting interests, respectively. We believe that the terms of the transaction are consistent with those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

Axis Split-off

We recently effected a split-off of Axis to our principal shareholders. The split-off was effected through the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 class A shares and 16,753,186 class B shares). As consideration for the redemption, the Company transferred to its principal shareholders its equity interests in the operating subsidiaries of the Axis business totaling a net book value of $15.4 million and an equity contribution that was made to the Axis holding company amounting to $29.8 million. Following the redemption, Los Laureles Ltd. acquired the Axis shares held by Gavea Investment AD, L.P. and investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates). The split-off of Axis did not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

We recently entered into a master commercial agreement with Axis on arm’s-length terms pursuant to which Axis will continue to provide us with distribution services in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela. We are currently negotiating the local arrangements within these markets. We also expect to enter into a revolving loan agreement with Axis for the total sum of $12.0 million by the end of 2011.

 

152


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

General

We are a British Virgin Islands company incorporated with limited liability and our affairs are governed by the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and by the provisions of applicable British Virgin Islands law, including the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (the “BVI Act”).

Our company number in the British Virgin Island is 1619553. As provided in sub-regulation 4.1 of our memorandum of association, subject to British Virgin Islands law, we have full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction and, for such purposes, full rights, powers and privileges. Our registered office is at Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, P.O. Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

The transfer agent and registrar for our class A and class B shares is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, which maintains the share registrar for each class in New York, New York.

As of the date of this prospectus, our memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 420,000,000 class A shares and 80,000,000 class B shares. As of the date of this prospectus, and upon the completion of this offering, 129,529,412 class A shares and 80,000,000 class B shares were issued, fully paid and outstanding.

The maximum number of shares that we are authorized to issue may be changed by resolution of shareholders amending our memorandum and articles of association. Shares may be issued from time to time only by resolution of shareholders.

Our class A shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARCO.”

Initial settlement of our class A shares will take place on the closing date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning class A shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the class A shares. Persons wishing to obtain certificates for their class A shares must make arrangements with DTC.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of our share capital and our memorandum and articles of association.

Class A Shares

As of the date of this prospectus, (i) 19,450,857 of our class A shares are owned by Gavea Investment AD, L.P. a limited partnership organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, (ii) 15,200,958 of our class A shares are owned by investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc., a California Corporation, and (iii) 9,824,143 of our class A shares are owned by investment funds controlled by DLJ South American Partners L.P. (through its affiliates), a limited partnership established under the laws of Ontario, Canada. Holders of our class A shares who are nonresidents of the British Virgin Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

The following summarizes the rights of holders of our class A shares:

 

   

each holder of class A shares is entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

 

   

holders of class A shares vote together with holders of class B shares;

 

   

there are no cumulative voting rights;

 

153


Table of Contents
   

the holders of our class A shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with our class B shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company;

 

   

upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of class A shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our class B shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities; and

 

   

the holders of class A shares have preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of any securities by us, except for certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) in a bona fide public offering that has been registered with the SEC, but they are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Class B Shares

All of our class B shares are owned by Los Laureles Ltd. Holders of our class B shares who are nonresidents of the British Virgin Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

The following summarizes the rights of holders of our class B shares:

 

   

each holder of class B shares is entitled to five votes per share on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally, including the election of directors;

 

   

holders of class B shares vote together with holders of class A shares;

 

   

class B shares may not be listed on any U.S. or foreign national or regional securities exchange or market;

 

   

there are no cumulative voting rights;

 

   

the holders of our class B shares are entitled to dividends and other distributions, pari passu with our class A shares, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, if any, and pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, all dividends unclaimed for three years after having been declared may be forfeited by a resolution of directors for the benefit of the Company;

 

   

upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of class B shares will be entitled to share ratably, pari passu with our class A shares, in the distribution of all of our assets remaining available for distribution after satisfaction of all our liabilities;

 

   

the holders of class B shares have preemptive rights in connection with the issuance of any securities by us, except for certain issuances of securities by us, including (i) pursuant to any employee compensation plans; (ii) as consideration for (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of assets or (b) recapitalization or reorganization; (iii) in connection with a pro rata division of shares or dividend in specie or distribution; or (iv) in a bona fide public offering that has been registered with the SEC, but they are not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provisions;

 

   

each class B share is convertible into one class A share at the option of the holder at any time, subject to the prior written approval of McDonald’s; and

 

   

each class B share will convert automatically into one class A share at such time as the holders of class B shares cease to hold, directly or indirectly, at least 20% of the aggregate number of outstanding class A and class B shares.

 

154


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Under British Virgin Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent director would exercise in comparable circumstances. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by British Virgin Islands law or any other applicable laws, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any acts or omissions in the performance of their duties. This limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States federal securities laws.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall indemnify any of our directors or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings or suits. We may pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, the director is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceedings.

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or liquidators against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify them against the liability as provided in our memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Shareholders’ Meetings and Consents

The following summarizes certain relevant provisions of British Virgin Islands laws and our articles of association in relation to our shareholders’ meetings:

 

   

any director may convene meetings of shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable; provided, that at least one meeting of shareholders be held each year;

 

   

upon the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise 30 percent or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested, the directors are required to convene a meeting of the shareholders. Any such request must state the proposed purpose of the meeting;

 

   

the director convening a meeting must give not less than ten days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to: (i) those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as shareholders in the register of members of our company and are entitled to vote at the meeting, and (ii) the other directors;

 

   

a meeting of shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if shareholders holding at least 90 percent of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the shares that such shareholder holds;

 

   

a shareholder may be represented at a meeting of shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the shareholder;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

a meeting of shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50 percent of the votes of the shares or class or series of shares entitled to vote on resolutions of shareholders to be considered at the meeting;

 

   

if within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall be adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other date, time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the shares or each class or series of shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the date, time and place of such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.;

 

   

a resolution of shareholders is valid (i) if approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted, or (ii) if it is a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon; and

 

   

an action that may be taken by the shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of shareholders consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon, without the need for any notice, but if any resolution of shareholders is adopted otherwise than by unanimous written consent of all shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all shareholders not consenting to such resolution.

We expect that the first meeting of shareholders following this offering will be held in 2012.

Shareholders’ Agreement

The Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 14, 2011 among all of our shareholders existing prior to this offering principally includes the following provisions:

Demand Registration Rights

Gavea Investment AD, L.P. and investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc. and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates) (together, the Minority Investors) each has the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer and sale of their securities under the Securities Act for as long as each holds unregistered securities. We, however, are not obligated to effect a demand registration (1) during the period beginning on the 60th day prior to our good faith estimate of the filing date of, and ending on the 180th day after the effective date of, a public offering of our securities initiated by us; (2) with respect to each Minority Investor, if we have already effected one demand registration; or (3) if we certify that, in our good faith judgment, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for a registration statement or offering document to be filed in the near future. We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days under certain circumstances but we cannot exercise the deferral right more than once in any 12 month period. On September 8, 2011, Gavea Investment AD, L.P. exercised its demand registration right with respect to a number of its class A shares to be specified at a later date.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to file a registration statement for any public offering of our equity securities, we must notify each Minority Investor and offer the same an opportunity to include in such registration all or any part of its equity securities irrespective of the percentage of our total capital stock those unregistered securities represent. We must use our best efforts to cause to be registered all of the registrable securities so requested to be registered. We have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration statement initiated by us before the effective date of such registration statement. On September 9, 2011, we notified the investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc. and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates) that Gavea Investment AD, L.P. had exercised

 

156


Table of Contents

its demand registration right with respect to a number of its class A shares to be specified at a later date. Subsequently, on September 12, 2011, the investment funds controlled by Capital International, Inc. and DLJ South American Partners L.L.C. (through its affiliates) notified us that they were exercising their piggyback registration rights with respect to a number of their respective class A shares to be specified at a later date.

Tag-Along Rights

In the event that Los Laureles Ltd. proposes to transfer any of its equity securities to a third party, the Minority Investors and certain other minority shareholders have the right to participate on the same terms and conditions and for the same per share consideration as Los Laureles Ltd. These tag-along rights terminate once the Minority Investors hold less than 10% in the aggregate of our capital stock.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand or piggyback registration other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions or transfer taxes attributable to the sale of the securities.

Indemnification

We are required to indemnify each Minority Investor and each underwriter and their respective officers, directors, employees and affiliates against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities arising in connection with the registration effected pursuant to the Minority Investors’ demand and piggyback registration rights.

Differences in Corporate Law

We were incorporated under, and are governed by, the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The corporate statutes of the State of Delaware and the British Virgin Islands in many respects are similar, and the flexibility available under British Virgin Islands law has enabled us to adopt a memorandum of association and articles of association that will provide shareholders with rights that, except as described in this prospectus, do not vary in any material respect from those they would enjoy if we were incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Delaware corporate law. Set forth below is a summary of some of the differences between provisions of the BVI Act applicable to us and the laws application to companies incorporated in Delaware and their shareholders.

Director’s Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling stockholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

British Virgin Islands law provides that every director of a British Virgin Islands company in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company. Additionally, the director shall exercise the care, diligence, and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into account the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and his responsibilities. In addition, British Virgin Islands law provides that a director shall exercise his powers as a director for a proper purpose and shall not act, or agree to the company

 

157


Table of Contents

acting, in a manner that contravenes British Virgin Islands law or the memorandum association or articles of association of the company.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under Delaware corporate law, with very limited exceptions, a vote of the shareholders is required to amend the certificate of incorporation. In addition, Delaware corporate law provides that shareholders have the right to amend the bylaws, and the certificate of incorporation also may confer on the directors the right to amend the bylaws. Our memorandum of association may only be amended by a resolution of shareholders, provided that any amendment of the provision related to the prohibition against listing our class B shares must be approved by not less than 50% of the votes of the class A shares entitled to vote that were present at the relevant meeting and voted. Our articles of association may also only be amended by a resolution of shareholders.

Written Consent of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, directors may act by written consent only on the basis of a unanimous vote. Similarly, under our articles of association, a resolution of our directors in writing shall be valid only if consented to by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors, as the case may be.

Written Consent of Shareholders

Under Delaware corporate law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken by written consent of the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take that action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote were present and voted. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law, shareholders’ consents need only a majority of shareholders signing to take effect. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a resolution consented to at a meeting of shareholders or in writing by a majority of shareholders entitled to vote thereon.

Shareholder Proposals

Under Delaware corporate law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association provide that our directors shall call a meeting of the shareholders if requested in writing to do so by shareholders entitled to exercise at least 30% of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested. Any such request must state the proposed purpose of the meeting.

Sale of Assets

Under Delaware corporate law, a vote of the shareholders is required to approve the sale of assets only when all or substantially all assets are being sold. In the British Virgin Islands, shareholder approval is required when more than 50% of the company’s total assets by value are being disposed of or sold if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried out by the company. Under our memorandum and articles of association, the directors may by resolution of directors determine that any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition is in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by us and such determination is, in the absence of fraud, conclusive.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under Delaware corporate law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved in writing by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware corporate law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association, we may be voluntarily

 

158


Table of Contents

liquidated under Part XII of the BVI Act by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due.

Redemption of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, any stock may be made subject to redemption by the corporation at its option, at the option of the holders of that stock or upon the happening of a specified event, provided shares with full voting power remain outstanding. The stock may be made redeemable for cash, property or rights, as specified in the certificate of incorporation or in the resolution of the board of directors providing for the issue of the stock. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association, shares may be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us. However, the consent of the shareholder whose shares are to be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired must be obtained, except as described under “—Compulsory Acquisition” below. Moreover, our directors must determine that immediately following the redemption or repurchase we will be able to pay our debts as they become due and that the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities.

Compulsory Acquisition

Under Delaware General Corporation Law § 253, in a process known as a “short form” merger, a corporation that owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of another corporation may either merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations or merge itself into the other corporation by executing, acknowledging and filing with the Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of such ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolution of its board of directors authorizing such merger. If the parent corporation is a Delaware corporation that is not the surviving corporation, the merger also must be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation. If the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary corporation immediately prior to the merger, the minority shareholders of the subsidiary corporation party to the merger may have appraisal rights as set forth in § 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Under the BVI Act, subject to any limitations in a company’s memorandum or articles, members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and members holding 90% of the votes of the outstanding shares of each class of shares entitled to vote, may give a written instruction to the company directing the company to redeem the shares held by the remaining members. Upon receipt of such written instruction, the company shall redeem the shares specified in the written instruction, irrespective of whether or not the shares are by their terms redeemable. The company shall give written notice to each member whose shares are to be redeemed stating the redemption price and the manner in which the redemption is to be effected. A member whose shares are to be so redeemed is entitled to dissent from such redemption, and to be paid the fair value of his shares, as described under “—Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally” below.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum of association, we may vary the rights attached to any class of shares only with the consent in writing of holders of not less than 50% of the issued shares of that class and of holders of not less than 50% of the issued shares of any other class which may be adversely affected by such variation.

Removal of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders or a resolution of directors.

In addition, directors are subject to rotational retirement every three years. The initial terms of office of the Class I, Class II and Class III directors have been staggered over a period of three years to ensure that all directors of the company do not face reelection in the same year.

 

159


Table of Contents

Mergers

Under Delaware corporate law, one or more constituent corporations may merge into and become part of another constituent corporation in a process known as a merger. A Delaware corporation may merge with a foreign corporation as long as the law of the foreign jurisdiction permits such a merger. To effect a merger under Delaware General Corporation Law § 251, an agreement of merger must be properly adopted and the agreement of merger or a certificate of merger must be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. In order to be properly adopted, the agreement of merger must be adopted by the board of directors of each constituent corporation by a resolution or unanimous written consent. In addition, the agreement of merger generally must be approved at a meeting of stockholders of each constituent corporation by a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a supermajority vote. In general, the surviving corporation assumes all of the assets and liabilities of the disappearing corporation or corporations as a result of the merger.

Under the BVI Act, two or more BVI companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with the statutory provisions. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies, and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent BVI company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. One or more BVI companies may also merge or consolidate with one or more companies incorporated under the laws of jurisdictions outside the BVI, if the merger or consolidation is permitted by the laws of the jurisdictions in which the companies incorporated outside the BVI are incorporated. In respect of such a merger or consolidation a BVI company is required to comply with the provisions of the BVI Act and a company incorporated outside the BVI is required to comply with the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Shareholders of BVI companies not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provision which, if proposed as an amendment to the memorandum association or articles of association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting or consent to the written resolution to approve the plan of merger or consolidation.

Inspection of Books and Records

Under Delaware corporate law, any shareholder of a corporation may for any proper purpose inspect or make copies of the corporation’s stock ledger, list of shareholders and other books and records. Under British Virgin Islands law, members of the general public, on payment of a nominal fee, can obtain copies of the public records of a company available at the office of the British Virgin Islands Registrar of Corporate Affairs which will include the company’s certificate of incorporation, its memorandum and articles of association (with any amendments) and records of license fees paid to date and will also disclose any articles of dissolution, articles of merger and a register of charges if the company has elected to file such a register.

A member of a company is entitled, on giving written notice to the company, to inspect:

 

  (a) the memorandum and articles;

 

  (b) the register of members;

 

  (c) the register of directors; and

 

  (d) the minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of those classes of members of which he is a member; and to make copies of or take extracts from the documents and records referred to in (a) to (d) above. Subject to the memorandum and articles, the directors may, if they are satisfied that it would be contrary to the company’s interests to allow a member to inspect any document, or part of a document, specified in (b), (c) or (d) above, refuse to permit the member to inspect the document or limit the inspection of the document, including limiting the making of copies or the taking of extracts from the records.

 

160


Table of Contents

Where a company fails or refuses to permit a member to inspect a document or permits a member to inspect a document subject to limitations, that member may apply to the court for an order that he should be permitted to inspect the document or to inspect the document without limitation.

A company is required to keep at the office of its registered agent the memorandum and articles of the company; the register of members maintained or a copy of the register of members; the register of directors or a copy of the register of directors; and copies of all notices and other documents filed by the company in the previous ten years.

Where a company keeps a copy of the register of members or the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it is required to notify any changes to the originals of such registers to the registered agent, in writing, within 15 days of any change; and to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept. Where the place at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is changed, the company is required to provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records within fourteen days of the change of location.

A company is also required to keep at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors determine the minutes of meetings and resolutions of members and of classes of members; and the minutes of meetings and resolutions of directors and committees of directors. If such records are kept at a place other than at the office of the company’s registered agent, the company is required to provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the records are kept and to notify the registered agent, within 14 days, of the physical address of any new location where such records may be kept.

Conflict of Interest

Under Delaware corporate law, a contract between a corporation and a director or officer, or between a corporation and any other organization in which a director or officer has a financial interest, is not void as long as the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest are disclosed or known and either a majority of the disinterested directors authorizes the contract in good faith or the shareholders vote in good faith to approve the contract. Nor will any such contract be void if it is fair to the corporation when it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee or the shareholders.

The BVI Act provides that a director shall, forthwith after becoming aware that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company, disclose that interest to the board of directors of the company. The failure of a director to disclose that interest does not affect the validity of a transaction entered into by the director or the company, so long as the director’s interest was disclosed to the board prior to the company’s entry into the transaction or was not required to be disclosed because the transaction is between the company and the director himself and is otherwise in the ordinary course of business and on usual terms and conditions. As permitted by British Virgin Islands law and our memorandum and articles of association, a director interested in a particular transaction may vote on it, attend meetings at which it is considered and sign documents on our behalf which relate to the transaction, provided that the disinterested directors consent.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

Delaware corporate law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by that statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that the person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or that owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if,

 

161


Table of Contents

among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

British Virgin Islands law has no comparable provision. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although British Virgin Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that these transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Independent Directors

There are no provisions under Delaware corporate law or under the BVI Act that require a majority of our directors to be independent.

Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware corporate law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the company’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions to cumulative voting under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, but our memorandum of association and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting.

Shareholders’ Rights under British Virgin Islands Law Generally

The BVI Act provides for remedies which may be available to shareholders. Where a company incorporated under the BVI Act or any of its directors engages in, or proposes to engage in, conduct that contravenes the BVI Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association, the BVI courts can issue a restraining or compliance order. Shareholders can not also bring derivative, personal and representative actions under certain circumstances. The traditional English basis for members’ remedies has also been incorporated into the BVI Act: where a shareholder of a company considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or are likely to be conducted in a manner likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminating or unfairly prejudicial to him, he may apply to the court for an order based on such conduct.

Any shareholder of a company may apply to court for the appointment of a liquidator of the company and the court may appoint a liquidator of the company if it is of the opinion that it is just and equitable to do so.

The BVI Act provides that any shareholder of a company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting from any of the following: (a) a merger, if the company is a constituent company, unless the company is the surviving company and the member continues to hold the same or similar shares; (b) a consolidation, if the company is a constituent company; (c) any sale, transfer, lease, exchange or other disposition of more than 50% in value of the assets or business of the company if not made in the usual or regular course of the business carried on by the company but not including (i) a disposition pursuant to an order of the court having jurisdiction in the matter, (ii) a disposition for money on terms requiring all or substantially all net proceeds to be distributed to the shareholders in accordance with their respective interest within one year after the date of disposition, or (iii) a transfer pursuant to the power of the directors to transfer assets for the protection thereof; (d) a redemption of 10% or fewer of the issued shares of the company required by the holders of 90% or more of the shares of the company pursuant to the terms of the BVI Act; and (e) an arrangement, if permitted by the court.

Generally any other claims against a company by its shareholders must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the British Virgin Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by the company’s memorandum and articles of association.

 

162


Table of Contents

CLASS A SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have issued and outstanding 129,529,412 class A shares.

Lock-up Agreements

We, the selling shareholders and our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any class A shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with class A shares, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Itau BBA USA Securities and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any class A shares;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any class A shares;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any class A shares;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any class A shares;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any class A shares;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the class A shares; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any class A shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to class A shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with class A shares. It also applies to class A shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

 

163


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary contains a description of certain British Virgin Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class A shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase class A shares. The summary is based upon the tax laws of the British Virgin Islands and regulations thereunder and on the tax laws of the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

British Virgin Islands Tax Considerations

We are not liable to pay any form of taxation in the BVI and all dividends, interests, rents, royalties, compensations and other amounts paid by us to persons who are not persons resident in the BVI are exempt from all forms of taxation in the BVI and any capital gains realized with respect to any shares, debt obligations, or other securities of ours by persons who are not persons resident in the BVI are exempt from all forms of taxation in the BVI.

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not persons resident in the BVI with respect to any shares, debt obligation or other securities of ours.

Subject to the payment of stamp duty on the acquisition of property in the BVI by us (and in respect of certain transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of BVI incorporated companies owning land in the BVI), all instruments relating to transfers of property to or by us and all instruments relating to transactions in respect of the shares, debt obligations or other securities of ours and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to our business are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the BVI.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to us or our shareholders.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, the following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class A shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire such securities. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold class A shares as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

certain financial institutions;

 

   

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

   

persons holding class A shares as part of a hedge, “straddle,” wash sale, conversion transaction or integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the class A shares;

 

   

persons whose “functional currency” for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

tax exempt entities, including “individual retirement accounts” and “Roth IRAs”;

 

   

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our voting shares; and

 

   

persons holding class A shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside the United States.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds class A shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the

 

164


Table of Contents

partnership. Partnerships holding class A shares and partners in such partnerships are encouraged to consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the class A shares.

The summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein—possibly with retroactive effect.

A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of class A shares that is:

(1) an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

(2) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Colombia; or

(3) an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of class A shares in their particular circumstances.

This discussion assumes that we are not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company, as described below.

Taxation of Distributions

Distributions paid on class A shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A shares

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of class A shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the class A shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the class A shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

We believe that we were not a “passive foreign investment company” (a “PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our 2010 taxable year and we do not expect to become one in the foreseeable future. However, because the application of the regulations is not entirely clear and because PFIC status depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder held class A shares, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition (including certain pledges) of the class A shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the class A shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other taxable disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the

 

165


Table of Contents

amount allocated to that taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its class A shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the class A shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner as gain on the sale of a share of a PFIC, described immediately above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as mark-to-market treatment) of the class A shares. U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisers to determine whether any of these elections would be available and, if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

New legislation requires certain U.S. Holders who are individuals to report information relating to stock of a non-U.S. person, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for stock held in custodial accounts maintained by a U.S. financial institution). U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisers regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and disposition of class A shares.

 

166


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Itau BBA USA Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholders and the underwriters, we and the selling shareholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the selling shareholders, the number of class A shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  

Itau BBA USA Securities Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The selling stockholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the shares they are offering for resale.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the absence of any material adverse change in our business, the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and certain certificates, letters and opinions from our local and international counsel and our independent auditors. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the selling shareholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $         $         $     

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholders

   $         $         $     

 

167


Table of Contents

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $                 million and are payable by us. In addition to the underwriting discount and commissions, we will also pay up to $                 of the underwriters’ out of pocket expenses, including road show expenses, fees and expenses for the underwriters’ special U.S. counsel and British Virgin Islands counsel and other out of pocket expenses.

Over-allotment Option

The selling shareholders have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to             additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and the selling shareholders, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any class A shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with class A shares, for 45 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Itau BBA USA Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any class A shares;

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any class A shares;

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any class A shares;

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any class A shares;

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any class A shares;

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the class A shares; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any class A shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to class A shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with class A shares. It also applies to class A shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

New York Stock Exchange Listing

Our class A shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ARCO.” On October 5, 2011, the last sale price of our class A shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $24.09 per share.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our class A shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the class A shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our class A shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales

 

168


Table of Contents

and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our class A shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of class A shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our class A shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our class A shares. As a result, the price of our class A shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our class A shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web site maintained by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated web site is not part of this prospectus.

Conflicts of Interest

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, through certain of its affiliates (collectively, “CS”), owns approximately an aggregate 18% limited partnership interest in DLJ South American Partners L.P., one of the selling shareholders, and a 49% interest in its general partner, DLJ South American Partners LLC (“DLJSAP LLC”). In connection with its interest in DLJSAP LLC, CS has certain consent rights with respect to investment decisions of DLJSAP LLC. DLJSAP LLC is also the managing member of DLJSAP Restco

Co-Investments LLC, another selling shareholder. As a result of its interest in DLJSAP LLC, CS co-controls DLJSAP LLC for purposes of FINRA Rule 5121, and at least five percent of the net offering proceeds of this offering will be directed to an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Because Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is an underwriter, the offering will be conducted in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. However, no qualified independent underwriter is needed for this offering because this offering qualifies for an exception under FINRA Rule 5121.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking commercial banking, financial advisory, and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business

 

169


Table of Contents

with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

The underwriters may enter into derivative transactions in connection with our shares, acting at the order and for the account of their clients. The underwriters may also purchase some of our shares offered hereby to hedge their risk exposure in connection with these transactions. Such transactions may have an effect on demand, price or offer terms of the offering without, however, creating an artificial demand during the offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Mr. Staton, our Chairman, CEO and controlling shareholder, is a member of the International Advisory Board of Itaú Unibanco Holding S.A., an affiliate of Itau BBA USA Securities Inc.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Argentina

The common shares are not authorized for public offering in Argentina by the Comisión Nacional de Valores pursuant to Argentine Public Offering Law No. 17,811, as amended, and they shall not be sold publicly. Therefore, any transaction carried out in Argentina must be made privately.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Brazil

For purposes of Brazilian law, this offer of securities is addressed to you personally, upon your request and for your sole benefit, and is not to be transmitted to anyone else, to be relied upon elsewhere or for any other purpose either quoted or referred to in any other public or private document or to be filed with anyone without our prior, express and written consent.

This offering has not been and will not be registered under Brazilian Federal Law No. 6385/76 or under any other Brazilian securities law. Accordingly, our shares and the offering have not been and will not be registered with the Comissão de Valores Mobilários.

Therefore, as this prospectus does not constitute or form part of any public offering to sell or solicitation of a public offering to buy any shares or assets, the offering and THE SHARES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN, AND WILL NOT BE, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE OR SOLD IN BRAZIL EXCEPT IN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH DO NOT CONSTITUTE A PUBLIC OFFERING OR DISTRIBUTION UNDER BRAZILIAN LAWS AND REGULATIONS. DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THE SHARES, AS WELL AS THE INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN, MAY NOT BE SUPPLIED TO THE PUBLIC, AS A PUBLIC OFFERING IN BRAZIL OR BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFER FOR SUBSCRIPTION OR SALE OF THE SHARES TO THE PUBLIC IN BRAZIL.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

170


Table of Contents

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of securities within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of securities contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State, including any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any securities under, the offer of securities contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

(A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

(B) in the case of any securities acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the securities acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where securities have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those securities to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document as well as any other material relating to the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Articles 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the

 

171


Table of Contents

listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Issuer from time to time. This document as well as any other material relating to the shares is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Addresses of Representatives

The addresses of the representatives are as follows: J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179; Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036; Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036; Itau BBA USA Securities Inc., 767 Fifth Avenue, Suite 50-13, New York, New York 10153; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010.

 

172


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses

   Amount  

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $                

Printing and engraving expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous costs

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above include (A) costs and expenses incurred by any of                  in connection with the road show or other out-of-pocket expenses not in excess of $                 each; (B) any costs and expenses incurred by any of                  in connection with the road show or other out-of-pocket expenses not in excess of $                 each; and (C) the fees of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, special U.S. counsel for the underwriters, and Walkers, British Virgin Islands counsel for the underwriters, not in excess of $                 and $                , respectively.

All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee. The Company will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

 

173


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the class A shares and certain other matters of British Virgin Islands law will be passed upon for us and the selling shareholders by Maples and Calder and for the underwriters by Walkers. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The current address of Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L., member firm of Ernst & Young Global, is 25 de Mayo 487, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

 

174


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

We are incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands with limited liability. We are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a British Virgin Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the British Virgin Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, British Virgin Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

A majority of our directors and officers, as well as certain of the experts named herein, reside outside of the United States. A substantial portion of our assets and several of such directors, officers and experts are located principally in Argentina, Brazil and Mexico. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process outside Argentina, Brazil and Mexico upon such directors or officers, or to enforce against us or such parties in courts outside Argentina, Brazil and Mexico judgments predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or other non-Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican regulations, as applicable. In addition, local counsel to the Company have advised that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Brazil, Mexico or Argentina would enforce in all respects, to the same extent and in as timely a manner as a U.S. court or non-Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican court, an original action predicated solely upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or other non-Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican regulations, as applicable; and that the enforceability in Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican courts of judgments of U.S. courts or non-Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or other non-Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican regulations, as applicable, will be subject to compliance with certain requirements under Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican law, including the condition that any such judgment does not violate Argentine, Brazilian or Mexican public policy.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our counsel as to British Virgin Islands law, that the United States and the British Virgin Islands do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically enforceable in the British Virgin Islands. We have been advised by Maples and Calder that a final and conclusive judgment obtained in U.S. federal or state courts under which a sum of money is payable (i.e., not being a sum claimed by a revenue authority for taxes or other charges of a similar nature by a governmental authority, or in respect of a fine or penalty or multiple or punitive damages) may be the subject of an action on a debt in the court of the British Virgin Islands under British Virgin Islands common law.

 

175


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We will send the transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

 

176


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Unaudited Consolidated Interim Financial Statements—Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-4   

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011

     F-5   

Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010

     F-6   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010

     F-7   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements—Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-25   

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-26   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

     F-27   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-28   

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-29   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended December  31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F-30   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

     2011     2010  

REVENUES

    

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

   $ 1,643,394      $ 1,307,104   

Revenues from franchised restaurants

     71,752        54,707   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,715,146        1,361,811   

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

    

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

    

Food and paper

     (580,170     (463,499

Payroll and employee benefits

     (327,706     (257,973

Occupancy and other operating expenses

     (442,654     (358,593

Royalty fees

     (79,955     (63,970

Franchised restaurants – occupancy expenses

     (24,393     (19,281

General and administrative expenses

     (164,445     (105,140

Other operating income (expenses), net

     862        (8,122
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

     (1,618,461     (1,276,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     96,685        85,233   

Net interest expense

     (20,199     (19,637

Loss from derivative instruments

     (12,225     (7,990

Foreign currency exchange results

     1,864        (3,110

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (1,183     (1,918
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     64,942        52,578   

Income tax expense

     (14,946     (16,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     49,996        35,705   

(Less) Plus: Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (271     39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 49,725      $ 35,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 49,996      $ 35,705   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation (net of $nil of income taxes)

     27,895        (5,520

Realized net losses (gains) on cash flow hedges (net of $nil on income taxes)

     464        (178

Unrealized net losses on cash flow hedges (net of $nil of income taxes)

     (68     (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     78,287        29,969   

(Less) Plus: Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (33     63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 78,254      $ 30,032   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share information:

    

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 0.22      $ 0.15   

Diluted net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 0.22      $ 0.15   

See Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

     As of
June 30, 2011

(Unaudited)
    As of
December 31, 2010
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 254,404      $ 208,099   

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     82,917        79,821   

Other receivables

     48,569        107,061   

Inventories

     41,222        66,431   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     85,305        80,359   

Deferred income taxes

     14,227        10,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     526,644        552,355   

Non-current assets

    

Miscellaneous

     19,977        21,450   

Collateral deposits

     5,325        20,325   

Property and equipment, net

     1,015,671        911,730   

Net intangible assets and goodwill

     56,436        47,264   

Deferred income taxes

     206,361        190,764   

McDonald’s Corporation’s indemnification for contingencies

     42,783        40,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     1,346,553        1,231,911   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,873,197      $ 1,784,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 118,604      $ 186,700   

Royalties payable to McDonald’s Corporation

     16,245        16,193   

Income tax payable

     29,348        33,644   

Other taxes payable

     81,487        91,033   

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     217,162        211,231   

Interest payable

     8,437        8,438   

Short-term debt

     15,387        11,741   

Current portion of long-term debt

     5,194        6,206   

Derivative instruments

     44,700        39,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     536,564        605,148   

Non-current liabilities

    

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     55,077        53,475   

Provision for contingencies

     52,337        63,940   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

     453,841        451,423   

Derivative instruments

     54,804        54,707   

Deferred income taxes

     8,658        6,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     624,717        629,923   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,161,281        1,235,071   

Equity

    

Class A shares of common stock; 420,000,000 shares authorized; 129,529,412 shares issued and outstanding; no par value per share at June 30, 2011

     351,654        226,528   

Class B shares of common stock; 80,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding; no par value per share at June 30, 2011

     132,915        151,018   

Additional paid-in capital

     (48     (2,468

Retained earnings

     296,103        271,387   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (70,135     (98,664
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. shareholders’ equity

     710,489        547,801   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     1,427        1,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     711,916        549,195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,873,197      $ 1,784,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

     2011     2010  

Operating activities

    

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 49,725      $ 35,744   

Adjustments to reconcile net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. to cash provided by operations:

    

Non-cash charges and credits:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     31,123        28,368   

Others, net

     26,615        5,921   

Changes in working capital items:

    

Accounts payable

     (18,450     (13,720

Others, net

     (28,128     (26,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     60,885        30,073   

Investing activities

    

Property and equipment expenditures

     (104,341     (40,827

Purchases of restaurant businesses

     (3,091     (858

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     5,638        2,314   

Other investment activities

     (421     (1,511
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (102,215     (40,882

Financing activities

    

Issuance of class A shares in connection with the initial public offering

     152,281        —     

Dividend payments to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.’s shareholders

     (19,100     (20,000

Collection of collateral deposits

     15,000        25,000   

Cash and cash equivalents of Split-off Axis Business

     (35,425     —     

Net payments of derivative instruments

     (25,893     (14,319

Net short-term borrowings

     2,421        (237

Other financing activities

     (4,660     (3,948
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     84,624        (13,504

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     3,011        483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     46,305        (23,830

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     208,099        167,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

   $ 254,404      $ 144,145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Supplemental cash flow information:     

Non-cash transactions:

    

Dividend declared pending payment

     12,509        20,000   

See Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

    Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. Shareholders              
    Class A shares of
common stock
    Class B shares of
common stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Total     Non-controlling
interests
    Total  
  Number     Amount     Number     Amount              

Balances at beginning of fiscal year

    145,129,780        226,528        96,753,186        151,018        (2,468     271,387        (98,664     547,801        1,394        549,195   

Foreign currency translation (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          28,133        28,133        (238     27,895   

Realized net losses on cash flow hedges (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          464        464        —          464   

Unrealized net losses on cash flow hedges (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (68     (68     —          (68

Split-off of Axis Business (unaudited)

    (25,129,780     (27,155     (16,753,186     (18,103     —          —          —          (45,258     —          (45,258

Dividends to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.’s shareholders (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          —          (25,009     —          (25,009     —          (25,009

Issuance of class A shares in connection with the initial public offering (unaudited)

    9,529,412        152,281        —          —          —          —          —          152,281        —          152,281   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          2,420        —          —          2,420        —          2,420   

Net income for the period (unaudited)

    —          —          —          —          —          49,725        —          49,725        271        49,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at end of period (unaudited)

    129,529,412        351,654        80,000,000        132,915        (48     296,103        (70,135     710,489        1,427        711,916   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

    Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. Shareholders              
    Class A shares of
common stock
    Class B shares of
common stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total  
    Number      Amount     Number     Amount              

Balances at beginning of fiscal year

    145,129,780         226,528        96,753,186        151,018        (2,468     205,366        (127,789     452,655        1,391        454,046   

Foreign currency translation (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          —          (5,496     (5,496     (24     (5,520

Realized net gains on cash flow hedges (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          —          (178     (178     —          (178

Unrealized net losses on cash flow hedges (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          —          (38     (38     —          (38

Dividends to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.’s shareholders (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          (40,000     —          (40,000     —          (40,000

Dividends to non-controlling interests (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (151     (151

Net income for the period (unaudited)

    —           —          —          —          —          35,744        —          35,744        (39     35,705   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at end of period (unaudited)

    145,129,780         226,528        96,753,186        151,018        (2,468     201,110        (133,501     442,687        1,177        443,864   
 

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

1. Organization and nature of business

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) is a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company was incorporated on December 9, 2010 in connection with the reorganization made for purposes of the offering and listing of the Company’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange. The reorganization involved the creation of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited and a subsequent downstream merger, being Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. the surviving entity. Following the merger, Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. replaced Arcos Dorados Limited in the corporate structure. The reorganization was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interest and the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated operations of Arcos Dorados Limited as if the reorganization structure had existed since it was incorporated in July 2006. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last day of December. The Company has a 99.999 % equity interest in Arcos Dorados Cooperatieve U.A., which has a 100% equity interest in Arcos Dorados B.V. (“ADBV”).

On August 3, 2007 the Company, indirectly through its wholly-owned subsidiary ADBV, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement and Master Franchise Agreements (“MFAs”) with McDonald’s Corporation pursuant to which the Company completed the acquisition of the McDonald’s business in Latin America (“LatAm business”). Prior to this acquisition, the Company did not carry out operations.

The Company, through ADBV’s wholly-owned and majority owned subsidiaries operates and franchises McDonald’s restaurants in the food service industry. The Company has operations in twenty territories as follows: Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curacao, Ecuador, French Guyana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay, the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas and Venezuela. All restaurants are operated either by the Company’s subsidiaries or by independent entrepreneurs under the terms of sub-franchisee agreements (franchisees).

 

2. Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has elected to report its consolidated financial statements in United States dollars (“$” or “US dollars”).

The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted for purposes of this presentation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated annual financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2010.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are unaudited and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are considered necessary for the fair presentation of the information in the consolidated financial statements. Operating results for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future periods.

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Foreign currency translation

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries are translated in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 830 Foreign Currency Matters. Except for the Company’s Venezuelan operations as from January 1, 2010, the functional currencies of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries are the local currencies of the countries in which they conduct their operations. Therefore, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the periods. Translation adjustments are included in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. The Company includes foreign currency exchange results related to monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than its functional currencies in its income statement.

Effective January 1, 2010, Venezuela is considered to be highly inflationary, and as such, the financial statements of the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiaries are remeasured as if their functional currencies were the reporting currency (U.S. dollars). As a result, remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in earnings rather than in the cumulative translation adjustment, component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

See Note 15 for additional information pertaining to the Company’s Venezuelan operations, including currency restrictions and controls existing in the country and a discussion of the exchange rate used for translation purposes.

Provision for contingencies

The Company accrues liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Such accruals are based on developments to date, the Company’s estimates of the outcomes of these matters and the Company’s lawyers’ experience in contesting, litigating and settling other matters. As the scope of the liabilities becomes better defined, there may be changes in the estimates of future costs. See Note 9 for details.

 

4. Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2011
(Unaudited)
     As of
December 31, 2010
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 79,256       $ 73,468   

Promotion items

     6,049         6,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 85,305       $ 80,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. Short-term debt

Short-term debt consists of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2011
(Unaudited)
     As of
December 31, 2010
 

Bank overdrafts

   $ 1,331       $ 419   

Short-term loans (i)

     14,056         11,322   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,387       $ 11,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

Short-term debt (continued)

 

(i) The balance mainly relates to the notes issued by one of the Company’s subsidiaries in Venezuela for 57 million Venezuelan bolívares fuertes, equivalent to $10,755. The notes were issued on April 18, 2011 and mature on October 14, 2011. The notes accrue imputed interest at an annual interest rate of 16%.

 

6. Long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     As of
June 30, 2011
(Unaudited)
     As of
December 31, 2010
 

Senior notes

   $ 446,790       $ 446,596   

Other long-term borrowings

     6,185         8,654   

Capital lease obligations

     6,060         2,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     459,035         457,629   

Current portion of long-term debt

     5,194         6,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   $ 453,841       $ 451,423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior notes

In October 2009, ADBV issued senior notes for an aggregate principal amount of $450,000 at a price of 99.136%. The senior notes mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest of 7.5% per year. Interest is paid semiannually. The Company incurred $8,928 of financing costs related to this issuance, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs.

The senior notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the senior notes. The senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the majority of the Company’s subsidiaries. The senior notes rank equally with all of the Company’s unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and are effectively junior to all secured indebtedness of the Company. The indenture governing the senior notes imposes certain restrictions on the Company and its subsidiaries, including some restrictions on their ability, with certain permitted exceptions, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock, make investments, create liens, create limitations on the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer property to the Company, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell assets including the capital stock of the subsidiaries, and consolidate merge or transfer assets.

The senior notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and trade on the Euro MTF Market.

See Note 16 for details of the partial redemption made after period-end.

Other long-term borrowings

Other long-term borrowings primarily include seller financings related to the purchase of restaurants in Mexico and non-controlling interests in Argentina totaling $4,740 at June 30, 2011 ($7,481 at December 31, 2010). Seller financings are payable in quarterly equal-installments maturing in December 2011, January 2012 and July 2012, and accrue interest at an annual weighted-average interest rate of 7.1%.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

7. Derivative instruments

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

On November 10, 2008, and in connection with the refinancing process of the Credit Agreement that had been entered into for purposes of partially finance the acquisition of the LatAm Business, the Company committed to hedge 57% of the Company’s currency exposure from the A&R Credit Agreement related to the Company’s generation of cash flows in Brazilian reais (equivalent to $200 million). As a result:

 

   

In December 2008, ADBV entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with Banco Santander S.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia to convert a portion of its debt under the A&R Credit Agreement ($100 million at LIBOR) to Brazilian reais-denominated fixed-rate debt (R$237.4 million at a fixed rate of 12.14%). The notional amounts amortize over the life of the swaps, maturing on November 10, 2013.

 

   

In January and March 2009 ADBV entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with Banco Santander S.A. to convert a portion of its debt under the A&R Credit Agreement ($100 million at LIBOR) to Brazilian reais-denominated fixed-rate debt (R$228.8 million at a fixed rate of 11.16%). The notional amounts amortize over the life of the swaps, maturing on November 10, 2013.

These swap agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. The cross-currency swap agreements did not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, representing a natural hedge over a portion of the Company’s foreign currency and interest rate exposure under the A&R Credit Agreement. Changes in the fair market value attributable to changes in the current spot rates between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian reais are offset by foreign exchange results recorded by the holding company in revaluating the Brazilian reais-denominated intercompany receivable. Changes in the fair market value attributable to changes in the Brazilian reais-forward rate curve impact the Company’s consolidated results. At June 30, 2011, the fair market values of these swap agreements totaled $91,808 payable ($90,513 payable at December 31, 2010). During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company made net payments to the counterparties totaling $23,658 and $14,478, respectively, in connection with these agreements. During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded net losses for $6,450 and $13,017, respectively, within “Loss from derivative instruments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Mirror and bond swaps

On December 10, 2009, and in connection with the prepayment of the A&R Credit Agreement and the issuing of the senior notes, the Company decided to eliminate its three-month LIBOR exposure arising from the existing cross-currency interest rate swaps and also to hedge 44% of the Company’s currency exposure from the senior notes coupon payments related to the Company’s generation of cash flows in Brazilian reais (equivalent to $200 million). Therefore in December 2009:

 

   

ADBV entered into two opposing coupon-only cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (mirror swaps) with JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley to neutralize the floating-rate exposure under the existing position. Under these agreements, the Company pays three-month LIBOR and receives 2.02% in Brazilian reais over a notional of $200 million (at an exchange rate of 1.76 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar). Payment dates, amortization schedule and maturity date were structured to mirror the existing swaps, without exchange of principal.

 

   

ADBV entered into two coupon-only cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (bond swaps) with JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley to convert a portion of the coupons of the senior notes denominated in U.S. Dollars ($200 million at a fixed rate of 7.50%) to Brazilian reais (at a fixed rate of 9.08% and an exchange rate of 1.76 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar). These agreements mature on October 1, 2014 without exchange of principal.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

7. Derivative instruments (continued)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (continued)

Mirror and bond swaps (continued)

 

These swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815. Therefore, the agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. At June 30, 2011, the fair market values of these swap agreements totaled $6,852 payable ($3,833 payable at December 31, 2010). During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company made net interest payments to the counterparties amounting to $691 and collected net interest from the counterparties amounting to $159 respectively, in connection with these agreements. During the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, the Company recognized a net loss of $3,710 and a net gain of $5,027, respectively, in connection with these agreements that are included within “Loss from derivative instruments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Forward contracts

On November 10, 2010, 10% of the notional amounts of the cross-currency interest rate swaps amortized (equivalent to $20 million). In order to maintain a notional amount of $200 million hedged at all times, ADBV entered into forward contracts with JPMorgan and Morgan Stanley to buy a total of $20 million on May 10, 2011 at the forward exchange rate of 1.7355 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar. The company paid $1,544 in connection with the settlement of these forward contracts.

In addition, on May 10, 2010, an additional 10% of the notional amounts of the cross-currency interest rate swaps amortized (equivalent to $20 million). In order to maintain a notional amount of $200 million hedged at all times, ADBV entered into forward contracts with JP Morgan to buy a total of $40 million on September 2, 2011 at the forward exchange rate of 1.6152 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar.

These swap agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. At June 30, 2011, the fair market value of these derivatives totaled $844 payable ($323 at December 31, 2010). During the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, the Company recognized a loss of $2,065 in connection with these agreements, which is included within “Loss from derivative instruments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

Forward contracts

In December 2009, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2010 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Chile. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company purchased during 2010 a total amount of $8,521 at a weighted-average forward rate of 489.3 Chilean pesos per U.S. dollar.

In addition, in February 2010, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2010 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Colombia and Peru. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company purchased a total amount of $9,732 at a weighted-average forward rate of 2,023.54 Colombian pesos per U.S. dollar, and a total amount of $3,052 at a weighted-average forward rate of 2.89 Peruvian soles per U.S. dollar.

In August and October 2010, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2011 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Chile for fiscal year 2011. Pursuant to the agreements, during 2011 the Company will purchase a total amount of $11,878 at a weighted-average forward rate of 500.4 Chilean pesos per U.S. dollar.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

7. Derivative instruments (continued)

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (continued)

Mirror and bond swaps (continued)

 

The Company has designated cash flow hedges that encompass the variability of functional-currency-equivalent cash flows attributable to foreign exchange risks related to the settlement of the foreign-currency-denominated payables resulting from the forecasted purchases (hedge over 75% of the purchases in Chile and Peru for 2010, 73% of the purchases in Colombia for 2010 and over 90% of the purchases in Chile for 2011). The effect of the hedges result in fixing the cost of goods acquired (i.e. the net settlement or collection adjusts the cost of inventory paid to the suppliers). The forward contracts are carried at their fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet, with changes reported within the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. As of June 30, 2011, the fair market value of the outstanding derivatives represented a $234 net payable ($630 at December 31, 2010). The Company made net payments totaling $464 and received net proceeds totaling $178 as a result of the net settlements of these derivatives during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. In addition, the Company recorded unrealized losses amounting to $68 and $38 within the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Additional disclosures

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

    

Asset (Liability) Derivatives

 
          Fair Value  

Type of Derivative

  

Balance Sheet Location

   As of
June 30, 2011

(Unaudited)
    As of
December 31, 2010
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging        

Forward contracts

   Accrued payroll and other liabilities      (234     (630
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ (234   $ (630
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging        

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   Derivative instruments    $ (91,808   $ (90,513

Mirror swaps

   Derivative instruments      4,205        3,974   

Bond swaps

   Derivative instruments      (11,057     (7,807

Forwards

   Derivative instruments      (844     (323
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ (99,504   $ (94,669
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

      $ (99,738   $ (95,299
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

7. Derivative instruments (continued)

Additional disclosures (continued)

 

The following tables present the pretax amounts affecting income and other comprehensive income for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 for each type of derivative relationship:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated OCI
on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
    (Gain) Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI

into Income
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Recognized  in
Income on Derivative
(Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing and
Ineffective Portion)
 

Forward contracts

     (68     464         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (68     464         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The loss recognized in income was recorded as an adjustment to food and paper.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on Derivative
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (6,450

Mirror swaps

     1,917   

Bond swaps

     (5,627

Forward

     (2,065
  

 

 

 

Total

     (12,225
  

 

 

 

The following tables present the pretax amounts affecting income and other comprehensive income for the six-month period ended June 30, 2010 for each type of derivative relationship:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated OCI
on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
    (Gain) Loss
Reclassified from

Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
    Gain (Loss) Recognized  in
Income on Derivative
(Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing and
Ineffective Portion)
 

Forward contracts

     (38     (178     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (38     (178     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The gain recognized in income was recorded as an adjustment to food and paper.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized  in

Income on Derivative
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (13,017

Mirror swaps

     5,341   

Bond swaps

     (314
  

 

 

 

Total

     (7,990
  

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

8. Share-based compensation

ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan

During 2008, the Company implemented a long-term incentive plan to reward employees for increases in the fair value of the Company’s stock subsequent to the date of grant. In accordance with this plan, each year the Company grants units (called “CADs”) to certain employees, pursuant to which the employees are entitled to receive, when vested, a cash payment equal to the appreciation in fair value over the base value. The awards vest over a requisite service period of five years as follows: 40% at the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% at each of the following three years. The exercise right is cumulative and, once such right becomes exercisable, it may be exercised in whole or in part during quarterly window periods until the date of termination, which occurs at the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Exercisable outstanding awards at the date of termination will be automatically settled by the Company. The maximum amount authorized under this plan equals 4% of the Company’s fair market value.

The Company recognizes compensation expense related to these benefits on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The accrued liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. Effective December 31, 2010 the Company changed the method of measuring its liability awards from the intrinsic value method (i.e. difference between the current fair value and the base value) to a fair value method using the Black & Scholes model. The current fair value for purposes of determining the intrinsic value was based on a formula determined and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2010 the Company considered the estimated initial public offering price per class A share ($16.50) in determining the fair value of the awards because in 2011 the Company’s Board of Directors decided that on a going forward basis the fair value would be based on the market price instead of the formula that had previously been used to value such awards.

The following variables and assumptions have been used by the Company for purposes of measuring its liability awards at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

     At June 30, 2011
(unaudited)
    At December 31,
2010
 

Current price (i)

     21.09        16.50   

Weighted-average base value (ii)

     5.55        5.55   

Expected volatility (iii)

     28.6     28.5

Dividend yield

     1.1     1.5

Risk-free interest rate

     3.4     3.9

Expected term

     last vesting date        last vesting date   

 

(i) At December 31, 2010, equal to the estimated initial public offering price per share. At June 30, 2011, equal to the quoted market price per share.
(ii) As adjusted as a result of the stock split discussed in Note 11.
(iii) Based on historical 1-year implied volatility of Latin American comparable companies calculated as the standard deviation on the logarithms of daily price returns, annualized by the squared root of the number of days.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

8. Share-based compensation (continued)

ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan (continued)

 

The following table provides a summary of the plan at June 30, 2011:

 

     Vested (i)      Non-vested (ii)      Total  

Number of units outstanding (iii)

     1,057,675         2,324,489         3,382,164   

Weighted-average fair market value per unit

     16.00         15.18         15.44   

Total fair value of the plan

     16,927         35,287         52,214   

Weighted-average accumulated percentage of service

     100.00         56.53         70.62   

Accrued liability

     16,927         19,948         36,875   

Compensation expense not yet recognized

     —           15,339         15,339   

 

(i) Related to exercisable awards.
(ii) Related to awards that will vest between fiscal years 2011 and 2015.
(iii) As adjusted as a result of the stock split discussed in Note 11.

Compensation expense for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $15,248 and $1,891, respectively. Compensation expense is included within “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of income. Compensation expense for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 includes an incremental expense amounting to $10,526 related to the effect of remeasuring the accrued liability considering the initial quoted market price of $21.00.

During the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, the Company made payments totaling $2,287 in connection with the exercise of 136,381 units.

Award Right granted to the Chief Executive Officer

In addition, during 2008 the Company granted to the Chief Executive Officer an award right pursuant to which he was entitled to receive from the Company a lump sum amount of cash equal to 1% of the fair market value of the Company upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (an “Initial Public Offering” or “Change of Control” as defined in the agreement). The award right was subject to a four-year graduated vesting period (25% per year) of continued service as from August 3, 2007.

The Company recognized compensation expense related to this benefit on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The accrued liability was remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement, based on the estimated fair value of the Company. The fair value of the Company had been estimated based on a formula determined and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Effective December 31, 2010 the Company replaced the formula by the estimated initial public offering price for purposes of measuring the liability award. As a result of the Company’s initial public offering, on April 14, 2011 the Company settled the award in cash for $34,000.

Compensation expense for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $2,214 and $2,395, respectively. Compensation expense is included within “Other operating income (expenses), net” in the consolidated statement of income.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

8. Share-based compensation (continued)

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

In March 2011, the Company adopted its Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, to attract and retain the most highly qualified and capable professionals and to promote the success of its business. This plan replaces ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan discussed above, although the awards that have already been granted will remain outstanding until their respective termination dates. Like ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan, the 2011 Plan will be used to rewards certain employees for the success of the Company’s business through an annual award program. The 2011 Plan permits grants of awards relating to class A shares, including awards in the form of shares (also referred to as stock), options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, performance awards and other share-based awards as will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan will be 2.5% of the Company’s total outstanding class A and class B shares immediately following its initial public offering.

On April 14, 2011, the Company made the following grants of awards under the 2011 Plan:

 

   

The Company granted to certain of its executive officers and other employees 231,458 restricted share units and 833,387 stock options for 2011. Both types of awards vest as follows: 40% on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on each of the following three anniversaries.

 

   

The Company granted to certain of its executive officers and other employees 782,138 restricted share units and 1,046,459 stock options as special awards in connection with its initial public offering. Both types of special awards vest as follows: 1/3 on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date.

For both grants, each stock option represents the right to acquire a Class A share at a strike price of $21.20 (the closing price on the date of grant), while each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive a Class A share, when vested.

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The Company utilizes a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the value of stock options. The value of restricted stock units is based on the quoted market price of the Company’s class A shares. The resulting value of stock options and restricted stock units granted during the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 was $10,435 and $21,488, respectively. The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense in the amount of $2,420 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, the remaining un recognized compensation expense amounted to $29,503, which will be amortized over the remaining requisite service period.

 

9. Commitments and contingencies

Commitments

The MFAs require the Company and its MF subsidiaries, among other obligations:

 

  (i) to pay monthly royalties commencing at a rate of approximately 5% of gross sales of the restaurants substantially consistent with market;

 

  (ii) to agree with McDonald’s on a restaurant opening plan and a reinvestment plan for each three-year period and pay an initial franchise fee for each new restaurant opened; for the three-year period commencing on January 1, 2011 the Company must reinvest an aggregate of at least $60 million per year; and open no less than 250 new restaurants;

 

  (iii) to commit to funding a specified Strategic Marketing Plan; and

 

  (iv) to own (or lease) directly or indirectly, the fee simple interest in all real property on which any franchised restaurant is located.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

9. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

Commitments (continued)

 

In addition, the Company maintains standby letters of credit with an aggregate drawing amount of $80 million in favor of McDonald’s Corporation as collateral for the obligations assumed under the MFAs. The letter of credit can be drawn if certain events occur, including the failure to pay royalties. No amounts have been drawn at the date of issuance of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

Provision for contingencies

The Company has certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving labor, tax and other matters. At June 30, 2011 the Company maintains a provision for contingencies amounting to $81,867 ($91,720 at December 31, 2010), which is disclosed net of judicial deposits amounting to $29,128 ($27,373 at December 31, 2010) that the Company was required to make in connection with the proceedings. As of June 30, 2011, the net amount of $52,739 is disclosed as follows: $402 as a current liability within “Accrued payroll and other liabilities” and $52,337 as a non-current liability.

Breakdown of the provision for contingencies is as follows:

 

     As of
June 30, 2011
(Unaudited)
    As of
December 31,
2010
 

Tax contingencies in Brazil (i)

     44,532        50,648   

Labor contingencies in Brazil (ii)

     29,434        33,456   

Other

     7,901        7,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     81,867        91,720   

Judicial deposits

     (29,128     (27,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for contingencies

   $ 52,739      $ 64,347   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (i) Mainly related to VAT special treatment for restaurants in Rio de Janeiro.
  (ii) Mainly related to dismissals in the normal course of business.

The provision for contingencies includes $42,783 related to Brazilian claims ($40,378 at December 31, 2010). Pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement, McDonald’s Corporation has indemnified the Company for these claims as well as for specific and limited claims arising from the Puerto Rican franchisee lawsuit. As a result, the Company has recorded a non-current asset in respect of McDonald’s Corporation’s indemnity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Regarding contingencies in Brazil, at the end of fiscal year 2010 the Company decided to take advantage of law No. 11941 that amended the federal tax legislation to permit the entering into amnesty plans to settle existing contingencies in installments with benefits derived from the waiver of fines and a portion of accrued interests. The law also allows the use of tax loss carryforwards to settle the portion of interest not waived. The Company agreed with McDonald’s Corporation to include in the amnesty plan most of the contingencies indemnified by them using tax loss carryforwards to settle the interests and receive a cash payment equal to the principal plus 50% of the interests.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

9. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

Provision for contingencies (continued)

 

In January 2007, several Puerto Rican franchisees filed a lawsuit against McDonald’s Corporation and certain subsidiaries which the Company purchased during the acquisition of the LatAm business. The lawsuit originally sought declaratory judgment and damages in the amount of $11 million plus plaintiffs' attorney fees. In January 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that increased the amount of damages sought to $66.7 million plus plaintiffs’ attorney fees. The complaint, as amended, requests that the court declare that the plaintiffs’ respective franchise agreements and contractual relationships with McDonald’s Corporation, which agreements and relationships were assigned or otherwise transferred to the Company as part of the Acquisition of the LatAm business, are governed by the Dealers’ Act of Puerto Rico, or “Law 75”, a Puerto Rican law that limits the grounds under which a principal may refuse to renew or terminate a distribution contract. The complaint also seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions to restrict the Company from declining to renew the plaintiffs’ agreements except for just cause, and to prohibit the Company from opening restaurants or kiosks within a three-mile radius of a franchisee’s restaurant. In September 2008, the Company filed a counter-suit requesting the termination of the franchise agreements with these franchisees due to several material breaches. On December 23, 2010, the commissioner assigned by the Court of First Instance to this case issued a resolution holding that Law 75 applies to the parties’ commercial relationship. On July 20, 2011, the Court of First Instance adopted the Commissioner´s determination with respect to the application of Law 75. This determination is an interlocutory determination that defines the legislation applicable to the franchisee rights and obligations. On August 26, 2011, the Company appealed the decision of the Court of First Instance by means of a certiorari to the Court of Appeals. The Company is still in the discovery phase with respect to the evidentiary part of this litigation. If the Company does not prevail on the non-applicability of Law 75 to the franchise agreements, the franchisees will still need to demonstrate and prove that the franchisor has breached their respective contracts. Therefore, no provision has been recorded regarding this lawsuit because the Company believes that a final negative resolution has a low probability of occurrence. In October and November of 2010, two bills were introduced in Puerto Rico Legislature that seek to regulate franchise agreements. Among other goals, these bills (like Law 75 in the case of distribution agreements) limit the grounds under which a franchisor may terminate or refuse to renew a franchise agreement. The bills are in the early stages of consideration by the Legislature and no hearings or votes have been scheduled.

 

10. Segment and geographic information

The Company is required to report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and interim financial reports issued to shareholders in accordance with ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker(s) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. ASC Topic 280 also requires disclosures about the Company’s products and services, geographical areas and major customers.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company through its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries operates and franchises McDonald’s restaurants in the food service industry. The Company has determined that its reportable segments are those that are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting. The Company manages its business as distinct geographic segments and its operations are divided into four geographical divisions as follows: Brazil; the Caribbean division, consisting of Aruba, Curacao, French Guyana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas; the North Latin America division (“NOLAD”), consisting of Costa Rica, Mexico and Panama; and the South Latin America division (“SLAD”), consisting of Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 3.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

10. Segment and geographic information (continued)

 

The following table presents information about profit or loss and assets for each reportable segment:

 

     For the six-month periods
ended June 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Revenues:

    

Brazil

   $ 892,063      $ 718,520   

Caribbean division

     132,056        127,385   

NOLAD

     171,743        141,464   

SLAD

     519,284        374,442   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 1,715,146      $ 1,361,811   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

    

Brazil

   $ 128,566      $ 99,241   

Caribbean division

     6,282        9,531   

NOLAD

     7,868        4,202   

SLAD

     42,933        32,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     185,649        145,716   

Corporate and others (i)

     (45,455     (30,379
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

   $ 140,194      $ 115,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:

    

Total adjusted EBITDA

   $ 140,194      $ 115,337   

(Less) Plus items excluded from computation that affect operating income:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (31,123     (28,368

Compensation expense related to the award rights granted to the CEO

     (2,214     (2,395

Gains from sale of property and equipment

     5,103        1,413   

Write-offs of property and equipment

     (1,685     (754

Stock-based compensation related to the special awards in connection with the initial public offering under the 2011 Plan

     (1,682     —     

Cash bonus related to the initial public offering

     (1,382     —     

Incremental compensation expense related to ADBV long-term incentive Plan

     (10,526     —     

Operating income

     96,685        85,233   

(Less) Plus:

    

Net interest expense

     (20,199     (19,637

Loss from derivative instruments

     (12,225     (7,990

Foreign currency exchange results

     1,864        (3,110

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (1,183     (1,918

Income tax expense

     (14,946     (16,873

Net (income) loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     (271     39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 49,725      $ 35,744   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

10. Segment and geographic information (continued)

 

     For the six-month periods
ended June 30,
 
     2011     2010  

Depreciation and amortization:

    

Brazil

   $ 18,893      $ 17,606   

Caribbean division

     5,750        5,951   

NOLAD

     12,859        11,286   

SLAD

     11,861        9,652   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     49,363        44,495   

Corporate and others (i)

     3,313        2,745   

Purchase price allocation (ii)

     (21,553     (18,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 31,123      $ 28,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment expenditures:

    

Brazil

   $ 49,005      $ 13,251   

Caribbean division

     11,077        2,896   

NOLAD

     11,960        7,240   

SLAD

     30,802        16,360   

Others

     1,497        1,080   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment expenditures

   $ 104,341      $ 40,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of  
     June 30,
2011
(Unaudited)
    December 31,
2010
 

Total assets:

    

Brazil

   $ 1,029,081      $ 1,003,970   

Caribbean division

     248,587        229,863   

NOLAD

     405,861        390,812   

SLAD

     457,107        405,641   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     2,140,636        2,030,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate and others (i)

     184,225        222,412   

Purchase price allocation (ii)

     (451,664     (468,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,873,197      $ 1,784,266   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Primarily relates to corporate general and administrative expenses and assets as well as the results and assets of the Company’s operating distribution centers. Corporate general and administrative expenses consist of home office support costs in areas such as facilities, finance, human resources, information technology, legal, marketing, restaurant operations, supply chain and training. Corporate assets primarily include corporate cash and cash equivalents and collateral deposits.
(ii) Relates to the purchase price allocation adjustment made at corporate level, which reduces the total assets and the corresponding depreciation and amortization.

The Company’s revenues are derived from two sources: sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from restaurants operated by franchisees. All of the Company’s revenues are derived from foreign operations.

Long-lived assets consisting of property and equipment totaled $1,015,671 and $911,730 at June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. All of the Company’s long-lived assets are related to foreign operations.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

11. Shareholders’ equity

Authorized capital

At June 30, 2011, the Company is authorized to issue a maximum of 500,000,000 shares, consisting of 420,000,000 class A shares and 80,000,000 class B shares of no par value each.

Issued and outstanding capital

At December 31, 2006, the Company had issued and outstanding 50,000 shares, with a total par value $50. Prior to the acquisition of the LatAm business, the Company increased the number of shares it is authorized to issue from 50,000 shares to an aggregate of 400,000 shares, par value $1,000 per share, canceling the then outstanding common shares. On August 3, 2007, the Company issued 234,000 class A shares and 156,000 class B shares, with a total par value $390,000, in exchange for $377,546. The proceeds from this issuance were used to finance the acquisition of the LatAm business.

On March 14, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 620.21-for-1.00 stock split of the outstanding shares in order to reduce the unit price per share and improve its marketability in connection with the initial public offering. As a result of the stock split, the Company distributed 241,492,966 additional shares to its existing shareholders on a pro-rata basis. After the stock split, the issued and outstanding shares increased to 241,882,966, consisting of 145,129,780 class A shares and 96,753,186 class B shares with no par value. Immediately after the stock split and effective as of March 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 class A shares and 16,753,186 class B shares) in connection with the split-off the Axis business described in Note 12.

On April 14, 2011, the Company went public through an initial public offering of its Class A shares in the New York Stock Exchange. As a result of the offering, the Company issued 9,529,412 Class A shares at a price of $17.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering totaled $152,281.

As a result, at June 30, 2011, the Company has 209,529,412 shares issued and outstanding with no par value, consisting of 129,529,412 class A shares and 80,000,000 class B shares.

For both classes of shares, the balance sheet and statement of shareholders’ equity reflect the stock split retrospectively for all periods presented.

Rights, privileges and obligations

Holders of Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B shares are entitled to five votes per share. Except with respect to voting, the rights, privileges and obligations of the Class A shares and Class B shares are pari passu in all respects, including with respect to dividends and rights upon liquidation of the Company.

Distribution of dividends

The Company can only make distributions to the extent that immediately following the distribution, its assets exceed its liabilities, and the Company is able to pay its debts as they become due. In addition, the senior notes impose certain restrictions on the distribution of dividends as described in Note 6.

On March 23, 2011, the Company declared a dividend distribution to its shareholders amounting to $12,500, with respect to its results of operations for fiscal year 2010, which was paid in full on April 1, 2011.

On June 3, 2011, the Company declared a dividend distribution to its shareholders amounting to $12,509, with respect to its results of operations for the fiscal year 2010, which will be paid in full in July 2011.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Split-off of Axis Business

On March 14, 2011, effective as of March 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the split-off of certain subsidiaries of the Company that operate the distribution centers in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela (the “Axis Business”). The split-off was performed through the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 class A shares and 16,753,186 class B shares). As consideration for the redemption, the Company transferred to its shareholders its equity interests in the operating subsidiaries of the Axis Business totaling a net book value of $15,428 and an equity contribution that was made to the Axis holding company amounting to $29,830. This transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement.

 

13. Earnings per share

The Company is required to present basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share in accordance with ASC Topic 260. Earnings per share are based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period after consideration of the dilutive effect, if any, for common stock equivalents, including stock options and restricted stock units. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and dilutive securities outstanding during the period under the treasury method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. for all periods presented after giving retrospective effect to the stock split described in Note 11:

 

    For the six-month periods
ended June 30,
 
    2011     2010  

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. available to common shareholders

  $ 49,725      $ 35,744   

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding - Basic

    221,408,769        241,882,966   

Incremental shares from assumed exercise of stock options (a)

    —          —     

Incremental shares from vesting of restricted stock units

    13,231        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding - Diluted

    221,422,000        241,882,966   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.22      $ 0.15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Options to purchase 1,879,846 shares of common stock at $21.20 per share were outstanding during the six-month period ended June 30, 2011 but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

 

14. Related party balances and transactions

As discussed in Note 9, as security for the performance of the Company’s obligations under the MFAs, the Company maintains irrevocable standby letters of credit in favor of McDonald’s Corporation in an amount of $80 million, of which one in an amount of $65 million was issued by Credit Suisse acting as issuing bank. Credit Suisse owns 49% of the general partner and is a limited partner of DLJ South American Partners, which is a shareholder of the Company. The Company believes that the terms of the transaction are consistent with those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

14. Related party balances and transactions (continued)

 

As discussed in Note 12, effective March 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the split-off of the Axis Business. As a result, the Axis Business is no longer consolidated, representing a related party under common control. The following table summarizes the outstanding balances and transactions between the Company and the Axis Business as of and for the period ended June 30, 2011:

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 8,739   

Accounts and notes receivable

     4,155   

Accounts payable

     8,611   

Food and paper

     118,879   

Occupancy and other operating expenses

     3,661   

 

15. Venezuelan operations

The Company conducts business in Venezuela where currency restrictions exist, limiting the Company’s ability to immediately access cash through repatriations at the government’s official exchange rate. The Company’s access to these funds remains available for use within this jurisdiction and is not restricted. The official exchange rate is established by the Central Bank of Venezuela and the Venezuelan Ministry of Finance and the acquisition of foreign currency at the official exchange rate by Venezuelan companies to pay foreign debt or dividends is subject to a registration and approval process by the relevant Venezuelan authorities. Such approvals had become less forthcoming over the time, resulting in a parallel market where entities could exchange Venezuelan bolívares fuertes into U.S. dollars using a bond-based exchange process under which bonds traded in Venezuela were purchased in Venezuelan bolívares fuertes and then immediately exchanged outside Venezuela for bonds denominated in U.S. dollars at a specified, and less favorable, parallel exchange market rate.

During 2009 the Company’s access to the official exchange rate for purposes of paying imports was more limited than in 2008 as a result of an increase in restrictions and a more rigorous approval process. In addition, the Company was historically unable to access to the official exchange rate for royalty payments, being obliged to access to the parallel exchange market in order to honor its foreign debts and also to pay intercompany loans.

As discussed in Note 3, the financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters. Such guidance states that the rate applicable for purposes of dividend remittances shall be used to translate foreign currency financial statements, except when unusual circumstances exist. Prior to December 31, 2009, the Company had concluded that the existence of the parallel market in Venezuela did not constitute unusual circumstances which justified the use of an exchange rate other than the official exchange rate for purposes of foreign currency translation. Therefore, the official rate of 2.15 Venezuelan bolívares Fuertes per U.S. dollar was used to translate the operations of the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiaries for fiscal year 2009. As conditions in Venezuela evolved during 2009, the Company reassessed the appropriateness of use of the official exchange rate for translation purposes. As a result, effective December 31, 2009, the Company changed the translation rate from the official exchange rate of 2.15 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar at December 31, 2009 to the parallel exchange rate of 5.97 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar.

On May 17, 2010, the Venezuelan Congress modified the Foreign Exchange Crime Act. The amendments, which result in a penalty for any security transactions not carried out through the Central Bank of Venezuela, were primarily designed to increase control of debt security transactions that were used to buy and sell foreign currency that resulted in the parallel rate. As a result of this reform, the parallel exchange market prevailing in Venezuela disappeared, leaving local brokers out of this market and leaving companies without alternatives for foreign currency trade other than those approved and conducted through the Central Bank. In June, 2010, the Central Bank introduced a newly regulated foreign currency exchange system (SITME), pursuant to which companies can acquire, with certain limits, U.S. dollars at an exchange rate to be established by the Central Bank. Most of the exchanges in SITME have been executed at the exchange rate of 5.30 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 (Unaudited)

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

15. Venezuelan operations (continued)

 

Since the Company had access and used the parallel exchange market to acquire U.S. dollars, the Company used the parallel exchange rate to measure transactions denominated in local currency and convert them to the U.S. dollar functional currency during the period from January 1, 2010 through May 31, 2010. The last available quotation of the parallel exchange rate before the system was cancelled was 8.10 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. Effective June 1, 2010 the Company started to use the new regulated rate of 5.30 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar to measure transactions denominated in local currency.

As of and for the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, revenues, operating income and net income of the Venezuelan operations were $121.9 million, $5.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

 

16. Subsequent events

On July 6, 2011, the Company paid the dividend distribution amounting to $12,509 disclosed in Note 11.

On July 13, 2011 the Company issued R$ 400 million of Brazilian-real notes due 2016 in a private placement (the “Brazilian notes”). The Brazilian notes bear interest of 10.25% per year, payable semi-annually beginning on January 13, 2012. The Brazilian notes mature on July 13, 2016 and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The proceeds from the offering will be used by the Company to satisfy its capital expenditure program, including opening and reimaging restaurants, and for general corporate purposes.

On July 18, 2011 the Company redeemed 31.42% or $141,400 of the outstanding principal amount of its senior notes at a redemption price of 107.5% plus accrued and unpaid interest. As a result, the Company incurred a loss of $13,933, including $2,319 related to the accelerated amortization of deferred financing costs.

On July 19, 2011 and July 20, 2011, the Company settled the cross-currency interest rate swaps and the mirror swaps described in Note 7 paying $95,524 and collecting $3,902, respectively. As a result of these settlements, the Company recognized a loss amounting to $5,206, which includes accrued interest, the monthly effect of the change in the real forward rate curve and the cost of the unwind.

On August 3, 2011, the Company’s indirect subsidiary, ADBV, entered into a committed revolving credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., as lender, for $50 million with a maturity date one year from the date of closing thereof. The obligations of ADBV under the revolving credit facility are jointly and severally guaranteed by certain of its subsidiaries on an unconditional basis. This revolving credit facility will permit the Company to borrow money from time to time to cover its working capital needs and for other general corporate purposes.

On September 13, 2011, the Company declared a dividend amounting to $12.5 million, which will be paid on October 5, 2011 to its registered shareholders as of September 27, 2011.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Buenos Aires, Argentina

February 28, 2011, except for the effects of the stock split and for the other matters described in Notes 22, 23 and 26, as to which the date is March 25, 2011

 

/s/ Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L.    
PISTRELLI, HENRY MARTIN Y ASOCIADOS S.R.L.  
Member of Ernst & Young Global  

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

    2010     2009     2008  

REVENUES

     

Sales by Company-operated restaurants

  $ 2,894,466      $ 2,536,655      $ 2,480,897   

Revenues from franchised restaurants

    123,652        128,821        125,945   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    3,018,118        2,665,476        2,606,842   

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

     

Company-operated restaurant expenses:

     

Food and paper

    (1,023,464     (929,718     (902,305

Payroll and employee benefits

    (569,084     (491,214     (461,602

Occupancy and other operating expenses

    (765,777     (667,438     (647,152

Royalty fees

    (140,973     (121,901     (118,980

Franchised restaurants—occupancy expenses

    (37,634     (42,327     (42,416

General and administrative expenses

    (254,165     (189,507     (186,098

Other operating expenses, net

    (22,464     (16,562     (26,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating costs and expenses

    (2,813,561     (2,458,667     (2,384,648
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    204,557        206,809        222,194   

Net interest expense

    (41,613     (52,473     (26,272

Loss from derivative instruments

    (32,809     (39,935     (2,620

Foreign currency exchange results

    3,237        (14,098     (74,884

Other non-operating expenses, net

    (23,630     (1,240     (1,934
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

    109,742        99,063        116,484   

Income tax expense

    (3,450     (18,709     (12,067
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    106,292        80,354        104,417   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    (271     (332     (1,375
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 106,021      $ 80,022      $ 103,042   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 106,292      $ 80,354      $ 104,417   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

     

Foreign currency translation (including $13,100 of income taxes in 2010)

    29,927        (67,192     (65,720

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges (net of $nil of income taxes)

    —          232        —     

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of $nil of income taxes)

    (1,134     (1,128     (3,463

Realized losses on cash flow hedges (net of $nil of income taxes)

    273        4,591        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

    135,358        16,857        35,234   

(Less) Plus: Comprehensive (income) expense attributable to non-controlling interests

    (212     (471     571   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 135,146      $ 16,386      $ 35,805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share information:

     

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

  $ 0.44      $ 0.33      $ 0.43   

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2010 and 2009

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

       2010     2009  

ASSETS

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 208,099      $ 167,975   

Accounts and notes receivable, net

     79,821        62,847   

Other receivables

     107,061        55,819   

Inventories

     66,431        50,545   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     80,359        46,755   

Deferred income taxes

     10,584        10,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     552,355        394,011   

Non-current assets

    

Miscellaneous

     21,450        14,780   

Collateral deposits

     20,325        40,000   

Property and equipment, net

     911,730        785,862   

Net intangible assets and goodwill

     47,264        37,401   

Deferred income taxes

     190,764        145,782   

McDonald’s Corporation’s indemnification for contingencies

     40,378        65,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     1,231,911        1,088,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,784,266      $ 1,482,948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 186,700      $ 124,560   

Royalties payable to McDonald’s Corporation

     16,193        10,983   

Income taxes payable

     33,644        20,881   

Other taxes payable

     91,033        58,612   

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     211,231        128,478   

Interest payable

     8,438        8,655   

Short-term debt

     11,741        6,700   

Current portion of long-term debt

     6,206        4,346   

Derivative instruments

     39,962        33,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     605,148        396,810   

Non-current liabilities

    

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     53,475        37,575   

Provision for contingencies

     63,940        86,931   

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

     451,423        454,461   

Derivative instruments

     54,707        52,356   

Deferred income taxes

     6,378        769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     629,923        632,092   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,235,071        1,028,902   

Shareholders’ Equity

    

Class A shares of common stock; 420,000,000 shares authorized; 145,129,780 shares issued and outstanding; no par value per share

     226,528        226,528   

Class B shares of common stock; 80,000,000 shares authorized; 96,753,186 shares issued and outstanding; no par value per share

     151,018        151,018   

Additional paid-in capital

     (2,468     (2,468

Retained earnings

     271,387        205,366   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (98,664     (127,789
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. shareholders’ equity

     547,801        452,655   

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries

     1,394        1,391   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     549,195        454,046   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,784,266      $ 1,482,948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

    2010     2009     2008  

Operating activities

     

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc

  $ 106,021      $ 80,022      $ 103,042   

Adjustments to reconcile net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. to cash provided by operations:

     

Non-cash charges and credits:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    60,585        54,169        49,496   

Loss from derivative instruments

    32,809        39,935        2,620   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    979        11,285        4,940   

Amortization and accrual of letter of credit fees

    2,633        2,127        4,116   

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

    271        332        1,375   

Deferred income taxes

    (61,101     (49,830     (51,217

Foreign currency exchange results

    (1,072     (24,501     46,224   

Accrued compensation expense

    36,551        5,247        13,902   

Loss on amnesty program

    25,532        —          —     

Others, net

    2,009        6,791        (2,113

Changes in working capital items:

     

Accounts payable

    48,065        3,597        23,136   

Accounts and notes receivable and other receivables

    (70,762     (11,651     14,145   

Inventories, prepaid and other assets

    (39,742     20,821        (40,498

Income taxes payable

    13,085        (12,174     12,048   

Other taxes payable

    12,134        (2,537     7,358   

Interest payable

    105        5,702        4,060   

Accrued payroll and other liabilities and provision for contingencies

    86,700        18,824        6,410   

Others

    9,074        (137     (681
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    263,876        148,022        198,363   

Investing activities

     

Property and equipment expenditures

    (175,669     (90,105     (148,894

Purchases of restaurant businesses

    (504     (11,061     (18,999

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    6,215        12,368        5,230   

Collection of receivable with McDonald’s Corporation

    —          —          15,015   

Other investing activity

    (8,266     (7,572     (4,518
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (178,224     (96,370     (152,166

Financing activities

     

Issuance of senior notes

    —          446,112        —     

Repayment of A&R Credit Agreement

    —          (350,000     —     

Payment of deferred financing costs

    —          (10,826     (8,712

Dividend payments to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.’ shareholders

    (33,400     —          —     

Payment of derivative instruments

    (37,815     (30,167     (3,567

Collateral deposits

    25,000        (25,000     (15,000

Net short-term borrowings

    3,805        (2,539     14,286   

Other financing activities

    (8,877     (3,208     (1,816
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (51,287     24,372        (14,809

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    5,759        (14,031     (17,986
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    40,124        61,993        13,402   

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

    167,975        105,982        92,580   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

  $ 208,099      $ 167,975      $ 105,982   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the year for:

     

Interest

  $ 42,034      $ 26,008      $ 16,694   

Income tax

    40,391        63,699        46,200   

Non-cash transactions:

     

Decrease in accounts payables through a decrease in receivable from McDonald’s Corporation

  $ —        $ —        $ 6,872   

Seller financings

    2,423        9,641        —     

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

    Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.’ Shareholders              
    Class A shares of
common stock
    Class B shares of
common stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total     Non-
controlling
interests
    Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount              

Balances at December 31, 2007

    145,129,780        226,528        96,753,186        151,018        —          22,302        3,084        402,932        4,847        407,779   

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,261     (2,261

Foreign currency translation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (63,774     (63,774     (1,946     (65,720

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (3,463     (3,463     —          (3,463

Net income for the year

    —          —          —          —          —          103,042        —          103,042        1,375        104,417   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2008

    145,129,780        226,528        96,753,186        151,018        —          125,344        (64,153     438,737        2,015        440,752   

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          (2,468     —          —          (2,468     (1,012     (3,480

Foreign currency translation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (67,331     (67,331     139        (67,192

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,128     (1,128     —          (1,128

Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          232        232        —          232   

Realized losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          4,591        4,591        —          4,591   

Dividends to non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (83     (83

Net income for the year

    —          —          —          —          —          80,022        —          80,022        332        80,354   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2009

    145,129,780        226,528        96,753,186        151,018        (2,468     205,366        (127,789     452,655        1,391        454,046   

Foreign currency translation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          29,986        29,986        (59     29,927   

Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,134     (1,134     —          (1,134

Realized losses on cash flow hedges

    —          —          —          —          —          —          273        273        —          273   

Dividends to non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (209     (209

Dividends to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc’s

shareholders

    —          —          —          —          —          (40,000     —          (40,000     —          (40,000

Net income for the year

    —          —          —          —          —          106,021        —          106,021        271        106,292   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2010

    145,129,780        226,528        96,753,186        151,018        (2,468     271,387        (98,664     547,801        1,394        549,195   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

1. Organization and nature of business

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) is a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The Company was incorporated on December 9, 2010 in connection with the reorganization made for purposes of the offering and listing of the Company’s shares on the New York Stock Exchange. The reorganization involved the creation of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Arcos Dorados Limited and a subsequent downstream merger, being Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. the surviving entity. Following the merger, Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. replaced Arcos Dorados Limited in the corporate structure. The reorganization was accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control in a manner similar to a pooling of interest and the consolidated financial statements reflect the historical consolidated operations of Arcos Dorados Limited as if the reorganization structure had existed since it was incorporated in July 2006. The Company’s fiscal year ends on the last day of December. The Company has a 99.999% equity interest in Arcos Dorados Cooperatieve U.A., which has a 100% equity interest in Arcos Dorados B.V. (“ADBV”).

On August 3, 2007 the Company, indirectly through its wholly-owned subsidiary ADBV, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement and Master Franchise Agreements (“MFAs”) with McDonald’s Corporation pursuant to which the Company completed the acquisition of the McDonald’s business in Latin America (“LatAm business”). See Note 4 for details. Prior to this acquisition, the Company did not carry out operations.

The Company, through ADBV’s wholly-owned and majority owned subsidiaries, operates and franchises McDonald’s restaurants in the food service industry. The Company has operations in nineteen territories as follows: Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curacao, Ecuador, French Guyana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Uruguay, the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas and Venezuela. All restaurants are operated either by the Company’s subsidiaries or by independent entrepreneurs under the terms of sub-franchisee agreements (franchisees).

2. Basis of presentation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has elected to report its consolidated financial statements in United States dollars (“$” or “US dollars”).

3. Summary of significant accounting policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Foreign currency translation

The financial statements of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries are translated in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 830 Foreign Currency Matters. Except for the Company’s Venezuelan operations in 2010, the functional currencies of the Company’s foreign operating subsidiaries are the local currencies of the countries in which they conduct their operations. Therefore, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the periods. Translation adjustments are included in the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. The Company includes foreign currency exchange results related to monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than its functional currencies in its income statement.

Effective January 1, 2010, Venezuela is considered to be highly inflationary, and as such, the financial statements of the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiaries are remeasured as if their functional currencies were the reporting currency (U.S. dollars). As a result, remeasurement gains and losses are recognized in earnings rather than in the cumulative translation adjustment, component of other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.

See Note 21 for additional information pertaining to the Company’s Venezuelan operations, including currency restrictions and controls existing in the country and a discussion of the exchange rate used for translation purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, from the date of purchase, to be cash equivalents.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenues consist of sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from restaurants operated by franchisees. Sales by Company-operated restaurants are recognized on a cash basis. The Company presents sales net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Revenues from restaurants operated by franchisees include rental income, initial franchise fees and royalty income. Rental income is measured on a monthly basis based on the greater of a fixed rent, computed on a straight-line basis, or a certain percentage of gross sales reported by franchisees. Initial franchise fees represent the difference between the amount the Company collects from the franchisee and the amount the Company pays to McDonald’s Corporation upon the opening of a new restaurant, which is when the Company has performed substantially all initial services required by the franchisee agreement. Royalty income represents the difference, if any, between the amount the Company collects from the franchisee and the amount the Company is required to pay to McDonald’s Corporation. Royalty income is recognized in the period earned.

Accounts and notes receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

Accounts receivable primarily consist of royalty and rent receivables due from franchisees and credit card receivables. Accounts receivable are initially recorded at fair value and do not bear interest. Notes

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Accounts and notes receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts (continued)

 

receivable relates to interest-bearing financing granted to certain franchisees in connection with the acquisition of equipment and third-party suppliers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts in an amount that it considers sufficient to cover losses resulting from the inability of its franchisees to make required payments. In judging the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, the Company considers multiple factors including historical bad debt experience, the current economic environment and the aging of the receivables.

Other receivables

Other receivables primarily consist of value-added tax and other tax receivables (amounting to $ 76,603 and $35,127 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively) and receivables with third parties for services provided by the Company’s distribution centers (amounting to $16,110 and $12,254 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively). Other receivables are reported at the amount expected to be collected.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Property costs include costs of land and building for both company-operated and franchise restaurants while equipment costs primarily relate to company-operated restaurants. Cost of property and equipment acquired from McDonald’s Corporation (as part of the acquisition of LatAm business) was determined based on its estimated fair market value at the acquisition date, then partially reduced by the allocation of the negative goodwill that resulted from the purchase price allocation. Cost of property and equipment acquired or constructed after the acquisition of LatAm business in connection with the Company’s restaurant reimaging and extension program is comprised of acquisition and construction costs and capitalized internal costs. Capitalized internal costs include payroll expenses related to employees fully dedicated to restaurant construction projects and related travel expenses. Capitalized payroll costs are allocated to each new restaurant location based on the actual time spent on each project. The Company commences capitalizing costs related to construction projects when it becomes probable that the project will be developed—when the site has been identified and the related profitability assessment has been approved. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Accumulated depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: buildings—up to 40 years; leasehold improvements—the lesser of useful lives of assets or lease terms which generally include option periods; and equipment—3 to 12 years.

Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets include computer software costs, initial franchise fees and letter of credit fees.

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 350-40-30 within ASC Topic 350 Intangibles, Subtopic 40 Internal Use Software which requires the capitalization of costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. These costs are amortized over a period of three years on a straight line basis.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Intangible assets, net (continued)

 

The Company is required to pay to McDonald’s Corporation an initial franchisee fee upon opening of a new restaurant. The initial franchise fee related to Company-operated restaurants is capitalized as an intangible asset and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the franchise (generally 20 years).

Letter of credit fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Letter of Credit.

Impairment and disposal of long-lived assets

In accordance with the guidance within ASC 360-10-35, the Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. For purposes of reviewing assets for potential impairment, assets are grouped at a country level for each of the operating markets. The Company manages its restaurants as a group or portfolio with significant common costs and promotional activities; as such, each restaurant’s cash flows are not largely independent of the cash flows of others in a market. If an indicator of impairment exists for any grouping of assets, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows produced by each individual restaurant within the asset grouping is compared to its carrying value. If an individual restaurant is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the restaurant over its fair value considering its highest and best use, as determined by an estimate of discounted future cash flows or its market value. In the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company performed the impairment testing of its long-lived assets in Mexico, Puerto Rico and Peru considering the operating losses incurred in recent periods in these markets (indicator of potential impairment). As a result of this analysis, no impairment was recorded for the Company´s operations in Puerto Rico and Peru since the estimates of undiscounted future cash flows for each restaurant in these markets or the fair market value exceeded its carrying value. Regarding México, the Company recorded an impairment charge associated with certain restaurants with undiscounted future cash flows insufficient to recover their carrying value. The impairment charge was measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the restaurants over its fair value. The impairment charge totaling $4,668 is included within “Other operating expenses, net” in the consolidated statement of income. No impairments were recognized during fiscal years 2009 and 2008.

Losses on assets held for disposal are recognized when management and the Board of Directors, as required, has approved and committed to a plan to dispose of the assets, the assets are available for disposal, the disposal is probable of occurring within 12 months, and the net sales proceeds are expected to be less than the assets’ net book value. Generally, such losses relate to restaurants that have closed and ceased operations as well as restaurants that meet the criteria to be considered “held for sale” in accordance with ASC 360-10-45.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the estimated fair market value of net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired. In accordance with the guidance within ASC Topic 350 Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, goodwill is stated at cost and reviewed for impairment on an annual basis. The annual impairment test is performed during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year and compares the fair value of each reporting unit, generally based on discounted future cash flows, with its carrying amount including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is measured as the difference

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Goodwill (continued)

 

between the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and the carrying amount of goodwill. No impairments have been recognized during fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, except as mentioned in Note 4.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses related to Company-operated restaurants were $116,251, $101,389 and $97,008 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Advertising expenses related to Franchised operations do not affect the Company’s expenses since these are recovered from franchisees. Advertising expenses related to Franchised operations were $36,355, $36,215 and $34,331 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Accounting for income taxes

The Company records deferred income taxes using the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The guidance requires companies to set up a valuation allowance for that component of net deferred tax assets which does not meet the more likely than not criterion for realization.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Share-based compensation

The Company recognizes compensation expense as services required to earn the benefits are rendered. The accrued liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement, based on the estimated fair value of the Company.

Derivative financial instruments

The Company utilizes certain hedge instruments to manage its interest rate and foreign currency rate exposures. The counterparties to these instruments generally are major financial institutions. The Company does not hold or issue derivative instruments for trading purposes. In entering into these contracts, the Company assumes the risk that might arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. The Company does not expect any losses as a result of counterparty defaults. All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and are measured at fair value. Additionally, the fair value adjustments will affect either stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) or net income (loss) depending on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge for accounting purposes and, if so, the nature of the hedging activity.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

Severance payments

Under certain laws and labor agreements of the countries in which the Company operates, the Company is required to make minimum severance payments to employees who are dismissed without cause and employees leaving its employment in certain other circumstances. The Company accrues severance costs if they relate to services already rendered, are related to rights that accumulate or vest, are probable of payment and can be reasonably estimated. Otherwise, severance payments are expensed as incurred.

Provision for contingencies

The Company accrues liabilities when it is probable that future costs will be incurred and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Such accruals are based on developments to date, the Company’s estimates of the outcomes of these matters and the Company’s lawyers’ experience in contesting, litigating and settling other matters. As the scope of the liabilities becomes better defined, there may be changes in the estimates of future costs. See Note 17 for details.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes net income as currently reported under generally accepted accounting principles and also includes the impact of other events and circumstances from non-owner sources which are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The Company reports foreign currency translation gains and losses as well as unrealized results on cash flow hedges as components of comprehensive income.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Non-controlling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statement, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (Consolidation Topic of the ASC). This guidance establishes standards related to the treatment of non-controlling interests. A non-controlling interest, sometimes called minority interest, is the portion of equity in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to a parent. This guidance requires, among others, (a) that non-controlling interests be reported as a component of shareholders’ equity; (b) that net income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interests be separately identified in the consolidated statement of operations; and (c) that sufficient disclosures are provided that clearly identify and distinguish between the interest of the parent and the interests of the non-controlling owners. The objective of this guidance is to improve the relevance, comparability and transparency of the financial information that a reporting entity provides in its consolidated financial statements. Before this guidance was issued, limited instructions existed for reporting non-controlling interests. So-called minority interests were reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements in the mezzanine section between liabilities and equity. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. As a result, the Company adopted the required provisions on January 1, 2009. The Company retrospectively applied the presentation requirements in these financial statements, reclassifying to equity the non-controlling interests and adjusting consolidated comprehensive income to include the comprehensive income attributed to the non-controlling interests.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

3. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” (Codified in ASC Topic 805 Business Combinations). This guidance was issued in an effort to continue the movement toward the greater use of fair values in financial reporting and increased transparency through expanded disclosures. SFAS No. 141 (R) changes how business acquisitions are accounted for and will impact financial statements at the acquisition date and in subsequent periods. Certain of these changes will introduce more volatility into earnings. The acquirer must now record all assets and liabilities of the acquired business at fair value, and related transaction and restructuring costs will be expensed rather than the previous method of being capitalized as part of the acquisition. This guidance also impacts the annual goodwill impairment test associated with acquisitions, including those that close before the effective date of the mentioned guidance. The definitions of a “business” and a “business combination” have been expanded, resulting in more transactions qualifying as business combinations. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 31, 2008 and earlier adoption is prohibited. As a result, the Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2009. The adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No.161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, (codified in ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging) which amends previous guidance. Enhanced disclosures to improve financial reporting transparency are required, including disclosure about the location and amounts of derivative instruments in the financial statements, how derivative instruments are accounted for and how derivatives affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. A tabular format including the fair value of derivative instruments and their gains and losses, disclosure about credit risk-related derivative features and cross-referencing within the footnotes are also new requirements. This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application and comparative disclosures encouraged, but not required. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2009. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, besides the additional disclosures.

In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (“SFAS No.165”) (codified in ASC Topic 855-10-50). SFAS No.165 requires disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date. The Company adopted the guidance for fiscal year 2009. The adoption had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, besides the additional disclosure.

In September 2009, the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) became the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) for nongovernmental entities, except for certain FASB Statements not yet incorporated into ASC. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for registrants. The authoritative guidance mentioned in these financial statements includes the applicable ASC reference.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

4. Acquisition of businesses

LatAm Business

On August 3, 2007, the Company, indirectly through its wholly-owned subsidiary ADBV, entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with McDonald’s Corporation pursuant to which the Company completed the acquisition of the McDonald’s business in Latin America for $679,357. The purchase price was comprised of (a) a base purchase price amounting to $700,000, and (b) an additional purchase price equal to the final working capital of the acquired business amounting to negative $20,643. The Company paid the base purchase price and the estimated additional purchase price at the transaction date totaling $701,244. Subsequently, the Company recorded a receivable from McDonald’s Corporation amounting to $21,887 for the difference between the final working capital and the working capital estimated at the transaction date. This receivable was collected in 2008 ($15,015 in cash and $6,872 by assignment of a receivable from suppliers). Fees and expenses associated with this acquisition amounted to $18,723. The final purchase price was $698,080.

The acquisition of the LatAm business has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. When the fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase price, the resulting negative goodwill was allocated to partially reduce the fair value of the non-current assets acquired on a pro-rata basis.

In connection with this transaction, ADBV and certain subsidiaries (the “MF subsidiaries”) also entered into 20-year Master Franchise Agreements (“MFAs”) with McDonald’s Corporation which grants to the Company and its MF subsidiaries the following:

 

  i. The right to own and operate, directly or indirectly, franchised restaurants in each territory;

 

  ii. The right and license to grant sub franchises in each territory;

 

  iii. The right to adopt and use, and to grant the right and license to sub franchisees to adopt and use, the system in each territory;

 

  iv. The right to advertise to the public that it is a franchisee of McDonald’s;

 

  v. The right and license to grant sub franchises and sublicenses of each of the foregoing rights and licenses to each MF subsidiary.

The Company is required to pay to McDonald’s Corporation continuing franchise fees (Royalty fees) on a monthly basis. The amount to be paid during the first 10 years of the MFAs is equal to 5% of the US dollar equivalent of the gross product sales of each of the franchised restaurants. This percentage increases to 6% and 7% for the subsequent two 5-year periods of the agreement. Payment of monthly royalties is due on the seventh business day of the next calendar month.

Pursuant to the MFAs provisions, McDonald’s Corporation has the right to (a) terminate the MFAs, or (b) exercise a call option over the Company’s shares or any MF subsidiary, if the Company or any MF subsidiary (i) fails to comply with the McDonald’s System (as defined in the MFAs), (ii) files for bankruptcy, (iii) defaults on its financial debt payments, (iv) substantially fails to achieve targeted openings and reinvestments requirements, or (v) upon the occurrence of any other event of default as defined in the MFAs.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

4. Acquisition of businesses (continued)

 

Other acquisitions

In 2008, the Company acquired franchise restaurants in Mexico and Brazil as well as non-controlling interests in subsidiaries located in Ecuador and Peru. In 2009, the Company acquired franchise restaurants in Mexico and St. Croix as well as non-controlling interests in subsidiaries located in Argentina and Chile. In 2010, the Company acquired franchise restaurants in México and Chile. Presented below is supplemental information about these non-significant acquisitions:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Acquisition of non-controlling interests:

      

Non-controlling interests

   $ —        $ 1,012      $ 2,261   

Goodwill(i)

     —          —          1,339   

Additional paid-in capital

     —          2,468        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price

     —          3,480        3,600   

Seller financing

     —          (3,300     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price paid

   $ —        $ 180      $ 3,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2010     2009     2008  

Purchases of restaurant businesses:

      

Property and equipment

   $ 2,016      $ 13,786      $ 6,878   

Identifiable intangible assets

     183        2,151        1,425   

Goodwill

     1,276        3,449        10,696   

Tax credits

     —          959        —     

Assumed debt

     —          (1,978     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price

     3,475        18,367        18,999   

Settlement of franchise receivable

     (548     (965     —     

Seller financing

     (2,423     (6,341     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price paid

   $ 504      $ 11,061      $ 18,999   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The Company recognized an impairment of goodwill amounting to $1,066 in fiscal year 2008.

5. Accounts and notes receivable, net

Accounts and notes receivable, net consist of the following at year end:

 

     2010     2009  

Accounts receivable

   $ 77,513      $ 63,048   

Notes receivable

     7,102        5,924   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (4,794     (6,125
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 79,821      $ 62,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

6. Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following at year end:

 

     2010      2009  

Prepaid expenses

   $ 73,468          $ 35,538   

Promotion items

     6,891            11,217   
  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 
   $ 80,359          $ 46,755   
  

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

7. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net consist of the following at year-end:

 

     2010     2009  

Land

   $ 187,277      $ 167,221   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     532,796        454,357   

Equipment

     355,273        279,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost

     1,075,346        900,740   

Total accumulated depreciation

     (163,616     (114,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 911,730      $ 785,862   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $53,845, $47,254 and $44,960, respectively.

8. Net intangible assets and goodwill

Net intangible assets and goodwill consist of the following at year-end:

 

     2010     2009  

Intangible assets(i)

    

Computer software cost

   $ 34,769      $ 22,090   

Initial franchise fees

     11,649        10,909   

Letter of credit fees

     3,025        3,025   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost

     49,443        36,024   

Total accumulated amortization

     (19,720     (14,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 29,723      $ 21,871   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

8. Net intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

 

       2010      2009  

Goodwill (ii)

     

Mexico

   $ 8,470       $ 6,770   

Brazil

     6,287         5,999   

Ecuador

     273         273   

Peru

     200         195   

St. Croix

     2,077         2,077   

Chile

     234         216   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 17,541       $ 15,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 47,264       $ 37,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Total amortization expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $6,740, $6,915 and $4,536, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows: $7,841 for 2011; $7,841 for 2012; $7,841 for 2013; $1,578 for 2014; $1,054 for 2015 and thereafter $3,568.

 

(ii) Related to the acquisition of franchise restaurants (Mexico, Brazil, Peru and St. Croix) and non-controlling interests in subsidiaries (Ecuador and Chile).

9. Accrued payroll and other liabilities

Accrued payroll and other liabilities current consist of the following at year end:

 

     2010      2009  

Current:

     

Award granted to the CEO

   $ 31,786       $ —     

Accrued payroll

     99,886         75,830   

Long-term incentive plan

     14,156         —     

Accrued expenses

     50,918         48,807   

Dividends payable

     6,600         —     

Other liabilities

     7,885         3,841   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 211,231       $ 128,478   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Current:

     

Award granted to the CEO

   $ —         $ 15,394   

Accrued payroll

     921         8,379   

Long-term incentive plan

     9,758         3,756   

Amnesty program

     33,457         —     

Other liabilities

     9,339         10,046   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 53,475       $ 37,575   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

10. Short-term debt

Short-term debt consists of the following at year-end:

 

     2010      2009  

Bank overdrafts

   $ 419       $ —     

Short-term loans(i)

     11,322         6,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 11,741       $ 6,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) The 2010 balance mainly relates to the notes issued by one of the Company’s subsidiaries in Venezuela for 59 million Venezuelan bolívares fuertes, equivalent to $11,132 at December 31, 2010. The notes were issued on December 17, 2010 and mature on April 16, 2011. The notes accrue imputed interest at a monthly rate of 1.3%.

11. Long-term debt

Long-term debt consists of the following at year-end:

 

     2010      2009  

Senior notes

   $ 446,596       $ 446,209   

Other long-term borrowings

     8,654         10,299   

Capital lease obligations

     2,379         2,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     457,629         458,807   

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 6,206       $ 4,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

   $ 451,423       $ 454,461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior notes

In October 2009, ADBV issued senior notes for an aggregate principal amount of $450,000 at a price of 99.136%. The senior notes mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest of 7.5% per year. Periodic payments of principal are not required under the senior notes. Interest is paid semiannually. The gross proceeds from this issuance totaling $446,112 were partially used to repay the Credit Agreement and certain of the Company’s short-term debt. The Company incurred $8,928 of financing costs related to this issuance, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs. Interest expense related to the senior notes was $33,750 and $8,438 during fiscal year 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of deferred financing costs related to the senior notes amounted to $979 and $482 for fiscal year 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The senior notes are redeemable at the option of the Company at any time at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the indenture governing the senior notes. The senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the majority of the Company’s subsidiaries. The senior notes rank equally with all of the Company’s unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and are effectively junior to all secured indebtedness of the Company. The indenture governing the senior notes imposes certain restrictions on the Company and its subsidiaries, including some restrictions on their ability, with certain permitted exceptions, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or redeem, repurchase or retire the Company’s capital stock,

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

11. Long-term debt (continued)

Senior notes (continued)

 

make investments, create liens, create limitations on the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer property to the Company, engage in transactions with affiliates, sell assets including the capital stock of the subsidiaries, and consolidate merge or transfer assets.

The senior notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and trade on the Euro MTF Market.

Other long-term borrowings

Other long-term borrowings primarily include seller financings related to the purchase of restaurants in Mexico and non-controlling interests in Argentina totaling $7,481. Seller financings are payable in quarterly equal-installments maturing in December 2011 and January 2012, and accrue interest at an annual weighted-average interest rate of 5.8%.

Other required disclosures

At December 31, 2010, future payments related to the Company’s long-term debt are as follows:

 

     Principal     Interest     Total  

2011

   $ 6,211      $ 34,359      $ 40,570   

2012

     2,540        34,049        36,589   

2013

     708        33,910        34,618   

2014

     716        33,856        34,572   

2015

     444        33,805        34,249   

Thereafter

     450,414        135,022        585,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total payments

     461,033        305,001        766,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests

     —          (305,001     (305,001

Discount on senior notes

     (3,404     —          (3,404
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 457,629      $ —        $ 457,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

12. Derivative instruments

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

As of December 31, 2007, ADBV had a cross-currency swap agreement outstanding pursuant to which the Company converted a portion of its debt under the Credit Agreement ($100 million at LIBOR plus 60 basis points) to a Brazilian reais-denominated fixed-rate debt (R$180.5 million at a fixed rate of 10.2%). This swap agreement was settled by the Company before its maturity in January 2008 for $3,567.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

 

On November 10, 2008, and in connection with the refinancing process of the Credit Agreement, the Company committed to hedge 57% of the Company’s currency exposure from the A&R Credit Agreement related to the Company’s generation of cash flows in Brazilian reais (equivalent to $200 million). As a result:

 

   

In December 2008, ADBV entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with Banco Santander S.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia to convert a portion of its debt under the A&R Credit Agreement ($100 million at LIBOR) to Brazilian reais-denominated fixed-rate debt (R$237.4 million at a fixed rate of 12.14%). The notional amounts amortize over the life of the swaps, maturing on November 10, 2013.

 

   

In January and March 2009 ADBV entered into cross-currency interest rate swap agreements with Banco Santander S.A. to convert a portion of its debt under the A&R Credit Agreement ($100 million at LIBOR) to Brazilian reais-denominated fixed-rate debt (R$228.8 million at a fixed rate of 11.16%). The notional amounts amortize over the life of the swaps, maturing on November 10, 2013.

These swap agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. The cross-currency swap agreements did not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815, representing a natural hedge over a portion of the Company’s foreign currency and interest rate exposure under the A&R Credit Agreement. Changes in the fair market value attributable to changes in the current spot rates between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian reais are offset by foreign exchange results recorded by the holding company in revaluating the Brazilian reais-denominated intercompany receivable. Changes in the fair market value attributable to changes in the Brazilian reais-forward rate curve impact the Company’s consolidated results. At December 31, 2010, the fair market values of these swap agreements totaled $90,513 payable ($83,343 payable at December 31, 2009). During 2010 and 2009, the Company made net interest payments to the counterparties totaling $37,645 and $25,584, respectively, in connection with these agreements. During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded net losses for $31,090, $37,327 and $2,620, respectively, within “Loss from derivative instruments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income. In addition, in July 2009 the Company was required to make a cash deposit of $25,000 in favor of Credit Suisse as collateral for the obligations assumed under the letter of credit discussed in Note 17. This collateral deposit was collected in April 2010 as a result of the amendment of the letter of credit.

Mirror and bond swaps

On December 10, 2009, and in connection with the prepayment of the A&R Credit Agreement and the issuing of the senior notes, the Company decided to eliminate its three-month LIBOR exposure arising from the existing cross-currency interest rate swaps and also to hedge 44% of the Company’s currency exposure from the senior notes coupon payments related to the Company’s generation of cash flows in Brazilian reais (equivalent to $200 million). Therefore in December 2009:

 

   

ADBV entered into two opposing coupon-only cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (mirror swaps) with JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley to neutralize the floating-rate exposure under the

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

Mirror and bond swaps (continued)

 

 

existing position. Under these agreements, the Company pays three-month LIBOR and receives 2.02% in Brazilian reais over a notional of $200 million (at an exchange rate of 1.76 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar). Payment dates, amortization schedule and maturity date were structured to mirror the existing swaps, without exchange of principal.

 

   

ADBV entered into two coupon-only cross-currency interest rate swap agreements (bond swaps) with JP Morgan and Morgan Stanley to convert a portion of the coupons of the senior notes denominated in U.S. Dollars ($200 million at a fixed rate of 7.50%) to Brazilian reais (at a fixed rate of 9.08% and an exchange rate of 1.76 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar). These agreements mature on October 1, 2014 without exchange of principal.

These swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting under ASC Topic 815. Therefore, the agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. At December 31, 2010, the fair market values of these swap agreements totaled $3,833 payable ($2,608 payable at December 31, 2009). During fiscal year 2010, the Company made net interest payments to the counterparties amounting to $170 in connection with these agreements. During fiscal years 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized a loss of $1,396 and $2,608, respectively, in connection with these agreements that is included within “Loss from derivative instruments” in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Forward contracts

On November 10, 2010, 10% of the notional amounts of the cross-currency interest rate swaps amortized (equivalent to $20 million). In order to maintain a notional amount of $200 million hedged at all times, ADBV entered into forward contracts with JPMorgan and Morgan Stanley to buy a total of $20 million in May 10, 2011 at the forward exchange rate of 1.7355 Brazilian reais per U.S. dollar. These swap agreements are carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with changes reported in earnings. At December 31, 2010, the fair market value of these derivatives totaled $323 payable.

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

Interest rate swap

On November 10, 2008, ADBV entered into an interest rate swap agreement with Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. to hedge a portion of the cash flows associated with the refinancing of the credit agreement (“A&R Credit Agreement”). The agreement had a total notional value of $140 million, amortizable over the life of the swap and maturing on November 10, 2013. The interest rate swap agreement effectively converted the A&R Credit Agreement, which was a floating-rate debt, to a fixed-rate debt up to the unamortized notional value of the swap by having the Company pay fixed-rate amounts in exchange for the receipt of the floating-rate interest payments. Under the terms of this agreement, a quarterly net settlement was made for the difference between the fixed rate of 2.66% and the variable rate based upon the three-month LIBOR rate on the notional amount of the interest rate swap.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

Interest rate swap (continued)

 

The Company determined that its interest rate swap agreement was appropriately designated and documented as a cash flow hedge. This swap agreement was carried at fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet with unrealized gains or losses reported as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” within shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2008, the fair market value of this derivative instrument represented a liability of $3,455. During fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded an adjustment to interest expense for a $8 gain, recognizing the difference of $3,463 within the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. During fiscal year 2009, the Company made net interest payments to the counterparty totaling $603 and recorded an adjustment to interest expense for a $1,106 loss. Due to the repayment of the A&R Credit Agreement in October 2009, the Company settled the interest rate swap agreement for $3,980, recognizing a loss from the early settlement for $3,485 that was included as interest expense.

Forward contracts

In December 2009, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2010 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Chile. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company purchased during 2010 a total amount of $8,521 at a weighted-average forward rate of 489.3 Chilean pesos per U.S. dollar.

In addition, in February 2010, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2010 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Colombia and Peru. Pursuant to the agreements, the Company purchased a total amount of $9,732 at a weighted-average forward rate of 2,023.54 Colombian pesos per U.S. dollar, and a total amount of $3,052 at a weighted-average forward rate of 2.89 Peruvian soles per U.S. dollar.

In August and October 2010, the Company entered into various forward contracts maturing in 2011 to hedge a portion of the foreign exchange risk associated with the forecasted imports of Chile for fiscal year 2011. Pursuant to the agreements, during 2011 the Company will purchase a total amount of $11,878 at a weighted-average forward rate of 500.4 Chilean pesos per U.S. dollar.

The Company has designated cash flow hedges that encompass the variability of functional-currency-equivalent cash flows attributable to foreign exchange risks related to the settlement of the foreign-currency-denominated payables resulting from the forecasted purchases (hedge over 75% of the purchases in Chile and Peru for 2010, 73% of the purchases in Colombia for 2010 and over 90% of the purchases in Chile for 2011). The effect of the hedges result in fixing the cost of goods acquired (i.e. the net settlement or collection adjusts the cost of inventory paid to the suppliers). The forward contracts are carried at their fair market value in the consolidated balance sheet, with changes reported within the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity. As of December 31, 2010, the fair market value of the outstanding derivatives represented a $630 net payable ($232 receivable at December 31, 2009). The Company made net payments totaling $273 as a result of the net settlements of these derivatives during fiscal year 2010. In addition, the Company recorded a $1,134 unrealized net loss within the “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” component of shareholders’ equity during fiscal year 2010.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

 

Additional disclosures

The following table presents the fair values of derivative instruments included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 

   

Asset (Liability) Derivatives

 
         Fair Value  

Type of Derivative

 

Balance Sheet Location

   2010     2009  
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging       

Forward contracts

 

Miscellaneous assets

   $ —        $ 232   
 

Accrued payroll and other liabilities

     (630     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ (630   $ 232   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging       

Cross-currency interest rate
swaps

  Derivative instruments    $ (90,513   $ (83,343

Mirror swaps

  Derivative instruments      3,974        (881

Bond swaps

  Derivative instruments      (7,807     (1,727

Forwards

  Derivative instruments      (323     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ (94,669   $ (85,951
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative instruments

   $ (95,299   $ (85,719
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables present the pretax amounts affecting income and other comprehensive income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 for each type of derivative relationship:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

Hedging Relationships

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated OCI on
Derivative (Effective
Portion)
    (Gain) Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income (Effective
Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing and
Ineffective Portion)
 

Forward contracts

   $ (1,134   $ 273       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,134   $ 273       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

Additional disclosures (continued)

 

The loss recognized in income is recorded as an adjustment to food and paper.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as
Hedging Instruments

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   $ (31,090

Mirror swaps

     8,212   

Bond swaps

     (9,608

Fordwards

     (323
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (32,809
  

 

 

 

The following tables present the pretax amounts affecting income and other comprehensive income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 for each type of derivative relationship:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

Hedging Relationships

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated OCI
on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
    Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative
(Amount Excluded  from
Effectiveness Testing
and Ineffective Portion)
 

Interest rate swap

     —           (4,591     —     

Forward contracts

     232         —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 232       $ (4,591   $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The gain (loss) recognized in income is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as

Hedging Instruments

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

   $ (37,327

Mirror swaps

     (881

Bond swaps

     (1,727
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (39,935
  

 

 

 

The following tables present the pretax amounts affecting income and other comprehensive income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 for each type of derivative relationship:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

Hedging Relationships

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Accumulated OCI
on Derivative
(Effective Portion)
    Gain (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income
(Effective Portion)
     Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative
(Amount  Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing
and Ineffective Portion)
 

Interest rate swap

     (3,463     8         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (3,463   $ 8       $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

12. Derivative instruments (continued)

Additional disclosures (continued)

 

The gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income is recorded as an adjustment to interest expense.

 

Derivatives Not Designated as

Hedging Instruments

   Gain (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (2,620
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ (2,620
  

 

 

 

13. Operating lease agreements

At December 31, 2010, the Company was the lessee at 1,754 locations through ground leases (the Company leases the land and the Company or franchisee owns the building) and through improved leases (the Company leases land and buildings). Lease terms for most restaurants vary between 10 and 20 years and, in many cases, provide for rent escalations and renewal options, with certain leases providing purchase options. Escalations terms vary by reporting unit, with examples including fixed-rent escalations, escalations based on an inflation index, and fair value adjustments. The timing of these escalations generally ranges from annually to every five years. According to rental terms, the Company pays a monthly rental expense based on the greater of a fixed rent or a certain percentage of the Company’s gross sales. For most locations, the Company is obligated for the related occupancy costs including property taxes, insurance and maintenance. However, for franchised sites, the Company requires the franchisees to pay these costs. In addition, the Company is the lessee under non-cancelable leases covering certain offices and warehouses.

In March 2010, the Company entered into an aircraft operating lease agreement for a term of 8 years, which provides for quarterly payments of $690. The agreement includes a purchase option at the end of the lease term at fair market value and also an early purchase option at a fixed amount of $26,685 at maturity of the 24th quarterly payment. The Company was required to make a cash deposit of $5,325 as collateral for the obligations assumed under this agreement.

At December 31, 2010, future minimum payments required under existing operating leases with initial terms of one year or more are:

 

     Restaurants      Others      Total  

2011

     100,523         5,445         105,968   

2012

     86,740         5,176         91,916   

2013

     80,561         5,193         85,754   

2014

     73,394         5,140         78,534   

2015

     63,671         5,132         68,803   

Thereafter

     270,641         16,572         287,213   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

   $ 675,530       $ 42,658       $ 718,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

13. Operating lease agreements (continued)

 

The following table provides detail of rent expense for fiscal year 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Company-operated restaurants(i)

   $ 100,986       $ 88,579       $ 83,545   

Franchised restaurants(ii)

     34,172         33,592         34,065   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expense

   $ 135,158       $ 122,171       $ 117,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Included within the caption “Occupancy and other operating expenses” in the consolidated statement of income.

 

(ii) Included within the caption “Franchised restaurants – occupancy expenses” in the consolidated statements of income.

The following table provides a breakdown detail of rent expense between minimum and contingent rentals for fiscal year 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Minimum rentals

   $ 98,307       $ 82,650       $ 80,809   

Contingent rentals based on sales

     36,851         39,521         36,801   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total rent expense

   $ 135,158       $ 122,171       $ 117,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Franchise arrangements

Individual franchise arrangements generally include a lease and a license and provide for payment of initial fees as well as continuing rent and service fees (royalties) to the Company based upon a percentage of sales with minimum rent payments. The Company’s franchisees are granted the right to operate a restaurant using the McDonald’s system and, in most cases, the use of a restaurant facility, generally for a period of 20 years. Franchisees pay related occupancy costs including property taxes, insurance and maintenance. Pursuant to the MFAs, the Company pays initial fees and continuing service fees for franchised restaurants to McDonald’s Corporation. Therefore, the margin for franchised restaurants is primarily comprised of rental income net of occupancy expenses (depreciation for owned property and equipment and/or rental expense for leased properties).

Revenues from franchised restaurants for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of:

 

     2010      2009      2008  

Rent

   $ 122,448       $ 127,896       $ 124,886   

Initial fees(i)

     660         419         512   

Royalty fees(ii)

     544         506         547   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 123,652       $ 128,821       $ 125,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Disclosed net of initial fees paid to McDonald’s Corporation for $595, $370 and $583 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

(ii) Disclosed net of royalties fees paid to McDonald’s Corporation for $49,562, $48,524 and $50,049 in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

14. Franchise arrangements (continued)

 

At December 31, 2010, future minimum rent payments due to the Company under existing franchised agreements are:

 

     Owned sites      Leased sites      Total  

2011

   $ 6,869       $ 25,386       $ 32,255   

2012

     6,774         22,959         29,733   

2013

     6,741         21,929         28,670   

2014

     6,654         19,285         25,939   

2015

     6,874         18,043         24,917   

Thereafter

     68,144         85,070         153,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 102,056       $ 192,672       $ 294,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. Income taxes

The Company’s operations are conducted by its foreign subsidiaries in Latin America. The foreign subsidiaries are incorporated under the laws of their respective countries and as such the Company is taxed in such foreign countries.

Statutory tax rates in the countries in which the Company operates for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Puerto Rico

     39     39     39

Argentina, Martinique, French Guyana, Guadeloupe, St. Croix, St. Thomas, Aruba and Curacao

     35     35     35

Brazil and Venezuela

     34     34     34

Colombia

     33     33     33

Costa Rica and Peru

     30     30     30

Panamá

     27.5     30     30

Mexico

     30     28     28

Uruguay and Ecuador

     25     25     25

Chile

     17     17     17

Income tax expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of the following:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Current income tax expense

   $ 64,551      $ 68,539      $ 63,284   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (61,101     (49,830     (51,217
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 3,450      $ 18,709      $ 12,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

15. Income taxes (continued)

 

Income tax expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 differed from the amounts computed by applying the Company’s weighted-average statutory income tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following:

 

     2010     2009     2008  

Pre-tax income

   $ 109,742      $ 99,063      $ 116,484   

Weighted-average statutory income tax rate(i)

     36.87     38.18     37.74
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense at weighted-average statutory tax rate on pre-tax income

     40,462        37,822        43,961   

Permanent differences :

      

Change in valuation allowance(ii)

     (91,416     (29,971     (42,529

Non-deductible expenses

     31,575        8,224        8,238   

Withholding income taxes on intercompany transactions

     8,233        —          —     

Loss on amnesty program

     8,681        —          —     

Others

     5,915        2,634        2,397   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   $ 3,450      $ 18,709      $ 12,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Weighted-average statutory income tax rate is calculated based on the lump-sum of the income before taxes by country multiplied by the prevailing statutory income tax rate, divided by the consolidated income before taxes.

 

(ii) After reducing acquired intangible assets as required by ASC.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented below:

 

     2010     2009  

Tax loss carryforwards(i)

     314,057        330,361   

Purchase price allocation adjustment

     131,624        135,045   

Other deferred tax assets(ii)

     63,514        62,747   

Property and equipment—difference in depreciation rates

     (69,838     (73,703

Other deferred tax liabilities(iii)

     (24,205     (591

Valuation allowance(iv)

     (220,182     (298,776
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 194,970      $ 155,083   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

15. Income taxes (continued)

 

 

(i) As of December 31, 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries had accumulated operating tax loss carryforwards of approximately $1,088,851. These operating tax loss carryforwards expire as follows:

 

     2010  

Fiscal year 2011

     5,066   

Fiscal year 2012

     5,227   

Fiscal year 2013

     34,029   

Fiscal year 2014

     11,751   

Fiscal year 2015

     14,297   

Thereafter

     375,843   

Without expiration terms

     642,638   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,088,851   
  

 

 

 

 

(ii) Primarily related to property and equipment, allowances and provisions.

 

(iii) Primarily related to intangible assets and foreign currency exchange gains.

 

(iv) In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

Balance sheet classification of deferred taxes at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows: current deferred tax assets of $10,584 in 2010 and $10,070 in 2009; non-current deferred tax assets of $190,764 in 2010 and $145,782 in 2009; and non-current deferred tax liabilities of $6,378 in 2010 and $769 in 2009.

In November 2010, the Company completed the tax reorganization of its companies in Brazil that was commenced on December 29, 2008. The reorganization resulted in contribution of the shares of the Brazilian operating entities to a new holding company and generated a tax deductible goodwill amounting to $310 million. The goodwill is deductible in Brazil for income tax purposes through its amortization in a period of 60 months starting in December 2010 following the merger of the Brazilian entities. The Company did not recognize any deferred tax asset for this benefit following the exemption in ASC 740-10-25-3.e. applicable to intercompany transfers. Therefore, the tax benefit is being recognized when realized on the tax return and applied to reduce income tax expense

16. Share-based compensation

ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan

During 2008, the Company implemented a long-term incentive plan to reward employees for increases in the fair value of the Company’s stock subsequent to the date of grant. In accordance with this plan, each year the Company grants units (called “CADs”) to certain employees, pursuant to which the employees are entitled to receive, when vested, a cash payment equal to the appreciation in fair value over the base value. The awards vest over a requisite service period of five years as follows: 40% at the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% at each of the following three years. The exercise right is cumulative and, once such right becomes

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

16. Share-based compensation (continued)

ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan (continued)

 

exercisable, it may be exercised in whole or in part during quarterly window periods until the date of termination, which occurs at the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. Exercisable outstanding awards at the date of termination will be automatically settled by the Company. The maximum amount authorized under this plan equals 4% of the Company’s fair market value.

The Company recognizes compensation expense related to these benefits on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The accrued liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement. Effective December 31, 2010 the Company changed the method of measuring its liability awards from the intrinsic value method (i.e. difference between the current fair value and the base value) to a fair value method using the Black & Scholes model. The current fair value for purposes of determining the intrinsic was based on a formula determined and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2010 the Company considered the estimated initial public offering price per class A share in determining the fair value of the awards because in 2011 the Company’s Board of Directors decided that on a going forward basis the fair value would be based on that price instead of the formula that had previously been used to value such awards. The following additional variables and assumptions have been used by the Company for purposes of measuring its liability awards at December 31, 2010:

 

Expected volatility(i)

     28.5

Dividend yield

     1.5

Risk-free interest rate

     3.9

Expected term

     last vesting date   

 

(i) Based on historical 1-year implied volatility of Latin American comparable companies calculated as the standard deviation on the logarithms of daily price returns, annualized by the squared root of the number of days.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

16. Share-based compensation (continued)

ADBV Long-Term Incentive Plan (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the activity under the plan for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 

     Units     Weighted-
average
base value
     Weighted-
average
fair value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

     —          —        

Granted(i)

     902,134        8.21      

Exercised

     —          —        

Forfeited

     —          —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

     902,134        8.21      

Granted

     338,609        17.32      

Exercised

     —          —        

Forfeited

     (52,764     8.54      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

     1,187,979        10.79      

Granted(ii)

     684,009        11.76      

Exercised(iii)

     (13,607     8.54      

Forfeited

     (91,174     12.58      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

     1,767,207        11.09         21.88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

     351,331        8.03         24.63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(i) Comprised of 707,773 units with a base value of $8.54 and 194,361 units with a base value of $7.00. The vesting period of the latter units starts in 2007.

 

(ii) Comprised of 551,565 units with a base value of $14.59 and 132,444 units with a base value of $nil.

 

(iii) The total amount paid for these exercises was $97.

At December 31, 2010, the Company’s accrued liability totals $23,914, of which $8,655 relate to vested awards and $15,259 to non-vested awards. Compensation expense not yet recognized for non-vested awards totals $14,753 and is expected to be recognized in a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

Compensation expense for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $20,159, $913 and $2,842, respectively. Compensation expense is included within “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of income. Compensation expense for fiscal year 2010 includes an incremental expense amounting to $15,576 related to the effect of replacing the formula by the estimated initial public offering market price in determining the current value of the award.

Award Right granted to the Chief Executive Officer

In addition, during 2008 the Company granted to the Chief Executive Officer an award right pursuant to which he will be entitled to receive from the Company a lump sum amount of cash equal to 1% of the fair market value of the Company upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (an “Initial Public Offering” or “Change of

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

16. Share-based compensation (continued)

Award Right granted to the Chief Executive Officer (continued)

 

Control” as defined in the agreement). The award right is subject to a four-year graduated vesting period (25% per year) of continued service as from August 3, 2007.

The Company recognizes compensation expense related to this benefit on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards. The accrued liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until settlement, based on the estimated fair value of the Company. The fair value of the Company was estimated based on a formula determined and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. Effective December 31, 2010 the Company replaced the formula by the estimated IPO price for purposes of measuring the liability award.

At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair market value of the Company amounts to $3,300 million. Therefore, at December 31, 2010 the Company’s accrued liability totaled $31,786, of which $24,750 relate to the vested portion and $7,036 to the non-vested portion of the award. Compensation expense not yet recognized for the non-vested portion of the award totals $1,214 and will be recognized in 2011.

Compensation expense for fiscal year 2010, 2009 and 2008 amounted to $16,392, $4,334 and $11,060, respectively. Compensation expense is included within “Other operating expenses, net” in the consolidated statement of income.

17. Commitments and contingencies

Commitments

The MFAs require the Company and its MF subsidiaries, among other obligations:

 

  (i) to pay monthly royalties commencing at a rate of approximately 5% of gross sales of the restaurants, substantially consistent with market;

 

  (ii) to agree with McDonald’s on a restaurant opening plan and a reinvestment plan for each three-year period and pay an initial franchise fee for each new restaurant opened; for the three-year period commencing on January 1, 2011 the Company must reinvest an aggregate of at least $60 million per year; and open no less than 250 new restaurants;

 

  (iii) to commit to funding a specified Strategic Marketing Plan; and

 

  (iv) to own (or lease) directly or indirectly, the fee simple interest in all real property on which any franchised restaurant is located.

In addition, the Company maintains (a) a standby letter of credit with an aggregate drawing amount of $65 million, and (b) a cash deposit of $15 million in favor of McDonald’s Corporation as collateral for the obligations assumed under the MFAs. The letter of credit can be drawn and/or the cash deposit be used if certain events occur, including the failure to pay royalties. No amounts have been drawn or used at the date of issuance of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

17. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

 

Provision for contingencies

The Company has certain contingent liabilities with respect to existing or potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including those involving labor, tax and other matters. At December 31, 2010 the Company maintains a provision for contingencies amounting to $91,720 ($105,661 at December 31, 2009), which is disclosed net of judicial deposits amounting to $27,373 ($18,730 at December 31, 2009) that the Company was required to make in connection with the proceedings. As December 31, 2010, the net amount of $64,347 is disclosed as follows: $407 as a current liability within “Accrued payroll and other liabilities” and $63,940 as a non-current liability.

Breakdown of the provision for contingencies as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Tax contingencies in Brazil(i)

     50,648        74,091   

Labor contingencies in Brazil(ii)

     33,456        26,663   

Other

     7,616        4,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     91,720        105,661   

Judicial deposits

     (27,373     (18,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for contingencies

   $ 64,347      $ 86,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) In 2010, mainly related to VAT special treatment for restaurants in Rio de Janeiro. In 2009, mainly related to taxes on revenues, social security taxes, deduction of royalties and social contribution tax (most of that claims were included in the amnesty program described below).

 

(ii) Mainly related to dismissals in the normal course of business.

The provision for contingencies includes $40,378 related to Brazilian claims ($65,112 at December 31, 2009). Pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement, McDonald’s Corporation has indemnified the Company for these claims as well as for specific and limited claims arising from the Puerto Rican franchisee lawsuit. As a result, the Company has recorded a non-current asset in respect of McDonald’s Corporation’s indemnity in the consolidated balance sheet.

Regarding contingencies in Brazil, at the end of fiscal year 2010 the Company decided to take advantage of law No. 11941 that amended the federal tax legislation to permit the entering into amnesty plans to settle existing contingencies in installments with benefits derived from the waiver of fines and a portion of accrued interests. The law also allows the use of tax loss carryforwards to settle the portion of interest not waived. The Company agreed with McDonald´s Corporation to include in the amnesty plan most of the contingencies indemnified by them using tax loss carryforwards to settle the interests and receive a cash payment equal to the principal plus 50% of the interests. As a result of this agreement, the Company recorded a loss amounting to $22,476 within “Non-operating expenses” in the consolidated statement of income. The Company recorded an additional loss amounting to $3,056 within “Other operating expenses, net” in connection with contingencies not indemnified by McDonald´s Corporation. The accounting for the amnesty program included a reduction of the provision for contingencies for $76,954, an increase in “Accrued payoll and other liabilities” for the portion of cash to be paid to the fiscal authorities for $33,457, a reduction in the receivable with McDonald’s Corporation for $27,389, and a reduction of deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards for $42,162.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

17. Commitments and contingencies (continued)

Provision for contingencies (continued)

 

In January 2007, several Puerto Rican franchisees filed a lawsuit against McDonald’s Corporation and certain subsidiaries which the Company purchased during the acquisition of the LatAm business. The lawsuit originally sought declaratory judgment and damages in the amount of $11 million plus plaintiffs’ attorney fees. In January 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that increased the amount of damages sought to $66.7 million plus plaintiffs’ attorney fees. The complaint, as amended, requests that the court declare that the plaintiffs’ respective franchise agreements and contractual relationships with McDonald’s Corporation, which agreements and relationships were assigned or otherwise transferred to the Company as part of the Acquisition of the LatAm business, are governed by the Dealers’ Act of Puerto Rico, or “Law 75”, a Puerto Rican law that limits the grounds under which a principal may refuse to renew or terminate a distribution contract. The complaint also seeks preliminary and permanent injunctions to restrict the Company from declining to renew the plaintiffs’ agreements except for just cause, and to prohibit the Company from opening restaurants or kiosks within a three-mile radius of a franchisee’s restaurant. In September 2008, the Company filed a counter-suit requesting the termination of the franchise agreements with these franchisees due to several material breaches. On December 23, 2010, the commissioner assigned by the Court of First Instance to this case issued a resolution holding that Law 75 applies to the parties’ commercial relationship. The Court of First Instance, however, has not determined whether it will adopt this resolution. The Company is currently in the discovery phase of the litigation. No provision has been recorded regarding this lawsuit since a negative resolution has a low probability of occurrence. In October and November of 2010, two bills were introduced in Puerto Rico Legislature that seek to regulate franchise agreements. Among other goals, these bills (like Law 75 in the case of distribution agreements) limit the grounds under which a franchisor may terminate or refuse to renew a franchise agreement. The bills are in the early stages of consideration by the Legislature and no hearings or votes have been scheduled.

18. Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments

As defined in ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The transaction is based on a hypothetical transaction in the principal or most advantageous market considered from the perspective of the market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. The valuation techniques that can be used under this guidance are the market approach, income approach or cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other information for market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities, such as matrix pricing. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single discounted present amount based on current market conditions about those future amounts, such as present value techniques, option pricing models (e.g. Black-Scholes model) and binomial models (e.g. Monte-Carlo model). The cost approach is based on current replacement cost to replace an asset.

The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants who are independent, knowledgeable and willing and able to transact would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. The Company attempts to utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company is able to classify fair value balances based on the observance of those inputs. The guidance establishes a formal fair value

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

18. Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to level 3 measurements, and accordingly, level 1 measurement should be used whenever possible.

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy as defined by the guidance are as follows:

Level 1 : Valuations utilizing quoted, unadjusted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access. This is the most reliable evidence of fair value and does not require a significant degree of judgment. Examples include exchange-traded derivatives and listed equities that are actively traded.

Level 2 : Valuations utilizing quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or financial instruments for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies are included. Models used should primarily be industry-standard models that consider various assumptions and economic measures, such as interest rates, yield curves, time value, volatilities, contract terms, current market prices, credit risk or other market-corroborated inputs. Examples include most over-the-counter derivatives (non-exchange traded), physical commodities, most structured notes and municipal and corporate bonds.

Level 3 : Valuations utilizing significant unobservable inputs provides the least objective evidence of fair value and requires a significant degree of judgment. Inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies and should reflect an entity’s assumptions using the best information available about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Examples include certain corporate loans, real-estate and private equity investments and long-dated or complex over-the-counter derivatives.

Depending on the particular asset or liability, input availability can vary depending on factors such as product type, longevity of a product in the market and other particular transaction conditions. In some cases, certain inputs used to measure fair value may be categorized into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. For disclosure purposes under this guidance, the lowest level that contains significant inputs used in valuation should be chosen. Pursuant to ASC 820-10-50, the Company has classified its assets and liabilities into these levels depending upon the data relied on to determine the fair values. The fair values of the Company’s derivatives are valued based upon quotes obtained from counterparties to the agreements and are designated as Level 2.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

18. Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010:

 

     Quoted Prices in
Active  Markets
For Identical Assets

(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
     Balance as of
December 31,
2010
 

Assets

          

Cash equivalents

     133,293         —          —         $ 133,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     133,293         —          —         $ 133,293   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

          

Cross-currency interest rate

     —           (90,513     —         $ (90,513

Mirror swaps

     —           3,974        —           3,974   

Bond swaps

     —           (7,807     —           (7,807

Forward contracts

     —           (953     —           (953

Long-term incentive plan

     —           (23,914     —           (23,914

Award granted to the CEO

     —           (31,786     —           (31,786
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Liability

     —           (150,999     —         $ (150,999
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The derivative contracts were measured based on quotes from the Company’s counterparties. Such quotes have been derived using models pricing or discounted cash analysis that incorporate observable market parameters for all significant inputs such as interest yield curves, options volatilities and currency rates and that were observable for substantially the full term of the derivative contracts.

Certain financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value

At December 31, 2010, the fair value of the Company’s short-term and long-term debt was estimated at $518,193, compared to a carrying amount of $469,370. This fair value was estimated using various pricing models or discounted cash flow analysis that incorporated quoted market prices, and is similar to Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. The carrying amount for both cash and equivalents and notes receivable approximates fair value.

Non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets and liabilities are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (e.g., when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2010, no material fair value adjustments or fair value measurements were required for non-financial assets or liabilities, except for those required in connection with the impairment of long-lived assets recognized in México. Refer to Note 3 for more details, including inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value of these non-financial assets.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

19. Certain risks and concentrations

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts and notes receivables. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with various creditworthy financial institutions, and therefore the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts and notes receivables are generally limited due to the large number of franchisees comprising the Company’s franchise base.

All the Company’s operations are concentrated in Latin America and the Caribbean. As a result, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations depend, to a significant extent, on macroeconomic and political conditions prevailing in the region. See Note 21 for additional information pertaining to the Company’s Venezuelan operations.

20. Segment and geographic information

The Company is required to report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and interim financial reports issued to shareholders in accordance with ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of a company about which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker(s) in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. ASC Topic 280 also requires disclosures about the Company’s products and services, geographical areas and major customers.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company through its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries operates and franchises McDonald’s restaurants in the food service industry. The Company has determined that its reportable segments are those that are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting. The Company manages its business as distinct geographic segments and its operations are divided into four geographical divisions as follows: Brazil; the Caribbean division, consisting of Aruba, Curacao, French Guyana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Croix and St. Thomas; the North Latin America division (“NOLAD”), consisting of Costa Rica, Mexico and Panama; and the South Latin America division (“SLAD”), consisting of Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 3.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

20. Segment and geographic information (continued)

 

The following table presents information about profit or loss and assets for each reportable segment:

 

     For the fiscal year ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  

Revenues:

      

Brazil

   $ 1,595,571      $ 1,200,742      $ 1,237,208   

Caribbean division

     260,617        244,774        231,734   

NOLAD

     305,017        240,333        232,083   

SLAD

     856,913        979,627        905,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

   $ 3,018,118      $ 2,665,476      $ 2,606,842   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA:

      

Brazil

   $ 250,606      $ 160,037      $ 144,965   

Caribbean division

     23,556        21,167        22,013   

NOLAD

     15,400        3,918        15,961   

SLAD

     83,998        129,889        138,683   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     373,560        315,011        321,622   

Corporate and others (i)

     (74,446     (48,628     (33,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjusted EBITDA

   $ 299,114      $ 266,383      $ 287,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation:

      

Total Adjusted EBITDA

   $  299,114      $  266,383      $ 287,974   

(Less) Plus items excluded from computation that affect operating income:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     (60,585     (54,169     (49,496

Compensation expense related to the award rights granted to our CEO

     (16,392     (4,334     (11,060

Gains from sale of property and equipment

     5,299        8,465        4,592   

Write-offs of property and equipment

     (2,635     (9,434     (5,144

Impairment of long-lived assets

     (4,668     —          —     

Contract termination losses

     —          —          (3,606

Impairment of goodwill

     —          (102     (1,066

Incremental compensation expense related to the long-term incentive plan

     (15,576     —          —     

Operating income

     204,557        206,809        222,194   

Less:

      

Net interest expense

     (41,613     (52,473     (26,272

Loss from derivative instruments

     (32,809     (39,935     (2,620

Foreign currency exchange results

     3,237        (14,098     (74,884

Other non-operating expenses, net

     (23,630     (1,240     (1,934

Income tax expense

     (3,450     (18,709     (12,067

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     (271     (332     (1,375
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 106,021      $ 80,022      $ 103,042   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

20. Segment and geographic information (continued)

 

     For the fiscal year ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2009     2008  

Depreciation and amortization:

      

Brazil

   $ 43,927      $ 30,944      $ 35,503   

Caribbean division

     11,733        10,658        9,889   

NOLAD

     23,197        20,471        20,921   

SLAD

     20,343        23,433        21,026   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     99,200        85,506        87,339   

Corporate and others(i)

     6,048        5,132        2,061   

Purchase price allocation(ii)

     (44,663     (36,469     (39,904
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 60,585      $ 54,169      $ 49,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment expenditures:

      

Brazil

   $ 70,017      $ 29,065      $ 45,603   

Caribbean division

     10,951        7,827        13,288   

NOLAD

     36,832        18,589        27,010   

SLAD

     53,602        31,342        57,061   

Others

     4,267        3,282        5,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment expenditures

   $ 175,669      $ 90,105      $ 148,894   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2009  

Total assets:

    

Brazil

   $ 1,003,970      $ 908,555   

Caribbean division

     229,863        232,130   

NOLAD

     390,812        362,933   

SLAD

     405,641        335,617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     2,030,286        1,839,235   

Corporate and others(i)

     222,412        206,205   

Purchase price allocation(ii)

     (468,432     (562,492
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,784,266      $ 1,482,948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Primarily relates to corporate general and administrative expenses and assets as well as the results and assets of the Company’s operating distribution centers. Corporate general and administrative expenses consist of home office support costs in areas such as facilities, finance, human resources, information technology, legal, marketing, restaurant operations, supply chain and training. Corporate assets primarily include corporate cash and cash equivalents and collateral deposits.

 

(ii) Relates to the purchase price allocation adjustment made at corporate level, which reduces the total assets and the corresponding depreciation and amortization.

The Company’s revenues are derived from two sources: sales by Company-operated restaurants and revenues from restaurants operated by franchisees. See Note 3 for more details. All of the Company’s revenues are derived from foreign operations.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

20. Segment and geographic information (continued)

 

Long-lived assets consisting of property and equipment totaled $911,730 and $785,862 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All of the Company’s long-lived assets are related to foreign operations.

21. Venezuelan operations

The Company conducts business in Venezuela where currency restrictions exist, limiting the Company’s ability to immediately access cash through repatriations at the government’s official exchange rate. The Company’s access to these funds remains available for use within this jurisdiction and is not restricted. The official exchange rate is established by the Central Bank of Venezuela and the Venezuelan Ministry of Finance and the acquisition of foreign currency at the official exchange rate by Venezuelan companies to pay foreign debt or dividends is subject to a registration and approval process by the relevant Venezuelan authorities. Such approvals had become less forthcoming over the time, resulting in a parallel market where entities could exchange Venezuelan bolívares fuertes into U.S. dollars using a bond-based exchange process under which bonds traded in Venezuela were purchased in Venezuelan bolívares fuertes and then immediately exchanged outside Venezuela for bonds denominated in U.S. dollars at a specified, and less favorable, parallel exchange market rate.

During 2009 the Company’s access to the official exchange rate for purposes of paying imports was more limited than in 2008 as a result of an increase in restrictions and a more rigorous approval process. In addition, the Company was historically unable to access to the official exchange rate for royalty payments, being obliged to access to the parallel exchange market in order to honor its foreign debts and also to pay intercompany loans. In 2009 and 2008, the Company exchanged bonds for $37.1 million and $38.0 million, respectively, and recorded a loss of $52.5 million and $28.5 million for each year, in connection with the settlement of intercompany loans.

As discussed in Note 3, the financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated in accordance with guidance in ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters. Such guidance states that the rate applicable for purposes of dividend remittances shall be used to translate foreign currency financial statements, except when unusual circumstances exist. Prior to December 31, 2009, the Company had concluded that the existence of the parallel market in Venezuela did not constitute unusual circumstances which justified the use of an exchange rate other than the official exchange rate for purposes of foreign currency translation. Therefore, the official rate of 2.15 Venezuelan bolívares Fuertes per U.S. dollar was used to translate the operations of the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiaries for fiscal year 2009. As conditions in Venezuela evolved during 2009, the Company reassessed the appropriateness of use of the official exchange rate for translation purposes. As a result, effective December 31, 2009, the Company changed the translation rate from the official exchange rate of 2.15 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar at December 31, 2009 to the parallel exchange rate of 5.97 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. This change resulted in a $76.4 million charge recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment component of “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” within shareholders’ equity. Had the Company reported results of its Venezuelan operations for fiscal year 2009 using the weighted average parallel exchange rate of 6.16 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar instead of the 2.15 official exchange rate, the Company’s revenues, operating income and net income would have been $298.4 million, $47.5 million and $2.0 million lower, respectively.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

21. Venezuelan operations (continued)

 

On May 17, 2010, the Venezuelan Congress modified the Foreign Exchange Crime Act. The amendments, which result in a penalty for any security transactions not carried out through the Central Bank of Venezuela, were primarily designed to increase control of debt security transactions that were used to buy and sell foreign currency that resulted in the parallel rate. As a result of this reform, the parallel exchange market prevailing in Venezuela disappeared, leaving local brokers out of this market and leaving companies without alternatives for foreign currency trade other than those approved and conducted through the Central Bank. In June, 2010, the Central Bank introduced a newly regulated foreign currency exchange system (SITME), pursuant to which companies can acquire, with certain limits, U.S. dollars at an exchange rate to be established by the Central Bank. Most of the exchanges in SITME have been executed at the exchange rate of 5.30 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar.

Since the Company had access and used the parallel exchange market to acquire U.S. dollars, the Company used the parallel exchange rate to measure transactions denominated in local currency and convert them to the U.S. dollar functional currency during the period from January 1, 2010 through May 31, 2010. The last available quotation of the parallel exchange rate before the system was cancelled was 8.10 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar. Effective June 1, 2010 the Company started to use the new regulated rate of 5.30 Venezuelan bolívares fuertes per U.S. dollar to measure transactions denominated in local currency.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, revenues, operating income and net income of the Venezuelan operations were $184,657, $18,699 and $5,069 respectively.

22. Shareholders’ equity

Authorized capital

At December 31, 2010, the Company was authorized to issue a maximum of 400,000 shares, consisting of 240,000 class A shares and 160,000 class B shares with a par value of $1,000 each.

On February 22, 2011, effective as of March 8, 2011, the Company increased the maximum number of shares it is authorized to issue to an unlimited number of shares of no par value each.

On March 16, 2011, the Company limited the maximum number of shares it is authorized to issue to 500,000,000, consisting of 420,000,000 Class A shares and 80,000,000 Class B shares of no par value each. For both classes of shares, the balance sheet reflects the new capital structure.

Issued and outstanding capital

At December 31, 2006, the Company had issued and outstanding 50,000 shares, with a total par value $50. Prior to the acquisition of the LatAm business, the Company increased the number of shares it is authorized to issue from 50,000 shares to an aggregate of 400,000 shares, par value $1,000 per share, canceling the then outstanding common shares. On August 3, 2007, the Company issued 234,000 class A shares and 156,000 class B shares, with a total par value $390,000, in exchange for $377,546. The proceeds from this issuance were used to finance the acquisition of the LatAm business.

On March 14, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a 620.21-for-1.00 stock split of the outstanding shares in order to reduce the unit price per share and improve its marketability in connection

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

22. Shareholders’ equity (continued)

 

with the initial public offering. As a result of the stock split, the Company distributed 241,492,966 additional shares to its existing shareholders on a pro-rata basis. After the stock split, the issued and outstanding shares increased to 241,882,966, consisting of 145,129,780 Class A shares and 96,753,186 Class B shares with no par value. Immediately after the stock split and effective as of March 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 Class A shares and 16,753,186 Class B shares) in connection with the split-off of the Axis business described in Note 26. As a result, at the date of reissuance of these financial statements, the Company has 200,000,000 shares issued and outstanding with no par value, consisting of 120,000,000 Class A shares and 80,000,000 Class B shares. For both classes of shares, the balance sheet and statement of shareholders’ equity reflect the stock split retrospectively for all periods presented.

Rights, privileges and obligations

Holders of Class A shares are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B shares are entitled to five votes per share. Except with respect to voting, the rights, privileges and obligations of the Class A shares and Class B shares are pari passu in all respects, including with respect to dividends and rights upon liquidation of the Company.

Distribution of dividends

The Company can only make distributions to the extent that immediately following the distribution, its assets exceed its liabilities and the Company is able to pay its debts as they become due. In addition, the senior notes impose certain restrictions on the distribution of dividends as described in Note 11.

On April 16, 2010, the Company declared a dividend distribution to its shareholders amounting to $40,000 payable in cash in four installments throughout the year: $20,000 on April 30, $6,700 on June 30, $6,700 on September 30, and $6,600 on December 31.

23. Earnings per share

The Company is only required to present basic earnings per share information due to its simple capital structure. There was no potential common stock outstanding during the periods presented.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic net income per share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. for all periods presented after giving retrospective effect to the stock split described in Note 22:

 

     For the fiscal year ended December 31,  
     2010      2009      2008  

Net income available to common shareholders

   $ 106,021       $ 80,022       $ 103,042   

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding

     241,882,966         241,882,966         241,882,966   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic net income per common share attributable to Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

   $ 0.44       $ 0.33       $ 0.43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not report discontinued operations for any of the periods presented.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

24. Related party transactions

As discussed in Note 17, as security for the performance of the Company’s obligations under the MFAs, the Company obtained an irrevocable standby letter of credit in favor of McDonald’s Corporation in an amount of $65 million, issued by Credit Suisse acting as issuing bank. Credit Suisse owns 49% of the general partner and is a limited partner of DLJ South American Partners, which is a shareholder of the Company. The Company believes that the terms of the transaction are consistent with those that could have been obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party.

25. Valuation and qualifying accounts

The following table presents the information required by Rule 12-09 of Regulation S-X in regards to valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the periods presented:

 

Description

   Balance at
beginning
of period
     Additions–
charged to
expenses
     Deductions     Translation     Balance at
end of period
 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

            

Deducted from assets accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 6,125       $ 937       $ (2,636   $ 368      $ 4,794   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     298,776         —           (91,416 )(i)      12,822        220,182   

Reported as liabilities:

            

Provision for contingencies

     86,931         67,074         (89,487 )(ii)      (171     64,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 391,832       $ 68,011       $ (183,539   $ 13,019      $ 289,323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009:

            

Deducted from assets accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 4,787       $ 1,487       $ (366   $ 217      $ 6,125   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     317,842         —           (29,971 )(i)      10,905        298,776   

Reported as liabilities:

            

Provision for contingencies

     84,305         1,627         (3,450 )(ii)      4,449        86,931   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 406,934       $ 3,114       $ (33,787   $ 15,571      $ 391,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2008:

            

Deducted from assets accounts:

            

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 5,977       $ 1,077       $ (1,126   $ (1,141   $ 4,787   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

     475,317         —           (42,529 )(i)      (114,946     317,842   

Reported as liabilities:

            

Provision for contingencies

     87,350         9,523         (10,777 )(ii)      (1,791     84,305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 568,644       $ 10,600       $ (54,432   $ (117,878   $ 406,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) Charged to income.

 

(ii) Charged to the non-current asset recorded in respect of McDonald’s Corporation’s indemnity.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

Amounts in thousands of US dollars, except for share data and as otherwise indicated

 

26. Subsequent events

On January 1, 2011, the Company paid the fourth installment of the dividend distribution amounting to $6,600 as described in Note 22.

In March 2011, the Company adopted its Equity Incentive Plan, or 2011 Plan, to attract and retain the most highly qualified and capable professionals and to promote the success of its business. This plan replaces the Company’s 2008 long-term incentive plan discussed in Note 16, although the awards that have already been granted will remain outstanding until their respective termination dates. Like the Company’s 2008 long-term incentive plan, the 2011 Plan will be used to reward certain employees for the success of the Company’s business through an annual award program. The 2011 Plan permits grants of awards relating to class A shares, including awards in the form of shares (also referred to as stock), options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, performance awards and other share-based awards as will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. At the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, the Company has not granted any awards pursuant to the 2011 Plan. The Company expects to make grants for 2011 to certain of its executive officers and other employees on the first trading day of its class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange. The awards to be granted will be 50% in restricted share units and 50% in stock options that will vest as follows: 40% on the second anniversary of the date of grant and 20% on each of the following three anniversaries. In addition, on the first trading day of its class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company expects to also grant special awards of restricted share units and stock options to certain of its executive officers and other employees under the 2011 Plan. The total amount of these special awards will be no more than 0.5% of the Company’s market capitalization (calculated by multiplying its total outstanding class A and class B shares by the closing price of its class A shares on the first trading day of its class A shares on the New York Stock Exchange). The special awards will be granted 75% in restricted share units and 25% in stock options and 1/3 will vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the grant date. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the 2011 Plan, including the 2011 awards and the special awards mentioned above, will be 2.5% of the Company’s total outstanding class A and class B shares immediately following its initial public offering.

On March 14, 2011, effective as of March 16, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the split-off of certain subsidiaries of the Company that operate the distribution centers in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Mexico and Venezuela (the “Axis business”). The split-off was performed through the redemption of 41,882,966 shares (25,129,780 Class A shares and 16,753,186 Class B shares). As consideration for the redemption, the Company transferred to its shareholders its equity interests in the operating subsidiaries of the Axis business totaling a net book value of $15.4 million and an equity contribution that was made to the Axis holding company amounting to $29.8 million. This transaction did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

On March 23, 2011, the Company declared a dividend of $12,500, with respect to its results of operations for fiscal year 2010, which will be paid in full on April 1, 2011.

The Company evaluated subsequent events through the date the financial statements were originally issued, which was February 28, 2011 and the date they were reissued which was March 25, 2011. There were no subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosures.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

Class A Shares

LOGO

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

J.P. Morgan

Morgan Stanley

Citigroup

BofA Merrill Lynch

Itau BBA

Credit Suisse

 

 

            , 2011

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under British Virgin Islands law, each of our directors and officers, in performing his or her functions, is required to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by British Virgin Islands law or any other applicable laws, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for any acts or omissions in the performance of their fiduciary duties. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under United States federal securities laws.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall indemnify any of our directors or anyone serving at our request as a director of another entity against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigate proceeding or suits. We may pay any expenses, including legal fees, incurred by any such person in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings in advance of the final disposition of the proceedings. If a person to be indemnified has been successful in defense of any proceedings referred to above, the director is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with the proceedings.

We may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any of our directors or officers against any liability asserted against the directors or officers and incurred by the directors or officers in that capacity, whether or not we have or would have had the power to indemnify the directors or officers against the liability as provided in our memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On July 13, 2011, we issued R$400 million aggregate principal amount of notes due 2016 bearing interest of 10.25% per year, payable in U.S. dollars, which we refer to as the 2016 notes. The 2016 notes are denominated in reais , but payment of principal and interest will be made in U.S. dollars. The 2016 notes mature on July 13, 2016. Interest will be paid semi-annually in arrears on January 13 and July 13 of each year, beginning on January 13, 2012. The proceeds from the issuance of the 2016 notes have been and will be used to satisfy a capital expenditure program agreed upon with McDonald’s, including to open at least 100 restaurants and to reimage others, and for general corporate purposes, including the settlement of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and our mirror swaps.

The 2016 notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by certain of our subsidiaries. The 2016 notes and guarantees (i) are senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness; (ii) will be effectively junior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of our assets securing that indebtedness; and (iii) are structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Itau BBA USA Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as joint bookrunners and initial purchasers for the offer of our 2016 notes. The initial purchasers proposed to resell the 2016 notes to qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A) in reliance on Rule 144A and outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S. We sold the 2016 notes to the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

initial purchasers at a purchase price of 99.50% of the principal amount thereof converted to U.S. dollars at the rate of 1.568 Brazilian real /U.S. dollar.

 

Item 8. Exhibits

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1    Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
  4.1    Indenture dated October 1, 2009 among Arcos Dorados B.V., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Citibank N.A., as trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
  4.2    Indenture dated July 13, 2011 among Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Citibank N.A., as trustee, calculation agent, registrar, paying agent and transfer agent, and Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, Société Anonyme, as Luxembourg paying agent.
  5.1    Opinion of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados, as to the validity of the class A shares.*
  8.1    Opinion of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados, as to British Virgin Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  9.1    Los Laureles Voting Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.1    Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.3    Second Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.4    Amended and Restated Escrow Agreement dated October 12, 2010 among McDonald’s Latin America, LLC, LatAm, LLC, each of the Escrowed MF Subsidiaries, Arcos Dorados Restaurantes de Chile Ltda., Arcos Dorados B.V., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent, and Citibank, N.A., as escrow agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.5    Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated August 3, 2007 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.6    Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated November 3, 2008 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch. , incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.7    Second Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated December 10, 2008 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.8    Third Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated July 8, 2009 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.9    Fourth Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated April 23, 2010 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.10    ISDA Schedule to the 2002 Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.11    Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap between Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Arcos Dorados B.V. dated December 30, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.12    ISDA Schedule to the 2002 Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on F
orm F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.13    Credit Support Annex to the Schedule to the Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.14    Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V. dated December 22, 2009., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.15    Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.16    Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.17    Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil.
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L.
23.2    Consent of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
23.3    Consent of Euromonitor.
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

(a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentina on October 7, 2011.

 

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.
By:       /s/    W OODS S TATON        
  Name:   Woods Staton
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
By:       /s/    G ERMAN L EMONNIER        
  Name:   German Lemonnier
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

II-5


Table of Contents

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Woods Staton, German Lemonnier and Juan David Bastidas and each of them, individually, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, in connection with this registration statement, including to sign in the name and on behalf of the undersigned, this registration statement and any and all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on October 7, 2011 in the capacities indicated:

 

Name

  

Title

/s/    W OODS S TATON        

Woods Staton

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

/s/    G ERMAN L EMONNIER        

German Lemonnier

  

Director and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

/s/  S ERGIO A LONSO        

Sergio Alonso

  

Director

/s/  A NNETTE F RANQUI        

Annette Franqui

  

Director

/s/  C ARLOS H ERNÁNDEZ -A RTIGAS        

Carlos Hernández-Artigas

  

Director

/s/  M ICHAEL C HU        

Michael Chu

  

Director

/s/  J OSÉ A LBERTO V ÉLEZ        

José Alberto Vélez

  

Director

/s/  D ONALD J. P UGLISI

Donald J. Puglisi

  

Authorized Representative in the United States

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  3.1    Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
  4.1    Indenture dated October 1, 2009 among Arcos Dorados B.V., the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Citibank N.A., as trustee, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
  4.2    Indenture dated July 13, 2011 among Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., as issuer, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, Citibank N.A., as trustee, calculation agent, registrar, paying agent and transfer agent, and Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, Société Anonyme, as Luxembourg paying agent.
  5.1    Opinion of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados, as to the validity of the class A shares.*
  8.1    Opinion of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados, as to British Virgin Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  9.1    Los Laureles Voting Trust, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.1    Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.2    Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.3    Second Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in Brazil, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.4    Amended and Restated Escrow Agreement dated October 12, 2010 among McDonald’s Latin America, LLC, LatAm, LLC, each of the Escrowed MF Subsidiaries, Arcos Dorados Restaurantes de Chile Ltda., Arcos Dorados B.V., Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as collateral agent, and Citibank, N.A., as escrow agent, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.5    Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated August 3, 2007 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.6    Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated November 3, 2008 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch. , incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.7    Second Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated December 10, 2008 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.8    Third Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated July 8, 2009 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.


Table of Contents
10.9    Fourth Amendment to Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement dated April 23, 2010 between Arcos Dorados B.V. and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.10    ISDA Schedule to the 2002 Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.11   

Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap between Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Arcos Dorados B.V. dated December 30, 2009, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on

Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.

10.12   

ISDA Schedule to the 2002 Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on

Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.

10.13    Credit Support Annex to the Schedule to the Master Agreement dated as of December 14, 2009 between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.14    Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap between JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Arcos Dorados B.V. dated December 22, 2009., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.15    Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.16    Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1, dated March 25, 2011.
10.17    Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants in All of the Territories, except Brazil.
21.1    List of subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L.
23.2    Consent of Maples and Calder, British Virgin Islands counsel of Arcos Dorados (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
23.3    Consent of Euromonitor.
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.

as Issuer

THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

named herein

CITIBANK N.A.

as Trustee, Calculation Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

and

DEXIA BANQUE INTERNATIONALE À LUXEMBOURG, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME

as Luxembourg Paying Agent

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 13, 2011

 

 

10.25% NOTES DUE 2016

Payable in U.S. Dollars


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I   
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      1   

Section 1.2

  Rules of Construction      22   
ARTICLE II   
THE NOTES   

Section 2.1

  Form and Dating      23   

Section 2.2

  Execution and Authentication      23   

Section 2.3

  Registrar, Calculation Agent, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent      24   

Section 2.4

  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      25   

Section 2.5

  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers      26   

Section 2.6

  Holder Lists      26   

Section 2.7

  Global Note Provisions      26   

Section 2.8

  Legends      27   

Section 2.9

  Transfer and Exchange      27   

Section 2.10

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes      30   

Section 2.11

  Temporary Notes      31   

Section 2.12

  Cancellation      32   

Section 2.13

  Defaulted Interest      32   

Section 2.14

  Additional Notes      32   
ARTICLE III   
COVENANTS   

Section 3.1

  Payment of Notes      33   

Section 3.2

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      34   

Section 3.3

  Corporate Existence      34   

Section 3.4

  Payment of Taxes      34   

Section 3.5

  Further Instruments and Acts      34   

Section 3.6

  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws      35   

Section 3.7

  Change of Control      35   

Section 3.8

  Limitation on Liens      36   

Section 3.9

  Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions      36   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 3.10

  Reports to Holders      37   

Section 3.11

  Listing      37   

Section 3.12

  Payment of Additional Amounts      38   

Section 3.13

  Compliance Certificates      40   
ARTICLE IV   
LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS   

Section 4.1

  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets      40   
ARTICLE V   
REDEMPTION OF NOTES   

Section 5.1

  Redemption      42   

Section 5.2

  Election to Redeem      42   

Section 5.3

  Notice of Redemption      42   

Section 5.4

  Deposit of Redemption Price      43   

Section 5.5

  Notes Payable on Redemption Date      43   
ARTICLE VI   
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   

Section 6.1

  Events of Default      44   

Section 6.2

  Acceleration      45   

Section 6.3

  Other Remedies      46   

Section 6.4

  Waiver of Past Defaults      46   

Section 6.5

  Control by Majority      46   

Section 6.6

  Limitation on Suits      46   

Section 6.7

  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      47   

Section 6.8

  Collection Suit by Trustee      47   

Section 6.9

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, etc.      47   

Section 6.10

  Priorities      48   

Section 6.11

  Undertaking for Costs      48   
ARTICLE VII   
TRUSTEE   

Section 7.1

  Duties of Trustee      48   

Section 7.2

  Rights of Trustee      50   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 7.3

  Individual Rights of Trustee      52   

Section 7.4

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      52   

Section 7.5

  Notice of Defaults      52   

Section 7.6

  Reports by Trustee to Holders      53   

Section 7.7

  Compensation and Indemnity      53   

Section 7.8

  Replacement of Trustee      53   

Section 7.9

  Successor Trustee by Merger      54   

Section 7.10

  Eligibility      55   

Section 7.11

  Paying Agent, Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent      55   
ARTICLE VIII   
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE   

Section 8.1

  Application of Trust Money      55   

Section 8.2

  Repayment to Company      55   

Section 8.3

  Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations      56   

Section 8.4

  Reinstatement      56   

Section 8.5

  Satisfaction and Discharge      56   
ARTICLE IX   
AMENDMENTS   

Section 9.1

  Without Consent of Holders      57   

Section 9.2

  With Consent of Holders      58   

Section 9.3

  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers      59   

Section 9.4

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      59   

Section 9.5

  Trustee to Sign Amendments and Supplements      59   
ARTICLE X   
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES   

Section 10.1

  Subsidiary Guarantees      60   

Section 10.2

  Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge      62   

Section 10.3

  Right of Contribution      63   

Section 10.4

  No Subrogation      63   

Section 10.5

  Additional Subsidiary Guarantees      63   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE XI   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 11.1

  Notices      64   

Section 11.2

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      65   

Section 11.3

  Statements Required in Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel      66   

Section 11.4

  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar      66   

Section 11.5

  Legal Holidays      66   

Section 11.6

  Governing Law, etc.      66   

Section 11.7

  No Recourse Against Others      68   

Section 11.8

  Successors      68   

Section 11.9

  Duplicate and Counterpart Originals      68   

Section 11.10

  Severability      68   

Section 11.11

  Currency Indemnity      68   

Section 11.12

  Table of Contents; Headings      69   

 

SCHEDULE I

   McDonald’s Foreign Pledge Agreements

SCHEDULE II

   Secured Restricted Real Estate

EXHIBIT A

   Form of Note

EXHIBIT B

   Form of Certificate for Transfer to QIB

EXHIBIT C

   Form of Certificate for Transfer Pursuant to Regulation S

EXHIBIT D

   Form of Certificate for Transfer Pursuant to Rule 144

EXHIBIT E

   Form of Supplemental Indenture for Subsidiary Guarantee

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of July 13, 2011, among Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., a British Virgin Islands business company (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors named herein (as defined below), Citibank, N.A., a national banking association as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), registrar (the “ Registrar ”), paying agent and transfer agent, and Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme , as Luxembourg paying agent (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”).

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and of the Holders of the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (in each case as defined herein):

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.1 Definitions.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person. Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or at the time it merges or consolidates with the Company or a Subsidiary or at the time such Indebtedness is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

Additional Amounts ” has the meaning set forth under Section 3.12 .

Additional Note Board Resolutions ” means resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and delivered to the Trustee in an Officers’ Certificate providing for the issuance of Additional Notes.

Additional Note Supplemental Indenture ” means a supplement to this Indenture duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Trustee pursuant to Article IX providing for the issuance of Additional Notes.

Additional Notes ” means any additional Notes as specified in the relevant Additional Note Board Resolutions or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. Solely for purposes of this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

1


Agent Members ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.7(b).

Attributable Debt ” means (i) with respect to a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction relative to any property, at the time of determination, the present value of the total net amount of rent required to be paid under such lease during the remaining term thereof (including any period for which such lease has been extended), discounted at the applicable rate of interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease (or, if not practicable to determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by the securities of all series then outstanding under this Indenture) and (ii) in the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty, the net amount of such lease shall be the lesser of (x) the net amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall not include any rent that would be required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no such termination.

Authenticating Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(d).

Authorized Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.6(d).

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar U.S. federal or state law or non-U.S. law for the relief of debtors, including the Insolvency Act, 2003 of the British Virgin Islands.

Bankruptcy Law Event of Default ” means:

(1) the Company or any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or under or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

(b) consents to the making of a Bankruptcy Order in an involuntary case or proceeding or consents to the commencement of any case against it (or them);

(c) consents to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, síndico , conciliador , sequestrator or similar official of it (or them) or for all or any substantial part of its property;

(d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its (or their) creditors;

(e) files an answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief;

(f) admits in writing its inability to pay its (or their) debts generally; or

(g) consents to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy;

 

2


(2) a court of competent jurisdiction in any involuntary case or proceeding enters a Bankruptcy Order against the Company, or any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or of all or any substantial part of the property of the Company, or any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, and such Bankruptcy Order remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(3) a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, síndico, conciliador, sequestrator or similar official is appointed out of court with respect to the Company, or any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or with respect to all or any substantial part of the assets or properties of the Company, or any Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

Bankruptcy Order ” means any court order made in a proceeding pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, containing an adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency, or providing for liquidation, receivership, winding-up, dissolution, suspension of payments, reorganization or similar proceedings, or appointing a custodian of a debtor or of all or any substantial part of a debtor’s property, or providing for the staying, arrangement, adjustment or composition of indebtedness or other relief of a debtor.

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Board Resolution ” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Brazilian Master Franchisee ” means Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., or any successor to its rights and obligations under the Second Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008, among McDonald’s Latin America and Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

BRL12 ” means the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets (“ EMTA ”) BRL Industry Survey Rate (BRL12), calculated if the R$ Ptax Rate is not available, which is the final Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar specified rate of U.S. Dollars, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar, published on EMTA’s website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://www.emta.org) for the Rate Calculation Date. BRL12 is calculated by EMTA (or a service provider EMTA may select in its sole discretion) using the EMTA BRL Industry Survey Methodology dated as of 1 March 2004, as amended from time to time, pursuant to which EMTA conducts a twice-daily survey of up to 15 Brazilian financial institutions that are active participants in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar spot market, with a required minimum participation of at least 5 financial institutions.

 

3


BRL13 ” means the EMTA BRL Indicative Survey Rate (BRL13), calculated if the R$ Ptax Rate is not available, which is the final Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar specified rate of U.S. Dollars, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar, published on EMTA’s website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://www.emta.org) for the Rate Calculation Date. BRL13 is calculated by EMTA (or a service provider EMTA may select in its sole discretion) using the EMTA BRL Industry Survey Methodology dated as of 1 March 2004, as amended from time to time, pursuant to which EMTA conducts a survey of up to 30 Brazilian and non-Brazilian financial institutions that are active participants in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar spot market, with a required minimum participation of at least 8 financial institutions.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday or a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are authorized or obligated to close in the City of New York; provided , however, that solely for the purposes of determining the Settlement Rate, “Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are open, or not authorized to close, in São Paulo, Brazil, and the City of New York.

Calculation Agent ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Call Option Closing Date ” means the date on which the equity interests of the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Master Franchisee are transferred to McDonald’s upon McDonald’s exercise of the McDonald’s Call Option and the Call Option Price in respect thereof is paid by McDonald’s to the Company.

Call Option Price ” means the price payable by McDonald’s to the Company upon exercise by McDonald’s of the McDonald’s Call Option in respect of the equity interests of the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Master Franchisee.

Call Option Redemption Event ” means the occurrence of the Call Option Closing Date and the payment of the Call Option Price by McDonald’s to the Company, but only with respect to the Master Franchisee and/or the Brazilian Master Franchisee.

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated and whether or not voting) of equity of such Person, including each class of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, limited liability interests or partnership interests, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

Capitalized Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP. For purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date will be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

4


(1) U.S. dollars, or money in the local currency of any country in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operates;

(2) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(3) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof or any country recognized by the Unites States of America maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the three highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s or any successor thereto;

(4) commercial paper outstanding at any time issued by any Person that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any Latin American country recognized by the United States and rated P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P or, with respect to Persons organized outside of the United States, a local market credit rating at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s and in each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof;

(5) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, overnight deposits and time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any commercial bank that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States and at the time of acquisition thereof has capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and a rating of P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P or, with respect to a commercial bank organized outside of the United States, a local market credit rating of at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s, or with government owned financial institution that is organized under the laws of any of the countries in which the Company’s Subsidiaries conduct business;

(6) insured demand deposits made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ customary cash management policy in any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof;

(7) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 360 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above;

(8) substantially similar investments denominated in the currency of any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conducts business of issuers

 

5


whose country’s credit rating is at least “BBB-” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P and the equivalent rating by Moody’s; and

(9) investments in money market funds which invest at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above.

Certificated Note ” means any Note issued in fully-registered certificated form (other than a Global Note), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , with appropriate legends as specified in Section 2.8 and Exhibit A .

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(1) The Permitted Holders cease to be the “beneficial owners” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of 30.0% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (including any Surviving Entity), the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Franchisee;

(2) individuals appointed by the Permitted Holders cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Franchisee;

(3) the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Franchisee, determined on a consolidated basis, to any “person” (as defined in Sections 13d and 14d under the Exchange Act), whether or not otherwise in compliance with the Indenture, other than a Permitted Holder; or

(4) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company, the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Franchisee of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Franchisee, whether or not otherwise in compliance with the Indenture.

Change of Control Notice ” means notice of a Change of Control Offer made pursuant to Section 3.7 , which shall be (i) mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to each record Holder as shown on the Note Register within 30 days following the date upon which a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurred, with a copy to the Trustee, and (ii) as long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the Euro MTF Market so require, published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and shall state:

(1) that a Change of Control Repurchase Event has occurred, the circumstances or events causing such Change of Control Repurchase Event and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 3.7 , and that all Notes that are timely tendered shall be accepted for payment;

(2) the Change of Control Payment, and the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

6


(3) that any Notes or portions thereof not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment with respect thereto, all Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest from and after the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that any Holder electing to have any Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to tender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6) that any Holder shall be entitled to withdraw such election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter, setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder’s election to have such Notes or portions thereof purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(7) that any Holder electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to the Change of Control Offer must specify the principal amount that is being tendered for purchase, which principal amount must be R$250,000 or an integral multiple of R$1,000 in excess thereof;

(8) that any Holder of Certificated Notes whose Certificated Notes are being purchased only in part shall be issued new Certificated Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Certificated Note or Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion shall be equal in principal amount to R$250,000 or an integral multiple of R$1,000 in excess thereof;

(9) that the Trustee shall return to the Holder of a Global Note that is being purchased in part, such Global Note with a notation on the schedule of increases and decreases thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unpurchased portion of such Global Note;

(10) that, in the event that Holders of not less than 95% of the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Company or a third party purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Company shall have the right, upon prior notice, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding in accordance with Section 3.7(d) ; and

(11) any other information necessary to enable any Holder to tender Notes and to have such Notes purchased pursuant to Section 3.7 .

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.7(a) .

 

7


Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.7 .

Change of Control Payment Date ” means a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days subsequent to the date on which the Change of Control Notice is mailed (other than as may be required by applicable law);

Change of Control Repurchase Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Downgrade Event.

Commodity Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, commodity or raw material futures contract or any other agreement as to which such Person is a party designed to manage commodity risk of such Person.

Common Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common equity interests, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common equity interests.

Company ” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph to this Indenture and its successors and assigns, including any Surviving Entity.

Company Order ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2(c) .

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.10 (or required to be provided thereunder), less (1) all current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries after eliminating (a) all intercompany items between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries and (b) all current maturities of long-term Indebtedness; and (2) all goodwill, patents, tradenames, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified as intangible assets in accordance with GAAP; all calculated in accordance with GAAP and calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions, lines of businesses or operations by the Company and its Subsidiaries subsequent to such date and on or prior to the date of determination.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at (a) 111 Wall Street, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10005, Attention: 15th Floor Window, for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, and (b) 388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10013, Attention: Global Transaction Services—Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., Fax 212-816-5527, for all other purposes, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

8


Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2008, among the Company, various lenders, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Santander Investment Securities Inc., as lead arranger and book runner.

Currency Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement as to which such Person is a party designed solely to hedge foreign currency risk of such Person.

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning assigned to it in paragraph 1 of the Form of Reverse Side of Note contained in Exhibit A .

Distribution Compliance Period ” means, with respect to any Regulation S Global Note, the 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which any Notes represented thereby are offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) pursuant to Regulation S and (b) the issue date for such Notes.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depositary institution hereinafter appointed by the Company that is a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

ECOFIN ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(d) .

Event of Default ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 6.1 .

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto.

Excluded Subsidiary ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 10.5 .

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the price (after taking into account any liabilities relating to such assets) which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of which is under any compulsion to complete the transaction; provided that the Fair Market Value of any such asset or assets will be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith, and will be evidenced by a Board Resolution.

Fitch ” means Fitch Inc., a subsidiary of Fimalac, S.A., and its successors.

Franchise Documents ” means the Master Franchise Agreements and any other documents pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has acquired the right to operate any franchised restaurant in Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curacao, Ecuador, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay, Venezuela and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Thomas and St.

 

9


Croix, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States.

Global Note ” means any Note issued in fully-registered certificated form to DTC (or its nominee), as depositary for the beneficial owners thereof, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A , with appropriate legends as specified in Section 2.8 and Exhibit A .

Hedging Obligations ” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (including by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Indebtedness (and “ Incurrence ” and “ Incurred ” will have meanings correlative to the foregoing).

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1) the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all obligations of such Person for borrowed money;

(2) the principal amount (or, if less, the accreted value) of all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(4) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);

(5) all reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit, banker’s acceptances or similar credit transactions (except to the extent Incurred in the ordinary course of business and such obligation is satisfied within 20 Business Days of Incurrence);

(6) guarantees and other contingent obligations of such Person in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below;

(7) all Indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above which is secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Indebtedness being deemed to be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such property or asset and the amount of the Indebtedness so secured; and

 

10


(8) all net obligations under Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time).

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date will be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingency obligations at such date.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including the Exhibits hereto, and any supplemental indenture hereto.

Initial Notes ” means any of the Company’s 10.25% Notes due 2016 Payable in U.S. Dollars issued on the Issue Date, and any replacement Notes issued therefor in accordance with this Indenture.

Initial Purchasers ” means (i) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Itau BBA USA Securities Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related purchase agreement.

Interest Payment Date ” means the stated due date of an installment of interest on the Notes as specified in the Form of Face of Note contained in Exhibit A .

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement (including, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars, derivative instruments and similar agreements) and/or other types of hedging agreements designed solely to hedge interest rate risk of such Person.

Issue Date ” means the date of this Indenture (being the original issue date of Notes hereunder).

L/C Documents ” means the Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Agreement, the L/C Security Documents and each other agreement, instrument or document delivered in connection with the foregoing, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

L/C Security Documents ” means the Security Agreement dated as of August 3, 2007 made by the Subsidiaries of the Company party thereto and the Pledge Agreement dated as of August 3, 2007 made by the Subsidiaries of the Company party thereto, in each case to secure the obligations under the Letter of Credit Agreement.

Legal Holiday ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.5 .

Letter of Credit ” means the irrevocable standby letter of credit issued on August 3, 2007, for the account of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors identified thereto, for the benefit of McDonald’s Latin America, pursuant to the Letter of Credit Agreement.

 

11


Letter of Credit Agreement ” means the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2007, between the Company and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as issuing bank.

Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest); provided that the lessee in respect of a Capitalized Lease Obligation or Sale and Leaseback Transaction will be deemed to have Incurred a Lien on the property leased thereunder; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Luxembourg ” means the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

Luxembourg Paying Agent ” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture until such party resigns or is removed by the Company from such role; provided that, if such party is replaced by a successor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, “Luxembourg Paying Agent” shall thereafter mean such successor.

Master Franchise Agreements ” means the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008, among McDonald’s Latin America, the Company and the other parties thereto, and the Second Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008, among McDonald’s Latin America and Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Master Franchisee ” means LatAm, LLC, or any successor to its rights and obligations under the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008, among McDonald’s Latin America, the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

McDonald’s ” means McDonald’s Corporation and its Subsidiaries.

McDonald’s Call Option ” means the “Call Option” referred to in the Master Franchise Agreements.

McDonald’s Deposit ” shall mean any cash and investments, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000, serving as credit support to obligations owing by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to McDonald’s Latin America under the Franchise Documents.

McDonald’s Deposit Pledge Agreement ” means documentation, pursuant to which a lien in favor of McDonald’s Latin America is granted over the McDonald’s Deposit (and to the extent perfection of such lien is by “control” as provided in Section 9-314 of the Uniform Commercial Code, any related control agreements in customary form providing for such perfection).

 

12


McDonald’s Foreign Pledge Agreements ” means, collectively, the pledge agreements listed on Schedule I to this Indenture.

McDonald’s Latin America ” means McDonald’s Latin America, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

McDonald’s Mortgage ” means any mortgages granted in favor of McDonald’s Latin America on Secured Restricted Real Estate, in each case securing obligations owing to McDonald’s Latin America under the Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2008, among McDonald’s Latin America, the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the undrawn portion of the Letter of Credit on the date of termination thereof.

McDonald’s Security Documents ” means the McDonald’s U.S. Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2008, made by Arcos Dorados B.V. and the other parties thereto in favor of McDonald’s Latin America, the McDonald’s Foreign Pledge Agreements and the McDonald’s Deposit Pledge Agreement and any other agreement, instrument or document under which any Lien is granted to secure obligations under the Franchise Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Maturity Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note, the date on which the principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, exercise of the repurchase right or otherwise.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Note Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to any Global Note appointed by DTC, or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee.

Note Register ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a) .

Notes ” means, collectively, the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture.

Offering Memorandum ” means the Company’s offering memorandum dated July 8, 2011, used in connection with the Original Offering of Notes.

Officer ” means, when used in connection with any action to be taken by the Company or Subsidiary, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Director of Corporate Finance, the Chief Legal Officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary (or, in each case, the officers of the Company with equivalent positions).

 

13


Officers’ Certificate ” means, when used in connection with any action to be taken by the Company or Subsidiary, a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company or such Subsidiary, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), obtained at the expense of the Company, a Surviving Entity or a Subsidiary, and who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Original Offering of Notes ” means the original private offering of the Initial Notes, which were issued on the Issue Date.

Outstanding ” means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(1) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(2) Notes, or portions thereof, for the payment, redemption or, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, purchase of, which money in the necessary amount has been theretofor deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company (if the Company or such Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if Notes (or portions thereof) are to be redeemed or purchased, notice of such redemption or purchase has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(3) Notes which have been surrendered pursuant to Section 2.10 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor under the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

Paying Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a) .

 

14


Permitted Business ” means the business or businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any business ancillary or complementary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means (1) Woods W. Staton and any Related Party of Mr. Staton and (2) any Person both the Capital Stock and the Voting Stock of which (or in the case of a trust, the beneficial interests in which) are owned directly or indirectly 51% or more by Persons specified in clause (1).

Permitted Liens ” means any of the following Liens:

(1) Liens existing on the Issue Date and any extension, renewal or replacement thereof;

(2) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made in respect thereof;

(3) (a) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to other Persons not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor or licensor under any lease or license agreement permitted by the Indenture to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party;

(4) Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, customs duties, bids, leases, government performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

(5) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(6) Liens on patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how and processes to the extent such Liens arise from the granting of license to use such patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, technology, know-how and processes to any Person in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(7) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

 

15


(8) Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company or a Subsidiary, including rights of offset and set-off;

(9) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof;

(10) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(11) deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement obligations of insurance carriers providing insurance to the Company or its Subsidiaries and any Liens thereon;

(12) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceeding may be initiated has not expired;

(13) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution;

(14) Liens securing Hedging Obligations;

(15) Liens to secure any Refinancing Indebtedness which is Incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien permitted under the covenant described under Section 3.8 not incurred pursuant to clause (18) or (20); provided that such new Liens:

(a) are no less favorable to the Holders of Notes and are not more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

(b) do not extend to any property or assets other than the property or assets securing the Indebtedness Refinanced by such Refinancing Indebtedness;

(16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Subsidiary;

 

16


(17) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, the relevant acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided that

(a) such Liens secured such Acquired Indebtedness at the time of and prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary and were not granted in connection with, or in anticipation of the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary; and

(b) such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the property that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary and are no more favorable to the lienholders than the Liens securing the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the Incurrence of such Acquired Indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary;

(18) purchase money Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred to finance the acquisition or leasing of property of the Company or a Subsidiary used in a Permitted Business; provided that:

(a) the related Purchase Money Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of such property and will not be secured by any property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than the property so acquired; and

(b) the Lien securing such Indebtedness will be created within 365 days of such acquisition;

(19) Liens securing an amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any one time (together with any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction (as defined below) that would otherwise be prohibited by Section 3.9 of this Indenture) not to exceed the greater of (a) U.S.$175,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies) or (b) 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

(20) Liens under the L/C Documents;

(21) Liens in favor of McDonald’s Latin America created pursuant to the McDonald’s Security Documents and the McDonald’s Mortgages; and

(22) the interest of McDonald’s Latin America, as franchisor under the Franchise Documents.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, corporation, company, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof.

Preferred Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights over any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends, distributions or redemptions or upon liquidation.

 

17


Private Placement Legend ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.8(b) .

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or other cost of construction or improvement of any property; provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed such purchase price or cost, including any Refinancing of such Indebtedness that does not increase the aggregate principal amount (or accreted amount, if less) thereof as of the date of the Refinancing.

QIB ” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A).

Rate Calculation Date ” means the third Business Day preceding each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, purchase date or the Maturity Date.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if any of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of our control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by us as a replacement agency for Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

Rating Downgrade Event ” means the rating on the Notes is lowered from their rating then in effect as a result of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, a Change of Control (or pending Change of Control) by at least two of the Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “ Trigger Period ”) from the date of the public announcement by the Issuer of a Change of Control (or pending Change of Control) until the end of the 60-day period following public announcement by the Issuer of the consummation of a Change of Control (which Trigger Period shall be extended following the consummation of the Change of Control so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies). In the event that less than two Rating Agencies are providing a rating for the Notes at the commencement of any Trigger Period, then a “Rating Downgrade Event” shall be deemed to have occurred during that Trigger Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Rating Downgrade Event will be deemed to have occurred as a result of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, a Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

Record Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in the Form of Face of Note contained in Exhibit A .

Redemption Date ” means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

Reference Banks ” means Banco do Brasil S.A., Banco Itaú S.A., Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and Banco Bradesco S.A., and any successor thereto or any replacement thereof designated by the Company in its reasonable discretion that is a Brazilian bank of international standing.

 

18


Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to issue any Indebtedness in exchange for or to refinance, replace, defease or refund such Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” have correlative meanings.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary issued to Refinance any other Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary so long as the aggregate principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness as of the date of such proposed Refinancing does not exceed the aggregate principal amount (or initial accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing such Indebtedness and the amount of reasonable expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such Refinancing;

Registrar ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a) .

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act or any successor regulation.

Regulation S Global Note ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(e) .

Related Party ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any Subsidiary, spouse, descendant or other immediate family member (which includes any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law) (in the case of an individual), of such Person, (2) any estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries and stockholders, partners or owners of which consist solely of one or more Permitted Holders referred to in clause (1) of the definition thereof and /or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1), or (3) any executor, administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (2), acting solely in such capacity.

Restricted Note ” means any Initial Note (or beneficial interest therein) or any Additional Note (or beneficial interest therein), until such time as:

(1) such Note is a Regulation S Global Note and the Distribution Compliance Period therefor has terminated; or

(2) the Private Placement Legend therefor has otherwise been removed pursuant to Section 2.9(d) or, in the case of a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such beneficial interest has been exchanged for an interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (or any successor rule).

Rule 144A Global Note ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1(d) .

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

19


Special Record Date ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.13(a) .

Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party providing for the leasing to the Company or a Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person by whom funds have been or are to be advanced on the security of such Property.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Service or any successor thereto.

Secured Restricted Real Estate ” means the real estate listed on Schedule II to this Indenture.

Senior Indebtedness ” means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that ranks equal in right of payment with the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.

Settlement Rate ” means, for any Rate Calculation Date, the rate determined by the Calculation Agent that is equal to the Brazilian real / U.S. Dollar commercial rate, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar as reported by Banco Central do Brasil (the “ Central Bank ”) on the SISBACEN Data System and on its website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://bcb.gov.br) under transaction code PTAX800 (“Consultas de Câmbio” or “Exchange Rate Enquiry”), Option 5, “Venda” (“Cotações para Contabilidade” or “Rates for Accounting Purposes”) (or any successor screen established by the Central Bank), for such Rate Calculation Date (the “R$ Ptax Rate”); provided , however, that if the R$ Ptax Rate scheduled to be reported on any Rate Calculation Date is not reported by the Central Bank on such Rate Calculation Date, then the Settlement Rate will be BRL12; in the event BRL12 is unavailable, then the Settlement Rate will be BRL13. If the Settlement Rate cannot be calculated as described above, the Calculation Agent will determine the Settlement Rate by reference to the quotations received from the Reference Banks. The quotations will be determined in each case for such Rate Calculation Date as soon as practicable after (i) the Calculation Agent determines that the Settlement Rate cannot be calculated as described above for such Rate Calculation Date and (ii) the identities of the Reference Banks are provided by the Company to the Calculation Agent by written notice. The Calculation Agent will ask each of the Reference Banks for quotations for the offered Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rate for the sale of U.S. Dollars. The Settlement Rate will be the average of the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rates obtained from the Reference Banks. If more than one quotation is obtained, the Settlement Rate will then be the average of the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rates obtained from the Reference Banks. If only one quotation is obtained, the Settlement Rate will be that quotation. Where no such quotations are obtained from the Reference Banks, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that there are one or two other suitable replacement banks active in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar market, the Company shall ask such banks to provide such quotations to the Company, which such quotations the Company shall deliver to the Calculation Agent as soon as practicable after the identities of such replacement banks are provided by the Company to the Calculation Agent by written notice, and the Calculation Agent shall use such quotations as it receives to determine the Settlement Rate (taking an average rate, as set forth above, if applicable); provided , however,

 

20


that if the Reference Banks and any such replacement banks are not providing quotations in the manner described above, the Settlement Rate will be the Settlement Rate determined as of the preceding Rate Calculation Date.

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that would constitute a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company in accordance with Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act in effect on the Issue Date.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which such Person owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the other Person’s outstanding Voting Stock.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means the unconditional guarantee, on a joint and several basis, of the full and prompt payment of all obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, in accordance with the terms of Article X .

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means the Subsidiaries signatories to this Indenture on the Issue Date and any that execute Supplemental Indentures hereto after the Issue Date.

Surviving Entity ” has the meaning set forth under Section 4.1(a) .

Transfer Agent ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3(a) .

Transparency Directive ” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.11 .

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the introductory paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor.

Trust Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department (or any successor group of the Trustee) of the Trustee, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, in each case having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Unlevered Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that has not more than $10.0 million of outstanding Indebtedness Incurred after the Issue Date.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and

 

21


credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

U.S. Dollars ” or “ U.S.$ ” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

Venezuelan Subsidiary ” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that generates more than 50% of its revenues or holds more than 50% of its total assets in Venezuela.

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of members of the Board of Directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Person. The term “normally entitled” means without regard to any contingency.

Section 1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) “including” means including without limitation;

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

(6) references to the payment of principal of the Notes shall include applicable premium, if any;

(7) references to payments on the Notes shall include Additional Amounts payable on the Notes, if any;

(8) all references to Sections or Articles refer to Sections or Articles of this Indenture;

(9) references to any law are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions or rules consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or implementing such law; and

(10) the term “ obligor ,” when used with respect to the Notes, means the Company and any other obligor as of the date of this Indenture.

 

22


ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1 Form and Dating .

(a) The Initial Notes are being originally issued by the Company on the Issue Date. The Notes shall be issued in fully registered certificated global form without coupon, and in minimum denominations of R$250,000 and integral multiples of R$1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes and the certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

(b) The terms and provisions of the Notes, the form of which is in Exhibit A , shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Indenture, all Notes shall be identical in all respects. Notwithstanding any differences among them, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class.

(c) The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements as specified in Section 2.8 or as otherwise required by law, stock exchange rule or DTC rule or usage. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

(d) Notes originally offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be represented by a single permanent global certificate (which may be subdivided) without interest coupons (each, a “ Rule 144A Global Note ”).

(e) Notes originally offered and sold outside the United States of America in reliance on Regulation S shall be represented by a single permanent global certificate (which may be subdivided) without interest coupons (each, a “ Regulation S Global Note ”).

Section 2.2 Execution and Authentication .

(a) An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

(b) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on the certificate of authentication on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.

(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer of the Company (the “ Company Order ”). A Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which such original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.

 

23


(d) The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.

(e) In case a Surviving Entity has executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such transaction may, from time to time, at the request of the Surviving Entity, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the Surviving Entity with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise identical to the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Company Order of the Surviving Entity, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a Surviving Entity pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such Surviving Entity, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

Section 2.3 Registrar, Calculation Agent, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, and, as long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of such Exchange so require, in Luxembourg (which office or agency may be, in the case of presentment or surrender of the Notes for registration of transfer or for exchange and presentment for payment, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee), where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ” and “ Transfer Agent, ” respectively) and where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”). The Company shall ensure the maintenance of a Calculation Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Note Register ”). The Company may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents or transfer agents. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Transfer Agent” include any additional paying agent and any additional transfer agent, as the case may be.

(b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent or co-Registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Calculation Agent, Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7 . The Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-Registrar or Transfer Agent.

(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent (and the Trustee hereby accepts such appointment), until such time as another Person is appointed as such, and Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme, as Luxembourg Paying Agent (and Dexia Banque Internationale

 

24


à Luxembourg, société anonyme, hereby accepts such appointment), until such time as another Person is appointed as such.

(d) The Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, ensure that it maintains a Paying Agent in a Member State of the European Union that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the European Union Council of Economic and Finance (“ ECOFIN ”) council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive.

(e) The Company may change the Registrar, Calculation Agent, Paying Agent and Transfer Agent without notice to Holders.

Section 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust . The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust separate and apart from, and not commingle with any other properties, for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been distributed to it by the Company or any other obligor of the Notes) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall not hold any money under this Indenture in the British Virgin Islands, nor will the Paying Agent under this Indenture be a British Virgin Islands entity at any time. Upon complying with this Section 2.4 , the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or such Affiliate, is then acting as Paying Agent, the Trustee shall replace the Company, such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Affiliate as Paying Agent.

The receipt by the Paying Agent or the Trustee from the Company of each payment of principal, interest and/or other amounts due in respect of the Notes in the manner specified herein and on the date on which such amount of principal, interest and/or other amounts are then due, shall satisfy the obligations of the Company herein and under the Notes to make such payment to the Holders on the due date thereof; provided, however , that the liability of any Paying Agent hereunder shall not exceed any amounts paid to it by the Company, or held by it, on behalf of the Holders under this Indenture. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence or any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Holders in the event that there is subsequent failure by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to pay any amount due in respect of the Notes in accordance with the Notes and this Indenture as shall result in the receipt by the Holders of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such failure occurred.

 

25


Section 2.5 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers . In issuing the Notes, the Company may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any initial CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers and any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

Section 2.6 Holder Lists . The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders.

Section 2.7 Global Note Provisions .

(a) Each Global Note initially shall: (i) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC; (ii) be delivered to the Note Custodian; and (iii) bear the appropriate legend, as set forth in Section 2.8 and Exhibit A . Any Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Note Custodian, as provided in this Indenture.

(b) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Note Custodian under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar and any of their agents as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar or any of their agents from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(c) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive Certificated Notes. Global Notes shall be exchangeable for Certificated Notes only in the following limited circumstances:

(i) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice;

 

26


(ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable; or

(iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.

In connection with the exchange of an entire Global Note for Certificated Notes pursuant to this Section 2.7(c) , such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations.

Section 2.8 Legends .

(a) Each Global Note shall bear the legend specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof.

(b) Each Restricted Note shall bear the private placement legend specified therefor in Exhibit A on the face thereof (the “ Private Placement Legend ”).

Section 2.9 Transfer and Exchange .

The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note that is a Restricted Note:

(a) If (1) the owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes to transfer such interest (or portion thereof) to a Non-U.S. Person pursuant to Regulation S and (2) such Non-U.S. Person wishes to hold its interest in the Notes through a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, subject to the rules and procedures of DTC, upon receipt by the Note Custodian and Registrar of:

(i) instructions from the Holder of the Rule 144A Global Note directing the Note Custodian and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be transferred; and

(ii) a certificate in the form of Exhibit C from the transferor,

the Note Custodian and Registrar shall increase the Regulation S Global Note and decrease the Rule 144A Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

(b) If the owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note wishes to transfer such interest (or any portion thereof) to a QIB pursuant to Rule 144A prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period therefor, subject to the rules and procedures of DTC, upon receipt by the Note Custodian and Registrar of:

 

27


(i) instructions from the Holder of the Regulation S Global Note directing the Note Custodian and Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be transferred; and

(ii) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B duly executed by the transferor,

the Note Custodian and Registrar shall increase the Rule 144A Global Note and decrease the Regulation S Global Note by such amount in accordance with the foregoing.

(c) Other Transfers . Any transfer of Restricted Notes not described in Section 2.9 (other than a transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that does not involve an exchange of such interest for a Certificated Note or a beneficial interest in another Global Note, which must be effected in accordance with applicable law and the rules and procedures of DTC, but is not subject to any procedure required by this Indenture) shall be made only upon receipt by the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar of such Opinions of Counsel, certificates and/or other information reasonably required by and satisfactory to it in order to ensure compliance with the Securities Act or in accordance with Section 2.9(d) .

(d) Use and Removal of Private Placement Legends . Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) not bearing (or not required to bear upon such registration of transfer, exchange or replacement) a Private Placement Legend, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall exchange such Notes (or beneficial interests) for beneficial interests in a Global Note (or Certificated Notes if they have been issued pursuant to Section 2.7(c) ) that does not bear a Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) bearing a Private Placement Legend, the Note Custodian and Registrar shall deliver only Notes (or beneficial interests in a Global Note) that bear a Private Placement Legend unless:

(i) such Notes (or beneficial interests) are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 upon delivery to the Registrar of a certificate of the transferor in the form of Exhibit D and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar;

(ii) a transfer of such Notes is made pursuant to an effective Shelf Registration Statement, in which case the Private Placement Legend shall be removed from such Note so transferred at the request of the Holder; or

(iii) in connection with such registration of transfer, exchange or replacement the Registrar shall have received an Opinion of Counsel addressed to it, the Trustee and the Company and other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that neither such Private Placement Legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

The Private Placement Legend on any Rule 144A Global Note shall be removed only at the option of the Company. The Private Placement Legend on any Regulation S Global Note shall be removed at the request of the Holder after the Distribution Compliance Period therefore has

 

28


ended. The Holder of a Global Note may exchange an interest therein for an equivalent interest in a Global Note not bearing a Private Placement Legend (other than a Regulation S Global Note) upon transfer of such interest pursuant to any of clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2.9(d) .

(e) Consolidation of Global Notes . Nothing in this Indenture shall provide for the consolidation of any Notes with any other Notes unless they constitute, as determined pursuant to an Opinion of Counsel, the same classes of securities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(f) Retention of Documents . The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Article II . The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

(g) Execution, Authentication of Notes, etc.

(i) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 2.9 when Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided that any Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and to the Registrar or co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II , the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate Certificated Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company, the Registrar, or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.7) .

(iii) The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note for a period beginning: (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing; or (2) 15 days before an Interest Payment Date and ending on such Interest Payment Date.

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note

 

29


and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(v) All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(vi) The Registrar shall be entitled to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee.

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer or exchange imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer or exchange of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the express terms of this Indenture, to examine the same to determine if it substantially complies on its face as to form with the express requirements hereof, and to notify the party delivering the same if the certificate does not so comply.

Section 2.10 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes .

(a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York are met, the Company

 

30


shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an affidavit of loss and indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company or a Trust Officer of the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York), the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously Outstanding.

(b) Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.10 , the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel, the Trustee and its counsel) in connection therewith.

(c) In case any mutilated, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company may, in its discretion, pay such Notes instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

(d) Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.10 in exchange for any mutilated Note, or in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note, shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company and any other obligor upon the Notes, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

(e) The provisions of this Section 2.10 shall be exclusive and shall be in lieu of, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.11 Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor one or more definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of definitive Notes.

 

31


Section 2.12 Cancellation . The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and dispose of cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures or return to the Company all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.10 , the Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange upon Company Order.

Section 2.13 Defaulted Interest . When any installment of interest becomes Defaulted Interest, such installment shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holders in whose names the Notes were registered on the Record Date applicable to such installment of interest. Defaulted Interest (including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) may be paid by the Company, at its election, as provided in Section 2.13(a) or  Section 2.13(b) .

(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest (including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) to the Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “ Special Record Date ”), which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this Section 2.13(a) . Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be not more than 15 calendar days and not less than ten calendar days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than ten calendar days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be sent, first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s address as it appears in the registration books of the Registrar, not less than ten calendar days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to Section 2.13(b) .

(b) Alternatively, the Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest (including any interest on such Defaulted Interest) in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.13(b) such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Section 2.14 Additional Notes . The Company may, from time to time, subject to compliance with any other applicable provisions of this Indenture, without the consent of the

 

32


Holders, create and issue pursuant to this Indenture Additional Notes having terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit A identical to those of the Initial Notes, except that Additional Notes:

(a) may have a different issue price, issue date and, if applicable, date from which the interest shall accrue from the Initial Notes;

(b) may have a different amount of interest payable on the first Interest Payment Date after issuance than is payable on the Initial Notes; and

(c) may have terms specified in the Additional Note Board Resolution or Additional Note Supplemental Indenture for such Additional Notes making appropriate adjustments to this Article II and Exhibit A (and related definitions) applicable to such Additional Notes in order to conform to and ensure compliance with the Securities Act (or other applicable securities laws).

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

Section 3.1 Payment of Notes .

(a) The Company shall pay the principal of and interest (including Defaulted Interest) on the Notes in U.S. Dollars on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company is acting as Paying Agent, the Company or such Affiliate shall, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Payment Date and the Maturity Date, segregate and hold in trust U.S. Dollars sufficient to make cash payments due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds in accordance with this Indenture U.S. Dollars designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect to make the payments of interest by check mailed to the registered Holders at their registered addresses.

(b) If a Holder of Notes in an aggregate principal amount of at least R$2,500,000 has given wire transfer instructions to the Company and the Trustee, the Trustee, as Paying Agent, shall make all principal and interest payments on those Notes in accordance with such instructions.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other

 

33


similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

Section 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain each office or agency required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of any such office or agency.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of such Exchange so require, in Luxembourg, for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 3.3 Corporate Existence . Subject to Article IV , the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and good standing under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004.

Section 3.4 Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including stamp or other issuance or transfer taxes) or duties levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or for which it or any of them are otherwise liable, or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, and the Company shall reimburse the Trustee and Holders for any fines, penalties or other fees they are required to pay as a result of the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary to pay or discharge any of the abovementioned taxes, assessments and government charges; provided, however , that, other than with respect to any taxes or duties described herein that would become payable by the Trustee or the Holders in the event the Company or any Subsidiary fails to pay such taxes or duties, the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment or charge whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Company), are being maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment shall not have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder.

Section 3.5 Further Instruments and Acts . The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper or as may be required by applicable law to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

34


Section 3.6 Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor covenants (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby expressly waives (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 3.7 Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Company shall provide a Change of Control Notice and make an offer to purchase Notes (the “ Change of Control Offer ”), pursuant to which the Company shall be required, if requested by any Holder, to purchase all or a portion (in integral multiples of R$1,000, provided that the principal amount of such Holder’s Note shall not be less than R$250,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date, equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the purchase date (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company.

(c) If only a portion of a Note is purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, a new Note in a principal amount equal to the portion thereof not purchased shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate adjustments to the amount and beneficial interests in a Global Note shall be made, as appropriate). Notes (or portions thereof) purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be cancelled and cannot be reissued.

(d) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder in connection with the purchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.7 , the

 

35


Company shall comply with such securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by doing so.

(e) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in compliance with the conditions and requirements of this Indenture and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

(f) The provisions of this Section 3.7 shall be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. The obligation of the Company to make an offer to purchase the Notes as a result of the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event may be waived or modified at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of Control Repurchase Event with the written consent of Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

Section 3.8 Limitation on Liens .

The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Liens of any kind (except for Permitted Liens) against or upon any of their respective properties or assets, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any proceeds therefrom, to secure any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and all other amounts due under the Indenture equally and ratably with such Indebtedness (or, in the event that such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees prior to such Indebtedness) with a Lien on the same properties and assets securing such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness is secured by such Lien.

Section 3.9 Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction with respect to any property of such Person, unless either:

(i) the Company or that Subsidiary would be entitled pursuant to Section 3.8 of this Indenture (including any exception to the restrictions set forth therein) to issue, assume or guarantee Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any such property at least equal in amount to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, or

(ii) the Company or that Subsidiary shall apply or cause to be applied, in the case of a sale or transfer for cash, an amount equal to the net proceeds thereof and, in the case of a sale or transfer otherwise than for cash, an amount equal to the fair market value of the property so leased, to (1) the retirement, within 12 months after the effective date of the Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, of any of the Company’s Indebtedness ranking at least pari passu with the Notes or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary, in each case owing to a Person other than the Company or any of its

 

36


Subsidiaries or (2) to the acquisition, purchase, construction or improvement of real property or personal property used or to be used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

(b) These restrictions will not apply to:

(i) transactions providing for a lease term, including any renewal, of not more than three years; and

(ii) transactions between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or between the Company’s Subsidiaries.

Section 3.10 Reports to Holders .

(a) If at any point the Company is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(b) If at any point the Company is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee in English (for distribution only to the Holders of Notes upon their request):

(i) within 90 days after the end of the first, second and third quarters of the Company’s fiscal year (commencing with the quarter ending immediately following the Company no longer being subject to such reporting requirements), quarterly unaudited financial statements (consolidated) prepared in accordance with GAAP of the Company for such period; and

(ii) within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the first fiscal year ending immediately following the Company no longer being subject to such reporting requirements), annual audited financial statements (consolidated) prepared in accordance with GAAP of the Company for such fiscal year and a report on such annual financial statements by the Auditors.

(c) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

Section 3.11 Listing .

(a) In the event that the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts

 

37


to maintain such listing; provided that if, as a result of the European Union regulated market amended Directive 2001/34/EC (the “ Transparency Directive ”) or any legislation implementing the Transparency Directive or other directives or legislation, the Company could be required to publish financial information either more regularly than it otherwise would be required to or according to accounting principles which are materially different from the accounting principles which the Company would otherwise use to prepare its published financial information, the Company may delist the Notes from the Luxembourg Stock Exchange in accordance with the rules of such Exchange and seek an alternative admission to listing, trading and/or quotation for the Notes on a different section of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or by such other listing authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system inside or outside the European Union as the Board of Directors of the Company may decide.

(b) From and after the date the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and so long as it is required by the rules of such Exchange, all notices to the Holders shall be published in English in accordance with Section 11.1(b) .

Section 3.12 Payment of Additional Amounts .

(a) The Company, and each Subsidiary Guarantor, shall, subject to the exceptions set forth below, pay to Holders of the Notes additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that every net payment of interest, premium upon redemption of the Notes or principal to the Holders shall not be less than the amount provided for in the Notes. The term “net payment” means the amount that the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or a Paying Agent pays any Holder after deducting or withholding an amount for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges imposed with respect to that payment by the British Virgin Islands or any jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is incorporated, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which any payment in respect of the Notes is made by the paying agent or the Company, or any political subdivision thereof (a “ Relevant Jurisdiction ”), or by any taxing authority of a Relevant Jurisdiction.

(b) The Company, and each Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not pay Additional Amounts to any Holder for or solely on account of any of the following:

(i) any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges that would not have been imposed but for any present or former connection between the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of the Holder) and the Relevant Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt of a payment or the ownership or holding of a Note);

(ii) any estate, inheritance, capital gains, excise, personal property tax, sales, transfer, gift or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed with respect to the Notes;

(iii) any taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder or any other Person to

 

38


comply with any certification, identification or other reporting requirement concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the Relevant Jurisdiction, for tax purposes, of the Holder or any beneficial owner of the Note if compliance is required by law, regulation or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the Relevant Jurisdiction is a party, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of, the tax, assessment or other governmental charge (including withholding taxes payable on interest payments under the Notes) and the Company has given the Holders at least 30 days’ notice that Holders will be required to provide such certification, identification or information;

(iv) any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge payable otherwise than by deduction or withholding from payments on or in respect of the Notes;

(v) any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges with respect to a Note presented for payment, where presentation is required, more than 30 days after the date on which the payment became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the Holder of such Note would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting such Note for payment on any date during such 30-day period;

(vi) any withholding or deduction that is required to be made pursuant to EC Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other Directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26-27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive;

(vii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of the principal of, or premium or interest on any Note, if such tax, assessment or other governmental charge results from the presentation of any Note for payment and the payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by the presentation of the Note for payment by at least one other available paying agent of the Company;

(viii) any payment on the Note to a Holder that is a fiduciary, a partnership, a limited liability company or a person other than the sole beneficial owner of any such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership, an interestholder in such a limited liability company or the beneficial owner of the payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had the beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the Holder of the Note; or

(ix) in the case of any combination of the items listed above.

(c) Upon request, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing

 

39


the payment of taxes in respect of which the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor has paid any Additional Amount.

(d) Any reference in this Indenture or the Notes to principal, premium, interest or any other amount payable in respect of the Notes by us will be deemed also to refer to any Additional Amount that may be payable with respect to that amount under the obligations referred to in this section.

(e) In the event of any merger or other transaction described and permitted under Section 4.1 , all references to the British Virgin Islands, the laws or regulations of the British Virgin Islands, and the political subdivisions or taxing authorities of the British Virgin Islands under this Section 3.12 and under Article IV and Section 5 of Exhibit A will be deemed to also include the jurisdiction of incorporation or tax residence of the Surviving Entity, if different from the British Virgin Islands, and any political subdivision therein or thereof, law or regulations, and any taxing authority of such other jurisdiction or any political subdivision therein or thereof, respectively.

Section 3.13 Compliance Certificates .

(a) Upon the formation, creation or acquisition of any new Subsidiary that is also an Excluded Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee promptly an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Subsidiary is prevented by local law or the existence of minority shareholders from guaranteeing the Notes.

(b) The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s or any other Person’s compliance with the covenants described above or with respect to any reports or other documents filed under this Indenture; provided, however , that nothing herein shall relieve the Trustee of any obligations to monitor the Company’s timely delivery of the reports and certificates described in Section 3.10 .

ARTICLE IV

LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS

Section 4.1 Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets .

(a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into any Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving or continuing Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Subsidiary to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries), to any Person unless:

(i) either:

(1) the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation; or

 

40


(2) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and assets of the Company and of the Company’s Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “ Surviving Entity ”):

(A) is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands or the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and

(B) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance and observance of the covenants of the Notes and the Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing;

(iii) each Subsidiary Guarantor has confirmed by supplemental indenture that its Subsidiary Guarantee will apply for the obligations of the Surviving Entity in respect of the Indenture and the Notes; and

(iv) the Company or the Surviving Entity has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that the consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if required in connection with such transaction, the supplemental indenture, comply with the applicable provisions of the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to the transaction have been satisfied.

(b) For purposes of this Section 4.1 , the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries), shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(c) The provisions of Section 4.1(a)(ii) above shall not apply to any merger or consolidation of the Company into an Affiliate of the Company incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction so long as the Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is not increased thereby.

(d) Section 4.1(a) , Section 4.1(b) and Section 4.1(c) shall not apply to (i) any transfer of assets between the Company and any Subsidiary and (ii) any transfer of assets among or between Subsidiaries.

 

41


(e) Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with this covenant, in which the Company is not the continuing Person, the Surviving Entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as such and the Company shall be relieved of its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, compliance with this Section 4.1(e) will not affect the obligations of the Company (including a Surviving Entity, if applicable) under Section 3.7 if applicable.

(f) No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or sell, convey, transfer or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or permit any Person to merge with or into the Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

(i) the other Person is the Company or any Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor or becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

(ii) (1) either (x) the Subsidiary Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

(iii) the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

ARTICLE V

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 5.1 Redemption . The Company may or shall redeem the Notes, as a whole and not in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices specified in the form of Notes in Exhibit A.

Section 5.2 Election to Redeem . In the case of an optional redemption, the Company shall evidence its election to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.1 by a Board Resolution.

Section 5.3 Notice of Redemption .

(a) The Company shall give or cause the Trustee to give notice of redemption, in the manner provided for in Section 11.1 , not less than 35 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at

 

42


its registered address. If the Company itself gives the notice, it shall also deliver a copy to the Trustee.

(b) If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, then the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless the Trustee is satisfied with a shorter period), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee request that DTC (in the case of Global Notes) give notice of redemption and setting forth the information required by Section 5.3(c) . If the Company elects to have the Trustee give notice of redemption, the Trustee shall give the notice in the name of the Company and at the Company’s expense.

(c) All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of any accrued interest payable as provided in Section 5.5 ;

(iii) that on the Redemption Date the redemption price and any accrued interest payable to the Redemption Date as provided in Section 5.5 shall become due and payable in respect of each Note to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on each Note to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(iv) the place or places where a Holder must surrender the Holder’s Notes for payment of the redemption price; and

(v) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in the notice or printed on the Notes, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of such CUSIP or ISIN number.

Section 5.4 Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Business Day prior to the relevant Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.4 ) an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the redemption price in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date, and accrued interest on all the Notes that the Company is redeeming on that date.

Section 5.5 Notes Payable on Redemption Date . If the Company, or the Trustee on behalf of the Company, gives notice of redemption in accordance with this Article V , the Notes called for redemption shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price specified in the notice, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after the Redemption Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price and accrued interest) the Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any Note for

 

43


redemption in accordance with the notice, the Company shall pay the Notes at the redemption price in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date. If the Company shall fail to pay any Note called for redemption upon its surrender for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.1 Events of Default .

(a) Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ” with respect to the Notes:

(i) default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on (including, in each case, any related Additional Amounts) any Notes, including the failure to make a required payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an optional redemption, mandatory redemption or a Change of Control Offer;

(ii) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest (including any related Additional Amounts) on any Notes;

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary to comply with any other covenant or agreement contained herein or in the Notes for 60 days or more after written notice to the Company from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

(iv) default by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under any indebtedness for borrowed money which:

(1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such indebtedness for borrowed money prior to the expiration of any applicable grace period provided in such indebtedness for borrowed money on the date of such default; or

(2) results in the acceleration of such indebtedness for borrowed money prior to its Stated Maturity;

and the principal or accreted amount of indebtedness for borrowed money covered by (1) or (2) at the relevant time, (i) in the case of any or all Venezuelan Subsidiaries aggregates U.S.$50,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies) or (ii) in the case of the Company and all other Significant Subsidiaries (other than any and all Venezuelan Subsidiaries) aggregates U.S.$40,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies) or more;

(v) failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to pay one or more final judgments against any of them, (i) in the case of any and all Venezuelan Subsidiaries aggregating U.S.$50,000,000 (or the equivalent in other

 

44


currencies) or (ii) in the case of the Company and all other Significant Subsidiaries (other than any and all Venezuelan Subsidiaries) aggregating U.S.$40,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies) or more, which are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more (to the extent not covered by a reputable and creditworthy insurance company);

(vi) either Master Franchise Agreement shall, for any reason, be terminated; provided that no Call Option Redemption Event shall have occurred;

(vii) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default; or

(viii) except as permitted herein, any Subsidiary Guarantee is held to be unenforceable or invalid in a judicial proceeding or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming unenforceable or invalid as a result of a change in law shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

(b) Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee written notice of events which would constitute such Default or Event of Default, the status thereof and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Section 6.2 Acceleration .

(a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section  6.1(a)(vi) or Section 6.1(a)(vii) with respect to the Company) has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes may declare the unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be immediately due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration.” If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(vi) or Section 6.1(a)(vii) occurs with respect to the Company, then the unpaid principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

(b) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in Section 6.2(a) , the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences:

(i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree;

(ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived, except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration;

 

45


(iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; and

(iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances outstanding at that time.

No rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any rights relating thereto.

Section 6.3 Other Remedies .

(a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

(b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Section 6.2 , the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default hereunder, and its consequences, except a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes.

Section 6.5 Control by Majority . Subject to the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

Section 6.6 Limitation on Suits .

(a) No Holder of any Notes shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect hereto or for any remedy hereunder, unless:

(i) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

(ii) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes make a written request to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holders of the Notes provide to the Trustee satisfactory indemnity;

(iv) the Trustee does not comply within 60 days; and

 

46


(v) during such 60 day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a written direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request;

provided that a Holder of a Note may institute suit for enforcement of payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb, or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

Section 6.7 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof (including, without limitation, Section 6.6 ), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates, Redemption Dates or repurchase date expressed herein or the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) and Section 6.1(a)(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with applicable interest on any overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest on overdue interest) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7 . Subject to all provisions hereof and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

Section 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim, etc .

(a) In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under applicable law in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee may (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes is then due):

(i) file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes allowed in any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other judicial proceedings relative to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or their respective creditors or properties; and

(ii) collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable in respect of any such claims and distribute them in accordance with this Indenture.

 

47


Any receiver, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, taxes, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.7 .

(b) Nothing in this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10 Priorities . If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI , it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7 ;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount pursuant to any Subsidiary Guarantee from any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor.

The Trustee may, upon notice to the Company, fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10 .

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs . All parties agree, and each Holder by its acceptance of its Notes shall be deemed to have agreed, that in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

Section 7.1 Duties of Trustee .

(a) If a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same

 

48


degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions, which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (it being understood that the Trustee need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this Section 7.1(c) does not limit the effect of Section 7.1(b) ;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.2 , Section 6.5 or Section 6.8 or any other provision of this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

(e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(f) No provision hereof shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Article VII .

 

49


(h) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

Section 7.2 Rights of Trustee .

Subject to Section 7.1 :

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document, instrument, opinion, direction, order, notice or request reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in such document, instrument, opinion, direction, order, notice or request.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting at the direction of the Company, it may require an Officers’ Certificate, advice of counsel and/or an Opinion of Counsel, and such Officers’ Certificate, advice and/or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officers’ Certificate, advice of counsel and/or Opinion of Counsel.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, upon notice to the Company, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at

 

50


the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (other than payment default under Section 6.1(a)(i) or Section 6.1(a)(ii) ) unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. For purposes of determining the Trustee’s responsibility and liability hereunder, whenever reference is made in this Indenture to a Default or Event of Default, such reference shall be construed to refer only to such Default or Event of Default for which the Trustee is deemed to have notice pursuant to this Section 7.2(g).

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(j) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

(l) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications service, accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority or governmental actions (it being understood that the Trustee shall use its best efforts to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances).

(m) The Trustee or its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder, servicing agent, custodian or subcustodian with respect to certain of the Cash Equivalents, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Cash Equivalents and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Cash Equivalents. Such compensation is not payable or reimbursable under Section 7.7 of this Indenture.

 

51


(n) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys.

(o) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of this Indenture or otherwise.

(p) To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the Trustee will obtain, verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the Trustee. The Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

(q) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text and attachments) by or from the Trustee that the Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary, and/or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the email communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process. Information and assistance on registering and using the email encryption technology can be found at the Trustee’s secure website www.citigroup.com/citigroup/citizen/privacy/email.htm or by calling (866) 535-2504 (in the U.S.) or (904) 954-6181 at any time.

Section 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee . The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10 .

Section 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder.

Section 7.5 Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs hereunder with respect to the Notes, the Trustee shall promptly give the Holders of the Notes notice of such Default. In addition, if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is a payment default or a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, or has received written notice thereof pursuant to Section 7.2(g) the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Company, notice of the Default or Event of Default within 45 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

52


Section 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders . The Trustee shall notify Holders of any Defaults under this Indenture pursuant to Section 7.5 . The Company agrees to promptly notify the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

Section 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity .

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture, except for any such expense as may arise from the Trustee’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

(b) The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) against any claim or liability related to the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder and under any other agreement or instrument related thereto. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such defense. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent.

(c) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7 , the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

(d) The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Law Event of Default, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law; provided, however , that this shall not affect the Trustee’s rights as set forth in this Section 7.7 or Section 6.10 .

Section 7.8 Replacement of Trustee .

 

53


(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. In addition, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. Moreover, if the Trustee is no longer eligible pursuant to Section 7.10 to act as such, or does not have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report or does not have its corporate trust office in the City of New York, New York, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 ;

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders and, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of such Exchange so require, the successor Trustee shall also publish notice as described in Section 11.1 . The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7 .

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 , any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8 , the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger .

 

54


(a) If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or national banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee; provided that such Persons shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII .

(b) In case at the time such successor or successors to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

Section 7.10 Eligibility .

The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

Section 7.11 Paying Agent, Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent . The rights, protections and immunities granted to the Trustee under this Article VII shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Paying Agent, Registrar, any Authenticating Agent and the Luxembourg Paying Agent.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

Section 8.1 Application of Trust Money . The Trustee shall hold in trust U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII . It shall apply the deposited money and the U.S. Dollars from U.S. Government Obligations, together with earnings thereon, through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes.

Section 8.2 Repayment to Company .

(a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

(b) Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

 

55


Section 8.3 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations . The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII .

Section 8.4 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII ; provided, however , that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 8.5 Satisfaction and Discharge . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for herein) as to all Outstanding Notes, and the Trustee, on written demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(a) either:

(i) all the Notes theretofor, authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Notes not theretofor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient without reinvestment to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to the date of deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable) or to the maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment;

(b) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture and the Notes by the Company; and

(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

 

56


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1 Without Consent of Holders .

(a) The Company and the Trustee may amend, modify or supplement this Indenture and the Notes without notice to or consent of any Holder:

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

(iii) to add Subsidiary Guarantees or additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release the Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(iv) to secure the Notes;

(v) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(vi) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms hereof;

(vii) to conform the terms of this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes with the description thereof set forth in the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum dated July 8, 2011 relating to the Original Offering of Notes;

(viii) to evidence the replacement of the Trustee as provided for under this Indenture;

(ix) if necessary, in connection with any release of any security permitted under this Indenture;

(x) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; or

(xi) to make any other changes which do not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect.

(b) In formulating its opinion on the foregoing, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, solely on an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate.

 

57


(c) After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.1 .

Section 9.2 With Consent of Holders .

(a) Modifications to, amendments of, and supplements to, this Indenture or the Notes not set forth under Section 9.1 may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture, except that, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, no amendment may:

(i) reduce the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest on any Notes;

(iii) change any place of payment where the principal of or interest on the Notes is payable;

(iv) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor;

(v) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(vi) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture entitling each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default;

(vii) amend, change or modify in any material respect any obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control Repurchase Event that has occurred;

(viii) eliminate or modify in any manner the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee, which adversely affects Holders in any material respect, except as contemplated in this Indenture;

(ix) make any change to Section 3.12 that adversely affects the rights of any Holder or amend the terms of the Notes in a way that would result in a loss of exemption from any applicable taxes; or

(x) make any change to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes that adversely affects the ranking of the Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, a change to

 

58


the covenants described in Section 3.8 and Section 3.9 does not adversely affect the ranking of the Notes).

Section 9.3 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers .

(a) A consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, except as otherwise provided in this Article IX . An amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.2 shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.2 .

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date.

Section 9.4 Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment or supplement changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment or supplement.

Section 9.5 Trustee to Sign Amendments and Supplements . The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment or supplement the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 ) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, such evidence as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, the documents required by Section 11.2 and solely on an Opinion of Counsel and Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted hereby.

 

59


ARTICLE X

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 10.1 Subsidiary Guarantees .

(a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees on a general unsecured senior basis, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal, interest, premium, Additional Amounts, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, and other liabilities payable under the Notes, Subsidiary Guarantees and the Indenture (such guaranteed obligations, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article X notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to pay, in addition to the amounts stated above, any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under any Subsidiary Guarantee.

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor; or (vi) any change in the ownership of the Company.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further expressly waives irrevocably and unconditionally:

(i) Any right it may have to first require any Holder to proceed against, initiate any actions before a court of law or any other judge or authority, or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from the Company or any other

 

60


Person (including any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor) before claiming from it under this Indenture;

(ii) Any rights to the benefits of orden , excusión , división , quita and espera  arising from Articles 2814, 2815, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2823, 2826, 2837, 2839, 2840, 2845, 2846, 2847 and any other related or applicable Articles that are not explicitly set forth herein because of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s knowledge thereof, of the  Código Civil Federal of Mexico and the Código Civil of each State of the Mexican Republic and for the Federal District of Mexico;

(iii) Any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company or any other Person (including any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor) first be used, applied or depleted as payment of the Company’s or the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations hereunder, prior to any amount being claimed from or paid by any of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder; and

(iv) Any right to which it may be entitled to have claims hereunder divided between the Subsidiary Guarantors.

(e) The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against each Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of:

 

61


(i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing in U.S. Dollars as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the applicable reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date; and

(ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) in U.S. Dollars as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the applicable reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date.

(h) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand:

(i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby; and

(ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 10.2 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

(a) The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the Guaranteed Obligations not constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or similar illegal transfer under applicable law.

(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in the event that:

(i) there is a sale or other disposition (including through a consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company;

(ii) there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger, stock purchase, asset sale or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

 

62


(iii) there is a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 8.5;

provided , in each case, such transactions are carried out pursuant to and in accordance with all applicable covenants and provisions hereof.

Section 10.3 Right of Contribution . Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Subsidiary Guarantee will be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in a pro rata amount, based on the net assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

Section 10.4 No Subrogation . Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations until payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly endorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 10.5 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees .

(a) The Company covenants and agrees that, if at any time after the date hereof any Subsidiary of the Company is incorporated, formed or acquired under the laws of Argentina, Brazil, Mexico or Puerto Rico, other than an Unlevered Subsidiary, and such Subsidiary is not prevented from becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor because of local laws or the existence of minority shareholders (an “ Excluded Subsidiary ”), the Company shall, after becoming aware of such event, (i) promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such event and (ii) cause such Subsidiary (an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) concurrently to become a Subsidiary Guarantor on a general unsecured senior basis (promptly following the determination in accordance with the terms of this Indenture that such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor) by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto and providing the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate and to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes, as applicable; provided , however , that each Additional Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under such additional note guarantee (“ Additional Note Guarantee ”) only in accordance with

 

63


Section 10.2 ; and provided further that no Officers’ Certificate shall be required solely pursuant to this Section 10.5(a) on the Issue Date.

(b) The Company shall notify, in accordance with Section 11.1 , the Holders of any execution of a supplemental indenture pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.5(a) ; provided that no notice shall be required solely pursuant to this Section 10.5(b) as a result of the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.5(a) on the Issue Date.

(c) To the extent otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the Company may form, create or acquire new Subsidiaries under the laws of Argentina, Brazil, Mexico or Puerto Rico that may also be Excluded Subsidiaries, to the extent they are prevented from local law or the existence of minority shareholders from guaranteeing the Notes; provided that the Company provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such subsidiary is prevented by local law or the existence of minority shareholders from guaranteeing the Notes.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Notices .

(a) Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in Person, by telecopy or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Roque Saenz Peña 432, Olivos

Buenos Aires, Argentina (B1636 FFB)

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax No.: +54 11 4711 2094 (2059)

if to the Trustee:

Citibank, N.A.

388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10013

Attention: Global Transaction Services, Arcos Dorados

Fax No.: +1 212-816-5527

 

64


if to the Luxembourg Paying Agent:

Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg

69 route d’Esch, L-1470 Luxembourg

Attention: Transaction Execution Group

Fax No.: + 352-4590-4227

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b) From and after the date the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and so long as required by the rules of such Exchange, all notices to Holders of Notes shall be published in English:

(i) in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg; or

(ii) if such Luxembourg publication is not practicable, in one other leading English language newspaper being published on each day in morning editions, whether or not it shall be published in Saturday, Sunday or holiday editions.

In lieu of the foregoing, the Company may publish notices to Holders of Notes via the website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange at www.bourse.lu; provided that such method of publication satisfies the rules of such Exchange.

(c) Notices shall be deemed to have been given on the date of mailing or of publication as aforesaid in Section 11.1(b) or, if published on different dates, on the date of the first such publication. In addition, notices shall be delivered to Holders of Notes at their registered addresses.

(d) Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

(e) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

Section 11.2 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent . Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

65


(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 11.3 Statements Required in Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel . Each certificate or opinion, including each Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

In giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officers’ Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

Section 11.4 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

Section 11.5 Legal Holidays . A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are authorized or obligated to be closed in New York City, United States. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

Section 11.6 Governing Law, etc .

(a) THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) EACH OF PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING AS BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE (BUT NOT THE HOLDERS OF THE NOTES) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

66


(c) Each of the parties hereto:

(i) agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, may be instituted in any U.S. federal or New York state court sitting in The City of New York, New York,

(ii) irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding,

(iii) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that any suit, action or proceeding in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and any right to the jurisdiction of any other courts to which it may be entitled on account of place of residence or domicile, and

(iv) agrees that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding may be enforced in the courts of the jurisdiction of which it is subject by a suit upon judgment.

(d) The Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has appointed National Registered Agents, Inc. with offices currently at 875 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 501, New York, New York 10001, as its authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”) upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the Notes which may be instituted in any New York state or U.S. federal court in The City of New York, New York. The Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents, that may be necessary to continue each such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid so long as the Notes remain outstanding. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor agree that the appointment of the Authorized Agent shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding or until the irrevocable appointment by the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor of a successor agent in The City of New York, New York as their authorized agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor.

(e) To the extent that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to itself or any of its property, the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes.

(f) Nothing in this Section 11.6 shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

67


Section 11.7 No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future incorporator, director, officer, employee, shareholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claims based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 11.8 Successors . All agreements of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 11.9 Duplicate and Counterpart Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may also be executed in Argentina via the exchange of an offer letter and an acceptance letter, and delivery of such letters shall be effective as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Indenture.

Section 11.10 Severability . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.11 Currency Indemnity .

(a) U.S. Dollars is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor, under or in connection with the Notes, this Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee. Any amount received or recovered in currency other than U.S. Dollars (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Company, any Subsidiary or otherwise) by the Trustee, a Paying Agent or any Holder of the Notes in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge of it under the Notes, this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantee only to the extent of the U.S. Dollars amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollars amount is less than the U.S. Dollars amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the Notes, this Indenture, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor shall indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it in making any such purchase. In any event, the Company or relevant Subsidiary Guarantor shall indemnify the Holder, to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law, against the cost of making any purchase of U.S. Dollars. For the purposes of this Section 11.11 , it shall be sufficient for the Trustee, Paying Agent and/or Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. Dollars been made with the amount received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable) and that the change of the purchase date was needed.

 

68


(b) The indemnities of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor contained in this Section 11.11 , to the extent permitted by law: (i) constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture and the Notes; (ii) shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action against the Company; (iii) shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of the Notes from time to time; (iv) shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes; and (v) shall survive the termination of this Indenture.

Section 11.12 Table of Contents; Headings . The table of contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

69


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.
By:               / S /   D IEGO P ACE
  Name:  

Diego Pace

  Title:   Corporate Finance Director

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 8 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Corp. Finance Director of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS DORADOS B.V.
By:               / S /   D IEGO P ACE
 

Name:

  Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos Dorados B.V., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS DOURADOS COMÉRCIO DE

    ALIMENTOS LTDA.

By:               / S /   D IEGO P ACE
 

Name:

  Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos Dourados Comércio de Alimentos Ltda., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS DOURADOS RESTAURANTES

    LTDA.

By:               / S /   D IEGO P ACE
  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Digeo pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos Dourados Restaurantes Ltda., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS SERCAL INMOBILIARIA, S. DE

    R.L. DE C.V.

By:  

          /s/  D IEGO P ACE

  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos SerCal Inmobiliaria, S. de R.L. de C.V., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


CENTRO ESPECIALIZADO DE NEGOCIOS

    INTERNACIONALES, S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

By:  

          / S /  D IEGO P ACE

  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Centro Especializado de Negocios Internacionales, S. de R.L. de C.V., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS SERCAL SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V.
By:  

          / S /  D IEGO P ACE

  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos SerCal Servicios, S.A. de C.V., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


ARCOS DORADOS PUERTO RICO, INC.
By:   / S /  D IEGO P ACE
  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Arcos Dorados Puerto Rico, Inc., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S /  M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


GOLDEN ARCH DEVELOPMENT     CORPORATION
By:   / S /  D IEGO P ACE
  Name:   Diego Pace
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )
   )

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared Diego Pace to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he is the Authorized Signatory of Golden Arch Development Corporation one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   / S / M ARGARET A. D I S ARRO
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York
No.  
Qualified in
Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

MARGARET A. DISARRO

Notary Public, State of New York

No 01D14755968

Qualified in Richmond County

Certificate Filed in New York County

Commission Expires Nov 30. 2014

(Indenture)


CITIBANK, N.A.,

as Trustee, Registrar, Calculation Agent,

Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

By:  

/ S /  J OHN H ANNON

  Name:   John Hannon
  Title:   Vice President

(Indenture)


STATE OF NEW YORK

   )   
   )   

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

   )   

On this 13 th day of July, 2011, before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared John Hannon to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is the Vice President of Citibank, N.A., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

 

By:   /s/ N OREEN I RIS S ANTOS
Title :   Notary Public, State of New York

No.

Qualified in

Commission Expires

[Notary Seal]

NOREEN IRIS SANTOS

Notary Public, State of New York

Registration #01SA6228750

Qualified in Nassau County

Commission Expires Sept. 27. 2014

 

(Indenture)


Solely for the purposes of accepting the appointment of Luxembourg Paying Agent together with the rights, protections and immunities granted to the Trustee under Article VII , which shall apply mutatis mutandis to the Luxembourg Paying Agent:

 

Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg, société anonyme as Luxembourg Paying Agent

By:   / S / D ANIEL S CHAMMO                     / S / J EAN -J ACQUES K INNEN
Name:                 Daniel Schammo                            Jean-Jacques Kinnen
Title:               Premier Consellier                            Senior Manager

The undersigned Henri HELLINCKX

notary public residing in Luxembourg

hereby certifies the authenticity of the

signature(s) apposed hereabove

Luxembourg, the 13th July 2011

[Notary seal]

 

(Indenture)


SCHEDULE I

MCDONALD’S FOREIGN PLEDGE AGREEMENTS

 

1. Stock Pledge Agreement ( Contrato de Prenda de Acciones y Cesion Fiduciaria con Fines de Garantia ), dated as of August 3, 2007, among the lenders party to the Credit Agreement, LatAm LLC (“LatAm”) and Woods White Staton Welten, as pledgors, Arcos Dorados S.A., McDonald’s Latin America, LLC (“McDonald’s”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date;

 

2. Stock Pledge Agreement ( Contrato de Prenda de Acciones y Cesion Fiduciaria con Fines de Garantia ), dated as of August 3, 2007, among the lenders party to the Credit Agreement, LatAm, Arcos Dorados Caribbean Development Corp. (“ADCDC”), Compañia de Inversiones Inmobiliarias (C.I.I.) S.A. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date;

 

3. Second Lien Brazilian Quota Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2007, among McDonald’s, as the pledgee, and LatAm, ADCDC and Arcos Dorados B.V.;

 

4. Ratification to Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2008, made by Arcos Dorados B.V., LatAm and ADCDC in favor of McDonald’s (the “McDonald’s U.S. Stock Pledge Agreement”), dated on or about August 3, 2007, among LatAm, McDonald’s and the other parties to the McDonald’s U.S. Stock Pledge Agreement;

 

5. Venezuela Share Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2007, among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, LatAm, Management Operations Company and Administrative Development Company, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date;

 

6. McDonald’s Aruba Deed of Pledge of Shares, dated on or about August 3, 2007, among McDonald’s, LatAm, McDonald’s Aruba N.V.;

 

7. McDonald’s Contrato de Prenda Abierta sobre Cuotas en Colombia , dated on or about August 3, 2007, among LatAm, ADCDC and McDonald’s;

 

8. McDonald’s Contrato de Prenda Abierta sobre Acciones en Colombia , dated on or about August 3, 2007, among LatAm, ADCDC and McDonald’s;

 

9. McDonald’s Netherlands Antilles Deed of Pledge of Shares, dated on or about August 3, 2007, among McDonald’s, LatAm and McDonald’s St. Maarten and Curaçao N.V.;

 

10. Second Lien Ecuadorian Stock Pledge Agreement, dated on or about August 3, 2007, between LatAm and McDonald’s;

 

11. McDonald’s Panamanian Stock Pledge Agreement, dated on or about August 3, 2007, between LatAm and Eduardo de Alba, as pledgors, and McDonald’s, as pledgee;

 


12. Constitución y Preconstitución de Garantía Mobiliaria de Segundo Rango sobre Acciones , dated on or about August 3, 2007, among LatAm, McDonald’s and Operaciones Arcos Dorados de Perú S.A.;

 

13. McDonald’s Uruguay Stock Pledge Agreement, dated on or about August 3, 2007, among McDonald’s, LatAm and Gauchito de Oro S.A.;

 

14. McDonald’s Uruguay Social Quotas Pledge Agreement, dated on or about August 3, 2007, among McDonald’s, LatAm, ADCDC and Arcos del Sur S.R.L.;

 

15. Costa Rican Trust Agreement ( Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable, Translativo de Dominio, de Garantía y Administración ), dated as of August 3, 2007, among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, McDonald’s, LatAm and Banco Improsa, S.A., as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date;

 

16. Mexican Trust Agreement ( Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable, Translativo de Dominio, de Garantía y Administración número 15469-3 ), dated as of August 3, 2007, among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, ADCDC and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., integrante del Grupo Financiero Banamex, División Fiduciaria, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date; and

 

17. Mexican Trust Agreement ( Contrato de Fideicomiso Irrevocable, Translativo de Dominio, de Garantía y Administración número 15468-5 ), dated as of August 3, 2007, among Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, McDonald’s, LatAm and Banco Nacional de Mexico, S.A., integrante del Grupo Financiero Banamex, Division Fiduciaria, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified to date.

 


SCHEDULE II

SECURED RESTRICTED REAL ESTATE

 

Country

Code

   Property
Number
     Name    City    Province    Address    Parcel
Size
(sq. m.)
     Building
Size

(sq. m)
     Property
Type

ARG

     51       Nuñez    Buenos
Aires
   Capital    Libertador 7112      2,955         676       Stand
alone

CHILE

     5       KENNEDY    Santiago       Kennedy 5055      5,002         862       Stand
alone

VZ

     31       La
Castellana
   Caracas       Av Eugenio
Mendoza con
2da Transversal,
frente a la Plaza
La Castellana
     2,449         1,096       Stand
alone

ARG

     32       Florida    Buenos
Aires
   Capital    Florida 568      886         2,207       Street
retail

COL

     6       CIUDAD
SALITRE
   BOGOTA       Carrera 68B No.
40A-30
     4,127         551       Stand
alone

COL

     1       ANDINO    BOGOTA       Carrera 11 No.
82-02 L 355
     N/A         424       Shopping
mall

ARG

     20       Cabildo y
F. Lacroze
   Buenos
Aires
   Capital    Av. Cabildo 756      1,546         447       Stand
alone

ARG

     31       Florida    Buenos
Aires
   Capital    Florida 281      445         1,107       Street
retail

 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

THIS IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREINAFTER.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

Include the following Private Placement Legend on all Restricted Notes:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS NOTE IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A, (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE) OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH OF SUCH CASES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT

 

A-1


IT SHALL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE.

THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE ONLY AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY.”

Include the following Private Placement Legend on all Regulation S Global Notes:

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS NOTE, AGREES THAT NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE FOREGOING LEGEND MAY BE REMOVED FROM THIS NOTE AFTER 40 DAYS BEGINNING ON AND INCLUDING THE LATER OF (A) THE DATE ON WHICH THE NOTES ARE OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (B) THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES.”

 

A-2


FORM OF FACE OF NOTE

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.

10.25% NOTES DUE 2016

 

No. [          ]

   Principal Amount R$[                  ]

[If the Note is a Global Note include the following two lines:

as revised by the Schedule of Increases and

Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]

 

  

[ If the Note is a Global

Rule 144A Note, insert :

CUSIP NO. 03965U AA8         ]

ISIN NO. US03965UAA88

COMMON CODE 064956639]

  

[ If the Note is a Global

Regulation S Note, insert :

CUSIP NO. G0457F AA5

ISIN NO. USG0457FAA50

COMMON CODE 064957139]

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., a British Virgin Islands business company, promises to pay in U.S. Dollars to Cede & Co., the nominee for The Depository Trust Company, or registered assigns, the equivalent principal sum of [                          ] reais divided by the Settlement Rate on the relevant Rate Calculation Date [ If the Note is a Global Note, add the following , as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto], on July 13, 2016.

 

   Interest Rate:    10.25%
   Interest Payment Dates:    January 13 and July 13 of each year, commencing on January 13, 2012
   Record Dates:    December 28 and June 28

 

 

A-3


Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
Date:   ______________

 

A-4


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

Citibank, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

By:    
  Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE

 

1. Interest

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., a British Virgin Islands business company (and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest in U.S. Dollars on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

The Company shall pay interest in U.S. Dollars semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date of each year, commencing on January 13, 2012. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from July 13, 2011. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful), at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest on the Notes will be payable in U.S. Dollars based on the Settlement Rate determined as of the relevant Rate Calculation Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and, to the extent such payments are lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest (“ Defaulted Interest ”) without regard to any applicable grace periods at the interest rate shown on this Note, as provided in the Indenture.

All payments made by the Company in respect of the Notes shall be made free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges imposed or levied by or on behalf of the British Virgin Islands or any jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is incorporated, resident or doing business for tax purposes or from or through which any payment in respect of the Notes is made by the paying agent or the Company, or any political subdivision thereof (a “ Relevant Jurisdiction ”), or by any taxing authority of a Relevant Jurisdiction, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. In that event, the Company shall pay to each Holder of the Notes Additional Amounts as provided in the Indenture subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture.

BRL12 ” means the Trade Association for the Emerging Markets (“ EMTA ”) BRL Industry Survey Rate (BRL12), calculated if the R$ Ptax Rate is not available, which is the final Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar specified rate of U.S. Dollars, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar, published on EMTA’s website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://www.emta.org) for the Rate Calculation Date. BRL12 is calculated by EMTA (or a service provider EMTA may select in its sole discretion) using the EMTA BRL Industry Survey Methodology dated as of 1 March 2004, as amended from time to time, pursuant to which EMTA conducts a twice-daily survey of up to 15 Brazilian financial institutions that are active participants in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar spot market, with a required minimum participation of at least 5 financial institutions.

BRL13 ” means the EMTA BRL Indicative Survey Rate (BRL13), calculated if the R$ Ptax Rate is not available, which is the final Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar specified rate of U.S. Dollars, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar, published on

 

A-6


EMTA’s website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://www.emta.org) for the Rate Calculation Date. BRL13 is calculated by EMTA (or a service provider EMTA may select in its sole discretion) using the EMTA BRL Industry Survey Methodology dated as of 1 March 2004, as amended from time to time, pursuant to which EMTA conducts a survey of up to 30 Brazilian and non-Brazilian financial institutions that are active participants in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar spot market, with a required minimum participation of at least 8 financial institutions.

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a legal holiday or a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are authorized or obligated to close in the City of New York; provided , however, that solely for the purposes of determining the Settlement Rate, “Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are open, or not authorized to close, in São Paulo, Brazil, and the City of New York.

Rate Calculation Date ” means the third Business Day preceding each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, purchase date or the Maturity Date.

Reference Banks ” means Banco do Brasil S.A., Banco Itaú S.A., Banco Santander (Brasil) S.A. and Banco Bradesco S.A., and any successor thereto or any replacement thereof designated by the Company in its reasonable discretion that is a Brazilian bank of international standing.

Settlement Rate ” means, for any Rate Calculation Date, the rate determined by the Calculation Agent that is equal to the Brazilian real / U.S. Dollar commercial rate, expressed as the amount of Brazilian reais per one U.S. Dollar as reported by Banco Central do Brasil (the “ Central Bank ”) on the SISBACEN Data System and on its website (which, at the date hereof, is located at http://bcb.gov.br) under transaction code PTAX800 (“Consultas de Câmbio” or “Exchange Rate Enquiry”), Option 5, “Venda” (“Cotações para Contabilidade” or “Rates for Accounting Purposes”) (or any successor screen established by the Central Bank), for such Rate Calculation Date (the “R$ Ptax Rate”); provided , however, that if the R$ Ptax Rate scheduled to be reported on any Rate Calculation Date is not reported by the Central Bank on such Rate Calculation Date, then the Settlement Rate will be BRL12; in the event BRL12 is unavailable, then the Settlement Rate will be BRL13. If the Settlement Rate cannot be calculated as described above, the Calculation Agent will determine the Settlement Rate by reference to the quotations received from the Reference Banks. The quotations will be determined in each case for such Rate Calculation Date as soon as practicable after (i) the Calculation Agent determines that the Settlement Rate cannot be calculated as described above for such Rate Calculation Date and (ii) the identities of the Reference Banks are provided by the Company to the Calculation Agent by written notice. The Calculation Agent will ask each of the Reference Banks for quotations for the offered Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rate for the sale of U.S. Dollars. The Settlement Rate will be the average of the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rates obtained from the Reference Banks. If more than one quotation is obtained, the Settlement Rate will then be the average of the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar exchange rates obtained from the Reference Banks. If only one quotation is obtained, the Settlement Rate will be that quotation. Where no such quotations are obtained from the Reference Banks, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that there are one or two other suitable replacement banks active in the Brazilian real /U.S. Dollar market, the Company shall ask such banks to provide such quotations to the Company, which such quotations the Company shall deliver to the Calculation Agent as soon as practicable after the

 

A-7


identities of such replacement banks are provided by the Company to the Calculation Agent by written notice, and the Calculation Agent shall use such quotations as it receives to determine the Settlement Rate (taking an average rate, as set forth above, if applicable); provided , however, that if the Reference Banks and any such replacement banks are not providing quotations in the manner described above, the Settlement Rate will be the Settlement Rate determined as of the preceding Rate Calculation Date.

 

2. Method of Payment

The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the applicable reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date. Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day prior to the date on which any principal of or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars sufficient to pay such principal and/or interest. The Company shall pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Notes are canceled, repurchased or redeemed after the Record Date and on or before the relevant Interest Payment Date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal and interest in U.S. Dollars.

Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal and interest) shall be made by the transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a Certificated Note (including principal and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided , however , that if a Holder of Notes in an aggregate principal amount of at least R$2,500,000 has given wire transfer instructions to the Company and the Trustee, the Trustee, as Paying Agent, shall make all principal and interest payments on those Notes in accordance with such instructions.

 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

Initially, Citibank, N.A. (the “ Trustee ”), shall act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-Registrar.

 

A-8


4. Indenture

The Company originally issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”), between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of those terms. Each Holder by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. Subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and without the consent of the Holders, the Company may issue Additional Notes. All Notes shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations, subject to certain exceptions, on, among other things, the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to incur Liens, enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions, or consolidate or merge or transfer or convey all or substantially all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets.

 

5. Optional Redemption

(a) Optional Redemption Upon Tax Event. If the Company determines that, as a result of any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any rules or regulations thereunder) of any Relevant Jurisdiction, any taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any amendment to or change in an official interpretation or application of such laws, rules or regulations, which amendment to or change of such laws, rules or regulations becomes effective or, in the case of a change in official interpretation or application, is announced or otherwise made available on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or on or after the date a Surviving Entity assumes the obligations under the Notes, in the case of a Surviving Entity with a different Relevant Jurisdiction than the Company), the Company (or a Subsidiary Guarantor) would be obligated, to pay any Additional Amounts, provided that the Company, in its business judgment, determines that such obligation cannot be avoided by the Company taking reasonable measures available to it (including, without limitation, taking reasonable measures to change the Paying Agent), then, at the Company’s option, all, but not less than all, of the Notes may be redeemed at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date due thereon up to but not including the date of redemption; provided that (1) no notice of redemption for tax reasons may be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company (or a Subsidiary Guarantor) would be obligated to pay these Additional Amounts if a payment on the Notes were then due, and (2) at the time such notice of redemption is given such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect.

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this provision, the Company will deliver to the Trustee:

 

  (i)

an Officers’ Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect the

 

A-9


  redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the Company’s right to redeem have occurred; and

 

  (ii) an Opinion of Counsel from legal counsel in the Relevant Jurisdiction (which may be the Company’s counsel) of recognized standing to the effect that the Company has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such change or amendment.

This notice, once delivered by the Company to the Trustee, will be irrevocable.

The Company shall give notice of any redemption at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to the Trustee, which shall, in turn, provide notice to Holders of Notes as set forth below.

(b) Optional Redemption Procedures. Once notice of redemption is sent to the Holders, Notes called for redemption become due and payable at the redemption price on the redemption date, and, commencing on the redemption date, Notes redeemed will cease to accrue interest.

Notice of any redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 35 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to Holders of Notes to be redeemed at their respective registered addresses. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of such Exchange require, the Company shall cause notices of redemption to also be published as provided under Section 11.1 of the Indenture.

Notes called for redemption shall become due on the date fixed for redemption. The Company shall pay the redemption price in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date, for any Note together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable redemption price pursuant to the Indenture. Upon redemption of any Notes by the Company, such redeemed Notes shall be cancelled.

 

6. Mandatory Repurchase Provisions

(a) Mandatory Redemption upon Exercise of Call Option . No later than 5 Business Days following the date upon which the Call Option Redemption Event occurs, the Company will provide the Trustee with a notice to redeem all of the Notes at a purchase price in U.S. Dollars equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of redemption (the “ Call Option Exercise Payment ”). For the avoidance of doubt, a Call Option Redemption Event will only occur in connection with the exercise by McDonald’s of the McDonald’s Call Option under the Master Franchise Agreements with respect to the Master Franchisee or the Brazilian Master Franchisee. An exercise by McDonald’s of the McDonald’s Call Option with respect to any other Subsidiary of the Company shall not be treated as a Call Option Redemption Event.

 

A-10


Notes subject to mandatory redemption following a Call Option Redemption Event will become due on the earlier of the date fixed for redemption or the 30th day following the Call Option Redemption Event. On and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in an amount equal to the Call Option Exercise Payment. Upon redemption of the Notes by the Company, the redeemed Notes will be cancelled. For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market and the rules of the exchange so require, the Company will cause notices of redemption to also be published as described in the Indenture.

(b) Change Of Control Offer . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, each Holder of Notes shall have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion (in integral multiples of R$1,000, provided that the principal amount of such Holder’s Note will not be less than R$250,000) of the Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in U.S. Dollars, as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date, equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of purchase.

Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control Repurchase Event occurred, the Company must make a Change of Control Offer pursuant to a Change of Control Notice and, so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and the rules of such Exchange so require, publish the Change of Control Offer in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg or, if such Luxembourg publication is not practicable, in one other leading English language newspaper. As more fully described in the Indenture, the Change of Control Notice shall state, among other things, the Change of Control Payment Date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date the notice is mailed, other than as may be required by applicable law.

 

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

The Notes are in fully registered form without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of R$250,000 and integral multiples of R$1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall be entitled to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signatures of the transferor and the transferee. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

8. Persons Deemed Owners

The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

A-11


9. Unclaimed Money

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

10. Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee U.S. Dollars or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

11. Amendment, Waiver

(a) Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may, among other things, amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture; provided, however , that the designation is in accord with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; to add Subsidiary Guarantees or additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; to secure the Notes; to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes; to conform the text of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the Offering Memorandum; to evidence the replacement of the Trustee as provided for under the Indenture; if necessary, in connection with any release of any security permitted under the Indenture; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; or to make any other changes which do not adversely affect the rights of any of the Holders in any material respect.

(b) Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes and (ii) any Default or Event of Default under the Indenture (except a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes) may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected thereby, no amendment may, among other things, reduce the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest on any Notes; change any place of payment where the principal of or interest on the Notes is payable; reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any Notes, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor; make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; make any change in the provisions of the Indenture entitling each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority

 

A-12


in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in respect of a Change of Control Repurchase Event that has occurred; eliminate or modify in any manner a Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee which adversely affects Holders in any material respect, except as contemplated in the Indenture; make any change in the Additional Amounts provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any Holder or amend the terms of the Notes in a way that would result in a loss of exemption from any applicable taxes; or make any change to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes that adversely affects the ranking of the Notes (for the avoidance of doubt, a change to the covenants described in Section 3.8 and Section 3.9 of the Indenture does not adversely affect the ranking of the Notes).

 

12. Defaults and Remedies

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default, which shall result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

13. Trustee Dealings with the Company

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

14. No Recourse Against Others

No past, present or future incorporator, director, officer, employee, shareholder or controlling person, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or a Subsidiary Guarantee or for any claims based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

A-13


15. Authentication

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

16. Abbreviations

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

17. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP or ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

18. Governing Law

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

19. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency .

U.S. Dollars is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under or in connection with the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture. The Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor shall indemnify the Holders as provided in respect of the conversion of currency relating to the Notes, any Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture.

 

20. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities .

The parties hereto have agreed that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Notes may be instituted in any New York state or U.S. federal court in The City of New York, New York. The parties hereto have irrevocably submitted to the jurisdiction of such courts for such purpose and waived, to the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury, any objection they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and any claim they may now or hereafter have that any proceeding in any such court is brought in an inconvenient forum and any right to the jurisdiction of any other courts to which any of them may be entitled, on account of place of residence or domicile. The Company has appointed National Registered Agents, Inc. with offices currently at 875 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 501, New York, New York 10001, as its authorized agent upon whom all writs, process and summonses may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon the Indenture or the Notes which may be instituted in any New York state or U.S. federal court in

 

A-14


The City of New York, New York. To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from jurisdiction of any court or from set-off or any legal process (whether service or notice, attachment in aid or otherwise) with respect to it or any of their property, the Company has irrevocably waived and agreed not to plead or claim such immunity in respect of its obligations under the Indenture or the Notes.

Nothing in the preceding paragraph shall affect the right of the Trustee or any Holder of the Notes to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc.

Roque Saenz Peña 432, Olivos

Buenos Aires, Argentina (B1636 FFB)

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax No.: +54 11 4711 2094 (2059)

 

A-15


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

(Insert assignee’s Social Security or Tax I.D. Number)

and irrevocably appoint                                          to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:         Your Signature:    
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.)

 

Signature Guarantee:    
  (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-16


[To be attached to Global Notes only]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of

Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
   Amount of
increase in
Principal Amount
of this Global
Note
   Principal Amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
   Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Note
Custodian

 

A-17


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Indenture, state the principal amount (which must be an integral multiple of R$1,000, provided that the principal amount is not less than R$250,000) that you want to have purchased by the Company:

 

R$          
Date:         Your Signature    
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:    
Signature Guarantee:    
  (Signature must be guaranteed)

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15.

 

A-18


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER TO QIB

[Date]

Citibank, N.A.

111 Wall Street, 15th Floor Window

New York, New York 10005

Attention: 15th Floor Window

 

  Re: 10.25% Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”)

of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2011 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to R$              aggregate principal amount of Notes [ in the case of a transfer of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note: which represents an interest in a Regulation S Global Note] beneficially owned by the undersigned (the “ Transferor ”) to effect the transfer of such Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note.

In connection with such request, and with respect to such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Rule 144A ”), to a transferee that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion, and the transferee, as well as any such account, is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

B-1


You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
 
Authorized Signature

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER

PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

[Date]

Citibank, N.A.

111 Wall Street, 15th Floor Window

New York, New York 10005

Attention: 15th Floor Window

 

  Re: 10.25% Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”)

of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2011 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed sale of R$              aggregate principal amount of the Notes [ in the case of a transfer of an interest in a 144A Global Note: , which represent an interest in a 144A Global Note] beneficially owned by the undersigned (“ Transferor ”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

C-1


(e) we are the beneficial owner of the principal amount of Notes being transferred.

In addition, if the sale is made during a Distribution Compliance Period and the provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 904(b)(1) or Rule 904(b)(2), as the case may be.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
 
Authorized Signature

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER

PURSUANT TO RULE 144

[Date]

Citibank, N.A.

111 Wall Street, 15th Floor Window

New York, New York 10005

Attention: 15th Floor Window

 

  Re: 10.25% Notes due 2016 (the “ Notes ”)

of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2011 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed sale of R$              aggregate principal amount of the Notes [ in the case of a transfer of an interest in a 144A Global Note: , which represent an interest in a 144A Global Note] beneficially owned by the undersigned (“ Transferor ”), we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferor]
By:    
 
Authorized Signature

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FOR SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

This Supplemental Indenture, dated as of [              ] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among [ name of Subsidiary ], a [              ] [corporation][limited liability company] (the “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”), Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., a British Virgin Islands business company (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”) and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Trustee and the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein (each a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and together the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of July 13, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 10.25% Notes due 2016 of the Company (the “ Notes ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to supplement the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as therein defined.

ARTICLE II

AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE

Section 2.1. Agreement to be Bound . The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture.

Section 2.2. Subsidiary Guarantees .

(a) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees on a general unsecured senior basis, as primary obligor and not merely as surety,

 

E-1


jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder and to the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal, interest, premium, Additional Amounts, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, and other liabilities payable under the Notes, Subsidiary Guarantees and the Indenture (such guaranteed obligations, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”). The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Agreement notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to pay, in addition to the amounts stated above, any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under any Subsidiary Guarantee.

(b) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor; or (vi) any change in the ownership of the Company.

(c) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(d) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantors further expressly waives irrevocably and unconditionally:

(i) Any right it may have to first require any Holder to proceed against, initiate any actions before a court of law or any other judge or authority, or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from the Company or any other Person (including any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor) before claiming from it under this Indenture;

(ii) Any rights and benefits set forth in the following provisions of Argentine law: Articles 480, 481 and 482 of the Argentine Commercial Code and Articles 1990, 2020 and 2021 (other than with respect to defenses or motions based on documented payment ( pago ), reduction ( quita ), extension ( espera ) or release or remission ( remisión ), 2012, 2013 and 2024 ( beneficios de excusión y división ), 2025, 2026, 2029, 2043, 2046 and 2050 of the Argentine Civil Code;

 

E-2


(iii) Any rights to the benefits of orden , excusión , división , quita and espera  arising from Articles 2814, 2815, 2817, 2818, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2823, 2826, 2837, 2839, 2840, 2845, 2846, 2847 and any other related or applicable Articles that are not explicitly set forth herein because of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor’s knowledge thereof, of the  Código Civil Federal of Mexico and the Código Civil of each State of the Mexican Republic and for the Federal District of Mexico;

(iv) Any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company or any other Person (including any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor) first be used, applied or depleted as payment of the Company’s or the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations hereunder, prior to any amount being claimed from or paid by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereunder; and

(v) Any right to which it may be entitled to have claims hereunder divided among the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor.

(e) The obligations of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under the Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

(f) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy, or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of:

(i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing in U.S. Dollars as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the applicable

 

E-3


reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date; and

(ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) in U.S. Dollars as calculated by the Calculation Agent by converting the applicable reais amount into U.S. Dollars at the Settlement Rate on the applicable Rate Calculation Date.

(h) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand:

(i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in the Indenture for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby; and

(ii) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 2.3 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge .

(a) The obligations of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under the Indenture, result in the Guaranteed Obligations not constituting a fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or similar illegal transfer under applicable law.

(b) The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee (except with respect to Guaranteed Obligations that by their terms survive) in the event that:

(i) there is a sale or other disposition (including through a consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor following which the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company;

(ii) there is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger, stock purchase, asset sale or otherwise) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or

 

E-4


(iii) there is a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Section 8.5 of the Indenture;

provided , in each case, such transactions are carried out pursuant to and in accordance with all applicable covenants and provisions thereof.

Section 2.4 Right of Contribution . If the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee, it will be entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in a pro rata amount, based on the net assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP. The provisions of this Section 2. 4 and Section 10.3 of the Indenture shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

Section 2.5 No Subrogation . The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations until payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, such amount shall be held by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor (duly endorsed by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations.

ARTICLE III

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 3.1. Notices . Any notice or communication delivered to the Company under the provisions of the Indenture shall constitute notice to the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor.

Section 3.2. Parties . Nothing expressed or mentioned herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any provision herein or therein contained.

Section 3.3. Governing Law, etc . This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by the provisions set forth in Section 11.6 of the Indenture.

 

E-5


Section 3.4. Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

Section 3.5. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

Section 3.6. Duplicate and Counterpart Originals . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 3.7. Headings . The headings of the Articles and Sections in this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered as a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 3.8. The Trustee . The recitals in this Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company and the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full. The Trustee makes no representations or warranties as to the correctness of the recitals contained herein, which shall be taken as statements of the Company, or the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee shall not be accountable or responsible for or with respect to nor shall the Trustee have any responsibility for provisions thereof. The Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

E-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC.
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

E-7


STATE OF NEW YORK    )
   )
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

On this     day of                     before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared                             to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is the                                 of Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

By:    
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York

No.

Qualified in

Commission Expires

 

E-8


[ NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR ],

    as Additional Subsidiary Guarantor

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

E-9


STATE OF NEW YORK    )
   )
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

On this       day of                            , before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared                         to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is the                         of [ Name of Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ], one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

By:    
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York

No.

Qualified in

Commission Expires

 

E-10


CITIBANK, N.A.,

    as Trustee

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

E-11


STATE OF NEW YORK    )
   )
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

On this     day of                     , before me, a notary public within and for said county, personally appeared                         to me personally known who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is                         the of Citibank, N.A., one of the persons described in and which executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledges said instrument to be the free act and deed of said persons.

By:    
Title:   Notary Public, State of New York

No.

Qualified in

Commission Expires

 

E-12

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MASTER FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

FOR

McDONALD’S RESTAURANTS

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER FRANCHISE AGREEMENT FOR McDONALD’S RESTAURANTS, dated as of June 3, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”) among McDonald’s Latin America, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal office at Oak Brook, Illinois (“ McDonald’s ”), LatAm, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal office at Miami, Florida (“ Master Franchisee ”), each of the MF Subsidiaries (as defined in the MFA (as defined below)), Arcos Dorados Trinidad Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago, with its principal office at Eleven Albion Corner Dere & Albion, St. Port of Spain, Trinidad, Arcos Dorados B.V., a company organized under the laws of the Netherlands with its principal office at Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“ Owner ”), Arcos Dorados Cooperatieve U.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of the Netherlands with its principal office at Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“ Dutch Coop ”), Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc. (formerly known as Arcos Dorados Limited), a company organized and existing under the International Business Companies Ordinance, 1984 of the British Virgin Islands with its principal office at Tortola, British Virgin Islands (“ Parent ” and, together with Owner and Dutch Coop, the “ Owner Entities ”), and Los Laureles, Ltd., a company organized and existing under the International Business Companies Ordinance, 1984 of the British Virgin Islands with its principal office at Tortola, British Virgin Islands (“ Beneficial Owner ” and, together with each Owner Entity, McDonald’s, Master Franchisee and the MF Subsidiaries, the “ Parties ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the MFA (defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties (other than Arcos Dorados Trinidad Limited) are party to an Amended and Restated Master Franchise Agreement for McDonald’s Restaurants, dated as of November 10, 2008, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of August 23, 2010 (the “ MFA ”);

WHEREAS, McDonald’s has determined to grant to the Master Franchisee Master Franchise Rights with respect to Trinidad and Tobago; and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, Arcos Dorados Trinidad Limited is acceding to the MFA pursuant to the Accession and Acknowledgment Agreement to the Master Franchise Agreement dated of even date herewith.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein, and subject to and on the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. Amendments .

 

  A. Definitions .


1. The definition of “Territory” in Exhibit 2 of the MFA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Territory ” means each of Argentina, Aruba, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Curaçao, Ecuador, French Guiana, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Puerto Rico, Trinidad and Tobago, Uruguay, Venezuela and the U.S. Virgin Islands of St. Thomas and St. Croix. “ Territories ” has a correlative meaning.

2. Exhibit 2 of the MFA shall be amended to include the following definition:

Trinidad and Tobago Royalty ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.5.

 

  B. Continuing Franchise Fees .

1. Section 5.2 of the MFA shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Section 5.2 Continuing Franchise Fees .

5.2.1 Subject to Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3 and 5.2.4 and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Master Franchisee shall pay to McDonald’s aggregate continuing franchise fees (“Continuing Franchise Fees”) with respect to each calendar month (or ratable portion thereof, including in the case of any Franchised Restaurant subject to an Approved Closing during such calendar month) during the applicable Term in an amount equal to 7% of the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Gross Sales of each of the Franchised Restaurants in the Territories for such calendar month (or such ratable portion thereof), minus any applicable Brand Building Adjustment (the “Regular Royalty”). Master Franchisee shall cause Continuing Franchise Fees attributable to any Brand Building Adjustment to be applied promptly to such activities as Master Franchisee may determine in its sole discretion to promote and enhance the System and the Franchised Restaurants and the goodwill and reputation associated with the Intellectual Property in the Territories.

5.2.2 Notwithstanding Section 5.2.1, in the case of any Existing Franchise Agreement that provides for a Royalty at a rate less than the Regular Royalty (the “Existing Royalty”), Master Franchisee shall, for so long as such Existing Franchise Agreement remains in effect, pay to McDonald’s Continuing Franchise Fees with respect to the related Franchised Restaurant equal to the Existing Royalty.

5.2.3 In the case of any Franchise Agreement that relates to a Franchised Restaurant that (a) is not a Master Franchisee Restaurant, (b) is not located in Puerto Rico or Trinidad and Tobago; and (c) is either (i) entered into after the date

 

2


hereof; or (ii) is transferred by a Master Franchisee Party to a Franchisee in a Conventional Franchising Transaction, Master Franchisee shall pay to McDonald’s Continuing Franchise Fees during the stated term and any extension of such Franchise Agreement (but only during the Term) in an amount equal to 5% of the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Gross Sales of such Franchised Restaurant (the “New Franchisee Royalty”).

5.2.4 In the case of any Franchise Agreement that relates to a Franchised Restaurant that (a) is not a Master Franchisee Restaurant, (b) is located in Puerto Rico; and (c) is either (i) entered into after the date hereof; or (ii) transferred by a Master Franchisee Party to a Franchisee in a Conventional Franchising Transaction, Master Franchisee shall pay to McDonald’s Continuing Franchise Fees during the stated term and any extension of such Franchise Agreement (but only during the Term) in an amount equal to 4.5% of the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Gross Sales of such Franchised Restaurant (the “Puerto Rican Royalty”).

5.2.5 In the case of any Franchise Agreement that relates to a Franchised Restaurant that is located in Trinidad and Tobago, Master Franchisee shall pay to McDonald’s Continuing Franchise Fees during the stated term and any extension of such Franchise Agreement (but only during the Term) in an amount equal to 8% of the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the Gross Sales of such Master Franchisee Restaurant (the “ Trinidad and Tobago Royalty ”).

5.2.6 If at any time during the Regular Term there occurs any voluntary, involuntary, direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of a Franchised Restaurant by a Franchisee to a Master Franchisee Party, then from and after the date of such transfer or disposition Master Franchisee shall pay to McDonald’s Continuing Franchise Fees with respect to such Franchised Restaurant equal to the Regular Royalty.

5.2.7 If at any time during the Regular Term, McDonald’s increases the International Franchisee Royalty, then from and after the date of such increase, the New Franchise Royalty, the Puerto Rican Royalty and the Trinidad and Tobago Royalty shall each be increased to the extent of the increase of the International Franchisee Royalty.

5.2.8 Each Master Franchisee Party agrees that it shall not charge any Franchisee a Royalty in excess of the International Franchisee Royalty.

5.2.9 If any Franchised Restaurant fails to report or generate Gross Sales with respect to any calendar month (or a ratable portion thereof) otherwise than as a result of an Approved Closing, then Gross Sales for such Franchised Restaurant with respect to such calendar month (or such ratable portion thereof) shall be deemed to be equal to the average monthly Gross Sales (or comparable ratable portion thereof) reported by such Franchised Restaurant within the 12-month

 

3


period ending immediately preceding the calendar month in which such failure to report or generate occurred; provided, however, that if such failure to report or generate is attributable to Force Majeure, no Continuing Franchise Fees with respect to the affected Franchised Restaurant shall be so payable for any calendar month (or such ratable portion thereof) following the first date on which any event constituting such Force Majeure shall have occurred and during which such event of Force Majeure continues.

5.2.10 Continuing Franchise Fees with respect to any calendar month shall be payable by Master Franchisee to McDonald’s no later than the seventh Business Day of the next succeeding calendar month.

5.2.11 Each MF Subsidiary agrees that, in exchange for the grant of MF Subsidiary Rights to the MF Subsidiary pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, it shall pay directly to McDonald’s its allocable share of the Initial Franchise Fees and Continuing Franchise Fees owed by Master Franchisee to McDonald’s.

5.2.12 Each MF Subsidiary agrees that it shall be jointly and severally obligated with Master Franchisee for the payment of Initial Franchisee Fees and Continuing Franchise Fees.”

 

  C. Exhibit 1 .

1. Exhibit 1 of the MFA shall be amended and restated in its entirety in the form attached as Annex A hereto.

 

II. Miscellaneous

A. Ratification and Confirmation of the MFA; No Other Changes . Except as modified by this Amendment, the MFA is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. Nothing herein shall be deemed to alter, vary or otherwise affect the terms, conditions and provisions of the Purchase Agreement, other than as contemplated herein.

B. Miscellaneous . Section 25 of the MFA shall be incorporated by reference herein as set forth in its entirety in this Amendment.

C. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, United States of America.

*            *             *

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

McDonald’s:     Master Franchisee:
M C D ONALD S L ATIN A MERICA , LLC     L AT A M , LLC
By           / S /  JC G ONZALEZ -M ENDEZ     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name: JC Gonzalez-Mendez       Name:
  Title:   President       Title:
Owner:     Dutch Coop:
A RCOS D ORADOS B.V.     A RCOS D ORADOS C OOPERATIEVE U.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
Parent:     Beneficial Owner:

A RCOS D ORADOS H OLDING I NC .

( FORMERLY KNOWN AS

A RCOS D ORADOS L IMITED )

    L OS L AURELES , L TD .
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

(Signature page of Amendment No. 2 to the Master Franchise Agreement)


A RCOS D ORADOS A RGENTINA S.A.    

A RCOS D OURADOS C OMERCIO D E

A LIMENTOS L TDA .

By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS C ARIBBEAN D EVELOPMENT C ORP .     A RCOS D ORADOS USVI, I NC .
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS R ESTAURANTES D E C HILE , L TDA .     H AMBURGUE S.A.S.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS D E C OLOMBIA S.A.     A RCOS D ORADOS T RINIDAD L IMITED
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

(Signature page of Amendment No. 2 to the Master Franchise Agreement)


A RCOS D ORADOS C OSTA R ICA ADCR, S.A.     A RCGOLD DEL E CUADOR S.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS S ER C AL I NMOBILIARIA , S. D E R.L. D E C.V.     A RCOS S ERCAL S ERVICIOS , S.A. DE C.V.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS G UADELOUPE     A RCOS D ORADOS M ARTINIQUE
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS P ANAMA , S.A.     R ESTAURANT R EALTY OF M EXICO , I NC .
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

(Signature page of Amendment No. 2 to the Master Franchise Agreement)


A LIMENTOS L ATINOAMERICANOS DE

V ENEZUELA ALV, C.A.

    S ISTEMAS M C O P C O P ANAMA , S.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS P UERTO R ICO , I NC .     O PERACIONES A RCOS D ORADOS DE P ERU S.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A DMINISTRATIVE D EVELOPMENT C OMPANY     G OLDEN A RCH D EVELOPMENT C ORPORATION
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
G AUCHITO DE O RO S.A.     A RCOS DEL S UR S.R.L.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

(Signature page of Amendment No. 2 to the Master Franchise Agreement)


C OMPAÑIA O PERATIVA DE A LIMENTOS COR, C.A     A LIMENTOS A RCOS D ORADOS DE V ENEZUELA , C.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
L OGISTICS AND M ANUFACTURING LOMA C O .     G ERENCIA O PERATIVA ARC, C.A.
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS A RUBA N.V.     M ANAGEMENT O PERATIONS C OMPANY
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:
A RCOS D ORADOS C URACAO N.V.     A RCOS D ORADOS F RENCH G UIANA
By           / S /  W OODS S TATON     By           / S /  W OODS S TATON
  Name:       Name:
  Title:       Title:

(Signature page of Amendment No. 2 to the Master Franchise Agreement)


ANNEX A

EXHIBIT 1

MF SUBSIDIARIES

 

1.

Arcos Dorados Argentina S.A. (formerly known as “Arcos Dorados S.A.”), a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Argentina with its principal office at Avenida Santa Fe 1193, 3 rd Floor, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina.

 

2. Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda. (formerly known as “McDonald’s Comercio de Alimentos Ltda.”), a sociedade (company) formed under the laws of Brazil with its principal office at Alameda Amazonas 253, Alphaville Industrial, City of Barueri, State of São Paulo, Brazil.

 

3. Arcos Dorados USVI, Inc. a corporation formed under the laws of the United States Virgin Islands with principal office at Poinsetta House at Bluebeard’s Castle, 1330 Estate Taarnebjerg, St. Thomas, VI 00802.

 

4. Arcos Dorados Caribbean Development Corp. (formerly known as “McDonald’s Caribbean Development Corporation”), a corporation formed under the laws of Delaware with its principal office at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, USA.

 

5. Arcos Dorados Restaurantes de Chile Ltda. (formerly known as “McDonald’s de Chile Limitada”), a limited liability company, formed under the laws of Chile, with its principal office at Avenida Kennedy 5454, Piso 16, Vitacura, Santiago.

 

6. Arcos Dorados de Colombia S.A., a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Colombia with its principal office at Avenida Calle 116 No. 7-15 Edificio Torre Cusezar, Oficina 5A, Quito, Ecuador.

 

7. Hamburgue S.A.S., a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Colombia with its principal office at Avenida 6 #35 N-47 Santiago de Cali (Colombia).

 

8. Arcgold del Ecuador S.A., a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Ecuador with its principal office at Noruega 210 y Suiza, Edificio Coopseguros, Piso 5, Oficina 5A, Quito, Ecuador.

 

9. Arcos Dorados de Costa Rica (ADCR), S.A., a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Costa Rica with its principal office at Urbanización Tournón, Edificio Facio y Cañas, Frente al parqueo de, Centro Comercial El Pueblo, San José, Costa Rica.

 

10. Arcos Sercal Servicios, S.A. de C.V. (formerly known as McDonald’s Servicios de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.), a sociedad anónima de Capital Variable , formed under the laws of México, with its principal office at Conjunto Plaza Marine, Antonio Dovali Jaime No. 75 – 3er Piso, Col. Lomas de Santa Fe, Delegación Alvaro Obregon, México, D.F., C.P. 01219 México.

 

A-1


11. Arcos Dorados Guadeloupe (formerly known as Restaurant System of Guadeloupe), a société par actions simplifiée (simplified joint-stock company) formed under the laws of France with its principal office at Immeuble Caribex, route du Raizet 97139, Abymes Cedex, Guadeloupe.

 

12. Arcos Dorados Guadeloupe (formerly known as Restaurant System of Martinique), a société par actions simplifiée (simplified joint-stock company) formed under the laws of France with its principal office at Centre d’affaires Valmenière, Bâtiment B – Immeuble AXA, 97200 Fort-De-France, Martinique.

 

13. Arcos Sercal Inmobiliaria, S. de R.L. de C.V. (formerly known as MDC Inmobiliaria de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.), a sociedad de responsabilidad limitada de Capital Variable (variable capital limited liability company), formed under the laws of Mexico, with its principal office at Conjunto Plaza Marine, Antonio Dovali Jaime No. 75 - 3er Piso, Col. Lomas de Santa Fe, Delegación Alvaro Obregon, México, D.F., C.P. 01219 Mexico.

 

14. Restaurant Realty of Mexico, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of Delaware, not formally registered as a branch in Mexico, with its principal office at Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

15.

Arcos Dorados Panamá, S.A. (formerly known as “McDonald’s Panama, S.A.”), a sociedad anónima (corporation), formed under the laws of Panama, with its principal office at Alfaro, Ferrer & Ramirez, AFRA Tower, Samuel Lewis Avenue and 54 th Street, Obarrio District, Panama City, Panama.

 

16.

Sistemas McOpCo Panama, S.A., a sociedad anónima (corporation), formed under the laws of Panama, with its principal office at Alfaro, Ferrer & Ramirez, AFRA Tower, Samuel Lewis Avenue and 54 th Street, Obarrio District, Panama City, Panama.

 

17. Operaciones Arcos Dorados de Peru S.A., a sociedad anónima (corporation), formed under the laws of Peru, with its principal office at Avenida Oscar R. Benavides No. 150, Piso 2, Miraflores, Lima, Perú.

 

18.

Arcos Dorados Puerto Rico, Inc. (formerly known as “McDonald’s System de Puerto Rico, Inc.”), a company formed under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, with its principal office at The Prentice Hall Corporation System, Inc. c/o FGR Corporate Services, Inc., BBV Tower, 8 th Floor, 254 Muñoz Rivera Avenue, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00918.

 

19. Golden Arch Development Corporation, a company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal office at Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Ste. 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

20. Arcos Dorados Uruguay S.A. (formerly known as Gauchito de Oro S.A.), a sociedad anónima (corporation) formed under the laws of Uruguay, with its principal office at Camino Carrasco 5975 CP 12.100 Montevideo, Uruguay.

 

A-2


21. Arcos del Sur S.R.L., a s ociedad de responsabilidad limitada (limited liability company) formed under the laws of the duty free trade zone in Uruguay, Ruta 8 km 17.500 (Zona America) Edificio Biotec Oficina 003 CP 12.100 Montevideo, Uruguay.

 

22. Administrative Development Company, a company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal office at Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Ste. 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

23. Alimentos Arcos Dorados de Venezuela, C.A., compañía anónima (company) formed under the laws of Venezuela, with its principal office at Avenida Francisco Solano López con Calle Negrin, Edificio Centro Empresarial Sabana Grande, Piso 19, Local 19, Urbanización el Recreo. Apartado Postal 1050.

 

24. Compania Operativa de Alimentos COR, C.A., compañía anónima (company) formed under the laws of Venezuela, with its principal office at Avenida Francisco Solano López con Calle Negrin, Edificio Centro Empresarial Sabana Grande, Piso 19, Local 19, Urbanización el Recreo. Apartado Postal 1050.

 

25. Gerencia Operativa ARC, C.A., compañía anónima (company) formed under the laws of Venezuela, with its principal office at Avenida Francisco Solano López con Calle Negrin, Edificio Centro Empresarial Sabana Grande, Piso 19, Local 19, Urbanización el Recreo. Apartado Postal 1050.

 

26. Logistics and Manufacturing LOMA Co. formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal office at Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

27. Management Operations Company, a company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, with its principal office at Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 2711 Centerville Road, Ste. 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

 

28. Arcos Dorados Curacao N.V. (formerly known as “McDonald’s St. Maarten and Curacao N.V.”), a company formed under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles, with its principal office at Prinsenstraat / Hoek Bakkerstraat Z/N, Curacao.

 

29. Arcos Dorados French Guiana (formerly known as Restaurant System of French Guiana), a company formed under the laws of France, with its principal office at Rond Point Mirza, Route de la Madeleine, 97300 Cayenne, French Guiana.

 

30. Arcos Dorados Aruba N.V. (formerly known as “McDonald’s Aruba N.V.”), a company formed under the laws of Aruba, with its principal office at Beatrixstraat 36.L.G. Smith Blvd. 376, Oranjestad, Aruba.

 

31. Alimentos Latinoamericanos Venezuela ALV C.A. compañía anónima (company) formed under the laws of Venezuela, with its principal office at Avenida Francisco Solano López con Calle Negrin, Edificio Centro Empresarial Sabana Grande, Piso 19, Local 19, Urbanización el Recreo. Apartado Postal 1050.

 

A-3

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Registrant

Name

  

Place of

Incorporation

Adcon S.A.

   Argentina

Administrative Development Company

   Delaware

Aduy S.A.

   Uruguay

Alimentos Arcos Dorados de Venezuela C.A.

   Venezuela

Alimentos Arcos Dorados Margarita, C.A.

   Venezuela

Alimentos Arcos Dorados Punto Fijo, C.A.

   Venezuela

Alimentos Latinoamericanos Venezuela ALV, C.A.

   Venezuela

Arcgold del Ecuador, S.A.

   Ecuador

Arcos del Sur, S.R.L.

   Uruguay

Arcos de Viña S.A.

   Chile

Arcos Dorados Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Arcos Dorados Aruba N.V.

   Aruba

Arcos Dorados B.V.

   Netherlands

Arcos Dorados Caribbean Development Corp.

   Delaware

Arcos Dorados Colombia S.A.

   Colombia

Arcos Dorados Coöperatieve U.A.

   Netherlands

Arcos Dorados Costa Rica ADCR, S.A.

   Costa Rica

Arcos Dorados Costa Rica Inmobiliaria, S.A.

   Costa Rica

Arcos Dorados Curacao, N.V.

   Curaçao

Arcos Dorados French Guiana

   French Guiana

Arcos Dorados Guadeloupe

   Guadeloupe

Arcos Dorados Latam LLC

   Delaware

Arcos Dorados Martinique

   Martinique

Arcos Dorados Paisas, Ltda. & Cia. S.C.A.

   Colombia

Arcos Dorados Panama, S.A.

   Panama

Arcos Dorados Puerto Rico, Inc.

   Puerto Rico

Arcos Dorados Restaurantes de Chile, Ltda.

   Chile

Arcos Dorados Uruguay S.A. (Gauchito de Oro S.A.)

   Uruguay

Arcos Dorados USVI, Inc.

   U.S. Virgin Islands

Arcos Dourados Comercio de Alimentos Ltda.

   Brazil

Arcos Dourados Restaurantes Ltda.

   Brazil

Arcos Mendocinos, S.A.

   Argentina

Arcos Santafecinos, S.A.

   Argentina

Arcos SerCal Inmobiliaria, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico

Arcos SerCal Servicios, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

BraPa

   Panama

Centro Especializado de Negocios Internacionales, S. de R.L. de C.V.

   Mexico

Compañía de Inversiones Inmobiliarias (C.I.I.) S.A.

   Argentina

Complejo Agropecuario Carnico (Carnicos), C.A.

   Venezuela

Compañía Operativa de Alimentos COR, C.A.

   Venezuela


Name

  

Place of

Incorporation

Friditel S.A.

   Panama

Gerencia Operativa ARC, C.A.

   Venezuela

Golden Arch Development Corporation

   Delaware

Hamburgue S.A.S.

   Colombia

Inversiones Axis S.A.

   Chile

LatAm, LLC

   Delaware

Logistics and Manufacturing LOMA Co.

   Delaware

Management Operations Company

   Delaware

Operaciones Arcos Dorados de Perú, S.A.

   Peru

Restaurant Realty of Mexico, Inc.

   Delaware

SAS Rice Invest

   Guadeloupe

Sistemas Central America, S.A.

   Panama

Sistemas McOpCo Panama, S.A.

   Panama

SM Finances

   Martinique

 

2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 28, 2011 (except for the effect of the stock split and for the other matters described in Notes 22, 23 and 26, as to which the date is March 25, 2011), in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of ARCOS DORADOS HOLDINGS INC. dated October 7, 2011.

Buenos Aires, Argentina

October 7, 2011

 

 

/s/ Pistrelli, Henry Martin y Asociados S.R.L.

 

PISTRELLI, HENRY MARTIN Y ASOCIADOS S.R.L.

 

Member of Ernst & Young Global

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF EUROMONITOR INTERNATIONAL LTD

We hereby consent to the use by Arcos Dorados Holdings Inc., in connection with its Registration Statement on Form F-l and related prospectus, and any Amendments and supplements thereto (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), of excerpts from our report dated May 2011, as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “Report”), the information contained therein (the “Intellectual Property”) and the use of our name in the Registration Statement. We confirm that we have reviewed the references to the Report in the Registration Statement dated October 7, 2011, and we consent to this use of the Intellectual Property. We also confirm that we have reviewed references to the Intellectual Property and that they are quoted in an appropriate context.

By:    /s/ Tim Kitchin